Confidential Draft Submitted October 9, 2012

As submitted confidentially to the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 9, 2012

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one).

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.

Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. is offering shares of common stock to be sold in the offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ . Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. intends to apply to list our common stock on , subject to notice of official issuance, under the symbol “ .”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. See “Prospectus Summary—Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

To the extent that the underwriters sell more than shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option for a period of 30 days to purchase from us up to an additional shares at the initial price to the public less the underwriting discount.

The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on or about , 2012.

Through and including , 2012 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information regarding the child care industry, which has been compiled from market research reports, census data and other publicly available information. Other industry and market data included in this prospectus are from internal analyses based upon data available from known sources or other proprietary research and analysis. We believe this data to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus. However, this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limitations on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties.

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate names, logos and website names. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. The trademarks we own include Bright Horizons^®. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ^©, ^® and ™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights.

In connection with this offering, on , 2012, we effected a 1-for- reverse split of our Class A common stock and then reclassified our Class A common stock into common stock. Immediately prior to this offering, we will convert each outstanding share of Class L common stock into approximately of a share of common stock plus an additional number of shares determined by dividing the per share Class L conversion amount, currently estimated to be $ , by the initial public offering price of a share of our common stock in this offering, net of the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and a pro rata portion, based upon the number of shares being sold in this offering, of the estimated offering related expenses incurred by us. At the time of such conversion, in accordance with the terms of our equity incentive plans and our outstanding awards thereunder, outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class L common stock will become options to purchase shares of our common stock with appropriate adjustments to the exercise price per share and the number of shares underlying each such award. Unless otherwise indicated, all share data gives effect to the reclassification, including a conversion of all shares of our Class L common stock into shares of our common stock and related adjustments to our outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class L common stock, in each case based upon such estimated Class L conversion amount and the estimated offering-related expenses disclosed in this prospectus. See “The Reclassification.”

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the financial data and related notes and the section entitled “Risk Factors” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “Company”, “Bright Horizons”, “we”, “us” and “our” refer to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to years are to our fiscal years, which end on December 31. All information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, unless otherwise noted.

Our Company

We are a leading provider of high-quality child care and early education services as well as other services designed to help employers and families better address the challenges of work and life. We provide services primarily under multi-year contracts with employers who offer child care and other dependent care solutions as part of their employee benefits packages to improve employee engagement, productivity, recruitment and retention. As of June 30, 2012, we had more than 850 client relationships with employers across a diverse array of industries, including more than 130 Fortune 500 companies and more than 75 of Working Mother magazine’s 2011 “100 Best Companies for Working Mothers.” Our service offerings include:

Center-based full service child care and early education (representing approximately 87% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2011)

Back-up dependent care and

Educational advisory services.

We believe we are a provider of choice for each of the solutions we offer. As of June 30, 2012, we operated a total of 773 child care and early education centers across a wide range of customer industries with the capacity to serve approximately 87,400 children in the United States, as well as in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Ireland, Canada and India. We have achieved satisfaction ratings of greater than 95% among respondents in our employer and parent satisfaction surveys over each of the past five years and an annual client retention rate of 97% for employer-sponsored centers over each of the past ten years.

We have a 25-year track record of providing high-quality services and a history of strong financial performance. From 2001 through 2011, we have achieved year-over-year revenue and adjusted EBITDA growth at a compound annual growth rate of 11% for revenue and 17% for adjusted EBITDA. We also achieved year-over-year net income growth at a compound annual growth rate of 23% from 2001 to 2007. In 2008 through 2010, we incurred net losses due primarily to the additional debt service obligations and amortization expense incurred in connection with our going private transaction. In 2011, our net income grew $14.8 million over the prior year to $4.8 million. Our strong revenue growth has been driven by additions to our center base through organic center growth and acquisitions, expansions of our service offerings to back-up dependent care and educational advisory services and consistent year-over-year tuition increases. We have also increased our adjusted EBITDA margin in each year from 2001 through 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, we generated revenue of $973.7 million and $529.6 million, net income of $4.8 million and $1.7 million, adjusted EBITDA of $148.5 million and $89.1 million, and adjusted net income of

$23.4 million and $19.8 million, respectively. Additional information regarding adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, including a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income to net income, is included in “—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

Our Business Models

We provide our center-based child care services under two general business models: a profit and loss (“P&L”) model, where we assume the financial risk of operating a child care center; and a cost-plus model, where we are paid a fee by an employer client for managing a child care center on a cost-plus basis. Our P&L model is further classified into two subcategories: (i) a sponsor model, where we provide child care and early education services on either an exclusive or priority enrollment basis for the employees of a specific employer sponsor; and (ii) a lease/consortium model, where we provide child care and early education services to the employees of multiple employers located within a specific real estate development (for example, an office building or office park), as well as to families in the surrounding community. In both our cost-plus and sponsor P&L models, the development of a new child care center, as well as ongoing maintenance and repair, is typically funded by an employer sponsor with whom we enter into a multi-year contractual relationship. In addition, employer sponsors typically provide subsidies for the ongoing provision of child care services for their employees. We also provide back-up dependent care services through our own centers and through our Back-Up Care Advantage (“BUCA”) program, which offers access to a contracted network of in-home care agencies and approximately 2,500 center-based providers in locations where we do not otherwise have centers with available capacity.

Industry Overview

We compete in the global market for child care and early education services as well as the market for work/life services offered by employers as benefits to employees. Families in the United States spent approximately $43 billion on licensed group child care in 2007. The child care industry can generally be subdivided into center-based and home-based child care. We operate in the center-based market, which is highly fragmented, with over 90% of providers operating fewer than 10 centers, and the top 10 providers comprising less than 10% of the market.

The center-based child care market includes both retail and employer-sponsored centers and can be further divided into full-service centers and back-up centers. The employer-sponsored model, which has been central to our business since we were founded in 1986, is characterized by a single employer or consortium of employers entering into a long-term contract for the provision of child care at a center located at or near the sponsor’s worksite. The sponsor generally funds the development as well as ongoing maintenance and repair of a child care center at or near its worksite and subsidizes the provision of child care services to make them more affordable for its employees.

Additionally, we compete in the growing markets for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services, and we believe we are the largest and one of the only multi-national providers of back-up dependent care services.

Industry Trends

We believe that the following key factors contribute to growth in the markets for employer-sponsored child care and for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services:

Increasing Participation by Women and Two Working Parent Families in the Workforce

Greater Demand for High-Quality Center-Based Child Care and Early Education.

Recognized Return on Investment to Employers.

Growing Global Demand for Child Care and Early Education Services.

Our History

We were listed on Nasdaq from 1998 to May 2008, when we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, which we refer to as our going private transaction. Since then, we have continued to grow through challenging economic times while investing in our future. We have grown our international footprint to become a leader in the center-based child care market in the United Kingdom and have expanded into the Netherlands and India as a platform for further international expansion. In the United States, we have enhanced and grown our back-up dependent care services while adding a new educational advisory service for existing employer clients. We have also expanded our sales force with a specific focus on cross-selling opportunities to our employer clients. We have invested in new technologies to better support our full suite of services and expanded our marketing efforts with additional focus on maximizing occupancy levels in centers where we can improve our economics with increased enrollment.

Our Competitive Strengths

Market Leading Service Provider

We believe we are the leader in the markets for employer-sponsored center-based child care and back-up dependent care, and that the breadth, depth and quality of our service offerings—developed over a successful 25-year history—represent significant competitive advantages. We have approximately five times more employer-sponsored centers in the United States than our closest competitor, according to Child Care Information Exchange’s 2010 Employer Child Care Trend Report. We believe the broad geographic reach of our child care centers, with targeted clusters in areas where we believe demand is generally higher and where income demographics are attractive, provides us with an effective platform to market our services to current and new clients.

Collaborative, Long-term Relationships with Diverse Customer Base

We have more than 850 client relationships with employers across a diverse array of industries, including more than 130 of the Fortune 500 companies, with our largest client contributing less than 3% of our revenue in 2011 and our largest 10 clients representing less than 13% of our revenue in that year. Our business model places an emphasis on multi-year employer sponsorship contracts where our clients typically fund the development of new child care centers at or near to their worksites and frequently support the ongoing operations of these centers.

access to a multi-national back-up dependent care network and educational advisory support, allowing us to offer various combinations of services to best meet the needs of specific clients or specific locations for a single client. Our tailored, collaborative approach to employer-sponsored child care has resulted in an annual client retention rate for employer-sponsored centers of approximately 97% over each of the past ten years.

Commitment to Quality

Our business is anchored in the consistent provision of high-quality service offerings to employers and families. We have therefore designed our child care centers to meet or exceed applicable accreditation and rating standards in all of our key markets, including in the United States through the National Academy of Early Childhood Programs, a division of the National Association for the Education of Young Children (“NAEYC”), and in the United Kingdom through the ratings of the Office of Standards in Education. We believe that our voluntary commitment to achieving accreditation standards offers a competitive advantage in securing employer sponsorship opportunities and in attracting and retaining families because an increasing number of potential and existing employer clients require adherence to accreditation criteria. In the United States, NAEYC accreditation, which is optional and can take two to three years to complete, has been achieved by fewer than 10% of child care centers as compared to more than 70% of our eligible centers.

We maintain our proprietary curriculum at the forefront of early education practices by introducing elements that respond to the changing expectations and views of society and new information and theories about the ways in which children learn and grow. We also believe that strong adult-to-child ratios are a critical factor in delivering our curriculum effectively as well as helping to facilitate more focused care. Our programs often provide adult-to-child ratios that are more stringent than many state licensing standards.

Market Leading People Practices

Our ability to deliver consistently high-quality care, education and other services is directly related to our ability to attract, retain and motivate our highly skilled workforce. We have consistently been named as a top employer by third-party sources in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, including being named as one of the “100 Best Places to Work in America” by Fortune Magazine 13 times.

Capital Efficient Operating Model Provides Platform for Growth, with Attractive Economics

We have achieved uninterrupted year-over-year revenue, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin growth for each of the last ten years despite broader macro-economic fluctuations. With employer sponsors funding the majority of the capital required for new centers developed on their behalf, we have been able to grow our business with limited capital investment, which has contributed to strong cash flows from operations.

Proven Acquisition Track Record

Experienced Management Team

Our management team has an established track record of operational excellence and has an average tenure of 16 years at Bright Horizons. We have successfully operated Bright Horizons both as a publicly traded company and, since 2008, as a private company. The management team has a proven track record of performance, having increased revenue from $345.9 million in 2001 to $973.7 million in 2011, and increased adjusted EBITDA from $29.8 million in 2001 to $148.5 million in 2011, representing 670 basis points of adjusted EBITDA margin expansion. During this same period, our net income grew from $11.5 million in 2001 to $39.1 million in 2007 and then declined to $(6.6 million) in 2008 and to $(10.0 million) in 2010. In 2011, our net income increased $14.8 million over the prior year to $4.8 million. Our net income since 2008 reflects the incremental contributions from growth in the business, offset by the additional debt service obligations and amortization expense incurred in connection with our May 2008 going private transaction.

Our Growth Strategy

We believe that there are significant opportunities to continue to grow our business globally and expand our leadership position by continuing to execute on the following strategies:

Grow Our Client Relationships

Secure Relationships with New Employer Clients. Our addressable market includes approximately 15,000 employers, each with at least 1,000 employees, within the industries that we currently service in the United States and the United Kingdom. Our dedicated sales force focuses on establishing new client relationships and is supported by our Horizons Workforce Consulting practice, which helps potential clients to identify the precise work/life offerings that will best meet their strategic goals.

Continue to Expand Through the Assumption of Management of Existing Sponsored Child Care Centers. We occasionally assume the management of existing centers from the incumbent management team, which enables us to develop new client relationships, typically with no capital investment and no purchase price payment.

Sustain Annual Price Increases to Enable Continued Investments in Quality

able to support consistent price increases that keep pace with our cost increases. Over our history, these price increases have contributed to our revenue growth and have enabled us to drive margin expansion.

Increase Utilization at Existing Centers

We believe that our mature P&L centers (centers that have been open for more than three years) are currently operating at utilization levels below our target run rate, in part due to a general deterioration in economic conditions from 2008 to 2010. Utilization rates at our mature P&L centers stabilized in 2010 and have grown in 2011 and the first six months of 2012. We expect to further close the gap between current utilization rates and our target run rate over the next few years.

Selectively Add New Lease/Consortium Centers and Expand Through Selective Acquisitions

We have typically added between six and twelve new lease/consortium centers annually for the past five years, focusing on urban or city surrounding markets where demand is generally higher and where income demographics are generally more supportive of a new center. In addition, we have a long track record of successfully completing and integrating selective acquisitions. The domestic and international markets for child care and other family support services remain highly fragmented. We will therefore continue to seek attractive opportunities both for center acquisitions and the acquisition of complementary service offerings.

Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Any of the factors set forth under “Risk Factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Among these important risks are the following:

Significant deterioration in general economic conditions in our markets may lead parents to diminish the use of child care services and employers to reduce sponsorship of work and family services.

Because of the nature of our business, we are highly susceptible to reputational damage. Even false allegations or frivolous litigation could significantly damage our reputation and subject us to significant harm.

Our business depends largely on our ability to continue to hire and retain qualified teachers.

As of June 30, 2012, on an as-adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, we would have had total indebtedness of $730.9 million, and our substantial debt could limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of

specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:

Reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

No non-binding shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

Exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues as of the end of our fiscal year, we have more than $700.0 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates as of the end of our second fiscal quarter, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced disclosure obligations. We have taken advantage of reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements in this prospectus, and we may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced disclosure obligations in future filings. If we do, the information that we provide stockholders may be different than you might get from other public companies in which you hold stock.

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

We expect that we will cease to be an emerging growth company as of January 1, 2013, subject to applicable interpretations of the Securities and Exchange Commission regarding our treatment as an emerging growth company in connection with this offering.

Our Sponsor

Bain Capital, LLC is a global private investment firm headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts whose affiliates, including Bain Capital Partners LLC, our Sponsor, manage several pools of capital including private equity, venture capital, public equity, high-yield assets and mezzanine capital with approximately $65 billion in assets under management. Since its inception in 1984, funds sponsored by Bain Capital have made private equity investments and add-on acquisitions in over 350 companies in a variety of industries around the world.

Upon completion of this offering, our Sponsor will continue to hold a controlling interest in us and will continue to have significant influence over us and decisions made by our stockholders and may have interests that differ from yours. See “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering.”

Corporate Information

Our principal executive offices are located at 200 Talcott Avenue South, Watertown, Massachusetts 02472, and our telephone number is (617) 673-8000. Our Internet website address is www.brighthorizons.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this prospectus, and you should not rely on any such information in making the decision whether to purchase our common stock.

The Offering

Common stock offered by us

shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering

shares (or shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). For additional information regarding the impact of a change in the assumed initial public offering price on the number of shares outstanding after completion of this offering related to the conversion of our Class L common stock, see “The Reclassification.”

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase an additional shares.

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds, after deducting estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions, of approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay all amounts outstanding under the Bright Horizons Capital Corp. 13.0% senior notes due 2018, and to use any remaining net proceeds for working capital and for general corporate purposes. As of June 30, 2012, there was $185.6 million in aggregate principal amount of, and accumulated interest on, the Bright Horizons Capital Corp. 13.0% senior notes outstanding. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Dividend policy

Our board of directors does not currently intend to pay regular dividends on our common stock. See “Dividend Policy.”

Principal stockholders

Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor will indirectly beneficially own a controlling interest in us. For more information, see “Management—Board Structure and Committee Composition.”

Trading symbol

Risk factors

You should read carefully the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Conflict of interest

Certain affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., an underwriter in this offering, beneficially own all of our 11.5% senior subordinated notes due 2018 and our 13.0% senior notes due

2018. We intend to use all or a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem the entire outstanding principal amount of the 13.0% senior notes due 2018 and to pay accrued interest thereon. See “Use of Proceeds.” As a result, certain affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. will receive all or a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. Goldman, Sachs & Co. will not confirm sales of the shares to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer.

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding after our reclassification (assuming an offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus)) and excludes shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price equal to $ per share, of which options to purchase shares were exercisable as of , 2012, and an additional shares of our common stock will be issuable under our 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. For additional information regarding the impact of a change in the assumed initial public offering price, in connection with the conversion of our Class L common stock, on the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options after completion of this public offering, see “The Reclassification.”


	Year Ended December 31,									Six Months Ended June 30,
	2009			2010			2011			2011			2012
	(In thousands, except per share and operating data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue	$	852,323		$	878,159		$	973,701		$	480,939		$	529,585
Cost of services		672,793			698,264			766,500			376,321			407,012

Gross profit		179,530			179,895			207,201			104,618			122,573
Selling, general and administrative expenses		82,798			83,601			92,938			45,196			67,226
Amortization		29,960			27,631			27,427			13,661			13,182

Income from operations		66,772			68,663			86,836			45,761			42,165

Gains from foreign currency transactions		—			—			835			—			—
Interest income		132			28			824			22			62
Interest expense		(83,228	)		(88,999	)		(82,908	)		(43,603	)		(40,432	)

Net interest expense and other		(83,096	)		(88,971	)		(81,249	)		(43,581	)		(40,370	)

(Loss) income before income taxes		(16,324	)		(20,308	)		5,587			2,180			1,795

Income tax benefit (expense)		6,789			10,314			(825	)		(924	)		(119	)

Net (loss) income		(9,535	)		(9,994	)		4,762			1,256			1,676
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—			3			—			134

Net (loss) income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	$	(9,535	)	$	(9,994	)	$	4,759		$	1,256			1,542

Accretion of Class L preference		58,559			64,712			71,568			34,603			38,102
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options		1,171			1,251			1,274			623			3,992

Net (loss) available to common shareholders	$	(69,265	)	$	(75,957	)	$	(68,083	)	$	(33,970	)	$	(40,552	)

Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:
Class L	$	58,559		$	64,712		$	71,568		$	34,603		$	38,102
Class A	$	(69,265	)	$	(75,957	)	$	(68,083	)	$	(33,970	)	$	(40,552	)
Earnings (loss) per share:
Class L—basic and diluted	$	44.52		$	49.21		$	54.33		$	26.27		$	28.75
Common—basic and diluted	$	(5.85	)	$	(6.42	)	$	(5.74	)	$	(2.87	)	$	(3.40	)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Class L—basic and diluted		1,315,267			1,315,153			1,317,273			1,317,053			1,325,297
Common—basic and diluted		11,837,402			11,836,374			11,855,632			11,853,477			11,929,773

Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations Data(1):
Pro forma net income
Pro forma earnings per share(2):
Basic
Diluted
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Total cash and cash equivalents	$	14,360		$	15,438		$	30,448		$	27,669		$	62,764

Total assets		1,732,724			1,721,692			1,771,164			1,729,375			1,901,331
Total liabilities, excluding debt		364,352			362,034			389,986			374,560			414,840
Total debt, including current maturities		794,881			795,458			799,257			786,394			891,360

Total redeemable noncontrolling interest		—			—			15,527			—			15,296

Class L common stock		633,452			699,533			772,422			734,759			811,548

Total stockholders’ deficit		(59,961	)		(135,333	)		(206,028	)		(166,338	)		(231,713	)

Other Financial and Operating Data:
Adjusted EBITDA(3)		126,955			132,238			148,519			75,306			89,099
Adjusted net income(3)		11,336			9,496			23,413			10,552			19,815
Capital expenditures for new and existing centers		43,616			39,522			42,517			18,680			27,688
Child care and early education centers (at period end)		694			705			743			724			773
Licensed capacity (at period end)		77,100			78,900			83,400			81,850			87,400

(1)

The pro forma consolidated statements of operations data for fiscal 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 give effect to (a) the reclassification of our common stock and the conversion of our Class L common stock, both into our common stock, as described in “The Reclassification,” (b) the issuance of common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds” and (c) the termination of our management agreement with the Sponsor in connection with this offering, as if each had occurred on the first day of the period presented. See “Related Party Transactions.”

(2)	See “The Reclassification” for a discussion of the conversion of our Class L common stock to common stock in connection with the completion of this offering.

(3)

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income are metrics used by management to measure operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, straight line rent expense, stock compensation expense and the Sponsor management fee. Adjusted net income represents our net income (loss) determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, adjusted for stock compensation expense, amortization expense, the sponsor management fee and the income tax benefit thereon.

The following table presents a reconciliation of each of our adjusted EBITDA and our adjusted net income to our net income (loss) determined in accordance with GAAP:


	Year Ended December 31,									Six Months Ended June 30,
	2009			2010			2011			2011			2012
	(unaudited, in thousands)
Net income (loss)	$	(9,535	)	$	(9,994	)	$	4,762		$	1,256		$	1,676
Interest expense, net		83,096			88,971			82,084			43,581			40,370
Income tax (benefit) expense		(6,789	)		(10,314	)		825			924			119
Depreciation		23,400			25,689			28,024			13,305			16,103
Amortization		29,960			27,631			27,427			13,661			13,182

EBITDA		120,132			121,983			143,122			72,727			71,450
Additional Adjustments:
Straight line rent expense(a)		1,998			5,401			1,739			746			600
Stock compensation expense(b)		2,325			2,354			1,158			583			15,799
Sponsor management fee(c)		2,500			2,500			2,500			1,250			1,250

Total adjustments		6,823			10,255			5,397			2,579			17,649

Adjusted EBITDA	$	126,955		$	132,238		$	148,519		$	75,306		$	89,099


Net income (loss)	$	(9,535	)	$	(9,994	)	$	4,762		$	1,256		$	1,676

Stock compensation expense(b)		2,325			2,354			1,158			583			15,799
Sponsor management fee(c)		2,500			2,500			2,500			1,250			1,250
Amortization(d)		29,960			27,631			27,427			13,661			13,182
Tax effect(e)		(13,914	)		(12,995	)		(12,434	)		(6,198	)		(12,092	)

Adjusted net income	$	11,336		$	9,496		$	23,413		$	10,552		$	19,815

(a)	Represents rent in excess of cash paid for rent, recognized on a straight line basis over the lease life in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 840, Leases.

(b)	Represents non-cash stock-based compensation expense.

(c)	Represents annual fees paid to our Sponsor under a management agreement, which will be terminated upon consummation of this offering. See “Related Party Transactions—Arrangements with Our Investors.”

(d)

Represents amortization of intangible assets, including $23.2 million, $21.7 million, $20.6 million, $10.5 million and $10.1 million in 2009, 2010, 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively, associated with intangible assets recorded in connection with our going private transaction in May 2008.

(e)	Represents the tax benefit, using an effective rate of 40%, associated with the expenses described in notes (b), (c) and (d).

Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP, and the use of the terms adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income may differ from similar measures reported by other companies. We believe that adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income provide investors with useful information with respect to our historical operations.

We present adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income as supplemental performance measures because we believe they facilitate a comparative assessment of our operating performance relative to our performance based on our results under GAAP, while isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period. Specifically, adjusted EBITDA allows for an assessment of our operating performance and of our ability to service or incur indebtedness without the effect of non-cash charges, such as depreciation, amortization, the excess of rent expense over cash rent expense and stock compensation expense, and the effect of our Sponsor management fee, which we will not owe for periods after the consummation of this offering. In addition, adjusted net income allows us to assess our performance without the impact of the specifically identified items that we believe do not directly reflect our core operations. These measures also function as benchmarks to evaluate our operating performance.

This prospectus also includes information concerning adjusted EBITDA margin, which is defined as the ratio of adjusted EBITDA to revenue. We present adjusted EBITDA margin because it is used by management as a performance measurement to judge the level of adjusted EBITDA generated from revenue. We believe its inclusion is appropriate to provide additional information to investors and other external users of our financial statements.

Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA margin are not measurements of our financial performance under GAAP and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income, net cash provided by operating, investing or financing activities or any other financial statement data presented as indicators of financial performance or liquidity, each as presented in accordance with GAAP. We understand that although adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income are frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, they have limitations as analytical tools, and you should not consider them in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net income and adjusted EBITDA margin do not fully reflect our cash expenditures, future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the significant interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt; and

although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

Because of these limitations, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as measures of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

An investment in our common stock involves various risks. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before investing in our common stock. The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks that we face. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Changes in the demand for child care and other dependent care services, which may be negatively affected by economic conditions, may affect our operating results.

Our business strategy depends on employers recognizing the value in providing employees with child care and other dependent care services as an employee benefit. The number of employers that view such services as cost-effective or beneficial to their work forces may not continue to grow or may diminish. In addition, demographic trends, including the number of dual-income families in the work force, may not continue to lead to increased demand for our services. Such changes could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Even among employers that recognize the value of our services, demand may be adversely affected by general economic conditions. For example, during the recent recession, we believe sustained uncertainty in U.S. and global economic conditions and persistently high unemployment domestically resulted in reduced enrollment levels at our mature P&L centers, and enrollment remains below pre-recession levels. Should the economy experience additional or prolonged weakness, employer clients may reduce or eliminate their sponsorship of work and family services, and prospective clients may not commit resources to such services. In addition, a reduction in the size of an employer’s workforce could negatively impact the demand for our services and result in reduced enrollment or failure of our employer clients to renew their contracts. A deterioration of general economic conditions may adversely impact the need for our services because out-of-work parents may diminish or discontinue the use of child care services, or be unwilling to pay tuition for high-quality services. Additionally, we may not be able to increase tuition at a rate consistent with increases in our operating costs. If demand for our services were to decrease, it could disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Our business depends largely on our ability to hire and retain qualified teachers.

State laws require our teachers and other staff members to meet certain educational and other minimum requirements, and we often require that teachers and staff at our centers have additional qualifications. We are also required by state laws to maintain certain prescribed minimum adult-to-child ratios. If we are unable to hire and retain qualified teachers at a center, we could be required to reduce enrollment or be prevented from accepting additional enrollment in order to comply with such mandated ratios. In certain markets, we may experience difficulty in attracting, hiring and retaining qualified teachers, which may require us to offer increased salaries and enhanced benefits in these more competitive markets. This could result in increased costs at centers located in these markets. Difficulties in hiring and retaining qualified personnel may also affect our ability to meet growth objectives in certain geographies and to take advantage of additional enrollment opportunities at our child care and early education centers in these markets.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of June 30, 2012, we had total indebtedness of $916.5 million, excluding approximately $0.6 million of undrawn letters of credit and $74.9 million of

unused commitments under our revolving credit facility. Our high level of debt could have important consequences, including:

We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, those restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with those restrictions could be substantial. We may also seek to amend one or more of our debt instruments to permit us to finance our growth strategy, just as we recently amended our senior credit facilities to finance the acquisition of Huntyard Limited (“Huntyard”), the parent company of Casterbridge Care and Education Group Ltd (“Casterbridge”), in the United Kingdom in May 2012.

In addition, the borrowings under our senior credit facilities bear interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. Assuming all amounts under our senior credit facilities are fully drawn, a 100 basis point change in interest rates would result in a $4.1 million change in annual interest expense on our indebtedness under our senior credit facilities. While we may in the future enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.

The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities and the indentures governing our notes contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability to incur certain liens, make investments and acquisitions, incur or guarantee additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock, or enter into certain other types of contractual arrangements affecting our subsidiaries or indebtedness. See “Description of Indebtedness.” In addition, the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control.

A breach of the covenants under the credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities or the indentures that govern our notes could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness, unless we obtain a waiver to avoid such default. If we are unable to obtain a waiver, such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of or default under any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event our lenders or note holders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.

Acquisitions are an integral part of our growth strategy. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, including potential difficulties in the integration of acquired operations, such as bringing new centers through the re-licensing or accreditation processes, successfully implementing our curriculum programs, not meeting financial objectives, increased costs, undisclosed liabilities not covered by insurance or by the terms of the acquisition, diversion of management’s attention and resources in connection with an acquisition, loss of key employees of the acquired operation, failure of acquired operations to effectively and timely adopt our internal control processes and other policies, and write-offs or impairment charges relating to goodwill and other intangible assets. We may not have success in identifying, executing and integrating acquisitions in the future.

The success of our operations in international markets is highly dependent on the expertise of local management and operating staff, as well as the political, social, legal and economic operating conditions of each country in which we operate.

The success of our business depends on the actions of our employees. In international markets that are newer to our business, we are highly dependent on our current local management and operating staff to operate our centers in these markets in accordance with local law and best practices. If the local management or operating staff were to leave our employment, we would have to expend significant time and resources building up our management or operational expertise in these markets. Such a transition could adversely affect our reputation in these markets and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

If the international markets in which we compete are affected by changes in political, social, legal, economic or other factors, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected. As of June 30, 2012, we had 181 centers located in five foreign countries; therefore, we are subject to inherent risks attributed to operating in a global economy. Our international operations may subject us to additional risks that differ in each country in which we operate, and such risks may negatively affect our results. The factors impacting the international markets in which we operate may include changes in laws and regulations affecting the operation of child care centers, the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds or increases in the taxes paid and other changes in applicable tax laws.

In addition, instability in European financial markets or other events could cause fluctuations in exchange rates that may affect our revenues. Most of our revenues, costs and debts are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, revenues and costs from our operations outside of the United States are denominated in the currency of the country in which the center is located, and these currencies could become less valuable as a result of exchange rate fluctuations. The current European debt crisis and related European financial restructuring efforts may cause the value of the European currencies, including the British pound and the Euro, to deteriorate. The potential dissolution of the Euro, or market perceptions concerning this and related issues, could adversely affect the value of our Euro- and British pound-denominated assets. Unfavorable currency fluctuations as a result of this and other market forces could result in a reduction in our revenues and net earnings, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Because our success depends substantially on the value of our brands and reputation as a provider of choice, adverse publicity could impact the demand for our services.

Adverse publicity concerning reported incidents or allegations of physical or sexual abuse or other harm to a child at any child care center, whether or not directly relating to or involving Bright Horizons, could result in decreased enrollment at our child care centers, termination of existing corporate relationships or inability to attract new corporate relationships, or increased insurance costs,

all of which could adversely affect our operations. Brand value and our reputation can be severely damaged even by isolated incidents, particularly if the incidents receive considerable negative publicity or result in substantial litigation. These incidents may arise from events that are beyond our ability to control and may damage our brands and reputation, such as instances of physical or sexual abuse or actions taken (or not taken) by one or more center managers or teachers relating to the health, safety or welfare of children in our care. In addition, from time to time, customers and others make claims and take legal action against us. Whether or not customer claims or legal action related to our performance have merit, they may adversely affect our reputation and the demand for our services. Demand for our services could diminish significantly if any such incidents or other matters erode consumer confidence in us or our services, which would likely result in lower sales, and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. Any reputational damage could have a material adverse effect on our brand value and our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business activities subject us to litigation risks that may lead to significant reputational damage, money damages and other remedies and increase our litigation expense.

Because of the nature of our business, we may be subject to claims and litigation alleging negligence, inadequate supervision or other grounds for liability arising from injuries or other harm to the people we serve, primarily children. We may also be subject to employee claims based on, among other things, discrimination, harassment or wrongful termination. In addition, claimants may seek damages from us for physical or sexual abuse, and other acts allegedly committed by our employees or agents. We face the risk that additional lawsuits may be filed which could result in damages and other costs that our insurance may be inadequate to cover. In addition to diverting our management resources, such allegations may result in publicity that may materially and adversely affect us and our brands, regardless of whether such allegations are valid. Any such claim or the publicity resulting from it may have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition including, without limitation, adverse effects caused by increased cost or decreased availability of insurance and decreased demand for our services from employer sponsors and families.

Our international operations may be subject to additional risks related to litigation, including difficulties enforcing contractual obligations governed by foreign law due to differing interpretations of rights and obligations, limitations on the availability of insurance coverages and limits, compliance with multiple and potentially conflicting laws, new and potentially untested laws and judicial systems and reduced or diminished protection of intellectual property. A substantial judgment against us or one of our subsidiaries could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our continued profitability depends on our ability to pass on our increased costs to our customers.

Hiring and retaining key employees and qualified personnel, including teachers, is critical to our business. Because we are primarily a services business, inflationary factors such as wage and benefits cost increases result in significant increases in the costs of running our business. In addition, increased competition for teachers in certain markets could result in significant increases in the costs of running our business. Any employee organizing efforts could also increase our payroll and benefits expenses. Our success depends on our ability to continue to pass along these costs to our customers. In the event that we cannot increase the cost of our services to cover these higher wage and benefit costs without reducing customer demand for our services, our revenues could be adversely affected, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, as well as our growth.

Changes in our relationships with employer sponsors may affect our operating results.

We derive a significant portion of our business from child care and early education centers associated with employer sponsors for whom we provide these services at single or multiple sites

pursuant to contractual arrangements. Our contracts with employers for full service center-based care typically have terms of three to ten years, and our contracts related to back-up dependent care typically have terms of one to three years. While we have a history of consistent contract renewals, we may not experience a similar renewal rate in the future. The termination or non-renewal of a significant number of contracts or the termination of a multiple-site client relationship could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Significant increases in the costs of insurance or of insurance claims or our deductibles may negatively affect our profitability.

We currently maintain the following major types of commercial insurance policies: workers’ compensation, commercial general liability (including coverage for sexual and physical abuse), professional liability, automobile liability, excess and “umbrella” liability, commercial property coverage, student accident coverage, employment practices liability, commercial crime coverage, fiduciary liability, privacy breach/Internet liability and directors’ and officers’ liability. These policies are subject to various limitations, exclusions and deductibles. To date, we have been able to obtain insurance in amounts we believe to be appropriate. Such insurance, particularly coverage for sexual and physical abuse, may not continue to be readily available to us in the form or amounts we have been able to obtain in the past, or our insurance premiums could materially increase in the future as a consequence of conditions in the insurance business or in the child care industry.

Our child care and early education centers are subject to numerous national, state and local regulations and licensing requirements. Although these regulations vary greatly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, government agencies generally review, among other issues, the adequacy of buildings and equipment, licensed capacity, the ratio of adults to children, educational qualifications and training of staff, record keeping, dietary program, daily curriculum, hiring practices and compliance with health and safety standards. Failure of a child care or early education center to comply with applicable regulations and requirements could subject it to governmental sanctions, which can include fines, corrective orders, placement on probation or, in more serious cases, suspension or revocation of one or more of our child care centers’ licenses to operate, and require significant expenditures to bring our centers into compliance. Although we expect to pay employees at rates above the minimum wage, increases in the statutory minimum wage rates could result in a corresponding increase in the wages we pay to our employees.

Our revenue and results of operations fluctuate with the seasonal demands for child care and the other services we provide. Revenue in our child care centers that have mature operating levels typically declines during the third quarter due to decreased enrollments over the summer months as families withdraw children for vacations and older children transition into elementary schools. In addition, use of our back-up services tends to be higher when school is not in session and during holiday periods, which can increase the operating costs of the program and impact results of operations. We may be unable to adjust our expenses on a short-term basis to minimize the effect of these fluctuations in revenue. Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate based upon the number and timing of child care center openings and/or closings, acquisitions, the performance of new and existing child care and early education centers, the contractual arrangements under which child care centers are operated, the change in the mix of such contractual arrangements, competitive factors and general economic conditions. The inability of existing child care centers to maintain their current enrollment levels and profitability, the failure of newly opened child care centers to contribute to profitability and the failure to maintain and grow our other services could result in additional fluctuations in our future operating results on a quarterly or annual basis.

Our success depends on the efforts, abilities and continued services of our executive officers and other key employees. We believe future success will depend upon our ability to continue to attract, motivate and retain highly-skilled managerial, sales and marketing, divisional, regional and child care and early education center director personnel.

Significant competition in our industry could adversely affect our results of operations.

We compete for enrollment and sponsorship of our child care and early education centers in a highly-fragmented market. For enrollment, we compete with family child care (operated out of the caregiver’s home) and center-based child care (such as residential and work-site child care centers, full- and part-time nursery schools, private and public elementary schools and church-affiliated and other not-for-profit providers). In addition, substitutes for organized child care, such as relatives and nannies caring for children, can represent lower cost alternatives to our services. For sponsorship, we compete primarily with large residential child care companies with divisions focused on employer sponsorship and with regional child care providers who target employer sponsorship. We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends on a number of factors, including quality of care, site convenience and cost. We often face a price disadvantage to our competition, which may have access to greater financial resources, greater name recognition or lower operating or compliance costs. In addition, certain competitors may be able to operate with little or no rental expense and sometimes do not comply or are not required to comply with the same health, safety and operational regulations with which we comply. Therefore, we may be unable to continue to compete successfully against current and future competitors.

The growth of our business may be adversely affected if we do not execute our growth strategies successfully.

Our ability to grow in the future will depend upon a number of factors, including the ability to develop and expand new and existing client relationships, to continue to provide and expand the high-quality services we offer and to hire and train qualified personnel. Achieving and sustaining growth increases requires the successful execution of our growth strategies, which may require the implementation of enhancements to operational and financial systems, expanded sales and marketing capacity and additional or new organizational resources. We may be unable to manage our expanding operations effectively, or we may be unable to maintain or accelerate our growth.

Governmental universal child care benefit programs could reduce the demand for our services.

National, state or local child care benefit programs comprised primarily of subsidies in the form of tax credits or other direct government financial aid provide us opportunities for expansion in additional markets. However, a universal benefit with governmentally mandated or provided child care could reduce the demand for early care services at our existing child care and early education centers due to the availability of lower cost care alternatives or could place downward pressure on the tuition and fees we charge, which could adversely affect our revenues and results of operations.

Breaches in data security could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

For various operational needs, we receive certain personal information including credit card information and personal information for the children and families that we serve. While we have policies and practices that protect our data, a compromise of our systems that results in unauthorized persons obtaining personal information could adversely affect our reputation and our operations, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows, and could result in litigation against us or in the

imposition of penalties. In addition, a security breach could require us to expend significant additional resources related to the security of our information systems and could result in a disruption to our operations.

A regional or global health pandemic or other catastrophic event could severely disrupt our business.

A health pandemic is a disease that spreads rapidly and widely by infection and affects many individuals in an area or population at the same time. A regional or global health pandemic, depending upon its duration and severity, could severely affect our business. Enrollment in our child care centers could experience sharp declines as families might avoid taking their children out in public in the event of a health pandemic, and local, regional or national governments might limit or ban public interactions to halt or delay the spread of diseases causing business disruptions and the temporary closure of our centers. Additionally, a health pandemic could also impair our ability to hire and retain an adequate level of staff. A health pandemic may have a disproportionate impact on our business compared to other companies that depend less on the performance of services by employees.

Other unforeseen events, including war, terrorism and other international, regional or local instability or conflicts (including labor issues), embargos, natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, hurricanes, or other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the United States or abroad, could disrupt our operations or result in political or economic instability. Enrollment in our child care centers could experience sharp declines as families might avoid taking their children out in public as a result of one or more of these events.

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After the completion of this offering, the Sponsor will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of . Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements including:

Following this offering we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and the board committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. In addition, we will not have a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of .

The Sponsor, however, is not subject to any contractual obligation to retain its controlling interest, except that it has agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or other securities exercisable or convertible therefor for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. Except for this brief period, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which the Sponsor will maintain its ownership of our common stock following the offering.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Securities Act, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding shareholder advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information that they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if our total annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period, or if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of any June 30 before that time. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Our stock price could be extremely volatile, and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

Since the time that we were acquired by our Sponsor in May 2008, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and an active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. In addition, the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those described elsewhere in this prospectus and others such as:

In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.

There may be sales of a substantial amount of our common stock after this offering by our current stockholders, and these sales could cause the price of our common stock to fall.

After this offering, there will be shares of common stock outstanding. There will be shares issued and outstanding if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. Of our issued and outstanding shares, all the common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Following completion of this offering, approximately % of our outstanding common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us) will be held by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor and members of our management and employees.

Each of our directors, executive officers and significant equity holders (including affiliates of the Sponsor) has entered into a lock-up agreement with Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, which regulates their sales of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements.”

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales will occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and make it difficult for us to raise funds through securities offerings in the future. Of the shares to be outstanding after the offering, the shares offered by this prospectus will be eligible for immediate sale in the public market without restriction by persons other than our affiliates. Our remaining outstanding shares will become available for resale in the public market as shown in the chart below.

Beginning 180 days after this offering, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances, holders of shares of our common stock may require us to register their shares for resale under the federal securities laws, and holders of additional shares of our common stock would be entitled to have their shares included in any such registration statement, all subject to reduction upon the request of the underwriter of the offering, if any. See “Related Party Transactions—Arrangements With Our Investors.” Registration of those shares would allow the holders to immediately resell their shares in the public market. Any such sales or anticipation thereof could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, after this offering, we intend to register shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. For more information, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Statements on Form S-8.”

Certain participants in our directed share program must hold their shares for a minimum of 180 days following the date of the final prospectus related to this offering and accordingly will be subject to market risks not imposed on other investors in the offering.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to shares of the common stock offered hereby for sale to our employees. Purchasers of these shares who have entered into a lockup agreement with the underwriters in connection with this offering, which generally include our officers, directors and significant stockholders, will be required to agree that they will not, subject to exceptions, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any such shares for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to this offering, subject to certain specified extensions. As a result of such restriction, such purchasers may face risks not faced by other investors who have the right to sell their shares at any time following the offering. These risks include the market risk of holding our shares during the period that such restrictions are in effect. In addition, the price of our common stock may be adversely affected following expiration of the lockup period if there is an increase in the number of shares for sale in the market.

Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may deter takeover efforts that could be beneficial to stockholder value.

In addition to the Sponsor’s beneficial ownership of a controlling percentage of our common stock, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law contain provisions that could make it harder for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include a classified board of directors and limitations on actions by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval that could be used to dilute a potential hostile acquiror. Our certificate of incorporation also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock other than the Sponsor. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the company may be unsuccessful. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

If you purchase shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma book value of your stock, which dilution would have been $ per share as of June 30, 2012 based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the offering range shown on the cover of this prospectus), because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the shares you acquire. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options and warrants to purchase our common

stock, including those options currently outstanding and those granted in the future, and the issuance of restricted stock or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders will experience substantial additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

The Sponsor will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

We are currently controlled, and after this offering is completed will continue to be controlled, by the Sponsor. Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor will beneficially own % of our outstanding common stock ( % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us). For as long as the Sponsor continues to beneficially own shares of common stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock, it will be able to direct the election of all of the members of our board of directors and could exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs, including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations, the acquisition or disposition of assets, the incurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of any additional common stock or other equity securities, the repurchase or redemption of common stock and the payment of dividends. Similarly, the Sponsor will have the power to determine matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders without the consent of our other stockholders, will have the power to prevent a change in our control and could take other actions that might be favorable to it. Even if its ownership falls below 50%, the Sponsor will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.

Additionally, the Sponsor is in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. The Sponsor may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our senior credit facilities. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

This prospectus includes statements that express our opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “projects,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates” or “anticipates,” or, in each case, their negatives or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the industries in which we and our partners operate.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We believe that these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, which include but are not limited to the following:

These factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read with the other cautionary statements in this prospectus.

Although we base these forward-looking statements on assumptions that we believe are reasonable when made, we caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement that we make in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of such statement, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of those statements to reflect future events or developments. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless specifically expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

In connection with this offering, on , 2012, we effected a 1-for- reverse split of our Class A common stock and then reclassified our Class A common stock into common stock. Immediately prior to this offering, we had two classes of common stock outstanding, common stock and Class L common stock. The Class L common stock was identical to the common stock, except that the Class L common stock was convertible into shares of our common stock as described below, and each share of Class L common stock was entitled to a preferential payment upon any liquidating distribution by us to holders of our capital stock, whether by dividend, distribution or otherwise, equal to the base amount for such share ($405.00), which we refer to as the Class L base amount. After payment of the Class L base amount, each share of common stock and Class L common stock shared equally in all remaining liquidating distributions by us to holders of our common stock.

Immediately prior to this offering, we will convert each outstanding share of Class L common stock into approximately of a share of common stock plus an additional number of shares of common stock determined by dividing (1) the Class L conversion amount, which will be equal to the base amount for such share ($405.00) plus the amount that accrued from May 28, 2008, the date that we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor, on the outstanding Class L base amount at a rate of 10% per annum, compounded quarterly, and which is currently estimated to be $ , by (2) the initial public offering price of a share of our common stock in this offering net of the underwriting discounts and commissions and a pro rata portion, based upon the number of shares being sold in this offering, of the estimated offering-related expenses incurred by us. At the time of such conversion, in accordance with the terms of our equity incentive plans and our outstanding awards thereunder, outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class L common stock will become options to purchase shares of our common stock with appropriate adjustments to the exercise price per share and the number of shares underlying each such award. The estimated Class L conversion amount is based upon an assumed pricing date for this offering of , 2012. If the pricing date for this offering occurs before or after such date, the Class L conversion amount per share will be less or more, as applicable, than such estimated amount by approximately $ per day. The estimated Class L conversion amount of $ based on the assumed initial public offering date of , 2012 is calculated as follows:

References to the “reclassification” throughout this prospectus refer to the 1-for- reverse stock split of our Class A common stock, the reclassification of our Class A common stock into our common stock and the conversion of our Class L common stock into our common stock and related adjustments to our outstanding options to purchase shares of our Class L common stock.

Assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, offering-related expenses incurred by us as specified under “Underwriting” of $ , and the Class L conversion amount specified above, shares of common stock will be outstanding immediately after the reclassification but before this offering. The actual number of shares of common stock that will be issued as a result of the reclassification is subject to change based on the actual initial public offering price, the offering-related expenses incurred by us and the closing date of this offering. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

The following table sets forth the computation of the conversion factor for the Class L common stock:

Because the number of shares of common stock into which a share of Class L common stock is convertible will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price in this offering, a change in the assumed initial public offering price would have a corresponding impact on the number of outstanding shares of common stock presented in this prospectus after giving effect to this offering. The following number of shares of our common stock would be outstanding immediately after the reclassification but before this offering, assuming the initial public offering prices for our common stock shown below and assuming the offering related-expenses and the Class L conversion amount specified above:

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of the shares of our common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us, will be approximately $ million (or $ million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full). This estimate assumes an initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to redeem approximately $185.6 million aggregate principal amount and accumulated interest of our 13.0% senior notes and to use any remaining net proceeds for working capital and for general corporate purposes. Our 13.0% senior notes were issued by Bright Horizons Capital Corp. in the aggregate principal amount of $110.0 million in connection with our going private transaction in 2008 and mature on November 28, 2018. These notes bear interest at a rate of 13.0% per annum, and interest payments on or before May 28, 2013 may be paid in kind. As of June 30, 2012, there was $75.6 million of interest added to principal under the notes. Under the terms of the indenture relating to the notes, we may use the net proceeds from this offering to redeem the notes at a price equal to 106.500% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Our board of directors does not currently intend to pay regular dividends on our common stock. However, we expect to reevaluate our dividend policy on a regular basis following this offering and may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our senior credit facilities, the indentures governing our outstanding notes and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future.

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our consolidated capitalization as of June 30, 2012 on (1) an actual basis and (2) an adjusted basis, giving effect to (x) the reclassification that will occur prior to the closing of this offering as if it had occurred on June 30, 2012; (y) the issuance of our common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds”; and (z) the payment of approximately $7.5 million out of general funds in fees under our management agreement with the Sponsor in connection with the offering and the termination of the management agreement. See “Related Party Transactions.”

This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the initial public offering price per share of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share of common stock attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding shares of common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share of our common stock by dividing the net tangible book value by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

Our net tangible book value deficiency at June 30, 2012 was approximately $ , or $ per share of our common stock pro forma for the reclassification but before giving effect to this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value deficiency per share before the offering has been determined by dividing net tangible book value (total consolidated tangible assets less total consolidated liabilities) by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at June 30, 2012, assuming that the reclassification had taken place on June 30, 2012. Dilution in net tangible book value deficiency per share represents the difference between the amount per share that you pay in this offering and the net tangible book value deficiency per share immediately after this offering.

After giving effect to the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from our sale of shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $ per share (the midpoint of the offering range shown on the cover of this prospectus), and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of Proceeds,” our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value deficiency at June 30, 2012 would have been approximately $ , or $ per share of common stock. This represents an immediate decrease in net tangible book value deficiency per share of $ to existing stockholders and an immediate increase in net tangible book value deficiency per share of $ to you. The following table illustrates this dilution per share.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value deficiency per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $ per share of our common stock. This represents a decrease in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value deficiency of $ per share of our common stock to existing stockholders and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value deficiency of $ per share of our common stock to you.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share of our common stock would decrease (increase) our pro forma net tangible book value deficiency after giving effect to the offering by $ , assuming no change to the number of shares of our common stock offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us. Because the number of shares of common stock into which a share of Class L common stock is convertible will be determined by reference to the initial public offering price in this offering, a change in the assumed initial public offering price would also have a corresponding impact on our pro forma net tangible book value deficiency per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value deficiency per

share of common stock would have been the following at June 30, 2012, assuming the initial public offering prices for our common stock shown below:

The following table sets forth, as of June 30, 2012, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

If the underwriters were to fully exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be %, and the percentage of shares of our common stock held by new investors would be %.

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised or become vested or any additional options are granted and exercised, other equity awards are granted and become vested or other issuances of shares of our common stock are made, there may be further economic dilution to new investors.

The following table sets forth our selected historical financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical financial data as of December 31, 2010 and 2011 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011 presented in this table have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of June 30, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 has been derived from our consolidated financial statements for such year, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for such period, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods, and operating results for the six months ended June 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2012.

This selected historical consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the disclosures set forth under “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

On May 23, 2012, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Huntyard Limited (“Huntyard”), the parent company of Casterbridge Care and Education Group Ltd (“Casterbridge”), a company that operates 27 child care and early education centers in the United Kingdom, for cash consideration of $110.9 million. We acquired total tangible assets with fair values of $70.6 million, including fixed assets of $65.6 million, and assumed liabilities with fair values of $10.6 million. In conjunction with this acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $47.4 million and other intangible assets with fair values of $4.7 million, consisting of customer relationships. A deferred tax liability of $1.2 million was recorded related to the intangible assets for the amortization that is not deductible for tax purposes. See note 2 to our consolidated financial statements for details on the purchase price allocation. In connection with this acquisition, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities to permit us to borrow an additional $85.0 million in Series C new term loans.

The following unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 presents consolidated information as if we had acquired Huntyard on January 1, 2011. An unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2012 is not presented because Huntyard’s balance sheet, including related acquisition adjustments, is included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of such date. The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information has been prepared from, and should be read in conjunction with, the respective historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of the Company and Huntyard included in this prospectus.

The historical profit and loss accounts of Huntyard have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom (“UK GAAP”). For the purpose of presenting the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information, the profit and loss accounts for Huntyard have been adjusted to conform to generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“US GAAP”) as described in note 29 in the audited financial statements for Huntyard included in this prospectus. In addition, the historical financial statements of Huntyard were presented in pounds sterling. For the purpose of presenting the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information, the adjusted income statements of Huntyard have been translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates prevailing during the periods presented. The pro forma acquisition adjustments described in the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information were based on available information and certain assumptions made by us and may be revised as additional information becomes available as the purchase accounting for the acquisition is finalized.

The unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial information included in this prospectus is not intended to represent what our results of operations would have been if the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2011 or to project our results of operations for any future period. Since the Company and Huntyard were not under common control or management for any period presented, the unaudited pro forma combined condensed financial results may not be comparable to, or indicative of, future performance.

We accounted for the acquisition of Huntyard under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805, Business Combinations. The acquired assets and assumed liabilities were recorded at their respective fair values as of the date of the acquisition. The assets and liabilities have been measured based on estimates and valuations using assumptions that we believe are reasonable based on information currently available. The excess of the purchase price over the estimated amounts of identifiable assets and liabilities was allocated to goodwill.

Adjustments to amortization were made to reflect the amortization of acquired intangible assets as if the acquisition had taken place January 1, 2011. Intangible assets of $4.7 million were recorded related to customer relationships that will be amortized over five years, using an accelerated method.

Adjustments to income taxes were made to reflect the income tax benefit of the pro forma adjustments related to the amortization of intangibles and interest expense based on the statutory rates for the respective jurisdictions.

Adjustments to selling, general and administrative expenses were made to reverse the deal costs incurred by the Company in relation to the acquisition of Huntyard, as these are nonrecurring expenses.

Certain reclassifications from selling, general, and administrative expenses to cost of services have been made to conform the presentation of the Huntyard operations with the presentation in the Company’s financial statements.

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes. This discussion contains forward-looking statements and involves numerous risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and generally contain words such as “believes,” expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or similar expressions. Our forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or implied by the forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions and currently available data and are neither predictions nor guarantees of future events or performance. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. See “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” for a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements.

We are a leading provider of high-quality child care and early education as well as other services that are designed to help employers and families better address the challenges of work and life. We provide services primarily under multi-year contracts with employers who offer child care and other dependent care solutions as part of their employee benefits packages to improve their employee engagement, productivity, recruitment and retention. As of June 30, 2012, we had more than 850 client relationships with employers across a diverse array of industries, including more than 130 Fortune 500 companies and more than 75 of Working Mother magazine’s 2011 “100 Best Companies for Working Mothers.”

At June 30, 2012, we operated 773 child care and early education centers, consisting of 594 centers in North America and 179 centers in Europe and India. We have the capacity to serve approximately 87,400 children in 41 states, the District of Columbia, the United Kingdom, Puerto Rico, Canada, Ireland, the Netherlands and India. We seek to cluster centers in geographic areas to enhance operating efficiencies and to create a leading market presence. Our North American child care and early education centers have an average capacity of 126 children per location, while the centers in Europe and India have an average capacity of approximately 69 children per location.

We operate centers for a diverse group of clients. At June 30, 2012, we managed child care centers on behalf of single employers in the following industries and also manage lease/consortium locations in approximately the following proportions:

Our primary reporting segments are full service center-based care services and back-up dependent care services. Full service center-based care includes child care and early education, preschool and elementary education. Back-up dependent care includes center-based back-up child care, in-home well child care, in home mildly ill child care and in home adult/elder care. Our remaining business services are included in the other educational advisory services segment, which includes our college preparation and admissions counseling services as well as tuition reimbursement management and educational counseling services.

We operate our centers under two principal business models, which we refer to as profit & loss (“P&L”) and cost-plus. Approximately 70% of our centers operate under the P&L model. Under this model, we retain financial risk for child care and early education centers and are therefore subject to variability in financial performance due to fluctuation in enrollment levels. The P&L model is further classified into two subcategories: (i) the sponsor model and (ii) the lease/consortium model. Under the sponsor model, we provide child care and early education services on a priority enrollment basis for employees of an employer sponsor, and the employer sponsor generally pays facility, pre-opening and start-up capital equipment and maintenance costs. Our operating contracts typically have initial terms ranging from three to ten years. Under the lease/consortium model, the child care center is typically located in an office building or office park in a property that we lease, and we provide these services to the employees of multiple employers. We typically negotiate initial lease terms of 10 to 15 years for these centers, often with renewal options.

When we open a new P&L center, it generally takes two to three years for the center to ramp up to a steady state level of enrollment, as a center will typically enroll younger children at the outset and children age into the older (preschool) classrooms over time. We refer to centers that have been open for three years or less as “ramping centers.” A center will typically achieve breakeven operating performance between 12 to 24 months and will typically achieve a steady state level of enrollment that supports our average center operating profit at the end of three years, although the period needed to reach a steady state level of enrollment may be longer or shorter. Centers that have been open more than three years are referred to as “mature centers.”

Approximately 30% of our centers operate under the cost-plus business model. Under this model, we receive a management fee from the employer sponsor and an additional operating subsidy from the employer to supplement tuition paid by parents of children in the center. Under this model, the sponsor typically pays facility, pre-opening and start-up, capital equipment and maintenance costs, and the center is profitable from the outset. Our cost-plus contracts typically have initial terms ranging from three to five years. For additional information about the way we operate our centers, see “Business—Our Business Models.”

We believe that 2011 was a successful year for the company. We grew our income from operations by 26%, from $68.7 million to $86.8 million. In addition, we added 64 child care and early education centers with a total capacity of approximately 6,800 children; 22 of these centers were organic additions and 42 were added through acquisitions, including an acquisition of a majority interest in 20 centers in the Netherlands in July 2011. In 2011, we closed 26 centers, resulting in a net increase of 38 centers for the year. We expect to add approximately 30 net new centers in 2012.

Our year-over-year improvement in operating income can be attributed to enrollment gains in ramping and mature centers, disciplined pricing strategies aimed at covering anticipated cost increases

with tuition increases, contributions from back-up dependent care services and contributions from mature centers obtained through acquisitions and added through transitions of management.

General economic conditions and the business climate in which individual clients operate remain some of the largest variables in terms of our future performance. These variables impact client capital and operating spending budgets, industry specific sales leads and the overall sales cycle, enrollment levels, as well as labor markets and wage rates as competition for human capital fluctuates.

Our ability to increase operating income will depend upon our ability to sustain the following characteristics of our business:

Our two most significant expenses are cost of services and interest expense. Cost of services consists of direct expenses associated with the operation of our centers, direct expenses to provide back-up dependent care services (including fees to back-up dependent care providers) and direct expenses to provide educational advisory services. Direct expenses consist primarily of staff salaries, taxes and benefits, food costs, program supplies and materials, parent marketing and facilities costs, including occupancy costs and depreciation. Personnel costs are the largest component of a center’s operating costs, and, on a weighted average basis, comprise approximately 75% of a center’s operating expenses. We are typically responsible for additional costs in a P&L model center as compared to a cost-plus model center. As a result, personnel costs in centers operating under the P&L model will typically represent a smaller proportion of overall costs when compared to the centers operating under the cost-plus model.

We are highly leveraged. As of June 30, 2012, consolidated total debt was $916.5 million ($825.0 million at December 31, 2011). Historically, a large portion of our cash flows from operations has been used to make interest payments on our indebtedness. In connection with our debt agreements, we incurred financing fees of $27.1 million in 2008 and $2.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012, which are being amortized over the terms of the related debt instruments. Amortization expense relating to these deferred financing costs is included with interest expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

Our business is subject to seasonal and quarterly fluctuations. Demand for child care and early education and elementary school services has historically decreased during the summer months when school is not in session, at which time families are often on vacation or have alternative child care arrangements. In addition, our enrollment declines as older children transition to elementary schools. Demand for our services generally increases in September and October coinciding with the beginning of the new school year and remains relatively stable throughout the rest of the school year. In addition, use of our back-up dependent care services tends to be higher when schools are not in session and during holiday periods, which can increase the operating costs of the program and impact the results of

operations. Results of operations may also fluctuate from quarter to quarter as a result of, among other things, the performance of existing centers, including enrollment and staffing fluctuations, the number and timing of new center openings, acquisitions and management transitions, the length of time required for new centers to achieve profitability, center closings, refurbishment or relocation, the contract model mix (P&L versus cost-plus) of new and existing centers, the timing and level of sponsorship payments, competitive factors and general economic conditions.

We prepare our consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. The accounting policies we believe are critical in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements relate to revenue recognition, goodwill and other intangibles and common stock valuation and stock-based compensation. Our significant accounting policies are more fully described under the heading “Organization and Significant Accounting Policies” in note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Revenue Recognition—We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed and determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. We recognize revenue as services are performed.

Center-based care revenues consist primarily of tuition, which is comprised of amounts paid by parents, supplemented in some cases by payments from employer sponsors and, to a lesser extent, by payments from government agencies. Revenue may also include management fees, operating subsidies paid either in lieu of or to supplement parent tuition and fees for other services.

We enter into contracts under various terms with employer sponsors to manage and operate their child care centers and to provide back-up dependent care services and educational advisory services. Our contracts to operate child care and early education centers are generally three to ten years in length with varying renewal options. Our contracts for back-up dependent care arrangements and for educational advisory services are generally one to three years in length with varying renewal options.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets—Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Our intangible assets principally consist of various contractual rights and customer relationships and trade names. Identified intangible assets that have determinable useful lives are valued separately from goodwill and are amortized over the estimated period during which we derive a benefit. Intangible assets related to customer relationships include relationships with employer clients and relationships with parents. Customer relationships with parents are amortized using an accelerated method over their useful lives. All other intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their useful lives.

In valuing the customer relationships, contractual rights and trade names, we utilize variations of the income approach, which relies on historical financial and qualitative information, as well as assumptions and estimates for projected financial information. We consider the income approach the most appropriate valuation technique because the inherent value of these assets is their ability to generate current and future income. Projected financial information is subject to risk if our estimates are incorrect. The most significant estimate relates to our projected revenues and profitability. If we do not meet the projected revenues and profitability used in the valuation calculations, then the intangible

assets could be impaired. In determining the value of contractual rights and customer relationships, we reviewed historical customer attrition rates and determined a rate of approximately 30% per year for relationships with parents, and approximately 3.5% to 4.0% for employer client relationships. Our multi-year contracts with client customers typically result in low annual turnover, and our long-term relationships with clients make it difficult for competitors to displace us. The value of our contractual rights and customer relationships intangible assets could become impaired if future results differ significantly from any of the underlying assumptions, including a higher customer attrition rate. Contractual rights and customer relationships are considered to be finite-lived assets, with estimated lives ranging from four to 17 years. Certain trade names acquired as part of our strategy to expand by completing strategic acquisitions are considered to be finite-lived assets, with estimated lives ranging from five to ten years. The estimated lives were determined by calculating the number of years necessary to obtain 95% of the value of the discounted cash flows of the respective intangible asset.

Goodwill and certain trade names are considered indefinite-lived assets. Our trade names identify us and differentiate us from competitors, and, therefore, competition does not limit the useful life of these assets. Additionally, we believe that our primary trade names will continue to generate sales for an indefinite period. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not subject to amortization but are tested annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. We test goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit, determined by estimating the present value of expected future cash flows, to its carrying value. We have identified three reporting segments: full service center-based care, back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services. As part of the annual goodwill impairment assessment, we estimated the fair value of each of our operating segments using the income approach. We forecasted future cash flows by operating segment for each of the next ten years and applied a long-term growth rate to the final year of forecasted cash flows. The cash flows were then discounted using our estimated discount rate. We review the difference between the estimated fair value and net book value of each operating segment. If the excess is less than $1.0 million, the operating segment would be required to perform a step two goodwill impairment analysis to determine what amount of goodwill is potentially impaired. As of December 31, 2011, each of our operating segments had estimated fair values that were at least $1.0 million greater than the net book value.

For certain trademarks that are included in our indefinite-lived intangible assets, we estimate the fair value first by estimating the total revenue attributable to each trademark and then by applying the royalty rate determined by an analysis of empirical, market-derived royalty rates for guideline intangible assets, consistent with the initial valuation, or 1% to 2% and then comparing the estimated fair value of the trademarks with the carrying value of the trademarks. The forecasts of revenue and profitability growth for use in our long-range plan and the discount rate were the key assumptions in our intangible fair value analysis. Impairment losses of $0.4 million were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 and in the six months ended June 30, 2012 in relation to the carrying value of one indefinite-lived trademark. We identified no impairments in 2009 and 2010.

Long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset may not be recovered. Long-lived assets are considered to be impaired if the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset over its remaining useful life. If an asset is considered to be impaired, the impairment is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value and is charged to results of operations at that time. We identified impairments of long-lived assets of $0.1 million in each of 2009 and 2010, and $0.8 million in 2011.

Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation—We account for stock-based compensation using a fair value method. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the grant-date fair value of the awards for the awards that are expected to vest. For stock options granted with a service condition only, stock-compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each separately vesting tranche. For stock options granted with a service and performance condition, stock-compensation expense will be recognized upon a change in control, as defined in our 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, or the closing of an initial public offering, to the extent that the requisite service period is already fulfilled. We calculate the fair value of options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

The fair value of our common stock and Class L common stock underlying our options was initially determined by the board of directors in May 2008 in connection with our going private transaction. The key assumption in determining the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant is the fair value of the underlying common stock. This fair value determination was made by the board and was based on consideration of management’s estimates of projected financial performance, which included consideration of a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation, which we refer to as the AICPA Practice Aid. This valuation relied on a determination of enterprise value based on market multiples demonstrated explicitly by the going private transaction and on the probability weighted expected return method (“PWERM”) for the allocation of the value of the invested capital to the two classes of stock. We updated this valuation at the end of each of 2009 and 2010 and in the third quarter of 2011, and these internal valuations were used by our compensation committee of the board of directors in connection with a limited number of additional option grants to our employees in the subsequent year or period.

The fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2011 was again determined by the board of directors after consideration of management’s estimates of projected financial performance, which included consideration of a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid, which valuation was performed on a basis consistent with the third-party valuation performed in 2008. This valuation relied on a determination of enterprise value based on a discounted present value of our projected cash flows in future periods. This fair value determination was considered by our board of directors in connection with the offer to exchange outstanding employee options to purchase common stock for options to purchase a combination of shares of common stock and Class L common stock as well as for certain additional grants of options in the second quarter of 2012.

The total equity value at each valuation date was allocated to common stock and Class L shares based on the PWERM methodology, which involved a forward-looking analysis of possible future exit valuations based on a range of multiples of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, straight line rent expense, stock compensation expense, transaction costs expensed in connection with acquisitions completed in the respective periods (including costs associated with our going private transaction), Sponsor management fee and the annual expense associated with certain long-term incentive plans other than stock options (which we refer to for these purposes as “EBITDA”) at various future exit dates, the estimation of future and present values under each outcome and the application of a probability factor to each outcome. Returns to each class of stock as of each possible future exit date and under each EBITDA multiple scenario were calculated by (i) first allocating equity value to the Class L shares up to the amount of its preferential distribution amount at the assumed exit date and (ii) allocating any residual equity value to the common stock and Class L shares on a participating basis.

The significant assumptions underlying the common stock valuations at each grant date were as follows:

Aggregate option grants between May 28, 2008, the date of our going private transaction, and December 31, 2011 were as follows: 1,257,750 options on common shares in 2008 (fair value of $10.00 per share and exercise price of $10.00 per share), 28,300 options on common shares in 2009 (fair value of $10.00 per share and exercise price of $10.00 per share), 71,600 options on common shares in 2010 (fair value of $5.09 per share and exercise price of $10.00 per share), 89,350 options on common shares in April 2011 (fair value of $9.02 per share and exercise price of $10.00 per share) and 41,650 common shares in October 2011 (fair value of $10.89 per share and exercise price of $11.00 per share). On May 2, 2012, 1,401,750 options to acquire common shares were exchanged for options to acquire 815,670 common shares, and options to acquire 90,630 Class L common shares. In addition, on April 4, 2012 and May 2, 2012, a total of 293,004 options to acquire our common shares, and 32,556 options to acquire Class L common shares were also awarded. The fair values and exercise prices for these awards were $6.09 per common share and $511.51 per Class L common share.

In connection with the preparation of the financial statements required for the filing of this Prospectus, we reviewed the valuation of our common stock determined by our board of directors during 2012. As part of our review, we considered our contemporaneous valuation conducted as of December 31, 2011 which was based on management’s estimates of projected financial performance and included consideration of a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid. We also considered a retrospective valuation as of March 31, 2012 which was based on management’s estimates of projected financial performance, including our performance during the first quarter of 2012, and included consideration of a valuation performed by an independent third party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the AICPA Practice Aid. After considering these factors, we concluded that the board’s determinations of fair value as of April 4, 2012 and May 2, 2012 were appropriate as of such dates.

The following table sets forth statement of operations data as a percentage of revenue for the three years ended December 31, 2011, and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (in thousands, except percentages).

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2011

Revenue. Revenue increased $48.6 million, or 10.1%, to $529.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $480.9 million for the same period in the prior year. Revenue growth is primarily attributable to contributions from new and ramping child care and early education centers, expanded sales of our back-up dependent care services and typical annual tuition increases of 3% to 4%. Revenue generated by full service center-based care services in the six months ended June 30, 2012 increased by $39.6 million, or 9.4%, when compared to the same period in 2011. Revenue generated by back-up dependent care services in the six months ended June 30, 2012 increased by $7.3 million, or 13.5%, when compared to the same period in 2011. Additionally, revenue generated by other educational advisory services in the six months ended June 30, 2012 increased by $1.7 million, or 26.0%, when compared to the same period in 2011.

Our acquisition of the 27 Casterbridge centers in the United Kingdom on May 23, 2012 contributed approximately $4.9 million of revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2012. Our acquisition of 20 centers in the United States on March 14, 2011 contributed approximately $9.0 million of revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $7.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011 from the date of acquisition. The acquisition of a majority interest in 20 centers in the Netherlands on July 20, 2011 contributed approximately $12.5 million of revenue in the six months ended June 30, 2012. In addition, enrollment of children through kindergarten age in our mature P&L model centers increased approximately 0.5% in the first six months of 2012 over the first six months of the prior year. Enrollment is not a direct driver of revenue from our cost-plus model centers because the revenue we earn in these centers does not typically vary with enrollment. At June 30, 2012, we operated 773 child care and early education centers compared to 724 centers at June 30, 2011.

Cost of Services. Cost of services increased $30.7 million, or 8.2%, to $407.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 when compared to the same period in the prior year. Cost of services in the full service centers segment increased $27.2 million, or 8.0%, to $366.5 million in 2012. Personnel costs typically represent approximately 75% of total cost of services for this segment, and personnel costs increased 6.9% as a result of a 5.8% increase in overall enrollment and routine wage increases. In addition, program supplies, materials, food and facilities costs increased 9.2% in connection with the enrollment growth and the incremental occupancy costs associated with centers that have been added in 2011 and 2012. Cost of services in the back-up dependent care segment increased $2.9 million, or 8.9%, to $35.8 million in the first six months of 2012, primarily for personnel costs and for increased care provider fees associated with the higher levels of back-up services provided. Cost of services in the other educational advisory services segment increased by $0.6 million, or 14.0%, to $4.7 million in the first six months of 2012, as we realized economies of scale with existing personnel on the incremental sales of these services.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $18.0 million, or 17.2%, to $122.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 when compared to the same period in the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue, increased to 23.1% in the six months ended June 30, 2012 from 21.8% in the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase is primarily due to the new and ramping P&L centers, which achieve proportionately lower levels of operating costs in relation to revenue as they ramp up enrollment to steady state levels, increased enrollment in our mature P&L centers and expanded back-up services revenue with proportionately lower direct cost of services.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. SGA increased $22.0 million, or 48.7%, to $67.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $45.2 million for the same period in the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue increased to 12.7% from 9.4% in the same period in the prior year. The increase in SGA was primarily due to an increase in stock compensation expense. Stock compensation expense increased $15.2 million, from $0.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011 to $15.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase relates to the exchange of existing options to purchase shares of our Class A common stock for options to purchase a combination of shares of our Class A common stock and Class L common stock, which was completed on May 2, 2012. For additional information, see the description of the option exchange under “Management—Equity Plan” and note 12 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The increase was also due to the award of additional options to purchase shares of a combination of our Class A and Class L common stock in the second quarter of 2012. The modification of the previously existing awards resulted in total incremental stock compensation expense of $12.7 million, and the new option awards resulted in total incremental stock compensation expense of $2.7 million, for a combined total charge of $15.4 million in the quarter ended June 30, 2012 related to the requisite service period already fulfilled. We estimate that stock compensation expense for outstanding awards will approximate $23.0 million for the full year in 2012, including approximately $4.0 million associated with satisfaction of the performance condition which would occur on completion of this offering, and will approximate $4.0 million in 2013, as the expense is recognized over the remaining service period of each separately vesting tranche. See note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Excluding the incremental stock compensation expense totaling $15.2 million in 2012, SGA increased by $6.8 million, or 15.1%, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same 2011 period. The additional increase in SGA is related to investments in technology and marketing, to incremental overhead associated with acquisitions, including $1.6 million for our Netherlands operations acquired in July 2011 and $0.4 million for the 27 Casterbridge centers acquired on May 23, 2012, and to routine increases in costs compared to the prior year, including annual wage increases.

Amortization. Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $13.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, compared to $13.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The

decrease relates to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized, offset in part by additional amortization for acquisitions completed since June 30, 2011.

Income from Operations. Income from operations decreased by $3.6 million, or 7.9%, to $42.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 when compared to the same period in 2011. Income from operations was 7.9% of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2012, compared to 9.6% of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2011. Excluding the impact of the incremental stock compensation charge of $15.2 million in the second quarter of 2012 described above, income from operations would have been $57.4 million, or 10.8% of revenue, an increase of $11.6 million, or 25.4%, from $45.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011.

In the full service center-based care segment, income from operations decreased $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, including a proportionate share of the incremental stock compensation expense of approximately $11.2 million that was included in SGA in the six months ended June 30, 2012. Excluding this charge, the $6.2 million increase in 2012 reflects price increases and enrollment gains over the prior year as well as contributions from new centers that have been added since June 30, 2011. The back-up dependent care segment added $1.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012. Excluding the proportionate share of the incremental stock compensation for this segment of $2.8 million, the back-up dependent care segment added $4.2 million in income from operations in the six months ended June 30, 2012 due to the expanding revenue base and efficiencies of service delivery across a wider revenue base. Income from operations in the other educational advisory services segment was unchanged for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same 2011 period, and increased $1.2 million excluding this segment’s proportionate share of the incremental stock compensation. This increase reflects the higher sales volume in the 2012 period.

Interest Expense. In connection with the completion of our going private transaction, we borrowed a total of $775.0 million in term loans, senior subordinated notes and senior notes, and we have access to an additional $75.0 million revolving line of credit. In connection with the completion of the Casterbridge acquisition of 27 nurseries, we borrowed an additional $85.0 million in May 2012. Interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2012 totaled $40.4 million compared to $43.6 million for the same period in 2011. The decrease in interest expense is primarily related to a reduction in the interest rate attributable to the term loans as a result of the expiration of the interest rate floors on our Base and Euro rates on May 28, 2011. For more information on our debt instruments and the applicable interest rates and other terms, see “—Debt” below.

Interest expense also includes amortization expense for deferred financing costs of $1.8 million and of $1.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Income Tax Expense. We had income tax expense of $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 on pre-tax income of $1.8 million, or a 7% effective rate, which includes the benefit of permanent items, a reduction to the statutory tax rate in the United Kingdom and an increase to the reserves for uncertain tax positions.

Net Income. As a result of the foregoing factors, net income was $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Net Income Attributable to Bright Horizons. As a result of the foregoing factors, and including the impact of the net income attributable to the non-controlling interest in our Netherlands subsidiary of $134,000 in 2012 (zero in 2011), the net income attributable to our company was $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $1.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Revenue. Revenue increased $95.5 million, or 10.9%, to $973.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $878.2 million in the prior year. Revenue growth is primarily attributable to contributions from new and ramping full service child care centers, expanded sales of our back-up dependent care services and typical annual tuition increases of 3% to 4%. Revenue generated by full service center-based care services in the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by approximately $75.2 million, or 9.8%, when compared to 2010. Revenue generated by back-up dependent care services in the year ended December 31, 2011 increased by approximately $15.5 million, or 15.7%, when compared to 2010. Additionally, revenue generated by other educational advisory services increased by $4.8 million, or 48.4%, when compared to 2010.

Our acquisition of 20 centers in the United States on March 14, 2011 contributed approximately $17.1 million of revenue in 2011 from the date of the acquisition. The acquisition of a majority interest in 20 centers in the Netherlands on July 20, 2011 contributed approximately $10.9 million of revenue from the date of the acquisition. Enrollment of children through kindergarten age in mature P&L centers increased approximately 0.8% in 2011 compared to 2010. At December 31, 2011, we operated 743 child care and early education centers compared to 705 centers at December 31, 2010.

Cost of Services. Cost of services increased $68.2 million, or 9.8%, to $766.5 million for the year ended 2011 from $698.3 million in the prior year. Cost of services in the full service centers segment increased $58.3 million, or 9.3%, to $688.1 million in 2011. Personnel costs increased 7.9% as a result of a 7.5% increase in overall enrollment and routine wage increases. In addition, program supplies, materials, food and facilities costs increased 14.1% in connection with the enrollment growth and the incremental occupancy costs associated with centers that have been added in 2010 and 2011, including the 40 centers acquired in 2011. Cost of services in the back-up dependent care segment increased $6.1 million, or 9.6%, to $69.8 million in 2011, primarily for personnel costs and for increased care provider fees associated with the higher levels of back-up services provided. Cost of services in the other educational advisory services segment increased by $3.8 million, or 79.1%, to $8.6 million in 2011, primarily in personnel costs as we established operating capacity to support the incremental sales of these services.

Gross Profit. Gross profit increased $27.3 million, or 15.2%, to $207.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared to the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue increased to 21.3% in 2011 from 20.5% in 2010. The increase is primarily attributable to contributions from new and ramping P&L centers, which achieve proportionately lower levels of operating costs in relation to revenue as they increase enrollment to steady state levels, and to cost management in our mature P&L centers, where enrollment has stabilized in relation to the decreases in 2009 and 2010, but remains lower than historical levels. In addition to expanded sales of back-up dependent care services, we realized greater cost efficiency in managing our direct cost of services relating to back-up dependent care in 2011.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. SGA increased $9.3 million, or 11.2%, to $92.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared to the prior year, and as a percentage of revenue remained consistent at 9.5%. The increase in SGA during the year is related to routine increases in costs compared to the prior year, including annual wage increases, to investments in technology and marketing, and $1.6 million of overhead associated with our Netherlands operations from July 20, 2011. We also incurred $1.0 million in 2011 in connection with the completion of our acquisition in the Netherlands, including the costs incurred to amend certain terms of our debt agreements in order to provide greater flexibility for foreign investments and allow for the acquisition. Partially offsetting the increase in SGA was a decrease in stock compensation expense in 2011

compared to 2010 related to employee stock option grants, the majority of which were initially awarded in 2008. We recorded stock compensation expense of $1.2 million and $2.4 million, respectively, in each of 2011 and 2010.

Amortization. Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $27.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The slight decrease relates to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized during the year, offset by increases related to the amortization of new intangible assets from acquisitions completed in 2011.

Income from Operations. Income from operations increased $18.2 million, or 26.5%, to $86.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared to 2010. Income from operations was 8.9% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to 7.8% in 2010. In the full service center-based care segment, income from operations increased $12.2 million in 2011, or 26.0%. This increase reflects price increases and enrollment gains in our ramping centers as well as contributions from new centers that were added in 2011. The back-up dependent care segment added $7.5 million in 2011, or 35.6%, due to the expanding sales levels and efficiencies of service delivery across a wider revenue base. The other educational advisory services segment declined by $1.5 million in 2011 compared to 2010 due to investments made in operating, sales and administrative personnel to support strategic growth initiatives that have not yet been fully realized.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $82.9 million, compared to $89.0 million in 2010. The decrease in interest expense is primarily related to a reduction, effective May 29, 2011, in the interest rate attributable to the term loans as a result of the expiration of the interest rate floors on our Base and Euro rates on May 28, 2011. The interest rate on our term loans of 4.3% at December 31, 2011 decreased from the rate of 7.5% at December 31, 2010. Additionally, adjustments made to reflect the fair value of our interest rate cap also contributed to the decrease in interest expense. The fair value adjustments were an increase to interest expense of $0.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to an increase to interest expense of $2.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010.

Interest expense also includes amortization expense for deferred financing costs of $3.4 million and of $3.3 million in the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

Income Tax Expense. We had income tax expense of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 on pre-tax income of $5.6 million, or a 15% effective rate, which includes the benefit of permanent items, the net change to the reserves for uncertain tax positions, a decrease in the state tax rate applied to the net deferred tax liability and a decrease to a valuation allowance at a foreign subsidiary.

Net Income (Loss). As a result of the foregoing factors, including revenue and margin growth as well as a reduction in our borrowing costs, net income was $4.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to net loss of $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

Revenue. Revenue increased $25.8 million, or 3.0%, to $878.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $852.3 million for the prior year. Revenue growth is primarily attributable to expanded sales of our back-up dependent care services, contributions from new and ramping child care centers and typical annual tuition increases of 3% to 4%. Revenue generated by full service center-based care services in the year ended December 31, 2010 increased by approximately $14.4 million, or 1.9%, when compared to 2009. Revenue generated by back-up dependent care services in

2010 increased by approximately $9.4 million, or 10.5%, when compared to 2009. Additionally, revenue generated by other educational advisory services increased by $2.0 million, or 25.2%, when compared to 2009.

A full year of the 32 centers acquired in the United Kingdom in April 2009 and of the two centers acquired in the United States in August 2009 added a total of approximately $10.7 million of revenue in 2010 when compared to 2009. Decreases in enrollment of children through kindergarten age in our mature P&L centers partially offset the revenue gains, as enrollment levels were approximately 6.4% lower in 2010 than 2009 levels. We believe this decrease was primarily due to sustained uncertainty in U.S. and global economic conditions and persistently high unemployment domestically which caused parents to reduce spending on tuition for child care services.

Cost of Services. Cost of services increased $25.5 million, or 3.8%, to $698.3 million for the year ended 2010 from $672.8 million in the prior year. Cost of services in the full service centers segment increased $19.2 million, or 3.2%, to $629.8 million in 2010. The increase is primarily due to higher personnel costs, which increased along with the related revenue growth, and in facilities costs associated with lease/consortium centers that have been added in 2009 and 2010, including the 32 centers acquired in the United Kingdom in April 2009. Cost of services in the back-up dependent care segment increased $5.6 million, or 9.7%, to $63.7 million in 2010, primarily for increased care provider fees associated with the higher levels of back-up services provided. Cost of services in the other educational advisory services segment increased by $0.7 million, or 15.7%, to $4.8 million in 2010.

Gross Profit. In 2010, gross profit remained consistent at $179.9 million and as a percentage of revenue declined from 21.0% to 20.5% when compared to the prior year. This is primarily attributable to contributions from our new and ramping P&L centers and from expanded sales of back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services, partially offset by lower contributions from our mature class of P&L centers and by an increase in depreciation associated with lease/consortium centers that have been added in 2009 and 2010.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. SGA increased $0.8 million, or 1.0%, to $83.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and as a percentage of revenue decreased to 9.5% from 9.7% in 2009. The increase is primarily attributable to regular increases in costs compared to the prior year, including annual wage increases, and investments in technology and marketing, offset by lower transaction costs associated with completed acquisitions, which totaled $0.1 million in 2010 and $0.6 million in 2009, and the elimination of redundant costs associated with the acquisition in the United Kingdom we completed in the April 2009. Also contributing to SGA was stock compensation expense related to employee stock options grants of $2.4 million and $2.3 million, respectively, in 2010 and 2009.

Income from Operations. Income from operations increased by $1.9 million, or 2.8%, to $68.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to 2009. Income from operations was 7.8% of revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. In the full service center-based care segment, income from operations decreased $3.2 million, or 6.5%, in 2010. This decrease reflects the reduction in enrollment levels over the prior year, partially offset by price increases and contributions from new and ramping centers. In the back-up dependent care segment, income from operations increased $4.3 million, or 25.8%, due to the expanding sales levels and efficiencies of service delivery across a wider revenue base. Income from operations in our other educational advisory services segment increased by $0.8 million, reflecting the higher sales volume in 2010.

Amortization. Amortization expense on intangible assets totaled $27.6 million in 2010 compared to $30.0 million in 2009. The decrease relates to certain intangible assets becoming fully amortized.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for 2010 totaled $89.0 million, compared to $83.1 million in 2009. The increase in interest expense is primarily related to adjustments made to reflect the fair value of our interest rate cap, entered into in March 2009. The fair value of the cap as of December 31, 2010 was $0.7 million, compared to $3.0 million as of December 31, 2009, resulting in a decrease in the asset and an increase in interest expense by $2.3 million in 2010. The fair value adjustments for the interest rate cap made in 2009 were an increase to the asset and a decrease to interest expense of $2.0 million.

Interest expense also includes amortization expense for deferred financing costs of $3.3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.

Income Tax Benefit. We had an income tax benefit of $10.3 million for 2010 on a pre-tax loss of $20.3 million, primarily due to the benefit of certain federal tax credits and of other permanent items, the effect of which is partially offset by certain operating losses for which recovery in future periods is not yet determinable.

Net Loss. As a result of the foregoing factors, net loss increased $0.5 million, or 4.8%, to $10.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 when compared to 2009.

Our primary cash requirements are for the ongoing operations of our existing child care centers, back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services, the addition of new centers through development or acquisition and debt financing obligations. Our primary sources of liquidity have been cash flow from operations and borrowings available under our $75.0 million revolving credit facility. No amounts were outstanding at June 30, 2012 or December 31, 2011 under the revolving credit facility. At June 30, 2011, borrowings outstanding were $1.0 million, and at December 31, 2010 and 2009, borrowings outstanding were $18.5 million and $38.8 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, average outstanding balances under the revolving credit facility were $17.1 million, $8.0 million and $4.5 million, respectively. Average outstanding balances under the revolving credit facility were $2.2 million and zero, respectively, in the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012.

We had a working capital deficit of $57.6 million and $80.4 million at June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively. We had a working capital deficit of $73.3 million, $54.7 million and $69.5 million at December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Our working capital deficit has arisen primarily from using cash generated from operations to make long-term investments in fixed assets and acquisitions. We anticipate that we will continue to generate positive cash flows from operating activities and that the cash generated will be used principally to fund ongoing operations of our new and existing full service child care centers and expanded operations in the back-up dependent care and educational advisory segments, as well as to make scheduled principal and interest payments. The most significant obligation in the next twelve months is the accumulated payment-in-kind (“PIK”) interest on our 13.0% senior notes due in May 2013, the balance of which is $75.6 million at June 30, 2012 and is projected to approximate $98.0 million in May 2013. However, we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to redeem the outstanding 13.0% senior notes including accumulated PIK interest that is added to principal. See “Use of Proceeds.”

We believe that funds provided by operations, our existing cash and cash equivalent balances and borrowings available under our $75.0 million revolving line of credit will be adequate to meet planned operating and capital expenditures for at least the next 12 months under current operating conditions, as well as the scheduled payment of the PIK interest on our senior notes in May 2013,

regardless of whether we complete this offering. However, if we were to undertake any significant acquisitions or investments in the purchase of facilities for new or existing child care and early education centers, it may be necessary for to obtain additional debt or equity financing. We may not be able to obtain such financing on reasonable terms, or at all.

Cash provided by operating activities was $90.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, compared to $79.0 million for the same period in 2011. The increase in cash from operating activities is primarily related to increases in gross margin, which contributed to higher net income after adding back non-cash stock compensation expense of $15.8 million, the timing of interest payments in 2012 compared to the prior year, and increases in deferred revenue collected for new clients during the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to the same period in the prior year.

Cash provided by operating activities was $133.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $70.1 million in 2010. The increase in cash from operating activities is primarily related to increases in net income and deferred tax assets, plus changes in working capital, the most significant of which were decreases in income taxes receivable and prepaid income taxes attributable to $22.0 million of tax refunds collected in 2011 and an increase in accounts payable due to the timing of payments. Cash provided by operating activities was $70.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $63.9 million in 2009. This increase is primarily related to changes in working capital, the most significant of which was a decrease in prepaid income taxes related to the timing of income tax payments. In addition, non-cash adjustments for changes in the fair value of our interest rate cap represented an add-back to net income in 2010 compared to a reduction to net income in 2009 in the reconciliation to net cash provided by operating activities.

We expect to generate a similar level of cash from operations in 2012 as we generated in 2011, except for the non-recurring tax refund in 2011 and excluding any potential impact on cash and operating results that may arise out of this offering.

Cash used in investing activities was $135.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to $44.6 million for the same period in 2011. Fixed asset additions totaled $27.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, with $12.0 million related to new child care and early education centers and the remainder related to investments in existing child care and early education centers and overhead expenses. Fixed asset additions totaled $18.7 million for the six months ended June 30,

2011, with $9.1 million related to new child care and early education centers. Cash paid for acquisitions in the six months ended June 30, 2012 totaled $108.2 million related to the acquisition of 27 Casterbridge centers on May 23, 2012. Cash paid for acquisitions in the six months ended June 30, 2011 totaled $25.9 million related to the acquisition of 20 child care and early education centers in the United States on March 14, 2011.

Cash used in investing activities was $95.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $45.9 million in 2010 and $61.4 million in 2009. Fixed asset additions totaled $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, with $17.6 million related to new child care and early education centers and the remainder related to investments in existing child care and early education centers and overhead expenses. Fixed asset additions totaled $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, with $20.5 million related to new child care and early education centers. Fixed asset additions totaled $43.6 million for 2009, with $31.2 million related to new child care and early education centers. Proceeds from the disposal of fixed assets in the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $4.9 million, primarily from the sale of a property. Cash paid for acquisitions in the year ended December 31, 2011 totaled $57.3 million for the acquisition of 21 child care and early education centers in the United States, the acquisition of 63% of a child care company in the Netherlands and the acquisition of one child care and early education center in the United Kingdom. Cash paid for acquisitions in the year ended December 31, 2010 totaled $6.4 million for two child care and early education centers, one in the United States and one in the United Kingdom, and a tuition reimbursement program management company in the United States. Cash paid for acquisitions in 2009 totaled $17.8 million for two child care centers in the United States and 32 child care centers in the United Kingdom.

We estimate that we will spend approximately $55.0 million in 2012 on fixed asset additions related to new child care centers, maintenance and refurbishments in our existing centers and overhead investments in technology, equipment and furnishings. As part of our growth strategy, we expect to continue to make selective acquisitions, which may vary in size and which are less predictable in terms of the timing of the capital requirements. In 2012, we completed the Casterbridge acquisition in May and expect that any additional acquisitions in 2012 would not be significant.

Cash provided by financing activities totaled $77.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to cash used of $22.4 million for the same period in 2011. We amended certain terms of our senior credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities in May 2012 and borrowed $85.0 million in Series C new term loans in connection with the Casterbridge acquisition. We received net funds of $82.3 million after original issue discount of $0.4 million and financing fees of $2.3 million. Repayments of debt totaled $5.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and $22.4 million for the same period in 2011, including net repayments on our revolving credit facility of $17.5 million. In the six months ended June 30, 2012, we repurchased shares of our common stock for $5.1 million and received proceeds of $2.1 million from the exercise of company stock options. Additionally, we recorded a tax benefit from the exercise of company stock options of $3.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Cash used in financing activities totaled $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $23.5 million in 2010 and to cash provided by financing activities of $1.4 million in 2009. Repayments of long-term debt totaled $4.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, $3.7 million in 2010 and $3.7 million in 2009. We had net repayments on our revolving credit facility of $18.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 and of $20.3 million in 2010, compared to net additional borrowings of $6.4 million in 2009. We repurchased shares of our common stock for $0.1 million and $0.4 million in 2010 and 2009, respectively. In 2009, we also purchased an interest rate cap for $1.0 million.

Outstanding borrowings were as follows and bore the following rates of interest:

As of June 30, 2012, our senior credit facilities consisted of a $365.0 million Tranche B term loan facility, an $85.0 million Series C new term loan facility and a $75.0 million revolving credit facility. As of June 30, 2012, there was $346.1 million outstanding under our Tranche B term loan facility and we had the ability to borrow $74.9 million under our revolving credit facility, after giving effect to $0.1 million of undrawn letters of credit under this facility. In addition, as of June 30, 2012 all amounts under our Series C new term loan were fully drawn. The senior credit facilities are guaranteed by Bright Horizons Capital Corp., our wholly-owned direct subsidiary, and all of the direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Bright Horizons Capital Corp., and all obligations under the senior credit facilities, subject to certain exceptions, are secured by substantially all of the assets of Bright Horizons Capital Corp., Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and the subsidiary guarantors. Borrowings under the senior credit facilities bear interest payable at least quarterly. Principal amortization repayments are required to be made on the Tranche B term loan borrowings and the Series C new term loans equal to 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments. The Tranche B term loan balance is payable on May 28, 2015. The Series C new term loan balance is payable on May 23, 2017. The principal amount outstanding of the loans under the revolving credit facility becomes due and payable on May 28, 2014.

The senior credit facilities also require us to comply on a quarterly basis with certain financial covenants, including a maximum ratio of debt to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the senior credit agreement (the “leverage ratio”), and a minimum ratio of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA to interest expense (the “coverage ratio”), each of which becomes more restrictive over time. Beginning June 30, 2012, the terms of our senior credit facilities require that we maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 4.75 to 1.00 and a minimum interest coverage ratio of 2.00 to 1.00. As of June 30, 2012, our leverage ratio was 4.00 to 1.00 and our interest coverage ratio was 3.22 to 1.00, and we were in compliance with our financial covenants under the senior credit agreement. Our leverage and coverage ratios for Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC include the outstanding principal amount under our

senior credit facilities and senior subordinated notes and interest payments required under our senior credit facilities and senior subordinated notes but do not include outstanding principal under our senior notes and interest payments required under our senior notes. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is a negotiated measure used exclusively by us and by our creditors to determine our compliance with certain covenants contained in our senior credit facilities and, because of the additional adjustments included in the definition of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA in our senior credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is not comparable to adjusted EBITDA as described in this prospectus under note 3 to “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

On May 28, 2008, Bright Horizons Capital Corp., our wholly-owned direct subsidiary, issued $110.0 million in unsecured senior notes, which we refer to as our senior notes, and Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, a wholly-owned direct subsidiary of Bright Horizons Capital Corp., issued $300.0 million in unsecured senior subordinated notes, which we refer to as our senior subordinated notes. Our senior notes and senior subordinated notes require interest payments at the annual rate of 13.0% and 11.5%, respectively, due quarterly in arrears. The senior notes contain a PIK feature whereby we may elect, subject to certain restrictions in the indenture and in our senior credit agreement, on each interest payment date on or before May 28, 2013, for interest to be added to principal. As of June 30, 2012, there was $75.6 million in accrued interest that has been added to principal under the senior notes.

We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at fixed redemption prices (plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date) of 106.500% of the principal amount outstanding through May 27, 2013, 104.333% of the principal amount outstanding from May 28, 2013 through May 27, 2014, 102.167% of the principal amount outstanding from May 28, 2014 through May 27, 2015 and at 100% of the principal amount outstanding thereafter. We may redeem some or all of the senior subordinated notes at fixed redemption prices (plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date) of 105.750% of the principal amount outstanding from May 28, 2013 through May 27, 2014, 103.833% of the principal amount outstanding from May 28, 2014 through May 27, 2015, 101.917% of the principal amount outstanding from May 28, 2015 through May 27, 2016 and at 100% of the principal amount outstanding thereafter. Prior to May 28, 2013, we may redeem our senior subordinated notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest. In the event of a change of control, as defined in the respective indentures governing the senior notes and the senior subordinated notes, or certain asset sales (unless we choose to reinvest the proceeds of such asset sales within a certain time), we will be obligated to repurchase the notes tendered at the option of the holders at a fixed price, plus accrued but unpaid interest.

The senior notes are not guaranteed by any of Bright Horizons Capital Corp.’s subsidiaries, and the senior subordinated notes are guaranteed by certain of Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. We and our subsidiaries, affiliates or significant stockholders may from time to time seek to retire or purchase our outstanding debt through cash purchases and/or exchanges for equity securities, in privately negotiated transactions or otherwise. Such repurchases or exchanges, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

We expect to use the proceeds from the offering to repay the senior notes and accrued interest thereon.

Our majority-owned subsidiary in the Netherlands, which we acquired in 2011, maintains a revolving credit facility with a Dutch bank consisting of a €1.0 million general facility to support working capital and letter of credit requirements and a €2.5 million current account facility to support the construction and fitting out of new child care centers. The current account facility is secured by a right of offset against all accounts we maintain at the lending bank and by an additional pledge of certain equipment. The current account facility is reduced by €0.25 million quarterly, beginning April 1, 2012 and ending at the termination of the facility on January 1, 2014. At June 30, 2012, there were no amounts outstanding under the facility.

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011. Amounts in the table do not reflect the use of proceeds of this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

Totals for 2013 through 2016 do not include obligations under call and put option agreements between Bright Horizons B.V., our wholly-owned Dutch subsidiary, and the minority shareholders of Odemon B.V. (“Odemon”), our majority-owned indirect subsidiary. We entered into these agreements in connection with our acquisition of a majority interest in 20 centers in the Netherlands on July 20, 2011. Under these agreements, from January 1, 2013 until January 1, 2016, either of the minority shareholders have the right, under limited contractual circumstances associated with their ongoing employment at the company, to put their shares to Bright Horizons B.V. at a price per share based on 8.5x Odemon’s trailing twelve-month earnings before interest and taxes. Bright Horizons B.V. also has the right, under certain contractual circumstances, to call the shares of either shareholder on the same terms during the period from July 20, 2013 to January 1, 2016. Thereafter, from January 1, 2016 through January 1, 2020, Bright Horizons B.V. has the right to call the shares of either shareholder, and either shareholder has the right to put their shares to Bright Horizons B.V. Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC has guaranteed the obligations of Bright Horizons B.V. under these agreements. For additional information on this redeemable non-controlling interest, see notes 2 and 10 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

There are 17 letters of credit outstanding used to guarantee certain rent payments for up to $0.7 million. No amounts have been drawn against these letters of credit.

We have severance agreements with nine executives and employees that provide from four to 18 months of compensation upon a qualifying termination of employment. We estimate that the maximum amount potentially payable under these agreements in the absence of a change of control event in 2012 is approximately $3.6 million. The severance agreements prohibit the above-mentioned employees from competing with us during the severance period or divulging confidential information after their termination of employment.

Historically, inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations. Severe increases in inflation, however, could affect the global and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivables, accounts payable and short- and long-term debt. The fair value of our financial instruments, with the exception of long-term debt, approximates the carrying value due to their short-term nature.

The fair value of our long-term debt was based on quoted market prices, which were available only for the term loans under our senior credit facilities. When quoted market prices were not available, the fair value of long-term debt was based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instruments being valued, or was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. We base our determination of fair value on quoted market prices for the Tranche B and Series C term loans and on current incremental borrowing rates for similar debt for the senior notes and senior subordinated notes. For additional information, see note 1 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our primary market risk exposures relate to foreign currency exchange rate risk and interest rate risk.

Our exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates is primarily the result of foreign subsidiaries domiciled in the United Kingdom, Ireland, the Netherlands, India and Canada. We have not used financial derivative instruments to hedge foreign currency exchange rate risks associated with our foreign subsidiaries.

The assets and liabilities of our U.K., Irish, Dutch, Indian and Canadian subsidiaries, whose functional currencies are the British pound, Euro, Indian rupee and Canadian dollar, respectively, are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. The cumulative

translation effects for subsidiaries using a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. We estimate that had the exchange rate in each country unfavorably changed by 10% relative to the U.S. dollar, our consolidated earnings before taxes would have decreased by approximately $400,000 for 2011 and would have decreased by approximately $500,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Interest rate exposure relates primarily to the effect of interest rate changes on borrowings outstanding under our revolving line of credit and term loans. No amounts were outstanding at December 31, 2011 under our revolving credit facility, and we had borrowings of $350.9 million outstanding at December 31, 2011 under our Tranche B term loan facility. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility and Tranche B term loan facility in 2011 were subject to a weighted average interest rate of 5.5% and 5.6%, respectively. Based on the outstanding borrowings under the senior credit facilities during 2011, we estimate that had the average interest rate on our borrowings increased by 100 basis points in 2011 and in the six months ended June 30, 2012, our interest expense for the year would have increased by approximately $2.1 million in 2011 and would have increased by approximately $1.7 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012. This estimate assumes the interest rate of each borrowing is raised by 100 basis points, the impact of which in 2011 would have been ameliorated by the LIBOR floor that was in effect from January 1, 2011 to May 28, 2011. The impact on future interest expense as a result of future changes in interest rates will depend largely on the gross amount of our borrowings at that time.

The JOBS Act permits an “emerging growth company” such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

The provision of center-based full service child care and early education represented approximately 87% of our revenue in the year ended December 31, 2011. The balance of our revenue was from a broader suite of employer-sponsored service offerings, including back-up dependent care and educational advisory services, which we developed more recently to enhance our work/life service offerings, broaden our market opportunities and expand the scope of our client relationships. In certain locations, our child care centers are marketed directly to families in surrounding communities and serve employees of nearby clients.

We believe we are a provider of choice for both employers and working families for each of the solutions we offer. As of June 30, 2012, we operated a total of 773 child care and early education centers across a wide range of customer industries with the capacity to serve approximately 87,400 children in the United States, as well as in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Ireland, Canada and India. We have achieved satisfaction ratings of greater than 95% among respondents in our employer and parent satisfaction surveys over each of the past five years and an annual client retention rate of 97% for employer-sponsored centers over each of the past ten years. We believe that the close integration between our offerings and our customer interests, our geographic reach, our innovative and customizable approach, our strong customer focus and our high-quality curriculum have all contributed to this success.

The strength of our reputation is reflected in our 25-year track record of providing high-quality services and our history of strong financial performance. From 2001 through 2011, we have achieved year-over-year revenue and adjusted EBITDA growth at a compound annual growth rate of 11% for revenue and 17% for adjusted EBITDA. We also achieved year-over-year net income growth at a compound annual growth rate of 23% from 2001 to 2007. In 2008 through 2010, we incurred net losses due primarily to the additional debt service obligations and amortization expense incurred in connection with our going private transaction. In 2011, our net income grew $14.8 million over the prior year to $4.8 million. Our strong revenue growth has been driven by additions to our center base through organic center growth and acquisitions, expansions of our service offerings to back-up dependent care and educational advisory services and consistent year-over-year tuition increases. We have also been able to increase our adjusted EBITDA margin in each year from 2001 through 2011. For the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012, we generated revenue of $973.7 million and $529.6 million, net income of $4.8 million and $1.7 million, adjusted EBITDA of $148.5 million and $89.1 million, and adjusted net income of $23.4 million and $19.8 million, respectively. Additional information regarding adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income, including a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA and adjusted net income to net income, is included in “Prospectus Summary—Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data.”

For the year ended December 31, 2011, no single client represented more than 3% of our revenue. Our clients include: Alston & Bird in the professional services and other sectors; British

Petroleum and Chevron in the energy sector; JFK Medical Center, Memorial Sloan-Kettering Cancer Center, Amgen, Bristol-Myers Squibb, Johnson & Johnson and Pfizer in the healthcare and pharmaceuticals sectors; The Home Depot, Staples, Starbucks, Newell Rubbermaid and Timberland in the consumer sector; Cisco Systems and EMC in the technology sector; Bank of America, Barclays, Citigroup, JPMorgan Chase and Royal Bank of Scotland in the financial services sector; and Boeing and Toyota Motor Manufacturing in the industrials and manufacturing sectors. We also provide our services to government and education sector institutions such as Duke University, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, The Environmental Protection Agency, The Johns Hopkins University and The George Washington University.

We provide our center-based child care services under two general business models: a profit and loss (“P&L”) model, where we assume the financial risk of operating a child care center; and a cost-plus model, where we are paid a fee by an employer client for managing a child care center on a cost-plus basis. Our P&L model is further classified into two subcategories: (i) a sponsor model, where we provide child care and early education services on either an exclusive or priority enrollment basis for the employees of a specific employer sponsor; and (ii) a lease/consortium model, where we provide child care and early education services to the employees of multiple employers located within a specific real estate development (for example, an office building or office park), as well as to families in the surrounding community. In both our cost-plus and sponsor P&L models, the development of a new child care center, as well as ongoing maintenance and repair, is typically funded by an employer sponsor with whom we enter into a multi-year contractual relationship. In addition, employer sponsors typically provide subsidies for the ongoing provision of child care services for their employees. Our child care centers are largely located in targeted clusters where we believe demand is generally higher and where income demographics are attractive. We also provide back-up dependent care services through our own centers and through our Back-Up Care Advantage (“BUCA”) program, which offers access to a contracted network of in-home care agencies and approximately 2,500 center-based providers in locations where we do not otherwise have centers with available capacity.

We compete in the global market for child care and early education services as well as the market for work/life services offered by employers as benefits to employees. Families in the United States spent approximately $43 billion on licensed group child care in 2007 according to a report published by the Pew Center on the States. The child care industry can generally be subdivided into center-based and home-based child care. We operate in the center-based market, which is highly fragmented, with over 90% of providers operating fewer than 10 centers, and the top 10 providers comprising less than 10% of the market, according to the Child Care Information Exchange’s 2012 Employee Child Care Trend Report.

The center-based child care market includes both retail and employer-sponsored centers and can be further divided into full-service centers and back-up centers. We have been a pioneer in the field of employer-sponsored child care, where we were one of the first providers to market a shared economic model directly to employers who offer child care as an employee benefit. While home-based businesses remain the majority of the overall child care market in the United States, the share of center-based child care providers has increased over time, reflecting what we believe is an increasing demand for high-quality, structured and professional child care and early education solutions. According to state licensing statistics, there are approximately 100,000 licensed child care centers in the United States, including retail and employer-sponsored centers.

The significant majority of our competitors market exclusively to families who are retail users of their centers. This employer-sponsored model, which has been central to our business since we were

founded in 1986, is characterized by a single employer or consortium of employers entering into a long-term contract for the provision of child care at a center located at or near the sponsor’s worksite. The sponsor generally funds the development as well as ongoing maintenance and repair of a child care center at or near its worksite and subsidizes the provision of child care services to make them more affordable for its employees.

Additionally, we compete in the growing markets for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services. The market for additional services that are designed to help employers and families better integrate the challenges of work and life, including back-up dependent care and educational advisory services, is newer and continues to evolve. We believe we are the largest and one of the only multi-national providers of back-up dependent care services and that there are significant growth opportunities available to providers of these services, particularly when a provider can leverage existing client relationships and deliver services to a larger portion of a workforce across multiple locations.

The field of back-up dependent care is less well-developed than that of full-service care. According to the Families and Work Institute’s 2012 National Study of Employers, only 7% of companies with over 1,000 employees surveyed offer back-up or emergency child care, versus 18% of companies with over 1,000 employees which offer full service child care at or near the worksite. A national survey of working adults commissioned by Workplace Options in 2007 found 56% of employees or their spouses missed three to ten days of work in the preceding 12 months due to the lack of adequate back-up child or elder care options. A survey conducted by Public Policy Polling asked respondents how valuable back-up child care would be, and 93% of respondents said “clearly valuable” or “extremely valuable.”

We also offer educational advisory services for employers and their employees, including educational and college counseling through College Coach and the management of employer tuition reimbursement programs through EdAssist. We believe that we are the first provider to have developed these service models within the employer market and are the only participant in the market with this combination of employer-sponsored service offerings.

We believe that the following key factors contribute to growth in the markets for employer-sponsored child care and for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services:

Increasing Participation by Women and Two Working Parent Families in the Workforce. A significant percentage of mothers currently participate in the workforce. In 2007, for example, 64% of mothers with children under the age of six participated in the workforce in the United States, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. We expect that the number of working mothers and two working parent families will increase over time, resulting in an increase in the need for child care and other work/life services. By 2016, for example, women are expected to earn 60% of all bachelor degrees and 54% of all doctorate and professional degrees in the United States, according to a 2011 report by the Families and Work Institute.

Greater Demand for High-Quality Center-Based Child Care and Early Education. We believe that recognition of the importance of early education and consistent quality child care has led to increased demand for higher-quality center-based care. In 1965, 8% of children under the age of five with working mothers were enrolled in center-based child care, compared to approximately 24% of such children by 2005, according to data gathered by the U.S. Census Bureau. With the shift towards center-based care, there is an increased focus on the establishment of objective, standards-based

methods of defining and measuring the quality of child care, such as accreditation. In a highly fragmented market comprised largely of center operators lacking scale, we believe this trend will favor larger industry participants with the size and capital resources to achieve quality standards on a consistent basis.

Recognized Return on Investment to Employers. Based on studies we have conducted through our Horizons Workforce Consulting practice, we believe that employer sponsors of center-based child care and back-up dependent care services realize strong returns on their investments from reduced turnover and increased productivity. For example, we estimate that users of our back-up dependent care services have been able to work, on average, 12 days annually that they otherwise would have missed due to breakdowns in child care arrangements. Additionally, according to a 2012 survey of our clients, 94% of respondents reported that access to dependable back-up dependent care helps them to focus on work and be more productive. We believe that this return on investment for employers will result in additional growth in employer-sponsored back-up dependent care services.

Growing Global Demand for Child Care and Early Education Services. We expect that a long-term shift to service-based economies and an increasing emphasis on education by government and families will contribute to further growth in the global child care and early education market as well as the developing markets for back-up dependent care and educational advisory services. In addition, in certain countries in which we operate, public policy decisions have facilitated increased demand for child care and early education services. In 2006, the United Kingdom instituted a ten-year plan to make child care more accessible and more affordable for all parents. In the Netherlands, a 2005 child care law increased the demand for child care and early education services by making child care more affordable for working families and thereby encouraging women to return to the workforce.

For over 25 years, we have operated child care and early education centers for employers and working families. In 1998, we transformed our business through the merger of Bright Horizons, Inc. and CorporateFamily Solutions, Inc., both then Nasdaq-listed companies that were founded in 1986 and 1987, respectively. We were listed on Nasdaq from 1998 to May 2008, when we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, which we refer to as our going private transaction. Since then, we have continued to grow through challenging economic times while investing in our future. We have grown our international footprint to become a leader in the center-based child care market in the United Kingdom and have expanded into the Netherlands and India as a platform for further international expansion. In the United States, we have enhanced and grown our back-up dependent care services while adding EdAssist as a new educational advisory service for existing employer clients. We have also expanded our sales force with a specific focus on cross-selling opportunities to our employer clients. We have invested in new technologies to better support our full suite of services and expanded our marketing efforts with additional focus on maximizing occupancy levels in centers where we can improve our economics with increased enrollment.

We have approximately five times more employer-sponsored centers in the United States than our closest competitor, according to Child Care Information Exchange’s 2010 Employer Child Care Trend Report. We believe the broad geographic reach of our child care centers, with targeted clusters in areas where we believe demand is generally higher and where income demographics are attractive, provides us with an effective platform to market our services to current and new clients. We also believe our pioneering efforts to develop back-up dependent care solutions and educational advisory services for employers to offer as employee benefits have helped to strengthen our position as the provider of choice for employers and working families. We believe we are the only provider who is currently able to offer this broad spectrum of diversified service offerings to employer clients.

We have more than 850 client relationships with employers across a diverse array of industries, including more than 130 of the Fortune 500 companies, with our largest client contributing less than 3% of our revenue in fiscal 2011 and our largest 10 clients representing less than 13% of our revenue in that year. Our business model places an emphasis on multi-year employer sponsorship contracts where our clients typically fund the development of new child care centers at or near to their worksites and frequently support the ongoing operations of these centers.

Our multiple touch points with both employers and employees give us unique insight into the corporate culture of our clients. This enables us to identify and provide innovative and tailored solutions to address our clients’ specific work/life needs. In addition to full service center-based care, we provide access to a multi-national back-up dependent care network and educational advisory support, allowing us to offer various combinations of services to best meet the needs of specific clients or specific locations for a single client. Our tailored, collaborative approach to employer-sponsored child care has resulted in an annual client retention rate for employer-sponsored centers of approximately 97% over each of the past ten years.

Our business is anchored in the consistent provision of high-quality service offerings to employers and families. We have therefore designed our child care centers to meet or exceed applicable accreditation and rating standards in all of our key markets, including in the United States through the National Academy of Early Childhood Programs, a division of the National Association for the Education of Young Children (“NAEYC”), and in the United Kingdom through the ratings of the Office of Standards in Education. We believe that our voluntary commitment to achieving accreditation standards offers a competitive advantage in securing employer sponsorship opportunities and in attracting and retaining families, because an increasing number of potential and existing employer clients require adherence to accreditation criteria. All of our centers are operated at the quality standard to achieve NAEYC accreditation, which can take two to three years to complete, and we have achieved NAEYC accreditation for more than 70% of our eligible centers. In the United States, NAEYC accreditation is optional and has been achieved by fewer than 10% of child care centers.

“The World at Their Fingertips” is our developmentally appropriate, proprietary curriculum that is based on well-established international early childhood development research and theory including the work of Jean Piaget, Erik Erikson, Maria Montessori, Howard Gardner and Jim Greenman. Our teachers document learning and assess each child’s progress through our online documentation and assessment system. This forms the basis for ongoing parent and teacher collaboration and communication. We maintain our curriculum at the forefront of early education practices by introducing elements that respond to the changing expectations and views of society and new information and theories about the ways in which children learn and grow.

We also believe that strong adult-to-child ratios are a critical factor in delivering our curriculum effectively as well as helping to facilitate more focused care. Our programs, which are designed to meet NAEYC standards for accreditation, will often provide adult-to-child ratios that are more stringent than many state licensing standards.

Our ability to deliver consistently high-quality care, education and other services is directly related to our ability to attract, retain and motivate our highly skilled workforce. We believe that we have earned a reputation as an employer of choice, and we have consistently been named as a top employer by third-party sources in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, including being named as one of the “100 Best Places to Work in America” by Fortune Magazine 13 times.

We believe the education and experience of our center leaders and teachers exceed the industry average. In addition to recurring in-center training and partial tuition reimbursement for continuing education, we have developed a training program that establishes standards for our teachers as well as an in-house online training academy (Bright Horizons University), which allows our employees to earn nationally-recognized child development credentials. Because we consider ongoing training essential to maintaining high-quality service, our facilities have specific budgets that provide for in-center training, attendance at selected outside conferences and seminars and partial tuition reimbursement for continuing education, in addition to the extensive training that our teachers receive in their first year with Bright Horizons.

Capital Efficient Operating Model Provides Platform for Growth, with Attractive Economics

We have achieved uninterrupted year-over-year revenue, adjusted EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA margin growth for each of the last ten years despite broader macro-economic fluctuations. We have accomplished this growth through a combination of key factors, including: annual tuition increases and escalators in management fees which are designed to keep pace with annual cost increases, the addition of both organic and acquired new centers and modest gains in enrollment within existing centers, the addition and growth of new services such as back-up dependent care and educational advisory services, managing our cost structure in line with enrollment within centers and modest leveraging of our overhead structure as we expand on our revenue base.

With employer sponsors funding the majority of the capital required for new centers developed on their behalf, we have been able to grow our business with limited capital investment, which has contributed to strong cash flows from operations.

We also proactively manage our portfolio of centers to identify and close P&L model centers that we view as underperforming, which enables us to sustain our operating margins and effectively reinvest our capital.

We have an established acquisition team to pursue potential targets using a proven framework to effectively evaluate potential transactions with the goal of maximizing our return on investment while minimizing risk. Since 2006, we have completed acquisitions of 123 child care centers in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, as well as a provider of back-up dependent care services in the United States, representing in aggregate approximately $160 million in annualized revenue. These acquisitions have enabled us to efficiently expand into targeted new markets and increase our presence within existing geographic clusters. Our experience has indicated that many of the smaller regional chains and individual operators seek liquidity and/or lack the professional management and financial resources that are often necessary for continued growth. Our acquisition

strategy is also focused on enhancing and diversifying our platform of service offerings, as demonstrated through our 2006 acquisition of College Coach, through which we provide college preparation and admissions counseling.

Our management team has an established track record of operational excellence and has an average tenure of 16 years at Bright Horizons. We have successfully operated Bright Horizons both as a publicly traded company and, since 2008, as a private company. Since then, our management team has navigated challenging macroeconomic conditions and continued to innovate, including rolling out a new technology platform across all of our centers, developing and launching new services including EdAssist, expanding our international presence and actively growing our business both organically and through acquisitions. This team has a proven track record of performance, having increased revenue from $345.9 million in 2001 to $973.7 million in 2011, and increased adjusted EBITDA from $29.8 million in 2001 to $148.5 million in 2011, representing 670 basis points of adjusted EBITDA margin expansion. During this same period, our net income grew from $11.5 million in 2001 to $39.1 million in 2007 and then declined to $(6.6 million) in 2008 and to $(10.0 million) in 2010. In 2011, our net income increased $14.8 million over the prior year to $4.8 million. Our net income since 2008 reflects the incremental contributions from growth in the business, offset by the additional debt service obligations and amortization expense incurred in connection with our May 2008 going private transaction.

We believe that there are significant opportunities to continue to grow our business globally and expand our leadership position by continuing to execute on the following strategies:

Secure Relationships with New Employer Clients. Our addressable market includes approximately 15,000 employers, each with at least 1,000 employees, within the industries that we currently service in the United States and the United Kingdom. This presents us with a significant opportunity to engage new employer sponsors for the development of new centers, back-up dependent care services, College Coach and EdAssist. Our dedicated sales force focuses on establishing new client relationships and is supported by our Horizons Workforce Consulting practice, which helps potential clients to identify the precise work/life offerings that will best meet their strategic goals. We believe that our extensive service offerings, the breadth of our existing presence across the United States and our expanding European platform, as well as our track record of serving major employer sponsors for over 25 years, position us to take advantage of new client opportunities.

Expand Relationships with Existing Employer Clients Through Additional Centers and Cross-Selling. As of June 30, 2012, we operated approximately 200 centers for 50 clients with multiple facilities, and we believe there is a significant opportunity to add additional employer-sponsored centers for both these and other existing clients. In addition, only approximately 15% of our current clients currently utilize more than one of our four principal service offerings. We believe that employers who have already placed trust in us through sponsorship of one of our services are more likely to add others, which should allow us to increase the number of our employer clients that contract with us to provide multiple services to their employees. In the near term, we expect that this cross-sales growth opportunity will be led by the continued expansion of our BUCA program. Revenues from this highly scalable program have grown at a compound annual growth rate of 20.0% since 2007 and BUCA users have reported a 99% satisfaction rate, resulting in improved business continuity, enhanced productivity and reduced absenteeism for our employer clients.

Continue to Expand Through the Assumption of Management of Existing Sponsored Child Care Centers. We occasionally assume the management of existing centers from the incumbent

management team, which enables us to develop new client relationships, typically with no capital investment and no purchase price payment. We also evaluate existing centers for expansion or relocation in markets in which our operations have been successful, in order to accommodate demand and enhance our market presence.

We look for opportunities to invest in quality as a way to enhance our reputation with our clients and their employees. By developing a strong reputation for high-quality services and facilities, we are able to support consistent price increases that keep pace with our cost increases. Over our history, these price increases have contributed to our revenue growth and have enabled us to drive margin expansion.

We believe that our mature P&L centers (which we define as centers that have been open for more than three years) are currently operating at utilization levels below our target run rate, in part due to a general deterioration in economic condition from 2008 to 2010. Utilization rates at our mature P&L centers stabilized in 2010 and have grown in 2011 and the first six months of 2012. We expect to further close the gap between current utilization rates and our target run rate over the next few years.

We have typically added between six and twelve new lease/consortium centers annually for the past five years, focusing on urban or city surrounding markets where demand is generally higher and where income demographics are generally more supportive of a new center. We also seek to identify locations that we believe have the potential to attract employer sponsorship in the future. We believe there are at least 100 locations across the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands that would be suitable for a new lease/consortium center within the next five years. We expect to open new lease/consortium centers at an annual rate consistent with our current lease/consortium growth rate over at least the next five years.

We have a long track record of successfully completing and integrating selective acquisitions, as we have sought to expand quickly within targeted geographies in our existing markets and efficiently enter into new markets. Our acquisition strategy is also focused on enhancing and diversifying our platform of service offerings, as demonstrated through our 2006 acquisition of College Coach. The domestic and international markets for child care and other family support services remain highly fragmented and, we believe, primed for consolidation. We will therefore continue to seek attractive opportunities both for center acquisitions and the acquisition of complementary service offerings.

Our business is based primarily on multi-year contractual arrangements with employer clients for the provision of full-service center-based child care and early education, back-up dependent care and educational advisory services. These contractual arrangements provide us with significant visibility into our anticipated revenue stream. Employer sponsorship for new centers through capital and ongoing program investment has allowed us to develop a business model that produces customized, high-quality programs in a capital efficient manner. We believe that this, in turn, helps to enhance long-term relationships with our clients and supports our strong employer client retention rate. These key elements are present in each of the business models that we use to provide our suite of services, described below.

We provide our full-service center-based child care and early education services under two general business models: (i) a P&L model, where we assume the financial risk of operating an employer-sponsored or lease/consortium facility; and (ii) a cost-plus model, where we are paid a fee for managing an employer-sponsored facility on a cost-plus basis. Under both models, we typically retain responsibility for all aspects of center operation, including the hiring and remuneration of employees, contracting with vendors, purchasing supplies and billing and collecting tuition. We work with clients to select the appropriate model and contractual arrangement for each center on a case-by-case basis based on the needs of the particular client and our own expectations regarding size, anticipated term and specific service offering, among other factors. However, we expect that the mix of business models for our centers will remain broadly consistent over time.

Early in our history, we were a pioneer in center-based back-up dependent care in major urban markets. While we remain the leading provider of dedicated back-up dependent care centers, we created our BUCA program in 2006 to provide families with access to a national network of child care and adult/elder care options when their normal care arrangements are unavailable. BUCA is accessible only to families whose employers offer the back-up dependent care service as an employment benefit. The scope of care available includes back-up dependent care in our child care centers and a contracted network of over 2,500 high-quality child care centers (with whom we often have exclusive back-up dependent care arrangements) in locations where we do not otherwise have centers with available capacity. We also provide back-up dependent care for children and elders/adults in employees’ homes or other locations, which is provided by a contracted network of independent care providers who meet our contractual standards. Care can be arranged by employees 24 hours a day through our contact center or online, allowing employees to reserve care in advance or at the last minute. Our employer clients typically purchase back-up dependent care services for their employees through either: (i) sponsorship of an on-site dedicated back-up center (generally based on the cost-plus model); (ii) the purchase of specific center “memberships” or levels of uses in one or more of our lease/consortium centers located near the employer’s worksite; or (iii) the purchase of uses across the entire network of BUCA service options, allowing their employees to access care wherever they may live or work.

Through our educational advisory services, we provide employees of our employer clients with support at every stage of the educational spectrum, both for their children and for themselves as adult learners. Our services help consumers of educational benefits to better manage the complexities of using these services and also enable our employer clients to manage their tuition reimbursement budgets more efficiently. We deliver these services under two brands:

College Coach. Since our acquisition of College Coach in 2006, we have offered services both to employees of our employer clients and directly to families on a retail basis. Our College Coach services include educational advice for middle school, high school and special needs students, college planning, college financial aid counseling, as well as college selection and college admissions counseling. We offer these services in a one-on-one format, as well as through worksite or online workshops. According to a survey we conducted in 2011, among employees with access to College Coach services, 70% reported significant work time savings, 88% reported reduced stress and 72% reported increased job satisfaction. Our contracts with employer clients for College Coach services typically have initial terms of one to three years. We also provide college preparation and admissions counseling on a retail basis at a dozen locations nationwide and online.

EdAssist. In 2007, employers spent an estimated $17.0 billion on educational assistance benefits designed to help their employees achieve their educational goals or complete continuing education requirements mandated by professional associations or licenses. Developed in 2010, our EdAssist services allow our employer clients to more efficiently manage their tuition reimbursement programs through services such as tuition assistance administration, robust data analytics and individualized counseling to employees. We also provide employers and employees with access to a national network of higher education institutions with whom we have procured preferred relationship status, enabling us to offer financial and other benefits to them. Through EdAssist, our employer clients realized average savings of approximately 21.2% on their tuition assistance spending in the first six months of 2012. Typically, our clients contract for our EdAssist services on a fee and incentive basis, with initial terms generally ranging from one to three years.

Our primary reporting and operating segments are full-service center-based child care services and back-up dependent care services. Full-service center-based child care includes traditional center-based child care, pre-school and elementary education. Back-up dependent care includes center-based back-up child care, in-home care, mildly ill child care and adult/elder care. Our remaining operations, including our educational advisory services, are included in our remaining segment.

The following table sets forth our segment information as of the dates and for the periods indicated.

Our full-service center operations are organized into geographic divisions led by a Division Vice President of Center Operations who, in turn, reports to a Senior Vice President of Center Operations. Each division is further divided into regions, each supervised by a Regional Manager who oversees the operational performance of approximately six to eight centers and is responsible for supervising the program quality, financial performance and client relationships. A typical center is managed by a small administrative team under the leadership of a Center Director. A Center Director has day-to-day operating responsibility for the center, including training, management of staff, licensing compliance, implementation of curricula, conducting child assessments and enrollment. Our corporate offices provide centralized administrative support for accounting, finance, information systems, legal, payroll, risk management, marketing and human resources functions. We follow this underlying operational structure for center operations in each country in which we operate.

Center hours of operation are designed to match the schedules of sponsors and working families. Most of our centers are open 10 to 12 hours a day with typical hours of operation from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday. We offer a variety of enrollment options, ranging from full-time to part-time scheduling.

Tuition paid by families varies depending on the age of the child, the available adult-to-child ratio, the geographic location and the extent to which an employer sponsor subsidizes tuition. Based on a sample of 250 of our child care and early education centers, the average tuition rate at our centers in the United States is $1,670 per month for infants (typically ages three to sixteen months), $1,470 per month for toddlers (typically ages sixteen months to three years) and $1,165 per month for preschoolers (typically ages three to five years). Tuition at most of our child care and early education centers is payable in advance and is due either monthly or weekly. In many cases, families can pay tuition through payroll deductions or through Automated Clearing House withdrawals.

Cost of services consists of direct expenses associated with the operation of child care and early education centers and direct expenses to provide back-up dependent care services and educational advisory services. Direct expenses consist primarily of payroll and benefits for personnel, food costs, program supplies and materials, parent marketing and facilities costs, which include depreciation. Personnel costs are the largest component of a center’s operating costs and comprise approximately 75% of a center’s operating expenses. In a P&L model center, we are often responsible for additional costs that are typically paid or provided directly by a client in centers operating under the cost-plus model, such as facilities costs. As a result, personnel costs in centers operating under P&L models will often represent a smaller percentage of overall costs when compared to centers operating under cost-plus models.

Selling, general and administrative expenses (“SGA”) consist primarily of salaries, payroll taxes and benefits (including stock-based compensation costs) for non-center personnel, which includes corporate, regional and business development personnel, accounting and legal, information technology, occupancy costs for corporate and regional personnel, management/advisory fees and other general corporate expenses.

Our back-up dependent care division is led by a Senior Vice President of Operations with Divisional Vice Presidents leading back-up center operations and the BUCA program. The dedicated back-up centers that we operate are organized in a similar structure to full-service centers, with regional managers overseeing approximately six to eight centers each and with center-based administrative teams that mirror the administrative teams in full-service centers. The dedicated back-up centers are either exclusive to a single employer or are consortium centers that have multiple employer sponsors, as well as uses from the BUCA program. Care is arranged through a 24 hours-a-day contact center or online, allowing employees to reserve care in advance or at the last minute. We operate our own contact center in Broomfield, Colorado, which is overseen by the Division Vice President responsible for BUCA, and contract with an additional contact center located in Durham, North Carolina to complement our ability to handle demand fluctuations and to provide seamless service 24 hours a day.

Back-up dependent care revenue is comprised of fees or subsidies paid by employer sponsors, as well as co-payments collected from users at the point of service. Cost of services consist of fees paid to providers for care delivered as part of their contractual relationships with us, personnel and related direct service costs of the contact centers and any other expenses related to the coordination or delivery of care and service. For Bright Horizons back-up centers, cost of service also includes all direct expenses associated with the operation of the centers. SGA related to back-up dependent care is similar to SGA for full-service care, with additional expenses related to the intense information technology necessary to operate this service, the ongoing development and maintenance of the provider network and additional personnel needed as a result of more significant client management and reporting requirements.

Our educational advisory services consist of our College Coach services and our EdAssist services.

College Coach. Our College Coach services are provided by College Coach’s educators, all of whom have experience working at senior levels in admissions or financial aid at colleges and universities. We work with employer clients who offer these services as a benefit to their employees, and we also provide these services directly to families on a retail basis. We have 12 College Coach

offices in the United States, located primarily in metropolitan areas, where we believe the demand for these services is greatest. College Coach derives revenue mainly from employer clients who contract with us for an agreed upon number of workshops, access to our proprietary virtual learning center and individual counseling. The College Coach division is managed by a vice president and general manager who has responsibility for the growth and profitability of this division.

EdAssist. Our EdAssist services are provided through a proprietary software system for processing and data analytics, as well as a team of compliance professionals who audit employee reimbursements. We also provide customer service through contact centers in Broomfield, Colorado and Durham, North Carolina. The EdAssist services derive revenue directly from fees paid by employer sponsors under contracts that are typically three years in length. The EdAssist division is managed by a vice president and general manager who has responsibility for the growth and profitability of this division.

Educational advisory services revenue is comprised of fees or subsidies paid by employer clients, as well as copayments or retail fees collected from users at the point of service. Cost of services consist of personnel and direct service costs of the contact centers, and other expenses related to the coordination and delivery of advisory and counseling services.

We operate in two primary regions: North America, which includes the United States, Canada and Puerto Rico, and Europe, which we define to include the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, Ireland and India. The following table sets forth certain financial data for these geographic regions for the periods indicated.

Our international business primarily consists of child care centers throughout the United Kingdom and the Netherlands and is overseen by a senior vice president. As of December 31, 2011, we had 179 centers in Europe, which generated $130.0 million in revenue for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, representing 13% of our total revenue. From January 1, 2012 to June 30, 2012 we added 39 centers worldwide, including 27 in the United Kingdom as a result of the completion of the Casterbridge acquisition on May 23, 2012.

We market our services to prospective employer sponsors, current clients and their employees, and to parents. Our sales force is organized on both a centralized and regional basis and is responsible for identifying potential employer sponsors, targeting real estate development opportunities, identifying potential acquisitions and managing the overall sales process. We reach out

to employers via word of mouth, direct mail campaigns, digital outreach and advertising, conference networking, webinars and social media. In addition, as a result of our visibility among human resources professionals as a high-quality dependent care service provider, potential sponsors regularly contact us requesting proposals, and we often compete for employer-sponsorship opportunities through request for proposal processes. Our management team is involved at the national level with education, work/life and children’s advocacy, and we believe that their prominence and involvement in such issues also helps us attract new business. We communicate regularly with existing clients to increase awareness of the full suite of services that we provide for key life stages and to explore opportunities to enhance current partnerships.

We also have a direct-to-consumer, or parent, marketing department that supports parent enrollment efforts through the development of marketing programs, including the preparation of promotional materials. The parent marketing team is organized on both a centralized and regional basis and works with center directors and our contract center to build enrollment. New enrollment is generated by word of mouth, print advertising, direct mail campaigns, digital marketing, parent referral programs and business outreach. Individual centers may receive assistance from employer sponsors, who often provide access to channels of internal communication, such as e-mail, websites, intranets, mailing lists and internal publications. In addition, many sponsors promote the child care and early education center as an important employee benefit.

We believe that we are a leader in the markets for employer-sponsored center-based child care and back-up dependent care and maintain approximately five times more market share in the United States than our closest competitors who provide employer-sponsored centers. The market for child care and early education services is highly fragmented, and we compete for enrollment and for sponsorship of child care and early education centers with a variety of other businesses including large residential child care companies, regional child care providers, family day care (operated out of the caregiver’s home), nannies, for-profit and not-for-profit full- and part-time nursery schools, private schools and public elementary schools, and not-for-profit and government-funded providers of center-based child care. Our principal competitors for employer-sponsored centers include Knowledge Learning Corporation, Children’s Choice, New Horizons, Kids Unlimited, Childbase and Busy Bees in the United States and the United Kingdom. Competition for back-up dependent care and educational advising comes from some of these same competitors in addition to employee assistance programs, payment processors and smaller work/life companies. In addition, we compete for enrollment on a center-by-center basis with some of the providers named above, along with many local and national providers, such as Goddard Schools, Primrose Preschools, Asquith Court, Catalpa, SKON and Learning Care Group in the United States, the United Kingdom and the Netherlands.

We believe that the key factors in the competition for enrollment are quality of care, site convenience and cost. We believe that many center-based child care providers are able to offer care at lower prices than we do by utilizing less intensive adult-to-child ratios and offering their staff lower compensation and limited or less affordable benefits. While our tuition levels are generally higher than our competitors, we compete primarily based on the convenience of a work-site location and a higher level of program quality. In addition, many of our competitors may have access to greater financial resources (such as access to government funding or other subsidies), or may benefit from broader name recognition (such as established regional providers) or comply or are required to comply with fewer or less costly health, safety, and operational regulations than those with which we comply (such as the more limited health, safety and operational regulatory requirements typically applicable to family day care operations in caregivers’ homes).

We believe that our primary focus on employer clients and track record for achieving and maintaining high-quality standards distinguishes us from our competitors. We believe we are well-positioned to continue attracting new client sponsors due to our extensive service offerings, established reputation, position as a quality leader and track record of serving major employer sponsors for over 25 years.

We believe that our name and logo have significant value and are important to our operations. We own and use various registered and unregistered trademarks covering the names Bright Horizons and Bright Horizons Family Solutions, our logo and a number of other names, slogans and designs. We frequently license the use of our registered trademarks to our clients in connection with the use of our services, subject to customary restrictions. We actively protect our trademarks by registering the marks in a variety of countries and geographic areas, including North America, Asia and Southeast Asia, the Pacific Rim, Europe and Australia. These registrations are subject to varying terms and renewal options. However, not all of the trademarks or service marks have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business, and we are aware of persons using similar marks in certain countries in which we currently do not do business. Meanwhile, we monitor our trademarks and vigorously oppose the infringement of any of our marks. We do not hold any patents, and we hold copyright registrations for certain materials that are material to the operation of our business. We generally rely on common law protection for those copyrighted works which are not material to the operation of our business. We also license some intellectual property from third parties for use in our business. Such licenses are not individually or in the aggregate material to our business.

We are subject to various federal, state and local laws affecting the operation of our business, including various licensing, health, fire and safety requirements and standards. In most jurisdictions in which we operate, our child care centers are required by law to meet a variety of operational requirements, including minimum qualifications and background checks for our teachers and other center personnel. State and local regulations may also impact the design and furnishing of our centers.

Internationally, we are subject to national and local laws and regulations that often are similar to those affecting us in the United States, including laws and regulations concerning various licensing, health, fire and safety requirements and standards. We believe that our centers comply in all material respects with all applicable laws and regulations in these countries.

The safety and well-being of children and our employees is paramount for us. We employ a variety of security measures at our child care and early education centers, which typically include secure electronic access systems as well as sign-in and sign-out procedures for children, among other site-specific security measures. In addition, our trained teachers and open center designs help ensure the health and safety of children. Our child care and early education centers are designed to minimize the risk of injury to children by incorporating such features as child-sized amenities, rounded corners on furniture and fixtures, age-appropriate toys and equipment and cushioned fall zones surrounding play structures.

Each center is further guided by a policies and procedures manual and a center management guide that address protocols for safe and appropriate care of children and center administration. These guidelines establish center protocols in areas including the safe handling of medications, managing

child illness or health emergencies and a variety of other critical aspects of care to ensure that centers meet or exceed all mandated licensing standards. The center management guide is reviewed and updated continuously by a team of internal experts, and center personnel are trained on center practices using this tool. Our proprietary We Care system supports proper supervision of children and documents the transitions of children to and from the care of teachers and parents or from one classroom to another during the day.

Our operations, including the selection and development of the properties that we lease and any construction or improvements that we make at those locations, are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including environmental, zoning and land use requirements. In addition, we have a practice of conducting extensive site evaluations on each freestanding or newly constructed or renovated property that we own or lease. Although we have no known material environmental liabilities, environmental laws may require owners or operators of contaminated property to remediate that property, regardless of fault.

As of June 30, 2012, we had approximately 22,000 employees (including part-time and substitute teachers), of whom approximately 1,000 were employed at our corporate, divisional and regional offices, and the remainder of whom were employed at our child care and early education centers. Child care and early education center employees include teachers and support personnel. The total number of employees includes approximately 4,000 employees working outside of the United States. We conduct annual surveys to assess employee satisfaction and can adjust programs, benefits offerings, trainings, communications and other support to meet employee needs and enhance retention. We have a long track record of being named a “Best Place to Work” in the United States and more recently in the United Kingdom, Ireland and the Netherlands based largely upon employee responses to surveys. We believe our relationships with our employees are good.

Our child care and early education centers are primarily operated at work-site locations and vary in design and capacity in accordance with sponsor needs and state and local regulatory requirements. Our North American child care and early education centers typically have an average capacity of 126 children. Our locations in Europe and India have an average capacity of 69 children. As of June 30, 2012, our child care and early education centers had a total licensed capacity of approximately 87,400 children, with the smallest center having a capacity of 10 children and the largest having a capacity of approximately 500 children.

We believe that attractive, spacious and child-friendly facilities with warm, nurturing and welcoming atmospheres are an important element in fostering a high-quality learning environment for children. Our centers are designed to be open and bright and to maximize supervision visibility. We devote considerable resources to equipping our centers with child-sized amenities, indoor and outdoor play areas comprised of age-appropriate materials and design, family hospitality areas and computer centers. Commercial kitchens are typically only present in those centers where regulations require that hot meals be prepared on site.

We lease approximately 75,000 square feet of office space for our corporate headquarters in Watertown, Massachusetts under an operating lease that expires in 2020, with two ten-year renewal options. We also lease approximately 24,000 square feet for our contact center in Broomfield, Colorado, as well as space for regional administrative offices located in New York City; Brentwood, Tennessee; Corte Madera, California; Lisle, Illinois; Irving, Texas; Deerfield Beach, Florida; Rushden, London and Edinburgh in the United Kingdom; and Amsterdam, in the Netherlands. In addition, we also maintain small, regional offices for our College Coach division.

As of June 30, 2012, we operated 773 child care and early education centers in 41 U.S. states and the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the United Kingdom, Canada, Ireland, the Netherlands and India, of which 75 were owned, with the remaining centers being operated under leases or operating agreements. The leases typically have initial terms ranging from 10 to 15 years with various expiration dates, often with renewal options. Certain owned properties are subject to mortgages under the terms of our senior credit agreement governing our senior credit facilities.

The following table summarizes the locations of our child care and early education centers as of June 30, 2012:

We believe that our properties are generally in good condition, are adequate for our operations, and meet or exceed the regulatory requirements for health, safety and child care licensing established by the governments where they are located.

We are, from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business. Such claims have in the past generally been covered by insurance. We believe the resolution of such legal matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows, although we cannot predict the ultimate outcome of any such actions. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our insurance will be adequate to cover all liabilities that may arise out of claims brought against us.

Below is a list of the names, ages as of September 30, 2012, and positions, and a brief account of the business experience, of the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. Upon completion of this offering, we expect that each of our directors identified below will serve in the Class indicated. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal in accordance with the terms of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, our Class I directors will serve until the first annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering; our Class II directors will serve until the second annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering; and our Class III directors will serve until the third annual meeting of shareholders following the completion of this offering.

We anticipate that one additional director who is not affiliated with us or any of our stockholders will be appointed to the board of directors within 90 days of the consummation of this offering, and an additional director who is not affiliated with us or any of our stockholders will be appointed to the board of directors within twelve months of the consummation of this offering, resulting in a board of directors that includes at least three independent directors.

David H. Lissy has served as a director of the Company since 2001 and as Chief Executive Officer of the Company since January 1, 2002. Mr. Lissy served as Chief Development Officer of the Company from 1998 until January 2002. He also served as Executive Vice President from June 2000 to January 2002. He joined Bright Horizons in August 1997 and served as Vice President of Development until the merger with CorporateFamily Solutions, Inc. in July 1998. Prior to joining Bright Horizons, Mr. Lissy served as Senior Vice President/General Manager at Aetna U.S. Healthcare, the employee benefits division of Aetna, Inc., in the New England region. His experience prior to joining the Company, his leadership at the Company and at many charitable, business services and educational organizations, including his current service on the boards of the March of Dimes, Altegra Health, Jumpstart and Ithaca College, provides him with the experience and management skills necessary to serve as a director of the Company.

Mary Ann Tocio has served as a director of the Company since November 2001 and as Chief Operating Officer of the Company since its inception in 1998. She was appointed President in June 2000. Ms. Tocio joined Bright Horizons in 1992 as Vice President and General Manager of Child Care

Operations, and served as Chief Operating Officer from November 1993 until the merger with CorporateFamily Solutions, Inc. in July 1998. Ms. Tocio has more than thirty years of experience managing multi-site service organizations, twenty years of which were with the Company. She was previously the Senior Vice President of Operations for Health Stop Medical Management, Inc., a national provider of ambulatory care and occupational health services. Ms. Tocio is currently also a member of the board of directors of Harvard Pilgrim Health Care, a health benefits and insurance organization, and Mac-Gray Corporation, a provider of laundry facilities management services, and Horizons for Homeless Children, a non-profit organization that provides support for homeless children and their families. Her public company board experience and expertise with managing growing organizations render her an invaluable resource as a director.

Elizabeth J. Boland has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since June 1999. Ms. Boland joined Bright Horizons in September 1997 and served as Chief Financial Officer and, subsequent to the merger between Bright Horizons and CorporateFamily Solutions, Inc. in July 1998, served as Senior Vice President of Finance for the Company until June 1999. From 1994 to 1997, Ms. Boland was Chief Financial Officer of The Visionaries, Inc., an independent television production company. From 1990 to 1994, Ms. Boland served as Vice President-Finance for Olsten Corporation, a publicly traded provider of home-health care and temporary staffing services. From 1981 to 1990, she worked on the audit staff at Price Waterhouse, LLP in Boston, completing her tenure as a senior audit manager.

Stephen I. Dreier has served as Chief Administrative Officer and Secretary of the Company since 1998. He joined Bright Horizons as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 1988 and became its Secretary in November 1988 and Treasurer in September 1994. Mr. Dreier served as Bright Horizons’ Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer until September 1997, at which time he was appointed to the position of Chief Administrative Officer. From 1976 to 1988, Mr. Dreier was Senior Vice President of Finance and Administration for the John S. Cheever/Paperama Company.

Danroy T. Henry, Sr. has served as the Chief Human Resource Officer since December 2007. Mr. Henry joined Bright Horizons in May 2004 as the Senior Vice President of Global Human Resources. From 2001 to 2004, Mr. Henry was the Executive Vice President for FleetBoston Financial where he had responsibility for the metropolitan Boston consumer banking market. Prior to 2001 Mr. Henry served roles in human resources management at Blinds To Go Superstores, Staples, Inc. and Pepsi Cola Company. Mr. Henry is the past board chair of the North East Human Resources Association and has served on the board of the Society of Human Resource management foundation. He is also currently the chair and co-founder of the DJ Dream Fund.

Linda A. Mason co-founded Bright Horizons in 1986, and served as director and its president from 1986 to 1998. She has served as a director and Chairman of the board of the Company since 1998. Prior to founding Bright Horizons, Ms. Mason was a co-director of the Save the Children relief and development effort in the Sudan and worked as a program officer with CARE in Thailand. In addition to her duties as executive chairman of our board of directors, since 1998 Ms. Mason has served as a part-time employee of the Company, with responsibilities that include participation in Company trainings, conferences and culture-building and representing the Company from time to time on industry matters and in public policy discussions. Ms. Mason is the wife of Roger H. Brown, who is also a director of the Company. From 1983 to 2007, Ms. Mason served as director of Whole Foods Market. Ms. Mason currently serves on the boards of Horizons for Homeless Children, the Advisory Board of the Yale University School of Management, Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, Mercy Corps and the Packard Foundation. Ms. Mason has extensive experience with the Company and her sense of mission and child advocacy work bring valuable perspective to the board.

Lawrence M. Alleva was appointed as a director of the Company in September 2012. Mr. Alleva is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive) and spent his professional career with PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC), including 28 years as a partner, from 1971 until his retirement in 2010. At PwC he served clients ranging from Fortune 500 and multi-national companies to rapid-growth companies pursuing initial public offerings. Mr. Alleva also served in a senior national leadership role for PwC’s Ethics and Compliance Group to manage the design and implementation of best practice procedures, internal controls and monitoring activities, including in connection with PwC’s response to inspection reports issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (PCAOB). Mr. Alleva currently serves as a director and chair of the audit committees of GlobalLogic, Inc. and of Tesaro, Inc. He has served as a trustee of Ithaca College for over 20 years, including in the vice chair role for ten years. Mr. Alleva brings valuable experience to our board through his financial and Sarbanes-Oxley Act expertise, and his professional focus on areas such as corporate governance, control and financial reporting best practices.

Josh Bekenstein has been a managing director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC since 1986. Prior to joining Bain Capital in 1984, Mr. Bekenstein spent several years at Bain & Company, where he was involved with companies in a variety of industries. Mr. Bekenstein serves as a director of Michaels Stores, Inc., Bombardier Recreational Products Inc., Dollarama Capital Corporation, Toys “R” Us, Inc., Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation, The Gymboree Corporation and Waters Corporation. Mr. Bekenstein has been on the Board of the Company since its inception in 1986 and his many years of experience both as a senior executive of a large investment firm and as a director of companies in various business sectors, including ours, make him highly qualified to serve on our board.

Roger H. Brown has served as a director of the Company since its inception in 1998. He has served as President of Berklee College of Music since June 2004. Mr. Brown was Chief Executive Officer of the Company from June 1999 until December 2001, President of the Company from July 1998 until May 2000 and Executive Chairman of the Company from June 2000 until June 2004. Mr. Brown co-founded Bright Horizons and served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Bright Horizons from its inception in 1986 until the merger with CorporateFamily Solutions in July 1998. Mr. Brown is the husband of Linda A. Mason, who is Chairman of the board of directors. Prior to 1986, he worked as a management consultant for Bain & Company, Inc. Mr. Brown is a co-founder of Horizons for Homeless Children, a non-profit that provides support for children and their families. He is chairman of the board for Boston After School and Beyond and serves on the board for Sonicbids, the leading website for connecting emerging bands and music promoters and the board of Wheaton College in Norton, Massachusetts. Mr. Brown’s management expertise, combined with his longstanding ties to and intimate knowledge of the Company will continue to serve the Company well throughout his tenure as director.

Jordan Hitch has been a managing director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC since 1997. Prior to joining Bain Capital in 1997, Mr. Hitch was a consultant at Bain & Company where he worked in the financial services, healthcare and utility industries. Mr. Hitch serves on the board of directors of Guitar Center Holdings, Inc., The Gymboree Corporation and Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation. As a result of these and other professional experiences, Mr. Hitch brings to our board significant experience in and knowledge of corporate finance and strategy development, which strengthen the collective qualifications, skills and experience of our board of directors.

David Humphrey has been a Principal at Bain Capital Partners, LLC since December 2008 having joined the firm in 2001. From 2006 to December 2008 Mr. Humphrey served as Vice President at Bain Capital Partners, LLC. Mr. Humphrey serves on the board of directors of Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation and Skillsoft plc. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Humphrey was an investment banker in the mergers and acquisitions group at Lehman Brothers from 1999 to 2001. Mr. Humphrey received an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School and a B.A. from Harvard University.

Mr. Humphrey has substantial knowledge of the capital markets from his experience as an investment banker and is valuable to the board of directors’ discussions of capital and liquidity needs.

Marguerite Kondracke served as founder and CEO of Corporate Family Solutions from 1987 to 1998. She served as CEO of the Company for one year and then as Co-Chair of the board of directors of the Company from 1999 until 2001 and served as a director until 2003. She began serving as a director of the Company in 1998, and from 2003 to 2004 she served as Staff Director for the U.S. Senate Subcommittee on Children and Families. Ms. Kondracke returned to the Company’s board in 2004, and from 2004 until May 2012, also served as President and CEO of America’s Promise Alliance, a nonprofit organization founded by Colin Powell that advocates for the strength and well-being of America’s children and youth. Ms. Kondracke serves on the boards of Saks, Inc., LifePoint Hospitals, Rosetta Stone and Teachscape. Ms. Kondracke brings knowledge of developmental child care and education as well as extensive leadership experience to the board.

Dr. Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot has served as a director of the Company since 1998. She is the Emily Hargrowes Fisher Professor of Education at Harvard University and has been on the faculty since 1972. Dr. Lawrence-Lightfoot served as a director of the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation from 1991 to 2007 and as Chairman from 2001 to 2007. She served as Chair of the Academic Affairs Committee of the Board of Trustees of Berklee College of Music from September 2007 until March 2012 and has been a trustee since 2004. Dr. Lawrence-Lightfoot’s expertise in child development, teacher training, classroom structures and processes, curriculum development, parent/teacher relationships, educational policies and organizational matters will continue to provide an invaluable resource to the board.

We have adopted a Code of Conduct and Business Ethics applicable to our employees, officers (including our chief executive officer, chief financial officer and chief accounting officer) and members of our board of directors. The Code of Conduct and Business Ethics is accessible on our website at www.brighthorizons.com. If we make any substantive amendments to the Code of Conduct and Business Ethics or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Conduct and Business Ethics to our officers, including the chief executive officer, chief financial officer or chief accounting officer, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on that website or in a report on Form 8-K.

Upon the completion of this offering, we will continue to have an audit committee and a compensation committee with the composition and responsibilities described below. Each committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our board of directors. The composition of each committee will be effective upon the closing of this offering. The members of each committee are appointed by the board of directors and serve until their successor is elected and qualified, unless they are earlier removed or resign. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

Because we intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under applicable stock exchange listing rules, we will not have a majority of independent directors, we will not have a nominating committee, and our compensation committee will not be composed entirely of independent directors as defined under such rules. The responsibilities that would otherwise be undertaken by a nominating committee will be undertaken by the full board of directors, or at its discretion, by a special committee established under the direction of the full board of directors. The controlled company exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee and we intend to comply with the audit committee requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules of our

exchange. These rules require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and all of whom will be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.

The purpose of the audit committee will be set forth in the audit committee charter. The audit committee’s primary duties and responsibilities will be to:

Upon completion of this offering, the audit committee will consist of Lawrence Alleva, Jordan Hitch and David Humphrey. Mr. Alleva is both an independent director and an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of Item 407 of Regulation S-K, and will serve as chair of the audit committee. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written charter under which the audit committee will operate. A copy of the charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the exchange on which we list our shares, will be available on our website.

The purpose of the compensation committee is to assist the board of directors in fulfilling its responsibilities relating to oversight of the compensation of our directors, executive officers and other employees and the administration of our benefits and equity-based compensation programs. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to our board of directors compensation plans, policies and programs and approves specific compensation levels for all executive officers. Upon completion of this offering, the compensation committee will consist of and . Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written charter under which the compensation committee will operate. A copy of the charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and the exchange on which we list our shares, will be available on our website.

All compensation and related matters are reviewed by our compensation committee. Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of and . Each of and is affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC. For additional information regarding transactions between Bain Capital Partners, LLC and us, please see “Related Party Transactions” below.

The following discussion relates to the compensation of our chief executive officer, David H. Lissy, and our two most highly compensated executive officers (other than our chief executive officer), Mary Ann Tocio, our president and chief operating officer, and Elizabeth Boland, our chief financial officer and chief accounting officer (collectively referred to in this prospectus as our named executive officers). Our named executive officers’ compensation is determined by our compensation committee and is generally reviewed annually. Our executive compensation program is designed to attract and retain high-quality leadership and incentivize our executive officers and other key employees to achieve Company performance goals and strong individual performance over the short- and long-term. Our pay-for-performance approach to executive compensation places a greater emphasis on long-term equity incentive grants than on other forms of compensation, reflecting our focus on long-term value creation and serving to align the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders.

The compensation of our named executive officers consists of base salary, annual cash bonuses, equity awards and employee benefits that are generally made available to all salaried employees. Our named executive officers are also entitled to certain compensation and benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment pursuant to severance agreements.

Base Salaries. Base salaries for our named executive officers are determined based on the scope of each officer’s responsibilities along with his or her respective experience and contributions to the Company. It is our philosophy to maintain a conservative level of base cash compensation, with greater emphasis placed on long-term incentive compensation. Base salaries for our named executive officers are reviewed annually by our compensation committee. When reviewing base salaries for increase, our compensation committee takes factors into account such as each officer’s experience and individual performance, the Company’s performance as a whole and general industry conditions, but does not assign any specific weighting to any factor. For 2011, our compensation committee decided to approve an across-the-board increase of 2% in the base salaries of our salaried employees as a whole, including those of our named executive officers.

Annual Cash Bonuses. Our annual cash bonus program was established to promote and reward the achievement of key strategic and business goals as well as individual performance. Fifty percent of the cash incentive award granted to our named executive officers in fiscal 2011 was based on the achievement of pre-established corporate goals and 50% was based on a qualitative assessment of each individual’s performance.

For fiscal 2011, Mr. Lissy and Ms. Tocio each had a target cash incentive award of 120% of base salary, and Ms. Boland had a target cash incentive award of 60% base salary. Each named executive officer could earn more than the full amount of the portion of his or her target award that was based on corporate performance if corporate performance for the year exceeded target and also could earn less than such amount if the target level of performance was not achieved.

For fiscal 2011, our compensation committee established a corporate performance goal of $16.1 million of growth in earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, straight line rent expense, equity expense, transaction costs and sponsor management fee, which we refer to for these purposes as EBITDA. Target performance was exceeded, with an actual growth in EBITDA for 2011 as compared to 2010 of $17.8 million. This represented 10% outperformance against the targeted growth level and resulted in the named executive officers each earning 110% of the portion of his or her target incentive award that was based on corporate performance. After the end of the 2011 fiscal year, our

compensation committee met and evaluated the performance of each of our named executive officers during the fiscal year. In this evaluation, they considered various leadership and business factors, including strategic planning and execution, strategic vision and leadership skills, customer satisfaction, diversity and stability of growth, culture and employee satisfaction, innovation, communication skills, board relations and presentations, ethics and values and succession planning and determined that each of the named executive officers earned 100% of the portion of his or her annual incentive award that was based on individual performance.

Equity Awards. Our named executive officers participate in the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Plan”). See “—Equity Plan” below for additional details about the Equity Plan. Grants under the Equity Plan, including those made to our named executive officers, generally consist of stock option awards, half of which are subject to time-based vesting and half of which are subject to time- and performance-based vesting and will fully vest and become exercisable if there is a change of control of the Company or an initial public offering of the Company’s stock or, for certain members of senior management, including the named executive officers, upon the cessation of the optionee’s employment other than in connection with a breach by the optionee of any restrictive covenants. In addition, the performance condition for Ms. Tocio’s awards subject to time- and performance-based vesting will be deemed satisfied in the event her employment is terminated as a result of her retirement at any time after May 28, 2013. Option awards serve both to align the interests of our named executive officers with our shareholders through the use of performance-based awards and to encourage retention through the use of time-based awards. As a result of the compensation committee’s evaluation of the relative compensation paid to executive officers, Ms. Boland was granted an option award during fiscal 2011. Following our 2011 fiscal year, we completed an option exchange program, as described below, in which we issued option awards with vesting terms as described above. Upon the consummation of this offering, options to purchase , and shares of our common stock held by Mr. Lissy, Ms. Tocio and Ms. Boland, respectively, will vest.

Benefits and Perquisites. We provide modest benefits and perquisites for our named executive officers. Most of these benefits and perquisites, such as our 401(k) matching contribution and basic health and welfare benefit coverage, are available to all eligible employees. In addition, Mr. Lissy and Ms. Tocio are provided a car allowance each year, and all named executive officers receive Company-paid supplemental disability insurance.

Severance Agreements. All our named executive officers have severance agreements with the Company, which include severance, change of control, and restrictive covenant provisions. We believe that change of control arrangements provide our executives with security that will likely reduce any reluctance they may have to pursue a change of control transaction that could be in the best interests of our stockholders. We also believe that reasonable severance and change of control benefits are necessary in order to attract and retain high-quality executive officers.

The following table sets forth information about certain compensation awarded or paid to our named executive officers for the 2011 fiscal year.

The following table sets forth information regarding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2011.

We do not have any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans or supplemental executive retirement plans that apply to our named executive officers. We offer a tax-qualified retirement plan (the “401(k) Plan”) to eligible employees, including our named executive officers. The 401(k) Plan permits eligible employees to defer up to 50% of their annual eligible compensation, subject to certain limitations imposed by the Internal Revenue Service. Employees’ elective deferrals are immediately vested and non-forfeitable in the 401(k) Plan. Each plan year, we may, but are not required to, make discretionary matching contributions and other employer contributions on behalf of eligible employees. Employer matching contributions and other employer contributions begin to vest 20% per year after two years of vesting service with us and fully vest after six years of vesting service with us.

The Company has entered into a severance agreement with each of Mr. Lissy, Ms. Tocio and Ms. Boland, which agreements provide for certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination of the executive’s employment and/or a change of control.

Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason Within 24 Months Following a Change of Control (the “Protection Period”). If within 24 months after a change of control the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than for cause or death or disability or the executive terminates his or her employment for good reason (as such terms are defined in the respective agreements), the executive will be entitled to receive, in each case, (a) any accrued but unpaid base salary as of termination and a prorated portion of any bonus payable for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs, and (b) subject to the executive not breaching the non-competition, non-solicitation and non-hire provisions contained in the executive’s agreement, monthly severance pay for 24 months (or until such earlier date as the executive secures other employment) equal to 1/24^th of the executive’s total base salary and cash bonus compensation for the prior two years of the executive’s employment. If the executive elects, in accordance with applicable federal law, to continue his or her participation in the Company’s health plans following termination of employment, the Company will pay the premiums for such participation for 24 months (or until such earlier date as the executive secures other employment). If the executive’s continued participation in the Company’s group health plans is not possible under the terms of those plans, the Company will instead arrange to provide the executive and his or her dependents substantially similar benefits upon comparable terms or pay the executive an amount in cash equal to the full cash value of such continued benefits. The executive’s right to receive severance pay and benefits is subject to his or her execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company.

Termination of Employment Without Cause or for Good Reason Outside of the Protection Period. If the Company terminates the executive’s employment without cause or the executive resigns for good reason, in either case outside of the 24-month period following a change of control, in addition to any accrued but unpaid base salary and other accrued benefits then due to the executive as of termination, the executive will be entitled to receive bi-weekly severance payments for 18 months (in the case of Ms. Boland, for one year) at his or her then-base salary rate and a prorated portion of any bonus payable for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs. The executive’s right to receive severance pay and benefits is subject to his or her execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company.

Termination of Employment Due to Death or Disability. If the executive’s employment terminates due to death or the executive becomes disabled, the executive will be entitled to receive accrued but unpaid base salary and other accrued benefits then due to the executive as of termination and a prorated portion of any bonus payable for the fiscal year in which the termination occurs. The executive’s right to receive severance pay and benefits is subject to his or her execution of an effective release of claims in favor of the Company.

Other Termination of Employment. If the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for cause or the executive voluntarily resigns without good reason, the executive will only be entitled to receive accrued but unpaid base salary and any other accrued benefits then due to the executive as of termination.

Change of Control. Pursuant to the severance agreements, immediately prior to a change of control, all unvested options then held by the executive will vest in full.

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by our directors during 2011. Compensation for Mr. Lissy and Ms. Tocio is included with that of our other named executive officers. Ms. Mason, Chairman of our board, is also the founder and an employee of the Company.

Under our current director compensation program, each member of our board of directors who is not a full-time employee of the Company is eligible to receive compensation for his or her service as a director as follows: each director receives an annual retainer of $5,000 for board services; a meeting fee of $2,500 per in person meeting; and a meeting fee of $1,000 per telephonic meeting.

Our board of directors intends to adopt a director compensation program to be effective upon the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this program, each member of our board who is not an employee of the Company will be eligible to receive an annual equity award valued at approximately $10,000, which may be in the form of stock options, subject to certain meeting attendance requirements. Each non-employee director will also be eligible to receive an annual retainer for board services and to receive additional amounts for attendance at board or committee meetings and for services provided as the chair of certain committees. We have not, since our going private transaction, compensated directors affiliated with the Sponsor for their board service and, while the Sponsor controls a majority of our outstanding common stock, none of the directors affiliated with the Sponsor will be compensated for their board service.

The Equity Plan, which became effective May 28, 2008 and was amended on March 9, 2012, provides for the grant of options to purchase shares of our common stock and Class L common stock to key employees of, directors of, and consultants and advisors to the Company and its affiliates who are in a position to contribute significantly to the success of the Company. Certain continuation options were granted in connection with our going private transaction under the Equity Plan in substitution for options granted under the Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Incentive Plan. Such continuation options were fully vested at grant and give the option holder the right to purchase shares of our common stock and Class L common stock in the same ratio of nine shares of our common stock for every share of Class L common stock. The summary of the Equity Plan is not a complete description of all provisions of the Equity Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Equity Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

The Equity Plan is administered by our compensation committee, which has authority to select award recipients in consultation with our Chief Executive Officer and determine the terms of all awards, including the time or times upon which awards vest or become exercisable and remain exercisable. Unless otherwise provided by our compensation committee, a participant’s unvested awards will immediately terminate upon the participant’s cessation of employment, and vested awards will remain outstanding for 30 days (or until the award’s expiration date, if earlier), provided that a participant’s vested awards will remain outstanding for one year following death, 180 days following termination of employment due to disability, and 90 days following retirement (or, in each case, until the award’s expiration date, if earlier). If a participant’s employment terminates for cause, all awards then held by the participant will be forfeited immediately, whether or not vested.

All awards granted under the Equity Plan, and any stock issued pursuant to awards granted under such plan, are subject to the terms of our stockholders agreement, which will be amended and restated effective upon the completion of this offering. See “Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.” The exercise price of each option under the Equity Plan, other than certain continuation options granted by the Company in connection with the Acquisition, is equal to the fair market value of the stock subject to the award on the grant date or such higher amount as our compensation committee may determine.

All awards under the Equity Plan fully vest in the event of a change of control (as defined in the Equity Plan). In the event of a consolidation, merger or similar transaction, a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, our compensation committee may, among other things, provide for continuation or assumption of outstanding awards, for new grants in substitution of outstanding awards, for the accelerated vesting or delivery of shares under awards or for a cash-out of outstanding awards, in each case on such terms and with such restrictions as it deems appropriate. Awards not assumed will terminate upon the consummation of such corporate transaction. Following this offering, all equity-based awards will be granted under the 2012 Omnibus Plan described below.

On May 2, 2012, we completed an option exchange program in which all participants in the Equity Plan, including our named executive officers, agreed to exchange their then-outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock for options to purchase a combination of shares of our common stock and Class L common stock based on an exchange ratio of options to purchase approximately 15.5 shares of our common stock for a new option to purchase nine shares of common stock and one share of Class L common stock. The new option awards are subject to the same vesting and other terms as were applicable to the exchanged options which are described above, except that the exercise price of the new option awards is equal to the fair market value of our common stock and

Class L common stock on the date of grant of the new option awards. As a result of the exchange program, options to purchase 1,401,750 shares of our common stock were exchanged for options to purchase 815,670 shares of our common stock and 90,630 shares of our Class L common stock, at exercise prices of $6.09 per share of our common stock and $511.51 per share of our Class L common stock, which amounts are equal to the fair market value of our common stock and Class L common stock, respectively, on the date of grant of the new option awards. After this option exchange program, all outstanding awards now consist of options to purchase a combination of shares of our common stock and Class L common stock in a ratio of nine shares of common stock for every share of Class L common stock. For a more detailed discussion of this option exchange, see note 12 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt the Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2012 Omnibus Plan”) and following this offering, all equity-based awards will be granted under the 2012 Omnibus Plan. As of the date of this prospectus, no awards have been made under the 2012 Omnibus Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the 2012 Omnibus Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2012 Omnibus Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Purpose. The purpose of the 2012 Omnibus Plan is to advance the Company’s interests by providing for the grant to participants of equity-based awards.

Plan Administration. The 2012 Omnibus Plan is administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has the authority to, among other things, interpret the 2012 Omnibus Plan, determine eligibility for, grant and determine the terms of awards under the 2012 Omnibus Plan, and to do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the 2012 Omnibus Plan. Our compensation committee’s determinations under the 2012 Omnibus Plan are conclusive and binding.

Authorized Shares. Subject to adjustment, the maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the 2012 Omnibus Plan is . Shares of common stock to be issued under the 2012 Omnibus Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of common stock or previously-issued shares acquired by the Company. Any shares of common stock underlying awards that are settled in cash or otherwise expire, terminate, or are forfeited prior to the issuance of stock will again be available for issuance under the 2012 Omnibus Plan.

Individual Limits. The maximum number of shares for which options may be granted and the maximum number of shares of stock subject to stock appreciation rights which may be granted to any person in any calendar year is shares. The maximum number of shares subject to other awards which may be granted to any person in any calendar year is shares.

Eligibility. Our compensation committee selects participants from among the key employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company and its affiliates who are in a position to make a significant contribution to our success. Eligibility for options intended to be incentive stock options (“ISOs”) is limited to employees of the Company or certain affiliates.

Types of Awards. The 2012 Omnibus Plan provides for grants of options, stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock and stock units, performance awards, cash awards, and other awards convertible into or otherwise based on shares of our stock. Dividend equivalents may also be provided in connection with an award under the 2012 Omnibus Plan.

Vesting. Our compensation committee has the authority to determine the vesting schedule applicable to each award, and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any award.

Termination of Employment. Our compensation committee determines the effect of termination of employment or service on an award. Unless otherwise provided by our compensation committee or in an award agreement, upon a termination of employment all unvested options and other awards requiring exercise will terminate and all other unvested awards will be forfeited.

Performance Criteria. The 2012 Omnibus Plan provides that grants of performance awards are made based upon, and subject to achieving, “performance objectives” over a performance period, which may be one or more periods of not less than 12 months’ duration. Performance objectives with respect to those awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) (“Section 162(m)”) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) are limited to an objectively determinable measure or objectively determinable measures of performance relating to any or any combination of the following (measured either absolutely or by reference to an index or indices and determined either on a consolidated basis or, as the context permits, on a divisional, subsidiary, line of business, project or geographical basis or in combinations thereof): sales; revenues; assets; expenses; earnings before or after deduction for all or any portion of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization or equity expense whether or not on a continuing operations or an aggregate or per share basis; return on equity, investment, capital, capital employed or assets; one or more operating ratios; operating income or profit, including on an after-tax basis; net income; borrowing levels, leverage ratios or credit rating; market share; capital expenditures; cash flow; stock price; stockholder return; sales of particular services; customer acquisition or retention; acquisitions and divestitures (in whole or in part); joint ventures and strategic alliances; spin-offs, split-ups and the like; reorganizations; or recapitalizations, restructurings, financings (issuance of debt or equity) or refinancing.

To the extent consistent with the requirements for satisfying the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m), our compensation committee may provide in the case of any award intended to qualify for such exception that one or more of the performance objectives applicable to an award will be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events (for example, the impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, mergers, acquisitions, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles) occurring during the performance period of such award that affect the applicable performance objectives.

Transferability. Awards under the 2012 Omnibus Plan may not be transferred except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless (for awards other than ISOs) otherwise provided by our compensation committee.

Corporate Transactions. In the event of a consolidation, merger or similar transaction, a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, our compensation committee may, among other things, provide for continuation or assumption of outstanding awards, for new grants in substitution of outstanding awards, for the accelerated vesting or delivery of shares under awards or for a cash-out of outstanding awards, in each case on such terms and with such restrictions as it deems appropriate. Except as our compensation committee may otherwise determine, awards not assumed will terminate upon the consummation of such corporate transaction.

Adjustment. In the event of certain corporate transactions (including a stock dividend, stock split or combination of shares, recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure that constitutes an equity restructuring within the meaning of ASC 718), our compensation committee will make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under and the individual limits included in the 2012 Omnibus Plan, and will also make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to awards, the exercise prices of such awards or any other terms of awards affected by such change. Our compensation committee will also make the types of adjustments described above to take into account distributions and other events other than those listed above if it determines that such adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion and preserve the value of awards.

Amendment and Termination. Our compensation committee will be able to amend the 2012 Omnibus Plan or outstanding awards, or terminate the 2012 Omnibus Plan as to future grants of awards, except that our compensation committee will not be able alter the terms of an award if it would affect materially and adversely a participant’s rights under the award without the participant’s consent (unless expressly provided in the 2012 Omnibus Plan or reserved by our compensation committee). Stockholder approval will be required for any amendment to the extent such approval is required by law, including the Code or applicable stock exchange requirements.

Our named executive officers are each entitled to participate in our annual cash bonus program for fiscal 2012. As with our fiscal 2011 program described above under “—Executive Compensation—Elements of Executive Compensation—Annual Cash Bonus,” 50% of the cash incentive award will be determined based on the achievement of pre-established corporate goals, and 50% will be determined based on a qualitative assessment of each individual’s performance. The corporate performance goal for 2012 under this program is growth in EBITDA. For fiscal 2012, Mr. Lissy and Ms. Tocio each have a target cash incentive award of 120% of base salary, and Ms. Boland has a target cash incentive award of 60% base salary. Each named executive officer can earn more than the full amount of the portion of his or her target award that is based on corporate performance if corporate performance for the year exceeds target and can earn less than the full amount if the target level of performance is not achieved. Each executive officer must remain employed on the last day of the fiscal year in order to receive his or her bonus.

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt the Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. Annual Incentive Plan (the “Annual Plan”). Starting with our 2013 fiscal year, annual award opportunities for executive officers, including our named executive officers, and other

key employees will be granted under the Annual Plan. The following summary describes what we anticipate to be the material terms of the Annual Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the Annual Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Annual Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Administration. The Annual Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has authority to interpret the Annual Plan, and any interpretation or decision by the compensation committee with regard to any questions arising under the Annual Plan will be final and conclusive on all participants.

Eligibility. Executive officers and other key employees of the Company and our subsidiaries will be selected from time to time by the compensation committee to participate in the Annual Plan.

Awards. Award opportunities under the Annual Plan will be granted by our compensation committee prior to, or within a specified period of time following the beginning of, the fiscal year of the Company (or other performance period selected by the compensation committee). The compensation committee will establish the performance criteria applicable to the award, the amount or amounts payable if the performance criteria are achieved, and such other terms and conditions as the compensation committee deems appropriate. The Annual Plan permits the grant of awards that are intended to qualify as exempt performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) as well as awards that are not intended to so qualify. Any awards that are intended to qualify as performance-based compensation will be administered in accordance with the requirements of Section 162(m).

Performance Criteria. Awards under the Annual Plan will be made based on, and subject to achieving, “performance criteria” established by our compensation committee. Performance criteria for awards intended to qualify as performance-based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) are limited to the objectively determinable measures of performance relating to any or any combination of the following (measured either absolutely or by reference to an index or indices or the performance of one or more companies and determined either on a consolidated basis or, as the context permits, on a divisional, subsidiary, line of business, project or geographical basis or in combinations thereof): sales; revenues; assets; expenses; earnings before or after deduction for all or any portion of interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization or equity expense whether or not on a continuing operations or an aggregate or per share basis; return on equity, investment, capital, capital employed or assets; one or more operating ratios; operating income or profit, including on an after-tax basis; net income; borrowing levels, leverage ratios or credit rating; market share; capital expenditures; cash flow; stock price; stockholder return; sales of particular services; customer acquisition or retention; acquisitions and divestitures (in whole or in part); joint ventures and strategic alliances; spin-offs, split-ups and the like; reorganizations; or recapitalizations, restructurings, financings (issuance of debt or equity) or refinancings.

To the extent consistent with the requirements of Section 162(m), the compensation committee may establish that in the case of any award intended to qualify as exempt performance-based compensation under Section 162(m), that one or more of the performance criteria applicable to such award be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events (for example, the impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, mergers, acquisitions, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax on accounting changes, each as defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles) occurring during the performance period of such award that affect the applicable performance criteria.

Payment. A participant will be entitled to payment under an award only if all conditions to payment have been satisfied in accordance with the Annual Plan and the terms of the award. Following the close of the performance period, our compensation committee will determine (and, to the extent required by Section 162(m), certify) whether and to what extent the applicable performance criteria

have been satisfied. Our compensation committee will then determine the actual payment, if any, under each award. Our compensation committee has the sole and absolute discretion to reduce (including to zero) the actual payment to be made under any award. Our compensation committee will determine the payment dates for awards under the Annual Plan. Our compensation committee may permit a participant to defer payment of an award.

Payment Limits. The maximum payment to any participant under the Annual Plan in any fiscal year will in no event exceed $ million.

Recovery of Compensation. Awards under the Annual Plan will be subject to forfeiture, termination and rescission, and a participant who receives a payment pursuant to the Annual Plan will be obligated to return to the Company such payment, to the extent provided by our compensation committee in an award agreement, pursuant to Company policy relating to the recovery of erroneously-paid incentive compensation, or as otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange listing standards.

Amendment and Termination. Our compensation committee may amend the Annual Plan at any time, provided that any amendment will be approved by the Company’s stockholders if required by Section 162(m). Our compensation committee may terminate the Annual Plan at any time.

In 2008, in connection with our going private transaction we entered into a stockholders agreement and a registration rights agreement with certain of the stockholders of the Company. These agreements contained provisions relating to election of directors, participation rights, restrictions on transfer of shares, tag along rights, drag along rights, a call right exercisable by us upon departure of a manager, a right of first offer upon disposition of shares, registration rights and other actions requiring the approval of stockholders. In addition, we entered into a management agreement with an affiliate of the Sponsor for the provision of certain consulting and management advisory services to us.

In connection with our going private transaction, we entered into a stockholders agreement with the Sponsor and certain other investors, stockholders and executive officers. In connection with the consummation of this offering, the provisions of the stockholders agreement, other than those relating to lock-up obligations in connection with registered offerings of our securities, will terminate in accordance with the terms of the stockholders agreement, and the agreement will be amended and restated to eliminate the terminated provisions. Our amended and restated stockholders agreement obligates the stockholders parties thereto, subject to the limited exceptions described in the amended and restated stockholders agreement, to enter into customary lock-up agreements with the underwriters in the event of underwritten public offerings of our shares of common stock.

In connection with our going private transaction, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Sponsor and certain other stockholders. In connection with the consummation of this offering, the registration rights agreement will be amended, effective upon the closing of this offering. The registration rights agreement, as amended, will provide the Sponsor with certain demand registration rights following the expiration of the 180-day lockup period in respect of the shares of our common stock held by them. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the consummation of this offering, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the Sponsor and the other stockholders party to the agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to certain limitations, the Sponsor and such holders will have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to require us to include shares of common stock held by them in such registration. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares by the Sponsor or other holders described above.

The registration rights agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of any person who is or might be deemed a controlling person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act and related parties against liabilities under the Securities Act incurred in connection with the registration of any of our debt or equity securities. These provisions provide indemnification against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and certain liabilities resulting from violations of other applicable laws in connection with any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registrations. We have agreed to reimburse such persons for any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such liability, action or proceeding, except that we will not be required to indemnify any such person or reimburse related legal or other expenses if such loss or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information provided by such person.

In connection with the going private transaction, we entered into a management agreement with Bain Capital Partners, LLC pursuant to which Bain Capital Partners, LLC provides us with certain consulting and management advisory services. In exchange for these services, we pay an aggregate annual management fee equal to $2.5 million, and we reimburse Bain Capital Partners, LLC for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it, its members, or its affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the management agreement. In 2009, such reimbursements totaled approximately $60,000; in 2010, such reimbursements totaled approximately $22,000; in 2011, such reimbursements totaled approximately $14,000, and for the nine months ended September 30, 2012, such reimbursements totaled approximately $2,000. In addition, Bain Capital Partners, LLC is entitled to a transaction fee in connection with any financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction equal to 1% of the gross transaction value, including assumed liabilities, for such transaction. Bain Capital Partners, LLC has not received any transaction fees under the management agreement in 2009, 2010 or 2011 or in the nine months ended September 30, 2012 and in connection with the termination of the management agreement, Bain Capital Partners, LLC will waive any right to receive a transaction fee under the management agreement in connection with this offering but will receive the termination payment described below.

The management agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of Bain Capital Partners and its affiliates. The management agreement may be terminated by Bain Capital Partners, LLC at any time and will terminate immediately prior to an initial public offering or a change of control, in any such case unless Bain Capital Partners, LLC determines otherwise. In connection with this offering, the management agreement will be terminated in exchange for a payment to Bain Capital Partners, LLC of approximately $7.5 million. The indemnification and exculpation provisions in favor of Bain Capital Partners, LLC and its affiliates will survive such termination.

We and our subsidiaries have debt outstanding under the senior credit facilities, the senior notes, the senior subordinated notes and other debt facilities.

On May 28, 2008, Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC entered into the $440.0 million senior credit facilities with General Electric Capital Corporation as administrative agent, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P. as syndication agent, and the other lenders party thereto. On July 14, 2011, we amended the senior credit facilities in order to permit the acquisition of a majority equity interest in a child care company in the Netherlands and a subsequent follow-on acquisition of the remaining minority equity interests and to make certain other related changes. On May 23, 2012, we further amended the senior credit facilities to permit the Casterbridge acquisition, to increase the size of the uncommitted incremental facility provided under the agreement by an additional $35.0 million to $85.0 million, to eliminate the mandatory prepayment provision relating to the issuance of equity interests and to make other changes to certain other covenants, and we borrowed the full amount available under the incremental facility under the senior credit facilities as new Series C new term loans. As of June 30, 2012, the senior credit facilities consist of a $75.0 million revolving credit facility, $85.0 million Series C new term loans, of which, $84.8 million remain outstanding and $365.0 million Tranche B term loans, of which, $346.1 million remain outstanding.

Borrowings under the senior credit facilities bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus half of 1% or (b) the prime rate quoted in the Wall Street Journal, or (2) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs; provided that, in the case of Series C new term loans, the base rate may not be lower than 2.00% and LIBOR may not be lower than 1.00%. The applicable margin under the Tranche B term loan facility is 3.00% for loans based upon the base rate and 4.00% for loans based upon the LIBOR rate. The applicable margin under the revolving credit facility ranges from 2.00% to 2.50% for loans based upon the base rate and ranges from 3.00% to 3.50% for loans based upon the LIBOR rate, in each case based upon on specified leverage ratios. The applicable margin under the Series C new term loan facility is 3.25% for loans based upon the base rate and 4.25% for loans based upon the LIBOR rate.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior credit facilities, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate that ranges from 0.375% to 0.50% per annum based upon on specified leverage ratios. We also pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

The credit agreement governing the senior credit facilities requires us to prepay outstanding loans, subject to certain exceptions, with: (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of certain indebtedness by us or our subsidiaries other than indebtedness permitted under the senior credit facilities, (2) commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008, 50% (which percentage is reduced to 25% if our total leverage ratio is less than 4.00 to 1.00) of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement governing the senior credit facilities), (3) 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of assets by us or our subsidiaries, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions and 50% of the net cash

proceeds of sale-leaseback transactions with respect to property acquired in the Casterbridge acquisition and (4) 100% of net cash proceeds received under any casualty insurance policies or as a result of the taking of any of our assets by eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise (or pursuant to a sale of such assets under threat of such taking), subject to reinvestment rights.

In general, the mandatory prepayments described above are applied to prepay the Tranche B term loans and the Series C new term loans on a pro rata basis in direct order of maturity, provided that at our election we may apply prepayments solely to prepay the Tranche B term loan facility.

We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior credit facilities at any time subject to customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans and a prepayment premium on the Series C new term loans equal to 1% in connection with a refinancing of all or a portion of the Series C new term loans prior to May 23, 2013 with loans bearing a lower effective interest cost or weighted average yield or a similar repricing transaction.

The Tranche B term loan facility amortizes each year in an amount equal to 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments for the first six and three quarter years, with the balance payable on May 28, 2015. The Series C new term loans amortize each year in an amount equal to 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments for the first four and three quarter years, with the balance payable on May 23, 2017. The principal amount outstanding of the loans under the revolving credit facility becomes due and payable on May 28, 2014.

The senior credit facilities are guaranteed by Bright Horizons Capital Corp., which we refer to as “Holdings,” as well as all of Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC’s direct and indirect wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, and are required to be guaranteed by certain of Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC’s future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries. All obligations under the senior credit facilities and the guarantees of those obligations, subject to certain exceptions are secured by: (1) substantially all of the assets of Holdings, Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and the subsidiary guarantors, including a first-priority pledge of 100% of certain of the capital stock or equity interests held by Holdings, Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC or any subsidiary guarantor (which pledge, in the case of the stock of any foreign subsidiary and the equity interests of certain U.S. subsidiaries that hold capital stock of foreign subsidiaries and are disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes is limited to 65% of the voting stock or equity interests of such subsidiary), in each case excluding any equity interests in any person to the extent such a pledge would violate the governing documents thereof and certain other exceptions; and (2) a first-priority security interest in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of Holdings, Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC and each subsidiary guarantor.

The senior credit facilities contain a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of us and our subsidiaries to:

In addition, the credit agreement governing the senior credit facilities requires us and our subsidiaries to comply on a quarterly basis with the following financial covenants, each of which becomes more restrictive over time:

The credit agreement governing the senior credit facilities contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

This summary describes the material provisions of the senior credit facilities but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the credit agreement governing the senior credit facilities, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

On May 28, 2008, Bright Horizons Capital Corp., our wholly-owned direct subsidiary, issued $110.0 million face amount of 13.0% senior notes that mature on November 28, 2018, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “senior notes.” On July 14, 2011, we entered into a supplemental indenture to the indenture governing the senior notes in order to permit the acquisition of a majority equity interest in a child care company in the Netherlands and a subsequent follow-on acquisition of the remaining minority equity interests and to make certain other related changes. Interest on the outstanding senior notes is payable quarterly at a rate of 13.0% in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. On each interest payment date on or before May 28, 2013, Bright Horizons Capital Corp. may elect to pay such interest in cash or for such interest to be added to principal. The outstanding senior notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries.

The indenture governing the outstanding senior notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:

The senior notes were originally issued in a private placement. After the occurrence of certain trigger events, including the completion of an initial public offering of the Company, we have agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC, upon demand by the noteholders to permit either the exchange of the original notes for registered notes having substantially the same terms, or the registered resale of the original notes. The exchange of notes or registration covering resales of the original notes must be completed within certain time periods or additional interest may accrue, not to exceed 1.0% per annum.

We may redeem the outstanding senior notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, if redeemed on or after any of the dates below until the subsequent date below:

We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering to redeem all of the outstanding senior notes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

If we experience certain kinds of changes in control, we must offer to purchase the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

If Bright Horizons Capital Corp. or its restricted subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, Bright Horizons Capital Corp. generally must either invest the net cash proceeds from such sales in its business within a period of time, prepay certain debt or, when the excess proceeds from such asset sales exceeds $15.0 million, make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the outstanding senior notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds, subject to certain exceptions. The purchase price of the outstanding senior notes will be 100% of their principal amount, plus any accrued and unpaid interest.

This summary describes the material provisions of the senior notes but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the indenture governing these senior notes, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

On May 28, 2008, Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, our wholly-owned indirect subsidiary, issued $300.0 million face amount of 11.5% senior subordinated notes that mature on May 28, 2018, which we refer to in this prospectus as the “senior subordinated notes.” On July 14, 2011, we entered into a supplemental indenture to the indenture governing the senior subordinated notes in order to permit the acquisition of a majority equity interest in a child care company in the Netherlands, a subsequent follow-on acquisition of the remaining minority equity interests and to make certain other related changes. Interest on the outstanding senior subordinated notes is payable quarterly at a rate of

11.5% in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. The outstanding senior subordinated notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured subordinated basis by Bright Horizons Capital Corp. and all of Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC’s existing and subsequently acquired or organized restricted subsidiaries that guarantee our senior credit facilities or certain other indebtedness of Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC or any guarantor.

The indenture governing the outstanding senior subordinated notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to:

The senior subordinated notes were originally issued in a private placement. After the occurrence of certain trigger events, including the completion of an initial public offering of the Company, we have agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC, upon demand by the noteholders, to permit either the exchange of the original notes for registered notes having substantially the same terms, or the registered resale of the original notes. The exchange of notes or registration covering resales of the original notes must be completed within certain time periods or additional interest may accrue, not to exceed 1% per annum.

We may redeem the outstanding senior subordinated notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of senior subordinated notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, if redeemed on or after any of the dates below until the subsequent date below:

Prior to May 28, 2013, we may redeem our senior subordinated notes, in whole or in part, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus a “make-whole” premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

If we experience certain kinds of changes in control, we must offer to purchase the outstanding senior subordinated notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

If Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC or its restricted subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC generally must either invest the net cash proceeds from such sales in its business within a period of time, prepay certain debt or, when the excess proceeds from such asset sales exceeds $15.0 million, make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the outstanding senior subordinated notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds, subject to certain exceptions. The purchase price of the outstanding senior subordinated notes will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

This summary describes the material provisions of the senior subordinated notes but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the indenture governing these senior subordinated notes, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Where You Can Find More Information.”

Our majority-owned subsidiary in the Netherlands, which we acquired in 2011, maintains a revolving credit facility with ABN AMRO Bank N.V., based in the Netherlands, consisting of a €1.0 million general facility to support working capital and letter of credit requirements, and a €2.0 million current account facility to support the construction and fit out of new child care centers. The current account facility is secured by a right of offset against all accounts we maintain at the lending bank and by an additional pledge of certain equipment. At June 30, 2012, there were no amounts outstanding under the facility.

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of , 2012 by (i) such persons known to us to be beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each of our directors and named executive officers, and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Prior to this offering, our stockholders agreement provided that significant corporate decisions, including the election of directors, were required to be taken in accordance with the direction of investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor. In connection with this offering, many of these provisions of the stockholders agreement will terminate. See “Related Party Transactions.”

Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each listed director, officer and stockholder is c/o Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., 200 Talcott Avenue South, Watertown, Massachusetts 02472. Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting or investment power and any shares as to which the individual or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after , 2012 through the exercise of any option, warrant or other right. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, shares of common stock issuable pursuant to options exercisable within 60 days after , 2012 are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group. The inclusion in the following table of those shares, however, does not constitute an admission that the named stockholder is a direct or indirect beneficial owner. To our knowledge, except under applicable community property laws or as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment control with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned. For more information regarding the terms of our common stock, see “Description of Capital Stock.” For more information regarding our relationship with certain of the persons named below, see “Related Party Transactions.”

The numbers listed below are based on shares of our common stock outstanding as of , 2012 after giving effect to the reclassification as if it had occurred on that date. As of October 1, 2012, prior to giving effect to the reclassification, we had outstanding 11,946,135 shares of Class A common stock and 1,327,115 shares of Class L common stock. The actual number of shares of common stock to be issued to each holder of Class L common stock in the reclassification is subject to change based on any changes to the initial public offering price or the date of this offering. See “The Reclassification.”

Upon the closing of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and shares of undesignated preferred stock. As of June 30, 2012, before giving effect to the reclassification, we had outstanding 11,946,135 shares of Class A common stock and 1,327,115 shares of Class L common stock. In connection with the reclassification, all of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class L common stock was reclassified into shares of common stock. See “The Reclassification.” As of June 30, 2012, we had 24 stockholders of record of Class A common stock and 23 stockholders of record of Class L common stock and had outstanding options to purchase 1,147,419 shares of Class A common stock and 127,491 shares of Class L common stock which options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $5.96 per share of Class A common stock $496.36 per share of Class L common stock.

After giving effect to this offering, we will have shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following summary describes all material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of our company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors. These provisions include a classified board of directors, elimination of stockholder action by written consents (except in limited circumstances), elimination of the ability of stockholders to call special meetings (except in limited circumstances), advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals and supermajority vote requirements for amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

Voting Rights. Each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.

Preemptive Rights. Our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

Conversion or Redemption Rights. Our common stock will be neither convertible nor redeemable.

Liquidation Rights. Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our board of directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the board of directors.

Classified Board. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have ten members.

Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. Our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the date that investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares, at the request of holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

Removal of Directors. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding

shares of capital stock, voting together as a single class. This requirement of a supermajority vote to remove directors could enable a minority of our stockholders to prevent a change in the composition of our board.

Advance Notice Procedures. Our by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the by-laws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the by-laws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

Super Majority Approval Requirements. The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws requires a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the total votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions once investment funds affiliated with the Sponsor cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

Authorized but Unissued Shares. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders. We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that our Sponsor, certain of its transferees, and its affiliates will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy of the Company in the business opportunities of the Sponsor and of its officers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to a director or officer of the Company in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company.

Our restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering and expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers. We expect to increase our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage prior to the completion of this offering.

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Wells Fargo Shareowner Services^SM. Its address is Shareowner Services, PO Box 64874, St. Paul, MN 55164-0854. Its telephone number is 1-800-401-1957.

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately shares of common stock. In addition, options and warrants to purchase an aggregate of approximately shares of our common stock will be outstanding as of the closing of this offering. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding shares of common stock will be deemed restricted securities, as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which we summarize below. All of these shares will be subject to lock-up agreements described below.

Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below, and assuming Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. do not release stockholders from these agreements, the following shares will be eligible for sale in the public market at the following times, subject to the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701:

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

Approximately shares of our common stock that are not subject to the lock-up agreements described above will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 immediately upon the closing of this offering.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, in the case of affiliates, without having to comply with the holding period requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice filing requirements of Rule 144.

Our officers, directors and other stockholders owning an aggregate of shares of our common stock will be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock held by them for 180 days, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up agreements.

Immediately after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for future issuance under our Amended and Restated 2008 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2012 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan. This registration statement would cover approximately shares. Shares registered under the registration statement will generally be available for sale in the open market after the 180-day lock-up period immediately following the date of this prospectus (as such period may be extended in certain circumstances).

Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances, holders of shares of our common stock will be entitled to the rights described under “Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreement.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration.

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (defined below). This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relevant to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This summary assumes that shares of our common stock are held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that might be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax considerations that may be relevant to particular persons (including, for example, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, certain U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, pension plans, “controlled foreign corporations”, “passive foreign investment companies”, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment, persons that have a “functional currency” other than the U.S. dollar, or holders subject to the alternative minimum or the unearned income Medicare contribution tax). In addition, except as explicitly addressed herein with respect to estate tax, this summary does not address estate and gift tax considerations or considerations under the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction.

For purposes of this summary, a “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not classified as a partnership and is not:

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of persons treated as its partners for U.S. federal income tax purposes will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and other entities that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons holding our common stock through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE TAX ADVICE. NON-U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAXATION, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAXATION AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce the holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock.” Any such distribution would also be subject to the discussion below under the section titled “—Additional Withholding and Reporting Requirements.”

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless such Non-U.S. Holder provides us or our agent, as the case may be, with the appropriate IRS Form W-8, such as:

The certification requirement described above must be provided to us or our agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. The certification also may require a Non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS form or that claims treaty benefits to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number. Special certification and other requirements apply in the case of certain Non-U.S. Holders that hold shares of our common stock through intermediaries or are pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Each Non-U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor about the specific methods for satisfying these requirements. A claim for exemption will not be valid if the person receiving the applicable form has actual knowledge or reason to know that the statements on the form are false.

If dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of a Non-U.S. Holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax described above (provided that the certifications described above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States. In addition, if a Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (unless reduced by an applicable income treaty) of its earnings and profits in respect of such effectively connected dividend income.

Non-U.S. Holders that do not timely provide us or our agent with the required certification, but which are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Subject to the discussion below under the section titled “—Additional Withholding and Reporting Requirements”, in general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless (i) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, (ii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation”, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code (a “USRPHC”), at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in the shares of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met, or (iii) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States).

If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition. If the third exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect to any earnings and profits attributable to such gain at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty).

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, we believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we became a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as USRPHC so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs and such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition and the holder’s holding period. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

Legislation enacted in March 2010 (commonly referred to as “FATCA”) generally will impose U.S. federal withholding at a rate of 30% on payments to certain non-U.S. entities (including certain intermediaries) of dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless such persons comply with a complicated U.S. information reporting, disclosure and certification regime. This new regime requires, among other things, a broad class of persons to enter into agreements with the IRS to obtain disclose and report information about their investors and account

holders. This new regime and its requirements are different from and in addition to the certification requirements described elsewhere in this discussion. As currently proposed, the FATCA withholding rules would apply to dividend payments on our common stock, if any, paid after December 31, 2013, and to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock that occurs after December 31, 2014.

Although administrative guidance and proposed regulations have been issued, regulations implementing the new FATCA regime have not yet been finalized and the exact scope of these rules remains unclear and potentially subject to material changes. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible impact of these rules on their investment in our common stock, and the entities through which they hold our common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of this 30% withholding tax under FATCA.

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to the holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to the distributions. Non-U.S. Holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28% and scheduled to increase to 31% for taxable years 2013 and thereafter, with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to Non-U.S. Holders subject to the U.S. withholding tax, as described above under the section titled “—Distributions on Our Common Stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a Non-U.S. Holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or, in which the Non-U.S. Holder is incorporated, under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder can be refunded or credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Common stock owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a citizen or a resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes unless an applicable estate or other tax treaty provides otherwise, and therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Barclays Capital Inc. are the representatives of the underwriters.

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional shares from us to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The company and its officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of the representatives. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to % of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees and certain other persons who are otherwise associated with us through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

We intend to apply to list the common stock on the under the symbol “ ”. In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the , the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 400 beneficial holders.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize,

maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on a stock exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

We estimate that our total expenses for this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ .

The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;

(c) to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has

agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

An affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co. will receive all or a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. See “Conflict of Interest.”

Certain of the underwriters have historically been customers of ours, and the underwriters may engage in transactions with us in the ordinary course of our business.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the Issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Certain affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., an underwriter in this offering, beneficially own all of our 11.5% senior subordinated notes due 2018 and our 13.0% senior notes due 2018. We intend to use all or a portion of the net proceeds of this offering to redeem the entire outstanding principal amount of the 13.0% senior notes due 2018 and to pay accrued interest thereon. See “Use of Proceeds.” As a result, certain affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co. will receive all or a substantial portion of the net proceeds of this offering. Accordingly, this offering will be made in compliance with the applicable provisions of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter” meeting certain standards participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC has agreed to act as a “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 in connection with this offering. Goldman, Sachs & Co. will not confirm sales of the shares to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority without the prior written approval of the customer.

The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Some attorneys of Ropes & Gray LLP are members in RGIP, LLC, which is a direct investor in Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. and is also an investor in certain investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC. RGIP, LLC directly and indirectly owns less than 1% of our common stock. The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon on behalf of the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.

The financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement. Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The consolidated financial statements of Huntyard Limited as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the years then ended included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the reports of BDO LLP, United Kingdom, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part thereof. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive (loss) income, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011

Organization—Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (“Bright Horizons” or the “Company”) provides workplace services for employers and families throughout the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada, the United Kingdom, Ireland, the Netherlands, and India. Workplace services include center-based child care, education and enrichment programs, elementary school education, back-up dependent care (for children and elders), before and after school care, college preparation and admissions counseling, tuition reimbursement program management, and other family support services.

The Company operates its child care and early education centers under various types of arrangements, which generally can be classified into two categories: (i) the management or cost plus (“Cost Plus”) model, where Bright Horizons manages a work-site child care and early education center under a cost-plus arrangement with an employer sponsor, and (ii) the profit and loss (P&L) model, where the Company assumes the financial risk of the child care and early education center’s operations. The P&L model may be operated under either (a) the sponsored model, where Bright Horizons provides child care and early educational services on a priority enrollment basis for employees of an employer sponsor, or (b) the lease/consortium model, where the Company provides priority child care and early education to the employees of multiple employers located within a real estate developer’s property or the community at large. Under each model type the Company retains responsibility for all aspects of operating the child care and early education center, including the hiring and paying of employees, contracting with vendors, purchasing supplies, and collecting tuition and related accounts receivable.

Basis of Presentation—On May 28, 2008, Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc. (the “Predecessor”) completed a transaction (the “Merger”) with affiliates of Bain Capital Partners, LLC (“Bain”), pursuant to which a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bain was merged with and into the Predecessor, which converted to a single member limited liability corporation (LLC), Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, and continued as the surviving corporation. Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Bright Horizons Capital Corp., which is in turn a wholly- owned subsidiary of Bright Horizons Solutions Corp., a subsidiary controlled by affiliates of Bain. In July 2012, Bright Horizons Solutions Corp. changed its name to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.

As part of the Merger, a new basis of accounting was established and the purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values.

Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Interim Financial Statements—The consolidated financial statements and related notes as of June 30, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements. In the opinion of the Company’s management, the accompanying unaudited interim consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments which are necessary to present fairly its financial position at June 30, 2012, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012. Such adjustments are of a normal and

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

recurring nature. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2012 are not indicative of the results for the year ended December 31, 2012, or for any future period.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s significant accounting policies in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements relate to revenue recognition, goodwill and other intangibles and common stock valuation and stock-based compensation. Actual results may differ from management’s estimates.

Foreign Operations—The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is their local currency. The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. The cumulative translation effect for subsidiaries using a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar is included in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

The Company’s intercompany accounts are denominated in the functional currency of the foreign subsidiary. Gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of intercompany receivables that the Company considers to be of a long-term investment nature are recorded as a cumulative translation adjustment in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss as a separate component of stockholders’ equity, while gains and losses resulting from the remeasurement of intercompany receivables from those foreign subsidiaries for which the Company anticipates settlement in the foreseeable future are recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. The net gains and losses recorded in the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 were not significant. The Company recorded net foreign currency gains of $0.8 million in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 as a result of the settlement of an intercompany note during the year.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The Company estimates fair value for certain assets and liabilities and categorizes them based upon the level of judgment associated with the inputs used to measure their fair value and the level of market price observability.

The Company also develops internal estimates of fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability has significantly decreased or in those circumstances that indicate when a transaction is not orderly.

Financial instruments measured and reported at fair value are classified in one of the following categories:

Level 1—Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical investments as of the reporting date.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs and significant value drivers are observable in active markets.

Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs or significant value drivers are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available. The Company considers relevant and observable market prices in its valuations where possible.

Valuation policies and procedures are managed by the Company’s finance group. Fair value measurements, including those categorized as Level 3, are prepared and reviewed at each reporting period.

The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and short and long-term debt. The fair value of the Company’s financial instruments, with the exception of long-term debt, approximates the carrying value due to their short-term nature. The following table shows the carrying value and the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt at December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012 (in millions):

The fair value of the Company’s long-term debt was based on quoted market prices when available. When quoted market prices were not available, the fair value of long-term debt was based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instruments being valued, or was estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The Company based its determination of fair value on quoted market prices for the Company’s Tranche B and Series C term loans, which are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. The Company based its determination of fair value on current incremental borrowing rates for similar debt for the senior notes and senior subordinated notes, which are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Significant increases/decreases in yields and borrowing rates could result in significantly higher (lower) fair value measurements.

The Company’s interest rate cap for its Tranche B term loans is carried at fair value and is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. At December 31, 2010 and 2011, and June 30, 2012, the interest rate cap was valued at $0.7 million, $0.1 million, and $4,000 respectively. The fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap is based on model-derived valuations that use observable inputs and market data, which are classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Gains and losses associated with changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap are included in interest expense on the consolidated statements of operations.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.

See Note 9, “Credit Arrangements and Debt Obligations”, for additional information regarding long-term debt and the interest rate cap.

The Company’s policy with respect to transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy is to recognize transfers into and out of each level as of the end of the reporting period. There have been no transfers between levels during the years ending December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011 or for the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Concentrations of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially expose the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist mainly of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. The Company mitigates its exposure by maintaining its cash and cash equivalents in financial institutions of high credit standing. The Company’s accounts receivable, which are derived primarily from the services it provides, are dispersed across many clients in various industries with no single client accounting for more than 10% of the Company’s net revenue or accounts receivable. The Company believes that no significant credit risk exists at December 31, 2010 and 2011 or June 30, 2012.

Cash Equivalents—The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities when purchased of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of institutional money market accounts.

The Company’s cash management system provides for the funding of the main bank disbursement accounts on a daily basis as checks are presented for payment. Under this system, outstanding checks may be in excess of the cash balances at certain banks, creating book overdrafts. There were no book overdrafts at December 31, 2010 and 2011. Book overdrafts of $3.9 million are included in accounts payable at June 30, 2012.

Accounts Receivable—The Company generates accounts receivable from fees charged to parents and client sponsors and, to a lesser degree, government agencies. The Company monitors collections and payments from these customers and maintains a provision for estimated losses based on historical trends, in addition to provisions established for specific customer collection issues that have been identified. Accounts receivable are stated net of this allowance for doubtful accounts.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

Fixed Assets—Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation or amortization. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or their estimated useful lives. The cost and accumulated depreciation of assets sold or otherwise disposed of are removed from the consolidated balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations.

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, whereas expenditures for improvements and replacements are capitalized.

Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not subject to amortization, but are tested annually for impairment or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. The Company tests goodwill for impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit, determined by estimating the present value of expected future cash flows, to its carrying value. The Company performs its annual impairment test as of December 31. The first step of the goodwill impairment test compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, the goodwill of the reporting unit is considered not impaired. If the carrying amount of the Company’s reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second step of the goodwill impairment test, used to measure the amount of impairment loss, compares the implied fair value of the affected reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying value of that goodwill. No goodwill impairment losses were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, or 2011.

We test certain trademarks, that are included in our indefinite-lived intangible assets, by comparing the fair value of the trademarks with the carrying value of the trademarks. We estimate the fair value first by estimating the total revenue attributable to the trademarks and then by applying a royalty rate determined by an analysis of empirical, market-derived royalty rates for guideline intangible assets, consistent with the initial valuation and then comparing the estimated fair value of our trademarks with the carrying value. Impairment losses of $0.4 million were recorded in the year ended December 31, 2011 and in the six months ended June 30, 2012 in relation to certain trade names with indefinite lives. No impairment losses were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 in relation to intangible assets.

Intangible assets that are separable from goodwill and have determinable useful lives are valued separately and are amortized over the estimated period benefited, ranging from four to seventeen years. Intangible assets related to parent relationships are amortized using the double declining balance method over their useful lives. All other intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis over their useful lives.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—The Company reviews long-lived assets for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. Impairment is assessed by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows over the asset’s remaining life. If the estimated cash flows are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recognized to reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value less any disposal costs. The Company recorded fixed asset impairment losses of $0.1 million, $0.1 million and $0.8 million in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The Company recorded fixed asset impairment losses of $0.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Deferred Revenue—The Company records deferred revenue for prepaid tuition and management fees and amounts received from consulting or development projects in advance of services being performed. The Company is also party to agreements where the performance of services extends beyond the current operating cycle. In these circumstances, the Company records a long-term obligation and recognizes revenue over the period of the agreement as the services are rendered.

Leases and Accrued Rent—The Company leases space for certain of its centers and corporate offices. Leases are evaluated and classified as operating or capital for financial reporting purposes. The Company recognizes rent expense from operating leases with periods of free rent and scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the applicable lease term. The difference between rents paid and straight-line rent expense is recorded as accrued rent.

Discount on Long-Term Debt—Original issue discounts on the Company’s debt are recorded as a reduction of long-term debt and are amortized over the life of the related debt instrument in accordance with the effective interest method. Amortization expense is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Deferred Financing Costs—Deferred financing costs are recorded as a reduction of long-term debt and are amortized over the life of the related debt instrument in accordance with the effective interest method. Amortization of this expense is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Other Long-Term Liabilities—Other long-term liabilities consist primarily of amounts payable to clients, pursuant to terms of operating agreements or for deposits held by the Company, and obligations for uncertain tax positions.

Income Taxes—The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Under the asset and liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and for tax carryforwards, such as net operating losses. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in the provision for income taxes in the period that includes the enactment date. The

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

Company records a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying amount of deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that such asset will not be realized. Additional income tax expense is recognized as a result of recording valuation allowances. The Company does not recognize a tax benefit on losses in foreign operations where it does not have a history of profitability. The Company records penalties and interest on income tax related items as a component of tax expense.

Obligations for uncertain tax positions are recorded based on an assessment of whether the position is more likely than not to be sustained by the taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

Noncontrolling Interest—The Company recorded the redeemable noncontrolling interest from its acquisition of a 63% ownership interest of a company in the Netherlands at fair value at the date of acquisition. In connection with this acquisition, the Company entered into put and call option agreements with the minority shareholders for the purchase of the noncontrolling interest at a future date at a value based on a contractually determined formula. As a result of the option agreements, the noncontrolling interest is considered redeemable and is classified as temporary equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

The noncontrolling interest is reviewed at each subsequent reporting period and adjusted, as needed, to reflect its then redemption value.

Revenue Recognition—The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the fee is fixed and determinable, and collectability is reasonably assured.

Center-based care revenues consist primarily of tuition, which is comprised of amounts paid by parents, supplemented in some cases by payments from sponsors and, to a lesser extent, by payments from government agencies. Revenue may also include management fees, operating subsidies paid either in lieu of or to supplement parent tuition, and fees for other services. Revenue for center-based care is recognized as the services are performed.

The Company enters into contracts with its employer sponsors to manage and operate their child care and early education centers and/or for the provision of back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services under various terms. The Company’s contracts to operate child care and early education centers are generally three to ten years in length with varying renewal options. The Company’s contracts for back-up dependent care and other educational advisory services are generally one to three years in length with varying renewal options. Revenue for these services are recognized as they are performed.

Common Stock Valuation and Stock-Based Compensation—The Company accounts for stock-based compensation using a fair value method. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the grant-date fair value of the awards that are expected to vest. This expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which generally represents the vesting period, of each separately vesting tranche. The Company calculates the fair value of stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The key assumption in determining the fair value of stock-based awards on the date of grant is the fair value of the underlying Class L and Class A shares of common stock (collectively referred to herein as “common stock”). The fair value of the underlying common stock is determined using valuation models that rely primarily on a discounted cash flow approach to determine the enterprise value and the probability weighted expected return method to allocate the value of the invested capital to the two classes of stock.

Comprehensive (Loss) Income—Comprehensive (loss) income is comprised of net (loss) income and foreign currency translation adjustments, and is reported in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income net of taxes for all periods presented. The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the portion of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that is intended to be permanently reinvested. Therefore, taxes are not provided for the related currency translation adjustments.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share—Net earnings (loss) per share is calculated using the two-class method, which is an earnings allocation formula that determines net income (loss) per share for the holders of the Company’s Class A and Class L shares. The Class L shares contain participation rights in any dividend paid by the Company or upon liquidation of the Company. Net income available to Class A common shareholders includes the effects of any Class L preference amounts. Net income available to shareholders is allocated on a pro rata basis to each share as if all of the earnings for the period had been distributed. Diluted net income (loss) per share is calculated using the treasury stock method for all outstanding stock options and the as-converted method for the Class L shares.

Subsequent Events—We have considered the impact of subsequent events through the issuance date of these financial statements.

As part of the Company’s growth strategy to expand through strategic acquisitions, the Company has made the following acquisitions in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and in the six months ended June 30, 2012.

In April 2009, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of Bupa Childcare Provision Ltd, which operated 32 centers in the United Kingdom. In August 2009, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of two child care and early education centers in the United States. The aggregate cash consideration for the acquisitions was $20.7 million. The purchase price for these acquisitions has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition.

The Company acquired total tangible assets of $17.5 million, including cash of $1.7 million and fixed assets of $14.4 million, and assumed liabilities of $2.5 million. In conjunction with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $3.8 million, other intangible assets of $2.6 million consisting of customer relationships and trade names, and deferred tax liabilities of $0.7 million for intangible assets subject to amortization that are not deductible for tax purposes. The identified intangible assets will be amortized over five years.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The fair value of the assets acquired in the year ended December 31, 2009 is as follows (in thousands):

In 2009, the Company received $1.2 million relating to the settlement of escrows for the 2008 purchase of Work Options Group, Inc., reducing the initial consideration and cash paid for the acquisition.

The operating results of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the respective dates of acquisition. The goodwill associated with the asset acquisitions in the United States is deductible for tax purposes. The Company incurred deal costs of $0.6 million related to these acquisitions, which have been expensed and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

In November 2010, the Company acquired all of the outstanding stock of a child care and early education center in the United States. In December 2010, the Company acquired the assets of a child care and early education center in the United Kingdom and of a provider of tuition management solutions in the United States, which complements the Company’s educational advisory services. The aggregate cash consideration for the acquisitions was $7.1 million. The purchase price for these acquisitions has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition.

The Company acquired total tangible assets of $1.3 million and assumed liabilities of $0.5 million. In conjunction with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $5.4 million and other intangible assets of $0.9 million, consisting of customer relationships and trade names. The identified intangible assets will be amortized over periods of four to nine years. The acquired intangible assets include trade names of $0.2 million that were determined to have indefinite lives.

The fair value of the assets acquired in business combinations in the year ended December 31, 2010 is as follows (in thousands):

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The operating results of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the respective dates of acquisition. The goodwill associated with the asset acquisitions in the United States and the United Kingdom is deductible for tax purposes. The Company incurred deal costs of $0.1 million related to these acquisitions, which have been expensed and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations.

In March 2011, the Company acquired the assets of 20 child care and early education centers in the United States. Additionally, the Company acquired the assets of a child care and early education center in the United States in November 2011 and of a child care and early education center in the United Kingdom in December 2011. The aggregate cash consideration for the acquisitions was $27.6 million. The purchase price for these acquisitions has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition.

The Company acquired total tangible assets of $2.2 million and assumed liabilities of $0.8 million. In conjunction with these acquisitions, the Company recorded goodwill of $23.4 million and other intangible assets of $2.8 million, consisting primarily of customer relationships. The identified intangible assets will be amortized over periods of five to nine years.

In July 2011, the Company acquired 63% of a company in the Netherlands that operates 20 child care and early education centers for cash consideration of $29.9 million. As a result, this company became a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, with its operating results included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations and the 37% of ownership interest retained by the previous owners presented as noncontrolling interest on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. In connection with this transaction, the Company entered into put and call option agreements with the minority shareholders for the purchase of the noncontrolling interest at a future date at a value based on a contractually determined formula. As a result of the option agreements, the noncontrolling interest is considered redeemable and is classified as temporary equity on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

The purchase price for this transaction has been allocated based on the estimated fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition. The Company acquired total tangible assets of $9.4 million and assumed liabilities of $4.6 million, and recorded noncontrolling interest of $17.1 million. Additionally, the Company recorded goodwill of $39.5 million; other intangible assets of $3.4 million, consisting of customer relationships and trade name; and deferred tax liabilities of $0.7 million related to intangible assets subject to amortization that are not deductible for tax purposes. The identified intangible assets will be amortized over periods of four to ten years.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The fair value of the assets acquired in business combinations in the year ended December 31, 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

The goodwill associated with the acquisitions in the United States and the United Kingdom is deductible for tax purposes. The goodwill for the acquisition in the Netherlands is not deductible for tax purposes. The Company incurred deal costs of $1.1 million related to these acquisitions, which have been expensed and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

In the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company also paid approximately $0.1 million related to prior year acquisitions.

The operating results of the acquired businesses have been included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the respective dates of acquisition. The operating results for the acquired businesses are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations beginning March 14, 2011 for the acquisition of 20 centers in the United States and beginning July 20, 2011 for the acquisition in the Netherlands. The acquired businesses contributed revenues of $28.0 million and net loss of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The following pro forma summary presents consolidated information as if the business combinations had occurred on January 1, 2010 (in thousands):

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

In May 2012, the Company acquired the outstanding shares of Huntyard Limited, a company that operates 27 child care and early education centers in the United Kingdom, for cash consideration of $110.9 million. The preliminary purchase price for this acquisition has been allocated based on the estimated fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities at the date of acquisition as follows (in thousands):

The Company recorded goodwill of $47.4 million, which will not be deductible for tax purposes. Goodwill related to this acquisition is reported within the full service center-based care segment.

Intangible assets of $4.7 million consist of customer relationships that will be amortized over five years. A deferred tax liability of $1.2 million was recorded related to the intangible assets for which the amortization is not deductible for tax purposes.

The Company incurred deal costs of $0.4 million related to this acquisition, which have been expensed and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statement of operations. The allocation of the purchase price will be finalized as the Company receives additional information regarding the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities, primarily related to the acquired fixed assets and intangible assets.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The operating results for this acquisition are included in the consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition. The acquired business contributed revenues of $4.9 million and net income of $0.9 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012. The following pro forma summary presents consolidated information as if the business combination had occurred on January 1, 2011 (in thousands):

Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

Under the terms of the Company’s workers compensation policy, the Company is required to make advances to its insurance carrier pertaining to anticipated claims for all open plan years.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $23.4 million, $25.7 million, and $28.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively. The Company recorded depreciation expense of $13.3 million, and $16.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

The following tables reflect intangible assets that are subject to amortization (in thousands):

In the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company recorded customer relationships of $4.7 million in relation to the Huntyard Limited acquisition completed during the period. These customer relationships will be amortized over 5 years.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The Company has trade names with net carrying values of $184.2 million and $183.8 million at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively, which were determined to have indefinite useful lives and are not subject to amortization. On an annual basis, these trade names are subject to an evaluation of the remaining useful life to determine whether events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life, as well as testing for impairment. The Company performed its annual impairment test on December 31, 2011, and recorded impairment losses of $0.4 million in relation to these trade names. An additional impairment loss of $0.4 million was recorded in the six months ended June 30, 2012 in relation to these trade names. No impairment losses were recorded in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010.

The Company recorded amortization expense of $30.0 million, $27.6 million, and $27.4 million in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively, and $13.2 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012.

The Company estimates that it will record amortization expense related to intangible assets existing as of December 31, 2011 as follows over the next five years (in millions):

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

In 2008, in conjunction with the Merger, Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (“BHFS LLC”) entered into agreements with lenders consisting of a Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $440 million and a Note Purchase Agreement and Indenture for the issuance of $300 million of senior subordinated notes. In addition, Bright Horizons Capital Corp. (“Capital Corp.”) entered into a Note Purchase Agreement and Indenture for the issuance of $110 million of senior notes. In July of 2011, certain terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Indentures were amended in order to permit the acquisition of a 63% ownership interest in a company in the Netherlands and a subsequent follow-on acquisition of the remaining minority equity interests, and to make certain other investment-related changes.

In May of 2012, certain terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement were further amended to permit the acquisition of the outstanding shares of Huntyard Limited, to increase the size of the incremental facility provided under the Credit Agreement by an additional $35 million, to $85 million, to eliminate the mandatory prepayment provision relating to the issuance of equity interests, and to make other changes to certain other covenants. The full amount of the amended incremental facility under the Credit Agreement was subsequently borrowed by BHFS LLC as Series C new term loans.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

In 2009, BHFS LLC entered into an interest rate cap agreement with a bank to hedge changes in LIBOR over the term of the agreement such that the maximum interest BHFS LLC would be subject to would be 7.0% plus the spread of 4.0%. The agreement expires June 30, 2014. The interest rate cap is carried at fair value and is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. The interest rate cap, which had an original cost of $1.0 million, had a fair value of $0.7 million and $0.1 million at December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate cap are recorded in interest expense, which were a decrease to interest expense of $2.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2009, an increase to interest expense of $2.3 million and of $0.6 million in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

Debt outstanding under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company’s subsidiaries located in the United States, and is guaranteed by all of the Company’s wholly-owned U.S.-based subsidiaries. The Credit and Guaranty Agreement requires that the Company maintain compliance with specified financial ratios and other covenants, including a minimum interest coverage ratio, a maximum total leverage ratio, a maximum capital expenditures requirement, and certain limitations on additional indebtedness and the acquisitions and dispositions of assets. Amounts outstanding under the Credit and Guaranty Agreement are also subject to mandatory prepayment provisions based on cash flow generation, certain asset sales, or additional debt.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The revolving credit facility and the Tranche B term loans were issued with original issue discount (OID) of $20.5 million; the Series C new term loans issued in May 2012 were issued with OID of $425,000. The OID is amortized over the stated term of each facility with amounts amortized in each period included in interest expense. For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, the total amount of amortized OID included in interest expense was $2.7 million, $2.8 million, and $2.9 million, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, the total amount of amortized OID included in interest expense was $1.6 million.

The Indentures and the Note Purchase Agreements do not contain any financial maintenance covenants.

BHFS LLC and Capital Corp. incurred financing fees of $27.1 million in connection with the 2008 debt agreements and BHFS LLC incurred an additional $2.3 million related to the 2012 Series C new term loans. These fees are being amortized over the terms of the related debt instruments and such amortization is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Amortization expense relating to these deferred financing costs for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, was $3.3 million, $3.3 million, and $3.4 million, respectively. Amortization expense relating to these fees for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was $1.8 million.

The Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom maintain an overdraft facility with a U.K. bank to support local short-term working capital requirements. The overdraft facility is repayable upon demand from the U.K. bank. The facility provides maximum borrowings of £0.3 million (approximately

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

$0.4 million at December 31, 2011) and is secured by a cross guarantee by and among the Company’s subsidiaries in the United Kingdom and a right of offset against all accounts maintained by the subsidiaries at the lending bank. The overdraft facility bears interest at the U.K. bank’s base rate plus 2.15%. At December 31, 2010 and 2011 there were no amounts outstanding under the overdraft facility. There were no borrowings outstanding under the facility during 2011 and the weighted average interest rate for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010 was 6.5% and 3.075%, respectively. No borrowings were outstanding at June 30, 2012.

The Company’s majority-owned subsidiary in the Netherlands, acquired in 2011, maintains a revolving credit facility with a Dutch bank consisting of a €1.0 million (approximately $1.3 million at December 31, 2011) general facility to support working capital and letter of credit requirements, and a €2.5 million (approximately $3.2 million at December 31, 2011) current account facility to support the construction and fit out of new child care centers. The current account facility is reduced by €0.25 million quarterly, beginning April 1, 2012 and ending at the termination of the facility on January 1, 2014. Both facilities are repayable upon demand from the Dutch bank and are secured by a right of offset against all accounts maintained by the Company at the lending bank. The current account facility is secured by an additional pledge of equipment. Both facilities bear interest at the bank’s Euro base rate plus 1.5%. At December 31, 2011, there were no amounts outstanding under the facility. The weighted average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 5.95%. No borrowings were outstanding at June 30, 2012.

As discussed in Note 2, “Acquisitions”, in July 2011, the Company acquired a 63% ownership interest of a company in the Netherlands. The company’s operating results are included in the Company’s consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition and the 37% ownership interest retained by the previous owners is presented as redeemable noncontrolling interest on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The redeemable noncontrolling interest was measured at fair value at the date of acquisition and is reviewed at each subsequent reporting period and adjusted, as needed, to reflect its then redemption value. No adjustments have been recorded to date. The redeemable noncontrolling interest was recorded at a fair value of $17.1 million at the date of acquisition, which was determined based upon standard valuation techniques using unobservable inputs of discounted cash flow analysis and an industry peer comparable analysis.

The following is a reconciliation of the changes in the redeemable noncontrolling interest for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 (in thousands):

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The following is a reconciliation of the U.S. Federal statutory rate to the effective rate on pretax (loss) income (in thousands):

The Company had an income tax expense of $0.1 million on pre-tax income of $1.8 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012. The tax expense includes the recognition of the benefit of permanent items, the net change in tax rate, and the increase in the reserves for uncertain tax positions.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

Significant components of the Company’s net deferred tax liability are as follows (in thousands):

During 2012, the overall deferred tax liability has decreased by $12.1 million, due to the book to tax difference in depreciation, the treatment of amortization on intangible assets and stock-based compensation.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a deferred tax asset of $6.3 million, representing the tax effect of net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. The components of this deferred tax asset are $0.9 million related to net operating losses in a number of states which have expiration dates through 2031; $2.1 million of Federal net operating losses which will expire starting in 2028; $2.0 million of Federal tax credits, which have been carried forward to be used against taxable income; and lastly, $1.3 million of foreign net operating losses that will begin to expire in 2030 or can be carried forward indefinitely.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The Company has recorded valuation allowances on certain foreign net operating losses where it has not had a history of profitability. The valuation allowance on foreign deferred assets decreased by $0.2 million and $5.5 million in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. The net decrease in 2010 was due to fewer deferred tax assets requiring valuation allowance. The valuation allowance decreased from $6.5 million to $1.0 million in 2011, primarily as a result of a decrease in the valuation allowance in a foreign subsidiary which is currently profitable and has projected continued profitability in future periods.

The Company does not provide for U.S. income taxes on the portion of undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries that is intended to be permanently reinvested. These earnings may become taxable in the United States upon the sale or liquidation of these foreign subsidiaries or upon the remittance of dividends. At this time, it is not practicable to estimate the amount of deferred tax liability on such earnings.

The Company follows the authoritative guidance relating to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company’s current provision for income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 included $0.6 million, $0.4 million, and $0.8 million, respectively, of interest and penalties related to tax positions of the Company. The liability for total interest and penalties at December 31, 2010 and 2011 was $2.5 million and $3.1 million, respectively, and is included in other long-term liabilities. There have not been any significant changes to the uncertain tax positions in 2012 and additional interest on the unrecognized tax benefits has been included in the tax expense in the consolidated statement of operations.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized would affect the Company’s effective tax rate is $9.2 million. The Company does not expect a material reduction to the reserve in the next twelve months.

The Company and its domestic subsidiaries are subject to U.S. Federal income tax as well as multiple state jurisdictions. U.S. Federal income tax returns are typically subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) and the statute of limitations for Federal income tax returns is three years. The Predecessor’s 2006, 2007, and May 28, 2008 Federal tax returns were audited by the IRS and the audit was completed in 2011 for the May 28, 2008 Federal tax return and amended 2006 Federal tax return. The $1.6 million reduction during 2011 for tax positions of prior years is principally due to the resolution and completion of the 2008 U.S. Federal income tax audit of the Predecessor. The Company’s filings for 2008 through 2010 are subject to audit based upon the Federal statute of limitations.

State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of three to five years after filing of the respective return. The state impact of any Federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to one year after formal notification to the states. There were no significant settlements of state audits during 2011. As of December 31, 2011, there was one state income tax audit pending and during 2012, the state audit was closed and an insignificant settlement payment was charged to income tax expense.

The Company is also subject to corporate income tax at its subsidiaries located in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands, India, Canada, Ireland, and Puerto Rico. The tax returns for the Company’s subsidiaries located in foreign jurisdictions are subject to examination for periods ranging from one to seven years.

The Company has an incentive compensation plan under which, as of December 31, 2011, it was authorized to grant options to acquire Class A common stock to employees and directors, as well as to consultants and advisors to the Company. Excluding options rolled over from the Predecessor in conjunction with the Merger, under the terms of the 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended on March 7, 2011 (the “Plan”), approximately 1.5 million shares of Class A common stock were available for issuance upon exercise of awards granted under the plan. As of December 31, 2011, there were approximately 106,000 shares of Class A common stock remaining available for grant under the Plan. On March 9, 2012 the stockholders of the Company voted to increase the number of shares available to be issued in respect of awards granted under the plan to 2.9 million shares of Class A common stock and 150,000 shares of Class L common stock.

Stock options granted under the Plan are subject to either a service condition or a service condition and a performance condition, and expire at the earlier of ten years from date of grant or termination of the holder’s employment with the Company, unless such termination was due to death, disability or retirement, unless otherwise determined by the Administrator of the Plan. The majority of the options have a requisite service period of five years, with 40% of the options vesting on the second

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

anniversary of the date of grant and 20% vesting on each of the third, fourth and fifth anniversaries. Certain options have a requisite service period of three to four years, with 33% of the options vesting on the first or second anniversary of the date of grant and 33% vesting on each of the following anniversaries until fully vested. The performance based options additionally require the occurrence of a Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, or the closing of an initial public offering. For stock options granted with a service condition only, stock-compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each separately vesting tranche. For stock options granted with a service and performance condition, stock-compensation expense will be recognized upon the Change in Control, as defined in the Plan, or the closing of an initial public offering, to the extent that the requisite service period is already fulfilled.

On March 9, 2012, the Board of Directors approved the exchange of existing stock options to acquire Class A common stock for options to acquire a combination of shares of Class A and Class L common stock (the “stock option exchange”). Options to purchase a total of 1,401,750 shares of Class A common stock were exchanged as of May 2, 2012 for options to acquire 90,630 shares of Class L common stock and 815,670 shares of Class A common stock, based on an exchange ratio of options to purchase approximately 15.5 shares of Class A common stock for a new option to purchase nine shares of Class A common stock and one share of Class L common stock. The exercise price for each new award was $6.09 per share of Class A common stock and $511.51 per share of Class L common stock. This transaction was accounted for as a modification. The Company expects to incur total incremental stock compensation expense of approximately $19.0 million related to the stock option exchange, of which approximately $12.7 million was recognized in the six months ended June 30, 2012 related to the requisite service period already fulfilled. The remaining incremental expense will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the remaining requisite service period of each separately vesting tranche of approximately 2 years. There were no modifications made to awards during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011.

As of June 30, 2012, there were approximately 27,090 shares of Class L common stock and 1,758,810 shares of Class A common stock available for grant.

During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company repurchased a total of 8,442 shares and 2,214 shares, respectively, of Class A common stock. There were no stock repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company repurchased a total of 81,684 shares of Class A common stock. The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had recorded $0.1 million and $0.6 million, respectively, in Class A treasury stock based on the fair market value of the shares on the respective dates of repurchase.

The Company’s charter authorizes the issuance of two classes of common stock, Class L and Class A. The rights of the holders of Class L and Class A shares are identical, except with respect to priority in the event of a liquidation distribution, as defined in the Company’s charter. The Class L common stock is entitled to a preference with respect to all liquidation distributions by the Company until the holders of Class L common stock have received an amount equal to the Class L base amount of $405 per share. Thereafter, the Class L shares and the Class A shares will receive any liquidation

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

distributions made by the Company pro rata based on the number of outstanding Class A shares (treating each Class L share as one outstanding Class A share, subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend or similar event affecting the Class A shares). In the event of a change of control or an initial public offering of the Company, each outstanding share of Class L common stock is convertible into a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to one (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock split, stock dividend or similar event affecting the Class A shares) plus a number of additional shares of Class A common stock determined by dividing the accreted preference (which is equal to the Class L base amount of $405 per share plus an amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return of 10% per annum on the Class L base amount) by the applicable per share price (as defined in the Company’s charter). Class L common stock is classified outside of permanent equity in the consolidated balance sheets at its preferential distribution amount, as the timing of the distribution event is outside of the control of the Company. The Class L preferred return of 10% per annum, compounded quarterly, is added to the Class L preferential distribution amount each period and recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit.

Repurchases of Class L common stock are recorded under the cost method as reductions to Class L common stock. During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company repurchased a total of 938 shares and 246 shares, respectively, of Class L common stock. There were no stock repurchases during the year ended December 31, 2011. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, the Company repurchased a total of 9,076 shares of Class L common stock. As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, the Company had recorded $0.5 million and $5.1 million, respectively, in Class L treasury stock based on the fair market value of the shares on the respective dates of repurchase.

The following is a reconciliation of the changes in Class L common stock for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 (in thousands, except share data):

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The Company recognized the impact of all stock-based compensation in its consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, and did not capitalize any amounts on the consolidated balance sheets. In the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, the Company recorded stock compensation expense of $2.3 million, $2.4 million, and $1.2 million, respectively, in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations, which generated an income tax benefit of $0.9 million, $0.9 million, and $0.5 million, respectively. In the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2012, the Company recorded stock compensation expense of $0.6 million and $15.8 million, respectively, in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The stock compensation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2012 includes $12.7 million related to the stock option exchange, $2.7 million related primarily to the vested portion of option awards granted during the period, with the remaining $0.4 million related to option awards granted in prior years.

In conjunction with the Merger, various members of management rolled over certain vested and unexercised options in the Predecessor as investments in the Company; these rolled over options were substituted for continuation options to acquire a combination of shares in the Company in a ratio of nine shares of Class A common stock for every one share of Class L common stock. Prior to any change of control or initial public offering of the Company, the exercise of continuation options may only be satisfied by delivery of nine Class A shares and one Class L share for each share group. Upon any change of control or initial public offering of the Company options to purchase shares of Class L common stock will convert into options to purchase common stock on a basis consistent with the conversion of our Class L common stock into common stock, with a corresponding adjustment to exercise price. A total of 472,709 pre-Merger options were rolled over, and substituted for 26,777 options to acquire an aggregate of 240,993 shares of Class A common stock and 26,777 shares of Class L common stock. The continuation options had been fully expensed by the Predecessor as of the date of the Merger, and, therefore, there is no expense for these options in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The following table reflects stock option activity for the continuation options for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012:

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The aggregate intrinsic value (pre-tax) was $9.8 million and $1.9 million for the Company’s outstanding and exercisable continuation options on Class L shares at December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively, based on the fair value of the continuation options Class L shares of $511.51 at both dates. The aggregate intrinsic value (pre-tax) was $0.8 million and $0.1 million for the Company’s outstanding and exercisable continuation options on Class A shares at December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively, based on the fair value of the continuation options Class A shares of $6.09 at both dates. The aggregate intrinsic value represents the net amount that would have been received by the option holders had they exercised all of their outstanding options and those which were fully vested on that date.

The total aggregate intrinsic value of exercised continuation options was $0.1 million, $0.8 million, and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively, based on the fair value of Class L common shares of $360.00, $404.37 and $472.70, respectively and based on the fair value of Class A common shares of $10.00, $5.07 and $9.02, respectively. The total aggregate intrinsic value of exercised continuation options was $8.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012, based on the fair value of Class L common shares of $511.51 and Class A common shares of $6.09 at the date of exercise.

The fair value of each stock option of Class A and Class L shares granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using the following weighted average assumptions:

The expected stock price volatility is based upon the historical volatility of the Predecessor’s stock price over the expected life of the options, as well as the historical volatility of the stock price over the expected life of the options of similar companies that are publicly traded.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The following table reflects stock option activity under the Company’s equity plan for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012:

At December 31, 2011, the Company’s outstanding and exercisable options for Class A shares did not have an aggregate intrinsic value as the exercise price exceeded their fair value. At June 30, 2012, the Company’s outstanding and exercisable options for Class L and Class A shares did not have an aggregate intrinsic value as the exercise price equaled their fair value.

Vested and expected to vest options at December 31, 2011 did not have an aggregate intrinsic value as the exercise price exceeded their fair value at December 31, 2011. Vested and expected to vest options at June 30, 2012 did not have an aggregate intrinsic value as the exercise price equaled their fair value at June 30, 2012.

The fair value (pre-tax) of options that vested during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 were $1.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively. No options vested during the year ended December 31, 2009. The fair value (pre-tax) of options that vested during the six months ended June 30, 2011 was $0.7 million. The fair value (pre-tax) of options that vested during the six months ended June 30, 2012 were $4.2 million for options on Class L common stock and $0.4 million for options on Class A common stock.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

As of December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012, there was $1.1 million and $9.7 million, respectively, of total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plan. That expense is expected to be recognized over the remaining requisite service period for options with a service condition, and upon a change in control, as defined in the Plan, or the closing of an initial public offering, to the extent that the requisite service period is already fulfilled for options with a service and performance condition. The weighted average remaining requisite service period was approximately two years at December 31, 2011 and June 30, 2012.

Cash received by the Company from the exercise of stock options for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, was $38,000, $0.3 million, and $0.1 million, respectively. The actual tax benefits realized for the tax deductions from option exercises were $0.1 million, $0.3 million, and $0.1 million, in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, respectively. Cash received by the Company from the exercise of stock options for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was $2.1 million. The actual tax benefits realized for the tax deductions from option exercises were $3.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012. There were no stock option exercises in the six months ended June 30, 2011.

The Company realizes a tax deduction upon the exercise of non-qualified stock options due to the recognition of compensation expense in the calculation of its taxable income. The amount of the compensation recognized for tax purposes is based on the difference between the market value of the common stock and the option price at the date the options are exercised. Tax benefits related to the exercise of the continuation options were credited to goodwill as they had been previously expensed by the Predecessor.

As the Company has both Class L and Class A common stock outstanding and Class L has preference with respect to all liquidation distributions, net (loss) earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method, which requires the allocation of earnings to each class of common stock.

The numerator in calculating Class L basic and diluted earnings per share is the Class L preference amount accrued during the year presented plus, if positive, a pro rata share of an amount equal to consolidated net income less the Class L preference amount.

The numerator in calculating Class A basic and diluted earnings per share is an amount equal to consolidated net income less the Class L preference amount and Class L pro rata share amount, if any.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The weighted average number of common shares in the common diluted earnings per share calculation excludes all Class L shares and stock options outstanding during the respective periods, as they would not be dilutive. The weighted average number of Class L shares in the earnings per share calculation excludes all Class L stock options outstanding during the respective periods as they would not be dilutive. The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

As of December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011, there were unvested options outstanding to purchase Class A common stock of 1.2 million, 1.1 million, and 1.0 million shares, respectively, that may be dilutive in the future. As of June 30, 2012, there were unvested options outstanding to purchase 741,843 shares of Class A common stock and unvested options outstanding to purchase 82,427 shares of Class L common stock that may be dilutive in the future. Of those amounts, there were options to purchase 511,425 shares of Class A common stock and options to purchase 56,825 shares Class L common stock that were performance-based and for which the performance criteria have not yet been met.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The Company leases various office equipment, child care and early education center facilities and office space under non-cancelable operating leases. Most of the leases expire within ten years and many contain renewal options for various periods. Certain leases contain provisions, which include additional payments based upon revenue performance, enrollment or the Consumer Price Index at a future date. Rent expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011 totaled $46.8 million, $52.1 million, and $57.6 million, respectively.

Future minimum payments as of December 31, 2011 under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

Future minimum payments as of December 31, 2011 of long-term debt are as follows for the years ending December 31 (in thousands):

The Company entered into the Series C new term loans during the six months ended June 30, 2012. Future minimum payments due for this loan are of $0.4 million in the remainder of 2012, of $0.9 million in 2013, 2014, 2015, and 2016, and of $81.0 million in 2017. These payments are in addition to those included in the table above.

The Company has seventeen letters of credit outstanding used to guarantee certain rent payments for up to $0.7 million. No amounts have been drawn against these letters of credit.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

The Company has severance agreements with nine executives that provide from four to eighteen months of compensation upon the termination of employment. The Company estimates that the maximum amount payable under these agreements in 2012 is $3.6 million. The severance agreements prohibit the above-mentioned employees from competing with the Company during the severance period or divulging confidential information after their separation from the Company.

The Company is a defendant in certain legal matters in the ordinary course of business. Management believes the resolution of such legal matters will not have a material effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company self-insures a portion of its medical insurance plans and has a high deductible workers’ compensation plan. While management believes that the amounts accrued for these obligations are sufficient, any significant increase in the number of claims or costs associated with claims made under these plans could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

The Company’s child care and early education centers are subject to numerous federal, state and local regulations and licensing requirements. Failure of a center to comply with applicable regulations can subject it to governmental sanctions, which could require expenditures by the Company to bring its child care and early education centers into compliance.

The Company maintains a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”) for all eligible employees. To be eligible for the 401(k) Plan, an employee must be at least 20.5 years of age and have completed their eligibility period of 60 days and 160 hours of service from date of hire. If they do not meet the 160 hours of service requirement, they may be eligible at 12 months provided they have reached 1,000 hours of service from date of hire. The 401(k) Plan is funded by elective employee contributions of up to 50% of their compensation. Under the 401(k) Plan, the Company matches 25% of employee contributions for each participant up to 8% of the employee’s compensation after one year of service. Expense under the plan, consisting of Company contributions and plan administrative expenses paid by the Company, totaled approximately $1.8 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010, and 2011.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

Bright Horizons work/life services are primarily comprised of full service center-based child care, back-up dependent care, elementary education, college preparation and admissions counseling, and tuition assistance, counseling and management services. The Company has identified three reporting segments consisting of full service center-based care, back-up dependent care, and other educational advisory services. Full service center-based care includes the traditional center-based child care, preschool, and elementary education, which have similar operating characteristics and meet the criteria for aggregation under ASC 280, Segment Reporting. Full service center-based care derives its revenues primarily from contractual arrangements with corporate clients and from tuition. The Company’s back-up dependent care services consist of center-based back-up child care, in-home care, mildly ill care, and adult/elder care. The Company’s other education advisory services consists of the remaining services, including college preparation and admissions counseling and tuition assistance, counseling and management services, which do not meet the quantitative thresholds for separate disclosure and are not material for segment reporting individually or in the aggregate. The Company and its chief operating decision makers evaluate performance based on revenues and income from operations.

The assets and liabilities of the Company are managed centrally and are reported internally in the same manner as the consolidated financial statements; thus, no additional information is produced or included herein.

DECEMBER 31, 2009, 2010, AND 2011 AND THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2012 AND 2011 (continued)

Revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region are as follows (in thousands):

The classification “North America” is comprised of the Company’s United States, Canada and Puerto Rico operations and the classification “Europe and other” includes the Company’s United Kingdom, Netherlands, Ireland, and India operations.

We have a management agreement with the Sponsor of the Company who is also a stockholder. The management agreement has a ten year term which commenced May 28, 2008. Fees of $2.5 million per year have been paid to the Sponsor in each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2010 and 2011. These fees are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The agreement includes a termination payment that is contingent upon the timing of the termination event.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Huntyard Limited as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of total recognised gains and losses and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation, we believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Huntyard Limited as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United Kingdom.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United Kingdom vary in certain significant respects from generally accepted account principles in the United States of America. Application of generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) would have affected the results of operations of the company for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 to the extent summarised in Note 29 to the financial statements.

The financial statements were approved by the board of directors and authorised for issue on 23 August 2012.

Consolidated cashflow statements for the years ended 31 December 2011 and 2010

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention and are in accordance with applicable accounting standards.

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the results of Huntyard Limited and all of its subsidiary undertakings as at 31 December 2011 using the acquisition method of accounting. Where the acquisition method is used, the results of subsidiary undertakings are included from the date of acquisition.

Turnover represents the value of sales, excluding value added tax and is attributable to the group’s principal activities, and arises wholly within the United Kingdom. Nursery fees paid in advance are held in other creditors and only recognised in the period to which they relate.

Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses. Such costs include costs directly attributable to making the asset capable of operating as intended.

For assets acquired through business combinations cost is determined as the fair value of the assets acquired, with the properties being fair valued using the value in use method.

The cost of land and buildings includes interest on the capital employed in the development of the nurseries and the development costs associated with initiating and monitoring the construction of the property. Such interest is capitalised only until the date of opening of the relevant nursery. The rate of interest used is the applicable cost of funds during the period.

Where there is evidence of impairment, fixed assets are written down to the recoverable amount. Any such write down would be charged to the operating profit.

Investments held as fixed assets are valued at historic cost less any provision for impairment.

The charge for taxation is based on the profit for the year and takes into account taxation deferred.

Current tax is measured at amounts expected to be paid using the tax rates and laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax balances are recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed by the balance sheet date, except that:

Where assets are financed by leasing agreements that give rights approximating to ownership (finance leases), the assets are treated as if they had been purchased outright. The amount capitalised is the present value of the minimum lease payments payable over the term of the lease. The corresponding leasing commitments are shown as amounts payable to the lessor. Depreciation on the relevant assets is charged to the profit and loss account over the shorter of estimated useful economic life and the period of the lease.

Lease payments are analysed between capital and interest components so that the interest element of the payment is charged to the profit and loss account over the period of the lease and is calculated so that it represents a constant proportion of the balance of capital repayments outstanding. The capital part reduces the amounts payable to the lessor.

All other leases are treated as operating leases. Their annual rentals are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

Contributions to the group’s defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are invested and managed independently of the finances of the group.

For the defined contribution scheme the amount charged to the profit and loss account in respect of pension costs and other post-retirement benefits is the contributions payable in the year. Differences between contributions payable in the year and and contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals or prepayments in the balance sheet.

Arrangements and other issue costs incurred as a result of entering into a loan and other facilities are expensed over the length of the related loan or facility in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 4 ‘Accounting for Capital Instruments’.

Capital grants received are held on the balance sheet and are amortised over the same period as the assets to which they relate. Grants of a revenue nature are credited to the profit and loss account in the same year as the related expenditure.

When share options are awarded to employees, the fair value of the options at the date of grant is charged to the income statement over the vesting period. Non-market vesting conditions are taken into account by adjusting the number of equity instruments expected to vest at each balance sheet date so that, ultimately, the cumulative amount recognised over the vesting period is based on the number of options that eventually vest. Market vesting conditions are factored into the fair value of the options granted. As long as all other vesting conditions are satisfied, a charge is made irrespective of whether the market vesting conditions are satisfied. The cumulative expense is not adjusted for failure to achieve a market vesting condition.

Turnover is wholly attributable to the principal activity of the group and arises solely within the United Kingdom.

Amounts paid to the company’s auditor in respect of services to the company, other than the audit of the company’s financial statements, have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to be disclosed on a consolidated basis.

During the year corporate finance transaction fees totalling £16,000 (2010: £nil) were paid to the auditors.

The average number of employees (including directors) during the year was as follows:

There was 1 director in the group’s defined contribution pension scheme during the year (2010 - 1).

The total amount payable to the highest paid director in respect of emoluments was £69,160 (2010 - £208,724). Company pension contributions of £25,200 (2010 - £19,200) were made to a money purchase scheme on their behalf.

Other finance costs consist of Bank of Scotland loan agreement fees for the acquisitions made by the group. These costs are amortised over the period of the loan.

The tax assessed for the year is higher than/lower than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK applied to profit before tax. The differences are explained below:

As at 31 December 2011 there are capital losses carried forward totalling £146,000 (2010: £146,000).

The company has taken advantage of the exemption allowed under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 and has not presented its own profit and loss account in these financial statements. The group profit for the year includes a loss after tax of £149,255 (2010 - £54,992) which is dealt with in the financial statements of the parent company.

The net book value of tangible fixed assets for group and company includes an amount of £Nil (2010 - £Nil) in respect of assets held under finance leases and hire purchase contracts. The related depreciation charge on these assets for the year was £Nil (2010 - £1,684).

Included within the group freehold land and buildings is £9,100,230 (2010: £8,605,230) attributable to the land element which is not depreciated.

The principal undertakings in which the company’s interest at the year end is 20% or more are as follows:

All amounts owed by group undertakings are unsecured and not subject to any fixed repayment date. Undertakings have been given that the amounts will not be repaid in the next 12 months and accordingly the amounts have been classified as due after one year.

The bank loans and overdrafts are secured over all the assets of the group, a cross corporate guarantee with all group companies and a first legal charge over the freehold properties.

In a previous period a subsidiary company, Casterbridge Care and Education Group Limited, entered into a bank loan agreement which is guaranteed by all group companies. At 31 December 2011 the loan totalled £33,087,494 (2010: £33,462,494). The bank loans are secured over the assets of the group companies by a way of a fixed and floating charge. The loans are repayable in full on 21st December 2012. The loans attract interest at between 2.25-2.75% above period LIBOR rates. The acquisition facility has the potential for additional borrowing for any further acquisitions dependent on certain criteria.

The group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the group in an independently administered fund. The pension charge amounted to £105,861 (2010 - £103,057). Contributions amounting to £44,100 (2010 - £20,945) were payable to the fund and are included in creditors.

The company operates a share option scheme for the benefit of employees, this share scheme is an approved scheme. This share scheme grants options in the ordinary stock of the parent undertaking.

The date of the grant was 28 May 2010, in which 25 employees joined. The expected life of the options granted are 3 years.

The following information is relevant in the determination of the fair value of options granted during the year under the equity-settled share based remuneration schemes operated by Huntyard Limited.

The group did not enter into any share-based payment transactions with parties other than employees during the current or prior year.

On 12 May 2011 the group acquired Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Swanscombe) Limited, and the property from which it trades, for £2,020,304 paid by cash. This included the fees on acquisition.

In calculating the goodwill arising on acquisition, the fair value of the net assets of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Swanscombe) Limited have been assessed and adjustments from book value have been made where necessary. These adjustments are summarised in the following table:

The fair value adjustment relates to the value in use valuation of the freehold property acquired on acquisition.

The net outflow of cash arising from the acquisition of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Swanscombe) Limited was as follows:

On 12 May 2011 the group acquired Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Dartford) Limited, and the property from which it trades, for £3,544,042 paid by cash. This included the fees on acquisition.

In calculating the goodwill arising on acquisition, the fair value of the net assets of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Dartford) Limited have been assessed and adjustments from book value have been made where necessary. These adjustments are summarised in the following table:

The fair value adjustment relates to the value in use valuation of the freehold property acquired on acquisition.

The net outflow of cash arising from the acquisition of Springfield Lodge Day Nursery (Dartford) Limited was as follows:

The group had annual commitments under non-cancellable operating leases as set out below:

The company is controlled by Lydian Capital Partners LP by virtue of its interest in Huntyard Limited.

The company has taken advantage of the exemption conferred by Financial Reporting Standard 8 ‘Related party disclosures’ not to disclose transactions with its wholly owned subsidiaries.

At the year end £362,231 (2010: (£22,023 owed from) was owed to Kedleston UK Limited.

A further £4,277,537 (2010: £3,888,670) is due to Roundwood (Finance) Limited. The loan attracts interest at 10% per annum and £388,867 (2010: £358,705) has been accrued in the year. The loan is due for repayment on 2 April 2013.

During the year management charges totalling £130,000 (2010: £40,000) and £3,500 (2010: £4,000) were charged by Mountford Limited and Roundwood (Finance) Limited. The amount due to Roundwood (Finance) Limited was outstanding at year end.

All companies noted above are related through the interest of the ultimate controlling party, Lydian Capital Partners LP.

The largest and smallest group in which the results of the company are consolidated is that headed by Huntyard Limited, incorporated in Jersey. The consolidated accounts of this company are available to the public and may be obtained from Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, Jersey, JE1 1ES. No other group accounts include the results of the company.

26 Reconciliation of operating profit to net cash inflow from operating activities

29 Summary of differences between UK and US generally accepted accounting principles

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices in the United Kingdom (“UK GAAP”) which differs in certain significant respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). The significant differences that effect profit/(loss) and equity shareholders’ funds for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 are set forth below:

29 Summary of differences between UK and US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)

29 Summary of differences between UK and US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)

At December 31, 2011, the total amount of uncertain tax positions was £283,000. Approximately an additional £66,000 of reserve and £20,000 of interest and penalties was recorded in tax expense during the year.

The Company does not expect a material change to the reserve for uncertain tax positions in the next twelve months.

The consolidated cash flow statements have been prepared under UK GAAP and present substantially the same information as required under US GAAP. There are certain differences with regard to classification of items within the cash flow statements. Under UK GAAP, cash flows are prepared separately for operating activities, returns on investments and servicing of finance, taxation, capital expenditures and financial investment, acquisitions and disposals, and financing. Under US GAAP, cash flows are classified under three major categories, operating activities, investing activities and financing activities. Under UK GAAP, cash is defined as cash in hand and deposits repayable on demand, less overdrafts repayable on demand. Under US GAAP, cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash and investments with original maturities of three months or less.

29 Summary of differences between UK and US generally accepted accounting principles (continued)

A reconciliation between the consolidated statement of cash flows presented in accordance with UK GAAP to US GAAP classification is shown below for the years ended December 31:

A suit has been brought against two of the Company’s wholly owned subsidiaries and two other defendants in relation to an incident that occurred at one of the Company’s nurseries in 2007. The case alleges that the defendants were in breach of duty under the Health and Safety Work Act 1974, and that this contributed to the death of a child. The Company’s subsidiaries pleaded not guilty to all causal allegations and guilty to certain non-causal breaches of the Health and Safety Work Act. The case against the Company’s subsidiaries is pending the resolution of the civil trial against the other two defendants. At December 31, 2011, the accrued liability was increased to £400,000 from £100,000 at December 31, 2010, in relation to this case. A civil suit regarding the incident has already been settled and no further claims or damages are anticipated. There was no criminal prosecution related to this incident. The Company’s management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of the case will have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

On May 23, 2012, the Company was acquired by BHFS Two Limited for consideration of approximately £70 million in cash. BHFS Two Limited is a wholly owned subsidiary of Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc., a U.S.-based provider of workplace services, including center-based child care, back-up dependent care, and early education, with 743 child care centers worldwide at December 31, 2011.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides as follows:

A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter

as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have included in our restated certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under certain circumstances, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we are required to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements will provide broader indemnity rights than those provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law and our restated certificate of incorporation. The indemnification agreements are not intended to deny or otherwise limit third-party or derivative suits against us or our directors or officers, but to the extent a director or officer were entitled to indemnity or contribution under the indemnification agreement, the financial burden of a third-party suit would be borne by us, and we would not benefit from derivative recoveries against the director or officer. Such recoveries would accrue to our benefit but would be offset by our obligations to the director or officer under the indemnification agreement.

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we issued 3,078 shares of our Class A common stock and 342 shares of our Class L common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $38,475.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we issued an aggregate of 20,664 shares of our Class A common stock and 2,296 shares of our Class L common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $258,300.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we issued 4,752 shares of our Class A common stock and 528 shares of our Class L common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $59,400.

Between January 1, 2012 and June 30, 2012, we issued 169,590 shares of our Class A common stock and 18,610 shares of our Class L common stock upon exercise of vested options for aggregate consideration of $2,114,625.

During the three years ended December 31, 2011, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 230,900 shares of our Class A common stock under our 2008 Equity Plan.

Between January 1, 2012 and June 30, 2012, we issued options to purchase an aggregate of 1,108,674 shares of our Class A common stock and 123,186 shares of our Class L common stock under our 2008 Equity Plan.

The foregoing share numbers do not reflect the 1-for- reverse split and reclassification of our Class A common stock or the conversion of our Class L common stock.

The issuances of the securities in the transactions described above were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder.

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

(1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(4) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Watertown and Commonwealth of Massachusetts on , 2012.

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints David Lissy, Elizabeth Boland and Stephen Dreier and each of them to act without the other, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign and file any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority to do and perform each and every other act on behalf of the undersigned required to be done in connection therewith.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

The following schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K and will be provided supplementally to the Commission upon request.

Accounting Standards means all statements of standard accounting practice, financial reporting standards and urgent issues task force abstracts issued by the Accounting Standards Board and mandatory for adoption at the Completion Date;

Accounts means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiaries for the accounting reference period which ended on the Accounting Date comprising the individual accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries, and in the case of the Company the consolidated group accounts of the Company and the Subsidiaries (including in each case the balance sheet, profit and loss account, notes, the directors’ and auditors’ reports and cashflow statements), copies of which are contained in the Disclosure Bundle;

Actual Working Capital means the working capital attributable to the Group on a consolidated basis as at Completion as determined in accordance with Schedule 6 and set out in Part A of the Completion Statement;

agreed form means a document in a form approved by or on behalf of each party on or before the date of this Agreement,

Barchester Agreement means an agreement between Barchester Healthcare Homes Limited and Casterbridge Nurseries Limited extending the Service Level Agreement relating to funding for the Apprenticeship Programme (a copy of which is included in the Disclosure Bundle) in the agreed form;

Business Day means any day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a bank or public holiday in England and Wales or Jersey;

Business Signs means any trade mark or service mark, trade name or Business Names, domain name, logo, trading style or other sign used in or which has been registered or acquired for the purposes of the Business (including but not limited to those Business Signs referred to in Schedule 7);

Buyer’s Group means the Buyer, any holding company of the Buyer and any subsidiary or subsidiary undertaking of the Buyer or such holding company (including, following Completion, the Group) from time to time, and references to Buyer’s Group Company and to any member of the Buyer’s Group shall be construed accordingly;

Buyer’s Solicitors means Ansons Solicitors of Commerce House, Ridings Park, Eastern Way, Cannock, Staffordshire WS11 7FJ;

Cash and Debt Free Price means £72,797,475 (seventy two million seven hundred and ninety seven thousand four hundred and seventy five pounds);

Cash at Completion means the aggregate amount of cash of the Group on a consolidated basis as at Completion as determined in accordance with Schedule 6 and set out in Part C of the Completion Statement (and for the avoidance of doubt any items treated as an asset in Actual Working Capital or taken into account in arriving at Debt at Completion shall not constitute Cash at Completion);

Chigwell Claim means any and all claims by the Buyer pursuant to clause 10.1, or in respect of a breach of any of the Warranties (including paragraph 14 (Environment and health and safety) of Part 2 of Schedule 4) in any way arising out of, or connected with, or touching or concerning the Chigwell Proceedings;

Chigwell Escrow Account means the interest bearing deposit account to be operated in accordance with clause 13.2 and the Escrow Accounts Instruction Letter in the joint names of the Sellers’ Solicitors and the Buyer’s Solicitors al National Westminster Bank plc;

Chigwell Proceedings means the Chigwell H&S Claim and Other Chigwell Claim as defined in clause 10.1;

Chigwell Release Date means the later of (i) the date which falls six months after the conclusion of the Chigwell H&S Claim or (ii) the date of the conclusion of any Other Chigwell Claim;

Chigwell Retention Amount means the sum of £2.000,000 (two million pounds) to be paid into the Chigwell Escrow Account pursuant to clause 8.4.3(d) and clause 13.2 or such principal sums as shall remain in the Chigwell Escrow Account from time to time:

Claim has the meaning given in paragraph 1 of Schedule 9 (Warranty limitation provisions);

Claims Escrow Account means the interest bearing deposit account to be operated in accordance with clause 12.2 and the Escrow Accounts Instruction Letter in the joint names of the Sellers’ Solicitors and the Buyer’s Solicitors at National Westminster Bank plc;

Claims Retention Amount means the sum of £3.000.000 (three million pounds) to be paid into the Claims Escrow Account pursuant to clause 8.4.3(c) and clause 12.2, or such principal sum as shall remain in the Claims Escrow Account from time to time;

Closing Equity Amount means the Initial Consideration less the Retention Amount and the Claims Retention Amount and the Chigwell Retention Amount;

Company means Huntyard Limited, a company registered in Jersey (registered number 85120) whose registered office is at Queensway House, Hilgrove Street, St Helier JE1 1ES, Channel Islands, further details of which are set out in Part 1 of Schedule 2;

Completion means completion of the sale and purchase of the Sale Shares in accordance with clause 8;

Completion Statement means the completion statement set out in Part 4 of Schedule 6 prepared in accordance with that Schedule;

Compromise Agreement means a compromise agreement in the agreed form between the Group and Paul Brosnan;

Confidential Information means all information (whether oral or recorded in any medium) relating to the business, financial or other affairs (including future plans) of the Group, which is treated by the Company (or, as the case may be, by any of the Sellers) as confidential, or is marked or is by its nature confidential, together with the contents of this Agreement (including all Schedules and annexures) and of the other Transaction Documents (including all Schedules and annexures);

Consultancy Agreement means a consultancy agreement in the agreed form between the Buyer (or its nominee) end Paul Brosnan;

Continuing Security interests means the Security Interests listed in Schedule 3 which are to remain in force after Completion;

Debt at Completion means the aggregate of all borrowings and other indebtedness owed by the Group on a consolidated basis as at Completion as determined in accordance with Schedule 6 and set out in Part B of the Completion Statement (and for the avoidance of doubt, any item treated as a liability in Actual Working Capital or taken into account in arriving at Cash at Completion shall not constitute Debt at Completion and any amounts paid or settled by the Buyer pursuant to clauses 8.4.3(e) and 8.4.3(f) shall be taken into account in arriving at Debt at Completion);

Deferred Scheme means the Huntyard Limited Deferred Share Scheme adopted by the Company on 16 May 2007;

Disclosed means disclosed by the Disclosure Letter in sufficient detail to enable the Buyer to make a reasonably informed decision about the nature and effect of the matter or other information in question:

Disclosure Letter means the letter from the Warrantors to the Buyer with the same date as this Agreement and described as the disclosure letter including the bundle of documents attached to it (Disclosure Bundle);

Due Amount means the amount (if any) due to the Buyer on a Claim being settled as set out in clause 12.12;

Escrow Accounts Instruction Letter means the agreed farm letter from the Sellers and the Buyer to the Sellers Solicitors and the Buyers Solicitors relating to the operation of the Claims Escrow Account, the Retention Escrow Account and the Chigwell Escrow Account;

Escrow Instructions means joint written instructions to the Sellers’ Solicitors and the Buyers Solicitors,

Government Entity means any supra-national, national, state, municipal of local government (including any subdivision, court, administrative agency or commission or other authority thereof) or any quasi-governmental or private body exercising any regulatory, taxing, importing or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including the European Commission;

Group means the Company and its Subsidiaries for the time being, the expression member of the Group or Group Company meaning any one of them;

Initial Consideration means £30,423,740 (thirty million four hundred and twenty three thousand seven hundred and forty pounds);

Interest Rate means 2% above the base rate of Lloyds TSB Bank plc from time to time;

Management Accounts means the unaudited balance sheet of the Group as at the Management Accounts Date, and the unaudited profit and loss account of Group for the period from 1 January 2012 to the Management Accounts Date, as included in the Disclosure Bundle;

Minority Share Sale Agreement means an agreement in the agreed form for the purchase by the Buyer of the Partly Paid Shares;

Partly Paid Shares means the 252,500 redeemable shares of 1 penny each in the Company issued pursuant to the Deferred Scheme;

Pension Scheme means the group personal pension plan known 25 the Standard Life Group Flexible Retirement Plan whose key features are included in the Disclosure Bundle;

Related Person means, in relation to any particular person, any person connected with, or controlled by or controlling, such particular person, all of them and each of them as the context admits or requires; and Related Persons shall be construed accordingly;

Retention Amount means the sum of £500,000 (five hundred thousand pounds) to be paid into the Retention Escrow Account pursuant to clause 8.4.3(b) and clause 7, of such principal sum as shall remain in the Retention Escrow Account from time to time;

Retention Escrow Account means the interest bearing deposit account to be operated in accordance with clause 7 and the Escrow Accounts Instruction Letter in the joint names of the Sellers’ Solicitors and the Buyer’s Solicitors at National Westminster Bank plc;

Sale Shares means the issued shares in the capital of the Company (including the Treasury Share) as set out in Schedule 1 and which, on Completion, together with the Partly Paid Shares constitute the entire issued and to be issued share capital of the Company;

Scheme Loan means any loan entered into between the Company and a Treasury Share Seller for the purpose of enabling the Treasury Share Seller to finance the Treasury Share Purchase Price;

Security Interest means any encumbrance, mortgage, charge, assignment for the purpose of security, option, pledge, lien, right of set-off, retention of title or hypothecation of adverse right or interest for the purpose, or which has the effect, of granting security interests of any kind whatsoever and any agreement, whether conditional of otherwise, to create any of the foregoing;

Sellers’ Representative means Matthew Moore (one of the Sellers) or such other person appointed from time to time by notice served on the Buyer and signed by a majority in number of the Sellers;

Sellers’ Solicitor’s Account means the Sellers’ Solicitor’s client account, number , with National Westminster Bank plc, Portsmouth (sort code );

Sellers’ Solicitors means Blake Lapthorn of New Kings Court, Tollgate, Chandler’s Ford. Hampshire SO53 3LG;

pursuant to which two of the Shareholder Loans were advanced, copies of which are contained in the Disclosure Bundle;

together with accrued interest (including any arrears) due thereon up to the Completion Date as set out in clause 8.4.3(e);

Transaction Documents means this Agreement (including the Schedules and any annexures) and any other agreements or documents entered into or delivered pursuant to this Agreement (or any of them) including the agreed form documents;

Treasury Shares means the 165,000 redeemable shares in the Company held in Treasury but due to be transferred to the Treasury Share Sellers immediately prior to Completion and included in the Sale Shares;

Treasury Share Sellers means Paul Brosnan (as to 140,000 of the Treasury Shares) and Matthew Moore (as to 25,000 of the Treasury Shares);

Treasury Tax Liabilities means any liability including income tax due under PAYE or any other equivalent withholding system together with any employees national insurance or similar social security contributions for which any Group Company has to account to HMRC (other than employer’s national insurance contributions) as a result of or in connection with the sale of the Treasury Shares to the Treasury Share Sellers and set out opposite the names of the Treasury Share Sellers in column 10 of Schedule 1 and adjusted to reflect the amount of the fees and other expenses as advised by the Sellers pursuant to in clause 5.2;

Warranties means the warranties and undertakings contained or referred to in clause 9 and set out in Schedule 4 (and Warranty shall be construed accordingly); and

Warrantors means Lydian Capital Partners LP, Paul Brosnan and Matthew Moore.

save to the extent that such modification, consolidation or re-enactment imposes any new or extended liability or restriction on a party to this Agreement after the dale of this Agreement;

and the knowledge, belief and awareness of he Warrantors shall be deemed to include the knowledge of each of them.

provided that, before any such disclosure is made to any such person, the relevant party:

or at such other address as the relevant party may from time to time specify by notice to the other parties given under this clause.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Agreement has been executed as a deed and is delivered and takes effect on the date stated at the beginning of it.

WHEREAS the Board of Managers (the “Board”) of Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (the “Company”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its sole member Bright Horizons Capital Corp., and Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (f/k/a Bright Horizons Solutions Corp.) (“Parent”) and its stockholders, for the Company to agree to provide benefits to those members of management, including yourself, who are responsible for the policy-making functions of the Company and the overall viability of the Company’s business, in the event that you should leave the employ of the Company under the circumstances described below;

WHEREAS the Board recognizes that the possibility of a change of control of the Company or Parent is unsettling to such members of management, including yourself, and desires to make these arrangements at this time to help assure a continuing dedication by you and your fellow members of management to your duties to the Company and its sole member (and Parent and its stockholders), notwithstanding the occurrence hereafter of attempts to gain control of the Company and the resultant disruptive effects on the management of the Company’s business;

WHEREAS the Board believes it important, should the Company receive proposals from third parties with respect to its future, to enable you, without being influenced by the uncertainties of your own employment situation and in addition to your regular duties, to assess and advise the Board whether such proposals would be in the best interests of the Company and its sole member (and Parent and its stockholders) and to take such other action regarding such proposals as the Board might determine to be appropriate;

WHEREAS the Board also wishes to demonstrate to executives of the Company that the Company is concerned with the welfare of its executives and intends to see that loyal executives are treated fairly;

WHEREAS the Board wishes to supersede and replace the agreement between you and Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc. (as predecessor to the Company) entitled “Amended & Restated Severance Agreement” and dated May 28, 2008 (the “Prior Severance Agreement”) with this Amended & Restated Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS reference is made to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 14, 2008 (the “Merger Agreement”), among Bright Horizons Capital Corp. (f/k/a Swingset Holdings Corp.), a Delaware corporation, Bright Horizons Acquisition Corp. (f/k/a Swingset Acquisition Corp.), a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”) and the Company (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc.), pursuant to which Merger Sub merged with and into the Company (the “Merger”) pursuant to the Merger Agreement. Since the Merger, Parent has indirectly owned all of the outstanding stock of the Company.

NOW, THEREFORE, to assure the Company that it will have your continued dedication and the availability of your advice and counsel notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a bid to take over control of the Company, and to induce you to remain in the employ of the Company, and in consideration of the stock options you were granted under the Bright Horizons Solutions Corp. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan following the Merger, your continued employment by the Company, the mutual promises contained herein, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, you agree as follows:

1. Employee’s Undertaking. You agree that, in the event that any Person begins a tender or exchange offer, circulates a proxy to the Company’s member (or Parent’s stockholders) or takes other steps to effect a Change of Control, you will not voluntarily leave the employ of the Company and will faithfully and diligently render the services contemplated in the recitals to this Agreement until such Person has abandoned or terminated his efforts to effect a Change of Control or until a Change of Control has occurred.

2. Severance Benefits. In the event that, within twenty-four (24) months after a Change of Control, your employment with the Company is terminated for any reason other than for Cause or death or disability or you terminate your employment for Good Reason, the Company will provide you the following severance pay and benefits, subject to your continued performance under this Agreement and to the further provisions of this Agreement:

2.1 Within thirty (30) days of such termination of employment, the Company will pay your annual base salary accrued through the date of such termination to the extent not theretofore paid and a prorated portion of any bonus payable for the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs.

2.2 So long as you are not in breach of any provision of this Agreement, the Company will provide you severance pay following the termination of your employment (i) for a period equal to the number of months that you have been employed by the Company, not to exceed twenty four (24) months or (ii) until you secure other employment, whichever is less (the “Severance Payment Period”). Bi-weekly severance pay shall equal one fifty-second (1/52) of your total base salary and cash bonus compensation for the last two years of your employment; provided, however, that if you have been employed by the Company for less than two years, such bi-weekly severance pay shall equal the quotient of (i) the total base salary and cash bonus compensation paid to you during your employment with the Company divided by (ii) the total

number of weeks that you have been employed by the Company, which for purposes hereof shall include the week of termination, multiplied by (iii) two (2). Severance payments shall be made in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices and shall be reduced by taxes and all other legally-required deductions.

2.3 If you elect to continue your participation and that of your eligible dependents in the Company’s group health plans in accordance with applicable federal law following termination of your employment, then, for a period of twenty-four (24) months from the date your employment terminates or until you become eligible for coverage under the group health plans of another employer, whichever is less, the Company will pay the premiums for such participation; provided, however that if your continued participation in the Company’s group health plans is not possible under the terms of those plans, the Company shall instead arrange to provide you and your dependents substantially similar benefits upon comparable terms or pay you an amount equal to the full cash value thereof in cash. Your participation in all other employee benefits plans will cease on the date your employment terminates, in accordance with the terms of those plans.

2.4 Any obligation of the Company to you hereunder, including without limitation under Section 2 and Section 11 of this Agreement, other than for accrued but unpaid base salary or benefits, shall be conditioned on your execution of a general release of claims in the form attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A (the “Release of Claims”) within twenty-one (21) days following the date your employment is terminated (or such longer period as the Company shall determine it is required by law to permit the you to consider the Release of Claims) and provided you do not revoke the Release of Claims thereafter.

3. Stock Options. Notwithstanding any provision of any stock option or comparable plan of the Company or option agreements thereunder, all options granted you under such plans and not then exercised, expired, surrendered or canceled shall vest immediately prior to a Change in Control, except in the event that such vesting would preclude the pooling method of accounting for the specific transaction that resulted in such Change in Control.

4.1 You agree that, at any time during your employment and during the Severance Payment Period, you will not directly or indirectly, whether as owner, partner, investor, consultant, agent, employee or otherwise, compete with the business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or undertake any active planning for any business competitive with that of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates in any geographic area in which the Company does, or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates do, business or is formally planning at any time prior to the termination of your employment to do business, without the prior written consent of the Board, which consent may be withheld in the Board’s sole discretion.

4.2 You agree that, during your employment and during the Severance Payment Period, you will not directly or indirectly (a) solicit or encourage any customer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them; or (b) seek to persuade any such customer or prospective customer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to conduct with anyone else any business or activity which such

customer or prospective customer conducts or could conduct with the Company or any of its subsidiaries and affiliates; provided that these restrictions shall apply (y) only with respect to those Persons who are or have been a customer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates at any time within the immediately preceding two year period or whose business has been solicited on behalf of the Company or any of the subsidiaries or affiliates by any of their officers, employees or agents within said two year period, other than by form letter, blanket mailing or published advertisement, and (z) only if you have performed work for such Person during your employment with the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates or have been introduced to, or otherwise had contact with, such Person as a result of your employment or other associations with the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates or have had access to Confidential Information which would assist in your solicitation of such Person.

4.3 You agree that, during your employment and during the Severance Payment Period, you will not, and will not assist anyone else to, (a) hire or assist in or solicit for hiring any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or seek to persuade any employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to discontinue employment or (b) solicit or encourage any independent contractor providing services to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates to terminate or diminish its relationship with them. For the purposes of this Agreement, an “employee” of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is any person who was such at any time within the preceding two (2) years.

4.4 In the event of termination of your employment under the circumstances described herein, the arrangements provided for by this Agreement, by any stock option or other written agreement between you and Parent in effect at that time and by any applicable employee benefit plans of the Company in effect at that time (in each case as modified by this Agreement) will constitute the entire obligation of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates to you, and performance by the Company (or, in the case of any such stock option, Parent) will constitute full settlement of any claim that you might otherwise assert against the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates on account of such termination.

5. Confidentiality. You acknowledge that the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates continually develop Confidential Information, that you may develop Confidential Information for the Company or its subsidiaries and affiliates, and that you may learn of Confidential Information during the course of employment. You agree that all Confidential Information that you create or to which you have access as a result of your employment is and shall remain the sole and exclusive property of the Company, and that you will comply with the policies and procedures of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates for protecting Confidential Information. You further agree that, except as required for the proper performance of your duties for the Company or as required by applicable law (and then only to the extent so required), you will not, directly or indirectly, use for your own benefit or gain, or assist others in the application of or disclose any Confidential Information. You understand and agree that these restrictions will continue to apply after your employment terminates, regardless of the reason for termination and regardless of whether you are receiving or are entitled to receive any payments or other benefits under this Agreement.

6.1 You agree that the restrictions on, and other provisions relating to, your activities contained in this Agreement are fully reasonable and necessary to protect the goodwill, Confidential Information and other legitimate business interests of the Company. You also acknowledge and agree that, were you to breach the provisions of this Agreement, the harm to the Company would be irreparable. You therefore agree that in the event of such breach or threatened breach, the Company shall, in addition to any other remedies available to it, have the right to obtain preliminary and permanent injunctive relief against any such breach without having to post bond, and will additionally be entitled to an award of attorneys’ fees incurred in connection with securing any of its rights under Sections 4 or 5 of this Agreement. You also agree that the period of restriction referenced in Sections 4.1, 4.2, and 4.3 hereof shall be tolled and shall not run during any period of time when you are in violation thereof. You further agree that, in addition to any other relief awarded to the Company as a result of your breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to recover all payments made to you or on your behalf hereunder. It is agreed and understood that no claimed breach of this Agreement by the Company, and no claimed violation of law, shall excuse you from your performance obligations under Sections 4 and 5 hereof, nor shall changes in the nature, scope, or content of your employment, or in your compensation, excuse you from your performance of such obligations or require that this Agreement be re-signed.

6.2 You hereby agree that in the event any provision of this Agreement shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable by reason of its being extended over too long a time, too large a geographic area or too great a range of activities, such provision shall be deemed to be modified to permit its enforcement to the maximum extent permitted by law.

7. Definitions. Words or phrases which are initially capitalized or within quotation marks shall have the meanings provided in this Section 7 and as provided elsewhere herein. For purposes of this Agreement, the following definitions apply:

7.2 “Cause” means (i) the commission of fraud, embezzlement, theft or other material act of dishonesty in the performance of your duties for, or responsibilities to, the Company and (ii) willful, or repeated and negligent, failure to adequately perform your duties for, or responsibilities to, the Company after reasonable notice from the Board setting forth in reasonable detail the nature of such failure and you shall not have remedied such failure within ten (10) days of receiving such notice. Any act, or failure to act, based on authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or based on the advice of counsel of the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interest of the Company.

7.3 “Change of Control” shall be deemed to take place if hereafter (i) any Person (other than any Person which is a holder of Parent common stock on the date hereof or any direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act) of securities of (x) the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then-outstanding securities, or (y) Parent representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of Parent’s then-outstanding securities (ii) the

Company or Parent (or any wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent that is a direct or indirect parent company of the Company) is a party to a merger, consolidation sale of assets or other reorganization, or a proxy contest, as a consequence of which members of the Board or the Board of Directors of Parent (the “Parent Board”) in office immediately prior to such transaction or event constitute less than a majority of the Board or the Parent Board, as applicable, thereafter, or (iii) individuals who, at the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Continuing Directors”) or the Parent Board (the “Continuing Parent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof; provided, however, that any manager or director, as applicable, who is not in office at the date hereof but whose election by the Board or the Parent Board, as applicable, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s member or Parent’s stockholders, as applicable, was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the managers or directors, as applicable, then still in office who either were managers or directors, as applicable, at the date hereof or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved shall be deemed to be a Continuing Director or Continuing Parent Director, as applicable, for purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, a “Change of Control” will not be deemed to have occurred solely because of the acquisition of the securities of the Company or Parent (or any reporting requirement under the Act relating thereto) by an employee benefit plan maintained by the Company or Parent for its employees.

7.5 “Confidential Information” means any and all information of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates that is not generally known by others with whom they compete or do business, or with whom they plan to compete or do business and any and all information, publicly known in whole or in part or not, which, if disclosed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, would assist in competition against any of them. Confidential Information includes without limitation such information relating to (i) the financial performance and strategic plans of the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, (ii) the identity and special needs of their customers and the structure of any contractual relationship with such customers and (iii) the people and organizations with whom they have business relationships and the substance of those relationships. Confidential Information also includes any and all information that the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates has received from others with any understanding that it would not be disclosed.

7.6 “Good Reason” means any material diminution in your base salary, bonus opportunity, position or nature or scope of responsibilities (other than by inadvertence) or any material reduction in your benefits that uniquely and disproportionately affects you, in each case occurring without your consent and as to which (x) you have provided written notice to the Board within thirty (30) days of the date on which you knew or reasonably should have known of such diminution or reduction, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the nature of such Good Reason, (y) the Company shall not have remedied such diminution or reduction within thirty (30) days of receiving such written notice, and (z) you shall have terminated your employment within ten (10) days after the Company’s failure to remedy such diminution or reduction. Termination of employment for Good Reason, as provided herein, is intended to be an involuntary separation of service for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be construed accordingly.

7.7 “Person” means an individual, a corporation, an association, a partnership, an estate, a trust or other entity or organization (including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Act), other than the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

8. Assignment. Neither the Company nor you may make any assignment of this Agreement or any interest herein, by operation of law or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the other; provided, however, that the Company may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement without your consent in the event that the Company shall hereafter effect a reorganization, or consolidate with, or merge into any Person or other entity or transfer all or substantially all of its property or assets to any Person. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company, its successors (including without limitation any transferee of all or substantially all of its assets) and permitted assigns and upon you, your executors, administrators, heirs and permitted assigns.

In the event of any merger, consolidation, or sale of assets as described above, nothing contained in this Agreement will detract from or otherwise limit your right to participate or privilege of participation in any stock option or purchase plan or any bonus, profit sharing, pension, group insurance, hospitalization, or other incentive or benefit plan or arrangement which may be or become applicable to executives of the corporation resulting from such merger or consolidation or the corporation acquiring such assets of the Company.

In the event of any merger, consolidation or sale of assets as described above, references to the Company in this Agreement shall, unless the context suggests otherwise, be deemed to include the entity resulting from such merger or consolidation or the acquirer of such assets of the Company.

All payments required to be made, or other benefits required to be provided, by the Company hereunder to you or your dependents, beneficiaries, or estate will be subject to the withholding of such amounts relating to tax and/or other payroll deductions as may be required by law.

9. Notices. Any and all notices, requests, demands, acceptances, appointments and other communications provided for by this Agreement shall be in writing (including telex, telecopy or similar tele-transmission) and shall be effective when actually delivered in person or, if mailed, five (5) days after having been deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, registered or certified and addressed to you at your last known address on the books of the Company, or in the case of the Company, addressed to its principal place of business, attention of Chief Executive Officer, or to such other address as either party may specify by notice to the other.

10. Miscellaneous. The headings and captions in this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define or describe the scope or content of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may not be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in a writing signed by you and such officer as may be specifically designated by the Board. The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which together constitute one and the same instrument. If any term or other provision of

this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law, or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the fullest extent possible.

11.1 Payments Upon Termination for Cause, Death, Disability or Voluntary Resignation. If (a) the Company at any time terminates your employment for Cause or (b) you voluntarily resign for any reason other than Good Reason, then in either case you shall be entitled to receive only your base salary and any other accrued benefits then due you on a pro rata basis to the date of termination plus reimbursement of properly reimbursable expenses through the date of termination. If you at any time die or become disabled (“disabled” being defined as your inability to perform your normal employment duties for a consecutive six (6) month period during the term of this Agreement because of either physical or mental incapacity), you shall be entitled to receive only your base salary and any other accrued benefits due you and any incentive bonus compensation on a pro rata basis and reimbursement of properly reimbursable expenses to the date of termination. “Pro rata” shall mean the product of your annual base salary and any incentive bonus compensation that would have been payable had your employment not terminated multiplied by a fraction the denominator of which is 365 and the numerator of which is the number of days during the calendar year that have passed through the date of the termination of your employment.

11.2 Payments Upon Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. If the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you resign for Good Reason, then in either case you shall be entitled to receive bi-weekly severance payments for a period of eighteen (18) months from the date of termination at your base salary level, with all benefits and taxes handled in the same manner as described in Section 2 above, plus any incentive bonus compensation and any other accrued benefits then due you on a pro rata basis through date of termination. Any payments or benefits provided under this Section 11 shall be in lieu of and not in addition to any payments or benefits provided under Section 2, and at no time will you be eligible for payments or benefits under both Section 2 and Section 11.

12. Section 409A. It is intended that (1) each installment of the payments provided under this Agreement is a separate “payment” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code and (2) that while the Company does not guarantee the tax treatment of deferred compensation payments, if any, made pursuant to this Agreement under Section 409A of the Code, this Agreement complies with Section 409A to the extent applicable and shall be interpreted and administered consistent therewith. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Company determines (i) that on the date your employment with the Company terminates or at such other time that the Company determines to be relevant, you are a “specified employee” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-I(i)(1)) of the Company and (ii) that any payments to be provided to you pursuant to this Agreement are or may become subject to the additional tax

under Section 409A(a)(1)(B) of the Code or any other taxes or penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code if provided at the time otherwise required under this Agreement, then such payments shall be delayed until the date that is six (6) months after the date of your “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation 1.409A-I(h)) with the Company. Any payments delayed pursuant to this Section 12 shall be made in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following your “separation from service” (as such term is defined under Treasury Regulation l.409A-I(h)), and any remaining payments required to be made under this Agreement will be paid upon the schedule otherwise applicable to such payments under the Agreement.

13. Acknowledgment. You acknowledge and agree that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement did not constitute a Change of Control for purposes of this Agreement, the Prior Severance Agreement or any similar prior agreements.

14. Prior Agreement Superseded. You acknowledge and agree that this Agreement supersedes and replaces the Prior Severance Agreement.

If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please so indicate by signing and returning to me the original of this Agreement, whereupon this Agreement shall constitute a binding agreement between you and the Company. The second copy is for your records.

FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION OF the benefits to be provided me in connection with the termination of my employment, as set forth in the agreement between me and Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (the “Company”) dated as of September 25, 2012 (the “Agreement”), which are conditioned on my signing this Release of Claims and to which I am not otherwise entitled, I, on my own behalf and on behalf of my heirs, executors, administrators, beneficiaries, representatives and assigns, and all others connected with or claiming through me, hereby release and forever discharge the Company, its subsidiaries and other affiliates and all of their respective past, present and future officers, directors, trustees, shareholders, employees, employee benefit plans, agents, general and limited partners, members, managers, investors, joint venturers, representatives, successors and assigns, and all others connected with any of them, both individually and in their official capacities, from any and all causes of action, rights or claims of any type or description, known or unknown, which I have had in the past, now have, or might now have, through the date of my signing of this Release of Claims, in any way resulting from, arising out of or connected with my employment by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates or the termination of that employment or pursuant to any federal, state or local law, regulation or other requirement (including without limitation Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the fair employment practices laws of the state or states in which I have been employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates, each as amended from time to time).

Excluded from the scope of this Release of Claims is (i) any claim arising under the terms of the Agreement or pursuant to the terms of any outstanding equity award or related agreement in respect thereof after the effective date of this Release of Claims and (ii) any right of indemnification or contribution that I have pursuant to the Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or other affiliates.

In signing this Release of Claims, I acknowledge my understanding that I may not sign it prior to the termination of my employment, but that I may consider the terms of this Release of Claims for up to twenty-one (21) days (or such longer period as the Company may specify) from the later of the date my employment with the Company terminates or the date I receive this Release of Claims. I also acknowledge that I am advised by the Company and its subsidiaries and other affiliates to seek the advice of an attorney prior to signing this Release of Claims; that I have had sufficient time to consider this Release of Claims and to consult with an attorney, if I wished to do so, or to consult with any other person of my choosing before signing; and that I am signing this Release of Claims voluntarily and with a full understanding of its terms.

I further acknowledge that, in signing this Release of Claims, I have not relied on any promises or representations, express or implied, that are not set forth expressly in the Agreement. I understand that I may revoke this Release of Claims at any time within seven (7) days of the date of my signing by written notice to the Chief Administrative Officer of the Company and that this Release of Claims will take effect only upon the expiration of such seven-day revocation period

and only if I have not timely revoked it. Intending to be legally bound, I have signed this Release of Claims under seal as of the date written below.

WHEREAS the Board also wishes to demonstrate to executives of the Company that the Company is concerned with the welfare of its executives and intends to see that loyal executives are treated fairly;

14. Prior Agreement Superseded. You acknowledge and agree that this Agreement supersedes and replaces the Prior Severance Agreement.

and only if I have not timely revoked it. Intending to be legally bound, I have signed this Release of Claims under seal as of the date written below.

WHEREAS the Board also wishes to demonstrate to executives of the Company that the Company is concerned with the welfare of its executives and intends to see that loyal executives are treated fairly;

11.2 Payments Upon Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. If the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you resign for Good Reason, then in either case you shall be entitled to receive bi-weekly severance payments for a period of one (1) year from the date of termination at your base salary level, with all benefits and taxes handled in the same manner as described in Section 2 above, plus any incentive bonus compensation and any other accrued benefits then due you on a pro rata basis through date of termination. Any payments or benefits provided under this Section 11 shall be in lieu of and not in addition to any payments or benefits provided under Section 2, and at no time will you be eligible for payments or benefits under both Section 2 and Section 11.

14. Prior Agreement Superseded. You acknowledge and agree that this Agreement supersedes and replaces the Prior Severance Agreement.

and only if I have not timely revoked it. Intending to be legally bound, I have signed this Release of Claims under seal as of the date written below.

WHEREAS the Board of Managers (the “Board”) of Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC (the “Company”) has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its sole member Bright Horizons Capital Corp., and Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc. (f/k/a Bright Horizons Solutions Corp.) (“Parent”) and its stockholders, for the Company to agree to provide benefits to certain members of management, including yourself, who are responsible for certain senior team functions for the Company and the overall viability of the Company’s business, in the event that you should leave the employ of the Company under the circumstances described below;

WHEREAS the Board also wishes to demonstrate to executives of the Company that the Company is concerned with the welfare of its executives and intends to see that loyal senior team employees are treated fairly;

WHEREAS the Board wishes to supersede and replace the agreement between you and Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc. (as predecessor to the Company) entitled “Severance Agreement” and dated May 28, 2008 (the “Prior Severance Agreement”) with this Amended & Restated Severance Agreement (the “Agreement”); and

11.2 Payments Upon Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason. If the Company terminates your employment without Cause or you resign for Good Reason, then in either case you shall be entitled to receive bi-weekly severance payments for a period of one (1) year from the date of termination at your base salary level, with all benefits and taxes handled in the same manner as described in Section 2 above, plus any incentive bonus compensation and any other accrued benefits then due you on a pro rata basis through date of termination. Any payments or benefits provided under this Section 11 shall be in lieu of and not in addition to any payments or benefits provided under Section 2, and at no time will you be eligible for payments or benefits under both Section 2 and Section 11.

14. Prior Agreement Superseded. You acknowledge and agree that this Agreement supersedes and replaces the Prior Severance Agreement.

and only if I have not timely revoked it. Intending to be legally bound, I have signed this Release of Claims under seal as of the date written below.

as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender

This CREDIT AND GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of May 28, 2008, is entered into by and among BRIGHT HORIZONS ACQUISITION CORP. (formerly known as Swingset Acquisition Corp.), a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (as survivor of the merger with Merger Sub, “Borrower”), BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP. (formerly known as Swingset Holdings Corp.), a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF BORROWER, as Guarantors, the Lenders party hereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. (“GSCP”), as Syndication Agent (in such capacity, “Syndication Agent”) and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION (“GECC”), as Administrative Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Administrative Agent”) and as Collateral Agent (together with its permitted successors in such capacity, “Collateral Agent”).

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used in these Recitals shall have the respective meanings set forth for such terms in Section 1.1 hereof;

WHEREAS, Lenders have agreed to extend certain credit facilities to Borrower, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $440,000,000, consisting of $365,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Tranche B Term Loans, and $75,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Revolving Commitments, the proceeds of which will be used, in part, to finance the Transactions (as defined below) and otherwise in accordance with Section 2.6;

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 14, 2008 (together with the schedules and exhibits thereto, the “Acquisition Agreement”) by and among Holdings, Merger Sub and the Borrower, (i) Holdings will acquire (the “Acquisition”) all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “Acquired Business”), and (ii) Merger Sub will be merged with and into the Borrower, with the Borrower as the surviving corporation;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Acquisition, the Sponsor (as defined below) and certain other co-investors identified by the Sponsor, including certain members of the existing management of the Borrower will make, directly or indirectly, cash contributions to the Borrower in exchange for direct or indirect common Equity Interests (as defined below) of Holdings (the “Equity Contribution”);

WHEREAS, Borrower will use the proceeds of (a) the Equity Contribution, (b) the Loans made hereunder on the Closing Date, and (c) the Holdings Notes and the Subordinated Notes (each as defined below), in each case issued on the Closing Date, to (i) finance the Acquisition, (ii) repay the Existing Indebtedness (as defined below) (the “Refinancing”) and (iii) pay the Transaction Costs (as defined below) (each of the foregoing transactions described in this paragraph, together with the Reorganization (as defined below), collectively, the “Transactions”);

WHEREAS, immediately following the consummation of the Acquisition, Holdings and certain of its Subsidiaries will be reorganized as described on Schedule I (the “Reorganization”), and following the Reorganization, each reference in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to (i) the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as successor to Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc. and (ii) each applicable “Guarantor” shall be deemed to be a reference to the applicable successor thereto as identified on Schedule I;

WHEREAS, Borrower has agreed to secure all of its Obligations by granting to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a First Priority Lien on substantially all of its assets, including a pledge of all of the Equity Interests of each of its Domestic Subsidiaries and 65% of all the voting Equity Interests of each of its direct Foreign Subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, Guarantors have agreed to guarantee the obligations of Borrower hereunder and to secure their respective Obligations by granting to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a First Priority Lien on substantially all of their respective assets, including a pledge of all of the Equity Interests of each of their respective Domestic Subsidiaries (including Borrower) and 65% of all the voting Equity Interests of each of their respective direct Foreign Subsidiaries.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.1. Definitions. The following terms used herein, including in the preamble, recitals, exhibits and schedules hereto, shall have the following meanings:

“Acquired Business Material Adverse Effect” means any event, circumstance, change or effect that is, or would be reasonably likely to be, individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to the business, financial condition or results of operations of the Acquired Business and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or would prevent the consummation of the Acquisition; provided, however, that in no event shall any of the following, alone or in combination, be deemed to constitute, nor shall any of the following be taken into account in determining whether there has been, an Acquired Business Material Adverse Effect: (i) any event, circumstance, change or effect resulting from or relating to (A) a change in general economic, political or financial market conditions, including interest or exchange rates, (B) a change in the industries, or in the business conditions in the geographic regions in which the Acquired Business and its subsidiaries operate, including, but not limited to, a change in general economic conditions that affect the industries in which the Acquired Business and its subsidiaries conduct their business, (C) any change in accounting requirements or principles required by changes in GAAP (or any interpretations thereof) or required by any change in applicable laws (or any interpretations thereof), (D) any adoption, implementation, promulgation, repeal, modification, reinterpretation or proposal of any law after the date hereof, (E) any acts of terrorism or war or any weather

related event, fire or natural disaster or any escalation thereof, (F) the announcement of the execution of the Acquisition Agreement or the pendency of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated thereby, including the impact thereof on relationships with current and prospective clients, employer partners, vendors, suppliers and employees, (G) the identity of Holdings, Merger Sub or any of their affiliates as the acquiror of the Acquired Business or any facts or circumstances concerning Holdings, Merger Sub or any of their affiliates, or (H) compliance with the terms of, or the taking of any action required by or the failure to take any action prohibited by, the Acquisition Agreement (other than (i) pursuant to any requirement to operate in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice or to make the representations and warranties of the Acquired Business accurate, or (ii) the consummation of the Acquisition) or consented to by Holdings; except, in the case of the foregoing clauses (A), (B), (D) and (E), to the extent such event, circumstance, change or effect would have a materially disproportionate impact on the Acquired Business and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, as compared to other persons in the industry in which the Acquired Business and its subsidiaries conduct their business after taking into account the size of the Acquired Business relative to such other persons; (ii) any failure to meet internal or published projections, forecasts, performance measures, operating statistics or revenue or earnings predictions or a decline in the price or trading volume of the common stock of the Acquired Business (provided that, except as otherwise provided in this definition, the underlying causes of such failure or decline may be considered in determining whether there is an Acquired Business Material Adverse Effect) or (iii) any actions, challenges or investigations relating to the Acquisition Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby made or brought by any of the current or former stockholders of the Acquired Business (on their own behalf or on behalf of the Acquired Business) resulting from, relating to or arising out of the Acquisition Agreement or the Acquisition.

“Acquisition” as defined in the recitals hereto. “Acquisition Agreement” as defined in the recitals hereto.

“Acquisition Consideration” means an amount equal to (i) the purchase consideration for any Permitted Acquisition paid by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in exchange for, or as part of, or in connection with, any Permitted Acquisition, whether paid in cash or by exchange of Equity Interests or of properties or otherwise and whether payable at or prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition or deferred for payment at any future time, whether or not any such future payment is subject to the occurrence of any contingency, and includes any and all payments representing the purchase price and any assumptions of Indebtedness, “earn-outs” and other agreements (other than compensation arrangements with officers, employees and consultants of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Person which shall become an officer, employee or consultant of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as a result of the Permitted Acquisition) to make any payment the amount of which is, or the terms of payment of which are, in any respect subject to or contingent upon the revenues, income, cash flow or profits (or the like) of any person or business, minus (ii) net asset sale proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries from the sale of property acquired or to be acquired in connection with any Permitted Acquisition and sold pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction permitted under Section 6.10, in an amount not to exceed $12,500,000 in any Fiscal Year.

“Adjusted Eurodollar Rate” means, for any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to an Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum obtained by dividing

(and rounding upward to the next whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) (i) (a) the rate per annum (rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the rate determined by Administrative Agent to be the offered rate which appears on the page of the Reuters Screen which displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate (such page currently being LIBOR01 page) for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such period) with a term equivalent to such period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date, or (b) in the event the rate referenced in the preceding clause (a) does not appear on such page or service or if such page or service shall cease to be available, the rate per annum (rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the rate determined by Administrative Agent to be the offered rate on such other page or other service which displays an average British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for deposits (for delivery on the first day of such period) with a term equivalent to such period in Dollars, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date, or (c) in the event the rates referenced in the preceding clauses (a) and (b) are not available, the rate per annum (rounded to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the offered quotation rate to first class banks in the London interbank market by a commercial bank reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent for deposits (for delivery on the first day of the relevant period) in Dollars of amounts in same day funds comparable to the principal amount of the applicable Loan of Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, for which the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate is then being determined with maturities comparable to such period as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London, England time) on such Interest Rate Determination Date, by (ii) an amount equal to (a) one minus (b) the Applicable Reserve Requirement; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans, the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate shall at no time prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date be less than 3.50% per annum.

“Adverse Proceeding” means any action, suit, proceeding, hearing (whether administrative, judicial or otherwise), governmental investigation or arbitration (whether or not purportedly on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) at law or in equity, or before or by any Governmental Authority, domestic or foreign (including any Environmental Claims), whether pending or, to the knowledge of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, threatened in writing against or affecting Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any property of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Affiliate” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, that Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as applied to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the Securities having ordinary voting power for the election of directors of such Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of that Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.

“Agent” means each of the Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent and Collateral Agent.

“Agreement” means this Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“AHYDO Amount” shall mean the amount of the “Special Mandatory Redemption”, required to be paid to holders of the Holdings Notes following the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.08 of the Holdings Notes Indenture, as in effect on the date hereof.

“Applicable Margin” and “Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage” mean (i) with respect to Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans and the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage, (a) from the Closing Date until the next succeeding Business Day after the date of delivery of the Compliance Certificate and the financial statements for the period ending on the last day of the second full fiscal quarter after the Closing Date, a percentage, per annum, determined by reference to the following table as if the Total Leverage Ratio then in effect were 5.00:1.00; and (b) thereafter, a percentage, per annum, determined by reference to the Total Leverage Ratio in effect from time to time as set forth below:

and (ii) with respect to Swing Line Loans and Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans, an amount equal to (a) the Applicable Margin for Eurodollar Rate Loans as set forth in clause (i)(a) or (i)(b) above, as applicable, minus (b) 1.00% per annum. No change in the Applicable Margin or the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage shall be effective until the next succeeding Business Day after the date on which Administrative Agent shall have received the applicable financial statements and a Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1(d) calculating the Total Leverage Ratio. At any time Borrower has not submitted to Administrative Agent the applicable information as and when required under Section 5.1(d), the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage shall be determined as if the Total Leverage Ratio were in excess of 5.00:1.00. Promptly following receipt of the applicable information under Section 5.1(d), Administrative Agent shall give each Lender telefacsimile or telephonic notice (confirmed in writing) of the Applicable Margin and the Applicable Revolving

Commitment Fee Percentage in effect from such date. In the event that any financial statement or certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1 is shown to be inaccurate (at a time when this Agreement is in effect and unpaid Obligations under this Agreement are outstanding (other than indemnities and other contingent obligations not yet due and payable)), and such inaccuracy, if corrected, would have led to the application of a higher Applicable Margin for any period (an “Applicable Period”) than the Applicable Margin applied for such Applicable Period, then (x) Borrower shall immediately deliver to Administrative Agent a correct certificate required by Section 5.1 for such Applicable Period, (y) the Applicable Margin shall be determined based upon the Total Leverage Ratio reflected in such corrected certificate and (z) Borrower shall immediately pay to Administrative Agent the accrued additional interest owing as a result of such increased Applicable Margin for such Applicable Period; provided, that non-payment as a result of such inaccuracy shall not in any event be deemed retroactively to be an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.1(a). Nothing in this paragraph shall limit the right of Administrative Agent or any Lender under Section 2.10 or Section 8.

“Applicable Prepayment Premium” means, with respect to any Tranche B Term Loans, an amount determined by multiplying the outstanding principal amount of such Tranche B Term Loans by (a) if such time is prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, 1.00% and (b) otherwise, zero.

“Applicable Reserve Requirement” means, at any time, for any Eurodollar Rate Loan, the maximum rate, expressed as a decimal, at which reserves (including any basic marginal, special, supplemental, emergency or other reserves) are required to be maintained with respect thereto against “Eurocurrency liabilities” (as such term is defined in Regulation D) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors or other applicable banking regulator. Without limiting the effect of the foregoing, the Applicable Reserve Requirement shall reflect any other reserves required to be maintained by such member banks with respect to (i) any category of liabilities which includes deposits by reference to which the applicable Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or any other interest rate of a Loan is to be determined, or (ii) any category of extensions of credit or other assets which include Eurodollar Rate Loans. A Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be deemed to constitute Eurocurrency liabilities and as such shall be deemed subject to reserve requirements without benefits of credit for proration, exceptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to the applicable Lender. The rate of interest on Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in the Applicable Reserve Requirement.

“Approved Deposit Account” means a Deposit Account that is the subject of an effective Deposit Account Control Agreement and that is maintained by any Credit Party with a Deposit Account Bank. “Approved Deposit Account” includes all monies on deposit in a Deposit Account and all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing such Deposit Account.

“Approved Electronic Communications” means any notice, demand, communication, information, document or other material that any Credit Party provides to Administrative Agent pursuant to any Credit Document or the transactions contemplated therein which is distributed to Agents or to Lenders by means of electronic communications pursuant to Section 10.1(b).

“Approved Securities Intermediary” means a “securities intermediary” or “commodity intermediary” (as such terms are defined in the UCC).

“Arranger” means Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., in its capacity as sole lead arranger under the Commitment Letter.

“Asset Sale” means a sale, lease or sub-lease (as lessor or sublessor), sale and leaseback, assignment, conveyance, exclusive license (as licensor or sublicensor), transfer or other disposition to, or any exchange of property with, any Person (other than Holdings, Borrower or any Guarantor Subsidiary), in one transaction or a series of transactions, of all or any part of Holdings’ or any of its Subsidiaries’ businesses, assets or properties of any kind, whether real, personal, or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed, including the Equity Interests of any of Holdings’ Subsidiaries (but excluding any issuance by Holdings of any of its Equity Interests to any Person), other than (i) inventory (or other assets) sold, leased or licensed out in the ordinary course of business (excluding any such sales, leases or licenses pursuant to or in contemplation of the discontinuation of any operation or division), and (ii) sales, leases or licenses out of other assets for aggregate consideration of (x) less than $2,500,000 with respect to any transaction or series of related transactions and (y) less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate during any Fiscal Year.

“Assignment Agreement” means an Assignment and Assumption Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit E, with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by Administrative Agent.

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, in respect of any Capital Lease (including any sale-leaseback transaction) of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

“Authorized Officer” means, as applied to any Person, any individual holding the position of chairman of the board (if an officer), chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief administrative officer, president or one of its vice presidents (or the equivalent thereof), and such Person’s chief financial officer or treasurer.

“Bankruptcy Code” means Title 11 of the United States Code entitled “Bankruptcy,” as now and hereafter in effect, or any successor statute.

“Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ¹/₂ of 1%. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans, the Base Rate shall at no time prior to the third anniversary of the Closing Date be less than 4.50% per annum.

“Base Rate Loan” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

“Beneficiary” means each Agent, Issuing Lender, Lender and Lender Counterparty.

“Board of Governors” means the Board of Governors of the United States Federal Reserve System, or any successor thereto.

“Business Day” means (i) any day excluding Saturday, Sunday and any day which is a legal holiday under the laws of the State of New York or is a day on which banking institutions located in such state are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close and (ii) with respect to all notices, determinations, fundings and payments in connection with the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate or any Eurodollar Rate Loans, the term “Business Day” means any day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

“Capital Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee that, in conformity with GAAP, is or should be accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

“Cash” means money, currency or a credit balance in any demand or Deposit Account.

“Cash Equivalents” means, as at any date of determination, any of the following: (i) marketable securities (a) issued or directly and unconditionally guaranteed as to interest and principal by the government of the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom or any other member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State or (b) issued by any agency of the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom or any other member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State, the obligations of which in the case of any securities issued by the United States or Canada are backed by the full faith and credit of the United States or Canada, in each case maturing within one year after such date, or in the case of securities issued by any agency of the United Kingdom or any other member state of the European Economic Area or any Participating Member State, the obligations of which have an equivalent credit rating to that country or member state, as applicable, and in each case maturing within one year after such date; (ii) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of any of the foregoing or any political subdivision or any public instrumentality thereof, in each case maturing within one year after such date and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (iii) commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the date of creation thereof and having, at the time of the acquisition thereof, a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s; (iv) time deposits with, certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within one year after such date and issued or accepted by any Lender or by any commercial bank organized under the laws of (1) the United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia that (a) is at least “adequately capitalized” (as defined in the regulations of its primary Federal banking regulator) and (b) has Tier 1 capital (as defined in such regulations) of not less than $100,000,000 or (2) Canada, the United Kingdom or any other member state of the European Economic Area or any

Participating Member State, in each case satisfying capital and credit rating requirements which are at least equivalent to those set forth in clause (1), and (v) shares of any money market mutual fund that (a) has substantially all of its assets invested continuously in the types of investments referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above, (b) has net assets of not less than $500,000,000, and (c) has the highest rating obtainable from either S&P or Moody’s.

“Certificate re Non-Bank Status” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit F.

(a) the Permitted Holders ceasing to have the power, directly or indirectly, to vote or direct the voting of securities having a majority of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors of Holdings; provided that the occurrence of any of the foregoing events shall not be deemed a Change of Control if:

(i) any time prior to the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatever, (A) the Permitted Holders otherwise have the right, directly or indirectly, to designate (and do so designate) a majority of the board of directors of Holdings or (B) the Permitted Holders own, directly or indirectly, of record or beneficially an amount of common stock or other common Equity Interests having ordinary voting power of Holdings equal to an amount more than fifty percent (50%) of the amount of common stock or other common Equity Interests having ordinary voting power of Holdings owned, directly or indirectly, by the Permitted Holders of record or beneficially as of the Closing Date and such ownership by the Permitted Holders represents the largest single block of voting securities having ordinary voting power of Holdings held by any Person or related group for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or

(ii) at any time after the consummation of a Qualifying IPO, and for any reason whatsoever, (A) no Person (other than one ore more Permitted Holders) or Persons (other than one or more Permitted Holders) that are together a “group” (within the meaning of sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) or are acting, for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities, as a “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under Securities Exchange Act of 1934), but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person and its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan), by way of merger, consolidation or other business combination or purchase, shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and 13(d)-5 under such Act), directly or indirectly, of more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding voting securities having ordinary voting power of Holdings and (y) the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities having ordinary voting power of Holdings owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially by the Permitted Holders, and (B) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, the board of directors of Holdings shall consist of a majority of the Continuing Directors; or

(b) Borrower ceasing to be a direct wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings (excluding any interests held by a general partner, managing member or equivalent entity which is itself a direct wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings); or

(c) the occurrence of any “change of control” or similar event under the Holdings Notes Indenture or Subordinated Notes Indenture.

“Class” means (i) with respect to Lenders, each of the following classes of Lenders: (a) Lenders having Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, (b) Lenders having Revolving Exposure (including Swing Line Lender) and (c) Lenders having New Term Loan Exposure of each applicable Series, and (ii) with respect to Loans, each of the following classes of Loans: (a) Tranche B Term Loans, (b) Revolving Loans (including Swing Line Loans) and (c) each Series of New Term Loans.

“Closing Date” means the date on which the Tranche B Term Loans are made in accordance with the terms hereof, which date is May 28, 2008.

“Closing Date Certificate” means a Closing Date Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G-1.

“Collateral” means, collectively, all of the real, personal and mixed property (including Equity Interests) in which Liens are purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents as security for the Obligations.

“Collateral Documents” means the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Mortgages, the Intellectual Property Security Agreements, the Foreign Pledge Agreements, the Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreements, if any, and all other instruments, documents and agreements delivered by any Credit Party pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents in order to grant to Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a Lien on any real, personal or mixed property of that Credit Party as security for the Obligations.

“Collateral Questionnaire” means a certificate in form reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent that provides information with respect to the personal or mixed property of each Credit Party.

“Compliance Certificate” means a Compliance Certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

“Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA” means, for any period, an amount determined for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to:

(a) Consolidated Net Income, plus, to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income, the sum, without duplication, of amounts for:

(ii) provisions for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including any distributions or dividends made to Holdings with respect thereto made pursuant to Section 6.4(c)(ii);

(iv) total amortization expense (whether classified as interest expense or any operating expense);

(v) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees paid (or accrued) in such period under the Management Agreement to the Sponsor pursuant to Section 6.4(d)(i) (but not including any indemnities and expenses and additional termination and transaction fees paid in such period under the Management Agreement);

(vi) the amount of (x) extraordinary or non-recurring losses and expenses (including all fees and expenses related thereto), (y) expenses or costs incurred in connection with being a public company prior to the Closing Date not to exceed $2,500,000 or (z) integration, consolidation and closing (including lease termination) costs for facilities in an aggregate amount pursuant to this clause (z) not to exceed $10,000,000;

(vii) any net loss from discontinued operations, subject to and consistent with an audit review;

(viii) any fees, expenses or charges in respect of third parties incurred during such period, or any amortization thereof for such period, in connection with any Permitted Acquisition, Investment, incurrence or repayment of Indebtedness (including such fees, expenses or charges related to the borrowing of the Loans or the issuance of the Holdings Notes or the Subordinated Notes), issuance of Equity Interests, refinancing transaction or amendment or modification of any debt instrument (including any amendment or other modification of the Loans, the Holdings Notes or the Subordinated Notes) and including, in each case, any such transaction consummated prior to the Closing Date and any such transaction for which the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall have entered into a binding agreement with respect thereto (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the effects of expensing all transaction related expenses in accordance with FAS 141(R) and gains or losses associated with FIN 45);

(ix) any expenses, charges or losses that are covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any Investment,

Permitted Acquisition or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement, to the extent actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that a reasonable basis exists for indemnification or reimbursement and only to the extent that such amount is in fact indemnified or reimbursed within 365 days of such determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so indemnified or reimbursed within such 365 days);

(x) to the extent covered by insurance and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of determination (with a deduction in the applicable future period for any amount so added back to the extent not so reimbursed within 365 days), expenses, charges or losses with respect to liability or casualty events or business interruption;

(xi) Cash receipts (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced Cash expenditures) not representing Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA or Consolidated Net Income in any period to the extent non-Cash gains relating to such income were deducted in the calculation of Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA pursuant to clause (b) below for any period and not added back;

(xii) any non-Cash impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP, and the amortization of intangibles arising pursuant to GAAP;

(xiii) any non-Cash and (to the extent paid on or substantially concurrently with the Closing Date) Cash charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payout of Equity Interests by management of the Borrower or any of its direct or indirect parents in connection with the Transactions;

(xiv) any non-Cash compensation charge or expense (including accruals and reserves for future cash items), including any such charge or expense arising from the grants of stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive program;

(xv) any unrealized loss resulting in such period from obligations under any Hedge Agreements and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133;

(xvi) other non-Cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-Cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential Cash charge in any future period or amortization of a prepaid Cash charge that was paid in a prior period); and

(xvii) Cash expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions not exceeding the amount disclosed to the Agents prior to the Closing Date and paid on or prior to December 31, 2008; minus

(i) any non-Cash gains for such period, excluding any non-Cash gains to the extent they represent the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential Cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income in any prior period and any non-Cash gains with respect to Cash actually received in a prior period so long as such Cash did not increase Consolidated Net Income in such period;

(ii) any net unrealized gain resulting in such period from the items referred to in clauses (a)(ix) and (a)(x) above;

(iii) any net income from discontinued operations, subject to and consistent with audit review; and

(iv) the amount of all extraordinary or non-recurring gains (less all fees and expenses related thereto); and

(v) any Cash payments made in connection with or with respect to stock appreciation or similar rights, stock options, restricted stock or other rights or equity incentive program with respect to an accrual or reserve therefore in a prior period added back pursuant to clause (a)(xiv) above;

provided, that there shall be excluded in determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA any currency translation gains and losses (including the net loss or gain resulting from Currency Agreements), to the extent otherwise included in the applicable income statement.

For purposes of determining Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any period that includes the quarterly periods ending September 30, 2007, December 31, 2007 and March 31, 2008, the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for each such quarterly period shall be deemed to be $25,890,000, $28,445,000 and $28,640,000, respectively, in each case (without duplication of any items enumerated in clause (a) or (b) above), prior to giving effect to any pro forma adjustments otherwise provided for in this Agreement.

“Consolidated Capital Expenditures” means for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures of Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period determined on a consolidated basis that, in accordance with GAAP, are or should be included in “purchase of property and equipment” reflected in the consolidated statement of cash flows of Borrower and its Subsidiaries; provided that Consolidated Capital Expenditures shall not include (i) any expenditures for replacements, substitutions, restoration or repair of fixed assets, capital assets or equipment to the extent made with Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds invested pursuant to Section 2.14(b), (ii) the purchase of plant, property or equipment or software made with Net Asset Sale Proceeds invested pursuant to Section 2.14(a), (iii) expenditures relating to the construction, acquisition, replacement, reconstruction, development, refurbishment, renovation or improvement of any property which has been transferred to a Person other than the Borrower

or a Subsidiary during the same fiscal year in which such expenditures were made, or in the immediately succeeding year, pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction permitted under Section 6.10 to the extent of the cash proceeds received by the Borrower or such Subsidiary pursuant to such sale-leaseback transaction, (iv) expenditures that are accounted for as capital expenditures by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and that are actually paid for, or reimbursed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary in Cash or Cash Equivalents, by a Person other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary and for which neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary has provided or is required to provide or incur, directly or indirectly, any consideration or obligation (other than rent) in respect of such expenditures to such Person or any other Person (whether before, during or after such period) (v) expenditures which constitute a Permitted Acquisition permitted under Section 6.6 or (vi) interest capitalized during such period.

“Consolidated Current Assets” means, as at any date of determination, the total assets of a Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current assets in conformity with GAAP, excluding (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents and (ii) the current portion of deferred tax assets, in each case, excluding the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated Permitted Acquisition.

“Consolidated Current Liabilities” means, as at any date of determination, the total liabilities of a Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that may properly be classified as current liabilities in conformity with GAAP, excluding (i) the current portion of long term debt, (ii) all Indebtedness consisting of Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit in each case to the extent otherwise included, (iii) the current portion of interest, (iv) the current portion of deferred tax liabilities and (v) the current portion of any Capital Leases, in each case, excluding the effects of adjustments pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting, as the case may be, in relation to the Transactions or any consummated Permitted Acquisition.

“Consolidated Excess Cash Flow” means, for any period, an amount (if positive) equal to:

(ii) to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income, the sum, without duplication, of amounts for non-Cash charges reducing Consolidated Net Income, including for depreciation and amortization (excluding any such non-Cash charge to the extent that it represents an accrual or reserve for potential Cash charge in any future period or amortization of a prepaid Cash charge that was paid in a prior period); plus

(iv) to the extent included in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period, any Cash amounts actually received in respect of business interruption insurance; plus

(v) to the extent included in Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for such period, any Cash amounts actually received in respect of indemnity payments and not applied by such Person to discharge any indemnified liability; plus

(vi) the aggregate amount of any payments actually received in cash by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period and made by any counterparty in connection with the termination of Hedge Agreements to the extent such payments are not included in calculating Consolidated Net Income; minus

(i) the amounts for such period paid in cash from operating cash flow of (1) scheduled repayments of Consolidated Total Debt for borrowed money (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayments) and scheduled repayments of obligations under Capital Leases (excluding any interest expense portion thereof), and (2) Consolidated Capital Expenditures; plus

(ii) an amount equal to other non-Cash credits or gains increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period (excluding any such non-Cash credit or gain to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for potential Cash gain in any prior period); plus

(iii) cash payments during such period in respect of long-term liabilities of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than Indebtedness) to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income and to the extent financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; plus

(iv) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clauses (v) or (vi) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments (but excluding in any event the amount of any Restricted Junior Payments) permitted hereby made in cash during such period pursuant to Section 6.6(g), 6.6(h) or 6.6(p) to the extent that such Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries; plus

(v) the amount of Restricted Junior Payments paid during such period pursuant to Sections 6.4(c)(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), 6.4(d)(i) and 6.4(g), to the extent such Restricted Junior Payments were financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; plus

(vi) the aggregate amount of any premium, make-whole or penalty payments actually paid in cash by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such period, to the extent that such payments by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries are financed with internally generated cash flow of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries that are made in connection with the termination of Hedge Agreements to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income; plus

(vii) without duplication of amounts deducted from Consolidated Excess Cash Flow in prior periods, the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “Contracts Consideration”) entered into prior to or during any such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions and other Investments (but excluding in any event the amount of any Restricted Junior Payments) permitted hereby or Consolidated Capital Expenditures to be consummated or made during the first Fiscal Quarter of the immediately succeeding Fiscal Year; provided that, to the extent the aggregate amount of internally generated cash flow actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, Investments or Consolidated Capital Expenditures during such first Fiscal Quarter is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Consolidated Excess Cash Flow at the end of such succeeding Fiscal Year; plus

(viii) cash expenditures in respect of Hedge Agreements during such fiscal year to the extent not deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income; plus

(ix) payment of VAT to the extent not otherwise deducted from Consolidated Net Income.

“Consolidated Fixed Charges” means, for any period, the sum, without duplication, of the amounts determined for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis equal to (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Total Debt, (iii) Consolidated Capital Expenditures, (iv) the portion of taxes based on income actually paid in cash and provisions for current cash income taxes payable and (v) the amount of all Restricted Junior Payments made pursuant to Section 6.4(c)(ii), 6.4(d)(i) and 6.4(k) during such period.

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, for any period, total interest expense (including that portion attributable to Capital Leases) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP with respect to all outstanding Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit and net payments, if any, made (less net payments, if any, received) pursuant to Interest Rate Agreements, but excluding, however, any amount not payable in Cash and any amounts referred to in Section 2.11(d) payable on or before the Closing Date.

“Consolidated Net Income” means, for any period, the net income (or loss) of Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for such period determined in conformity with GAAP, excluding (a) the income (or loss) of any Person (other than a Subsidiary of Borrower) in which any other Person (other than Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries) has a joint interest, except to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person during such period, (b) the income (or loss) of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower or is merged into or consolidated with Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or that Person’s assets are acquired by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (c) the income of any Subsidiary of Borrower to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by that Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted by operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to that Subsidiary (which has not been waived), except (solely to the extent permitted to be paid) to the

extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries by such Person during such period, (d) any after-tax gains or losses attributable to Asset Sales or returned surplus assets of any Pension Plan, (e) (i) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies and (ii) the effects of adjustments in such Person’s financial statements resulting from the application of purchase accounting during such period and (0 any net after tax effect of income (loss) from the early extinguishment or conversion of (i) Indebtedness or (ii) obligations under any Hedge Agreements.

“Consolidated Total Debt” means, as at any date of determination, (a) the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of all Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with the Transactions or any Permitted Acquisition), consisting of Indebtedness described in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of the definition of Indebtedness and (without duplication) any guarantee thereof minus (b) the lesser of (i) the aggregate amount of unrestricted Cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens, other than Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents and customary bank Liens in favor of Deposit Account Banks in respect of customary account charges), included in the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of such date and (ii) $15,000,000; provided, that during the period following the third anniversary of the Closing Date and ending on the date on which any payment is made in respect of any AHYDO Amount, the amount referenced in clause (b)(ii) above shall be increased to $40,000,000, but only to the extent that the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than 2.00:1.00 at such time; provided further that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include Indebtedness in respect of (i) any letter of credit, except to the extent of unreimbursed amounts thereunder and (ii) obligations under Hedge Agreements.

“Consolidated Working Capital” means, as at any date of determination, the excess of Consolidated Current Assets of Borrower and its Subsidiaries over Consolidated Current Liabilities of Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

“Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment” means, for any period on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period. In calculating the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment there shall be excluded the effect of (i) reclassification during such period of current assets to long term assets and current liabilities to long term liabilities, (ii) purchase accounting and (iii) any Permitted Acquisition during such period; provided that there shall be included with respect to any Permitted Acquisition during such period an amount (which may be a negative number) by which the Consolidated Working Capital acquired in such Permitted Acquisition as at the time of such acquisition exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital at the end of such period.

“Continuing Directors” shall mean the directors of Holdings on the Closing Date, as elected or appointed after giving effect to the Transactions, and each other director, if, in each case, such other director’s nomination for election to the board of directors of Holdings is recommended by a majority of the then Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote, directly or indirectly, of one or more Permitted Holders in his or her election by the stockholders of Holdings.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any provision of any Security issued by that Person or of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, contact, undertaking, agreement or other instrument to which that Person is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound or to which it or any of its properties is subject.

“Control Account” means a Securities Account or Commodity Account that is the subject of an effective Securities Account Control Agreement and that is maintained by any Credit Party with an Approved Securities Intermediary. “Control Account” includes all Financial Assets held in a Securities Account or a Commodity Account and all certificates and instruments, if any, representing or evidencing the Financial Assets contained therein.

“Conversion/Continuation Date” means the effective date of a continuation or conversion, as the case may be, as set forth in the applicable Conversion/Continuation Notice.

“Conversion/Continuation Notice” means a Conversion/Continuation Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2.

“CorporateFamily SB” means CorporateFamily SB Corporation, a Tennessee corporation and an indirect Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

“Counterpart Agreement” means a Counterpart Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H delivered by a Credit Party pursuant to Section 5.10(a).

“Credit Document” means any of this Agreement, the Notes, if any, the Collateral Documents, each Letter of Credit Application, the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, and each other document, instrument or agreement executed and delivered by a Credit Party that is referred to as a Credit Document by its terms or is designated as such in writing by Borrower and any Agent, and in any event notified to the Administrative Agent if it is not a party thereto.

“Credit Extension” means the making of a Loan or the issuing of a Letter of Credit.

“Currency Agreement” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement, futures contract, option contract, synthetic cap or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the foreign currency risk associated with Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ operations and not for speculative purposes.

“Default” means a condition or event that, after notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

“Default Excess” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender, the excess, if any, of such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Loans of all Lenders (calculated as if all Defaulting Lenders (including such Defaulting Lender) had funded all of their respective Defaulted Loans) over the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Loans of such Defaulting Lender.

“Default Period” means, with respect to any Defaulting Lender or Regulated Lender (to the extent applicable), the period commencing on the date of the applicable Funding Default and ending on the earliest of the following dates: (i) the date on which all Commitments are cancelled or terminated and/or the Obligations are declared or become immediately due and payable, (ii) the date on which (a) the Default Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero (whether by the funding by such Defaulting Lender of any Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender or by the non-pro rata application of any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Loans in accordance with the terms of Section 2.13 or Section 2.14 or by a combination thereof) or (b) such Defaulting Lender or Regulated Lender shall have delivered to Borrower and Administrative Agent a written reaffirmation of its intention to honor its obligations hereunder with respect to its Commitments, and (iii) the date on which Borrower, Administrative Agent and Requisite Lenders waive all Funding Defaults of such Defaulting Lender or Regulated Lender in writing.

“Deposit Account” means a demand, time, savings, passbook or like account with a bank, savings and loan association, credit union or like organization, other than an account evidenced by a negotiable certificate of deposit.

“Deposit Account Bank” means a financial institution at which any Credit Party maintains a Deposit Account.

“Deposit Account Control Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

“Disqualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (i) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, (ii) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Equity Interests which are not otherwise Disqualified Equity Interests), in whole or in part, (iii) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (iv) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is

91 days after the latest Term Loan Maturity Date of any Term Loans, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), if as a result of a change of control or asset sale, so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of such a change of control or asset sale event are subject to the prior payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable), the cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (or back-up standby letters of credit or deposits of cash collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to the Issuing Lender) and the termination of the Commitments); provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings, the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

“Dollars” and the sign “$” mean the lawful money of the United States of America.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary organized under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia.

“Eligible Assignee” means (i) any Lender, any Affiliate of any Lender and any Related Fund (any two or more Related Funds being treated as a single Eligible Assignee for all purposes hereof), and (ii) any commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited investor” (as defined in Regulation D under the Securities Act) and which extends credit or buys loans in the ordinary course of its activities; provided, no Affiliate of any Credit Party or Sponsor shall be an Eligible Assignee (other than Sankaty Advisors, LLC or any investment fund or other account managed or advised by Sankaty Advisors, LLC, which, in each case, invests primarily in fixed income assets or other credit products).

“Environmental Claim” means any investigation, notice, notice of violation, claim, action, suit, proceeding, demand, abatement order or other order or directive (conditional or otherwise), by any Governmental Authority or any other Person, arising (i) pursuant to or in connection with any actual or alleged violation of any Environmental Law; (ii) in connection with any Hazardous Material or any actual or alleged Hazardous Materials Activity; or (iii) in connection with any actual or alleged damage, injury, threat or harm to health, safety, natural resources or the environment.

“Environmental Laws” means any and all current or future foreign or domestic, federal or state (or any subdivision of either of them), statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, judgments, Governmental Authorizations, or any other requirements of Governmental Authorities relating to (i) environmental matters, including those relating to any Hazardous Materials Activity; (ii) the generation, use, storage, transportation or disposal of Hazardous Materials; or (iii) occupational safety and health, natural resources or the protection of human, plant or animal health or welfare, in any manner applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any Facility.

“Equity Interests” means any and all shares, interests, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of a corporation, any and all equivalent ownership interests in a Person (other than a corporation), including partnership interests and membership interests, and any and all warrants, rights or options to purchase or other arrangements or rights to acquire any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and any successor thereto.

“ERISA Affiliate” means, at the relevant time, as applied to any Person, (i) any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; (ii) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is a member of a group of trades or businesses under common control within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person is a member; and (iii) any member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) or (o) of the Internal Revenue Code of which that Person, any corporation described in clause (i) above or any trade or business described in clause (ii) above is a member. Any former ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall continue to be considered an ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or any such Subsidiary within the meaning of this definition with respect to the period such entity was an ERISA Affiliate of Holdings or such Subsidiary and with respect to liabilities arising after such period for which Holdings or such Subsidiary could be liable under the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA.

“ERISA Event” means (i) a “reportable event” within the meaning of Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued thereunder with respect to any Pension Plan (excluding those for which the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC has been waived by regulation); (ii) the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(c) of the Internal Revenue Code) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 430(j) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (iii) the provision by the administrator of any Pension Plan pursuant to Section 4041(a)(2) of ERISA of a notice of intent to terminate such plan in a distress termination described in Section 4041(c) of ERISA; (iv) the withdrawal by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from any Pension Plan with two or more contributing sponsors or the termination of any such Pension Plan resulting in material liability to Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective Affiliates pursuant to Section 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (v) the institution by the PBGC of proceedings to terminate any Pension Plan, or the occurrence of any event or condition which might constitute grounds under ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan; (vi) the imposition of liability on Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates pursuant to Section 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (vii) the withdrawal of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Sections 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any material liability therefor, or the receipt by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA, or that it intends to terminate or has

terminated under Section 4041A or 4042 of ERISA; (viii) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Pension Plan (or any other Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code) to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Pension Plan to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; or (xi) the imposition of a lien pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Internal Revenue Code.

“E-Signature” means the process of attaching to or logically associating with an Approved Electronic Communication an electronic symbol, encryption, digital signature or process (including the name or an abbreviation of the name of the party transmitting the Approved Electronic Communication) with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such Approved Electronic Communication.

“Eurodollar Rate Loan” means a Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

“Event of Default” means each of the conditions or events set forth in Section 8.1.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Existing Credit Facility” means that certain First Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 1, 2007 between Borrower, the lenders party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, swing line lender and L/C issuer and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as syndication agent, as amended prior to the Closing Date.

“Existing Indebtedness” means (i) Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding under the Existing Credit Facility and (ii) all other indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in existence prior to the Closing Date to the extent such indebtedness does not constitute Permitted Closing Date Indebtedness.

“Existing Mortgages” means those certain mortgages, notes and/or deeds of trust entered into by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in favor of IBM (or its agent Work/Family Directions, Inc.), in existence on the Closing Date and encumbering certain Real Estate Assets of the Credit Parties as identified on Schedule 6.2.

“Facility” means any real property (including all buildings, fixtures or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore owned, leased, operated or used by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors.

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” means for any day, the rate per annum (expressed, as a decimal, rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next higher 1/100 of 1%) equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided, (i) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to three federal funds brokers of recognized standing reasonably selected by the Administrative Agent, in its capacity as a Lender, on such day on such transactions as determined by Administrative Agent.

“Financial Officer Certification” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such certification is required, the certification of the chief financial officer of Borrower that such financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated, subject to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments.

“First Priority” means, with respect to any Lien purported to be created in any Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, that such Lien is the only Lien to which such Collateral is subject, other than any Permitted Lien.

“Fiscal Year” means the fiscal year of Holdings and its Subsidiaries ending on December 31 of each calendar year.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means the ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the four-Fiscal Quarter period then ending, to (ii) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such four-Fiscal Quarter period.

“Flood Hazard Property” means any Real Estate Asset subject to a mortgage in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and located in an area designated by the Federal Emergency Management Agency as having special flood or mud slide hazards.

“Foreign Acquisition” means a Permitted Acquisition of the Equity Interests of a Person organized under the laws of a country other than the United States.

“Foreign Pledge Agreement” means each pledge agreement executed or to be executed by the Borrower or a Guarantor with respect to the pledge of, subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Foreign Pledge Agreement, 65% of the voting Equity Interests in their respective direct Foreign Subsidiaries, in each case in accordance with the applicable laws of the jurisdiction under which each such direct foreign subsidiary is respectively organized.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary “Funding Default” as defined in Section 2.22.

“Funding Notice” means a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1.

“GAAP” means, subject to the limitations on the application thereof set forth in Section 1.2, United States generally accepted accounting principles in effect as of the date of determination thereof; provided that if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the Closing Date in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Requisite Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then (i) such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith and (ii) upon the Administrative Agent’s request, the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a written reconciliation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

“Governmental Acts” means any act or omission, whether rightful or wrongful, of any present or future de jure or de facto government or Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, municipal, national or other government, governmental department, commission, board, bureau, court, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision thereof or any entity, officer or examiner exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to any government or any court, in each case whether associated with a state of the United States, the United States, or a foreign entity or government.

“Governmental Authorization” means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any Governmental Authority.

“Guarantor” means each of Holdings and each Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings (other than Borrower) identified on the signature pages hereto as a Guarantor, and each other Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings which becomes a Guarantor hereunder, pursuant to the terms of Section 5.10(a) or otherwise.

“Guarantor Subsidiary” means each Guarantor other than Holdings. “Guaranty” means the guaranty of each Guarantor set forth in Section 7.

“Hazardous Materials” means any chemical, material, substance or waste, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental Authority or which may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the owners, occupants or any Persons in the vicinity of any Facility or to the indoor or outdoor environment or natural resources.

“Hazardous Materials Activity” means any past, current, proposed or threatened activity, event or occurrence involving any Hazardous Materials, including the use, manufacture, possession, storage, holding, presence, existence, location, Release, threatened Release, discharge, placement, generation, transportation, processing, construction, treatment, abatement, removal, remediation, disposal, disposition or handling of any Hazardous Materials, and any corrective action or response action with respect to any of the foregoing.

“Hedge Agreement” means an Interest Rate Agreement or a Currency Agreement entered into with a Lender Counterparty.

“Highest Lawful Rate” means the maximum lawful interest rate, if any, that at any time or from time to time may be contracted for, charged, or received under the laws applicable to any Lender which are presently in effect or, to the extent allowed by law, under such applicable laws which may hereafter be in effect and which allow a higher maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

“Historical Financial Statements” means as of the Closing Date, (i) the audited financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, for the immediately preceding three Fiscal Years ended on or prior to December 31, 2007, consisting of balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for such Fiscal Years, and (ii) the unaudited financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each Fiscal Quarter ended after December 31, 2007 and ended at least 45 days prior to the Closing Date, consisting of a balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the three-, six-or nine-month period, as applicable, ending on such date.

“Holdings Notes” means the senior notes of Holdings due 2018 issued from time to time pursuant to the Holdings Notes Indenture, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 6.15.

“Holdings Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2008 among Holdings and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as Trustee, and such term shall include, as applicable, any indenture or agreement with respect to a Permitted Refinancing thereof

“Indebtedness” means, as applied to any Person, without duplication, (i) all indebtedness for borrowed money; (ii) that portion of obligations with respect to Capital Leases that is properly classified as a liability on a balance sheet in conformity with GAAP; (iii) notes payable and drafts accepted representing extensions of credit whether or not representing obligations for borrowed money; (iv) any obligation owed for all or any part of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts and accrued expenses payable in the ordinary course of business which have been due and payable for less than 180 days), including any earn-out obligations (excluding any such obligations incurred under ERISA), which purchase price is (a) due more than six months from the date of incurrence of the obligation in respect thereof or (b) evidenced by a note or similar written instrument; (v) all indebtedness secured by any Lien on any property or asset owned or held by that Person regardless of whether the indebtedness secured thereby shall have been assumed by that Person or is nonrecourse to the credit of that Person; (vi) the face amount of any letter of credit issued for the account of that Person or as to which that Person is otherwise liable for reimbursement of drawings; (vii) Disqualified Equity Interests, (viii) the direct or indirect guaranty, endorsement (otherwise than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business), co-making, discounting with recourse or sale with recourse by such Person of any obligation of another Person to the extent such obligation would constitute Indebtedness pursuant to any of clauses (i) through (vii) or clause (ix) of this definition; (ix) any obligation of such Person the primary purpose or intent of which is to provide assurance to an obligee that any obligation constituting Indebtedness pursuant to clauses (i) through (vii) or clause (xi) hereof of the obligor thereof will be paid or discharged, or any agreement relating thereto will be complied with, or the holders thereof will be protected (in whole or in part) against loss in respect thereof; (x) any liability of such Person for an obligation constituting Indebtedness pursuant to clauses (i) through (vii) or clause (xi) hereof of another through any agreement (contingent or otherwise) (a) to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire such obligation or any security therefor, or to provide funds for the payment or discharge of such obligation (whether in the form of loans, advances, stock purchases, capital contributions or otherwise) or (b) to maintain the solvency or any balance sheet item, level of income or financial condition of another if, in the case of any agreement described under subclauses (a) or (b) of this clause (x), the primary purpose or intent thereof is as described in clause (ix) above; and (xi) all obligations (which shall be net, to the extent incurred under a single instrument) of such Person in respect of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, including any Interest Rate Agreement and any Currency Agreement, in each case, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes; provided, in no event shall obligations under any derivative transaction be deemed “Indebtedness” for any purpose under Section 6.7 unless such obligations relate to a derivatives transaction which has been terminated. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (v), to the extent constituting non-recourse Indebtedness, shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (i) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (ii) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

“Indemnified Liabilities” means, collectively, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages (including natural resource damages), penalties, claims (including Environmental Claims), actions, judgments, suits, costs (including the costs of any investigation, study, sampling, testing, abatement, cleanup, removal, remediation or other response action necessary

to remove, remediate, clean up or abate any Hazardous Materials Activity), expenses and disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of one external legal counsel to each of the Administrative Agent and GSCP and one external legal counsel to the other Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction for each such group and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties)) in connection with any investigative, administrative or judicial proceeding or hearing commenced or threatened by any Person, whether or not any such Indemnitee shall be designated as a party or a potential party thereto, and any fees or expenses incurred by Indemnitees in enforcing this indemnity, whether based on any federal, state or foreign laws, statutes, rules or regulations (including securities and commercial laws, statutes, rules or regulations and Environmental Laws), on common law or equitable cause or on contract or otherwise, that may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against any such Indemnitee, in any manner relating to or arising out of (i) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Lenders’ agreement to make Credit Extensions, the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein or the use or intended use of the proceeds thereof, or any enforcement of any of the Credit Documents (including any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty)); or (ii) any Environmental Claim or any Hazardous Materials Activity relating to or arising from, directly or indirectly, any past or present activity, operation, land ownership, or practice of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Indentures” means, collectively, (i) the Holdings Notes Indenture and (ii) the Subordinated Notes Indenture (each individually, an “Indenture”).

“Intellectual Property” as defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

“Intellectual Property Asset” means, at the time of determination, any interest (fee, license or otherwise) then owned by any Credit Party in any Intellectual Property.

“Intellectual Property Security Agreements” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

“Intercompany Note” means a promissory note substantially in the form of Exhibit L evidencing Indebtedness owed among the Credit Parties and their Subsidiaries.

“Interest Coverage Ratio” means the ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter of (i) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the four-Fiscal Quarter period then ended to (ii) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four-Fiscal Quarter period.

“Interest Payment Date” means with respect to (i) any Loan that is a Base Rate Loan, each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, commencing on the first

such date to occur after the Closing Date and the final maturity date of such Loan; and (ii) any Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan; provided, in the case of each Interest Period of longer than three months “Interest Payment Date” shall also include each date that is three months, or an integral multiple thereof, after the commencement of such Interest Period.

“Interest Period” means, in connection with a Eurodollar Rate Loan, an interest period of one, two, three or six months or, to the extent available to each Lender, nine or twelve months, as selected by Borrower in the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, (i) initially, commencing on the Credit Date or Conversion/Continuation Date thereof, as the case may be; and (ii) thereafter, commencing on the day on which the immediately preceding Interest Period expires; provided, (a) if an Interest Period would otherwise expire on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall expire on the next succeeding Business Day unless no further Business Day occurs in such month, in which case such Interest Period shall expire on the immediately preceding Business Day; (b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall, subject to clauses (c) and (d), of this definition, end on the last Business Day of a calendar month; (c) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of any Class of Term Loans shall extend beyond such Class’s Term Loan Maturity Date; and (d) no Interest Period with respect to any portion of the Revolving Loans shall extend beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, interest rate hedging agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement, each of which is for the purpose of hedging the interest rate exposure associated with Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ operations and not for speculative purposes.

“Interest Rate Determination Date” means, with respect to any Interest Period, the date that is two Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period.

“Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended to the date hereof and from time to time hereafter, and any successor statute.

“International Holding Company” means any Domestic Subsidiary of Holdings that (i) is a disregarded entity for U.S. tax purposes and (ii) owns no material assets or property other than the Voting Stock of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition, “Voting Stock” means, as to any issuer, the issued and outstanding shares of each class of capital stock or other ownership interests of such issuer entitled to vote (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations Section 1.956-2(c)(2)).

“Investment” means (i) any direct or indirect redemption or retirement (on behalf of another Person) or purchase or other acquisition for value or investment by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of, or of a beneficial interest in, any of the Securities or Equity Interests of any other Person; (ii) any direct or indirect loan, advance (other than advances to employees for moving, entertainment and travel expenses, drawing accounts and similar expenditures in the ordinary course of business), guarantee, or capital contributions by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to any other Person, including all indebtedness and accounts receivable from that other Person that

are not current assets or did not arise from sales to that other Person in the ordinary course of business; (iii) the purchase or acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or a substantial portion of the business, property or assets of, or stock or other evidence of beneficial ownership of, another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person (other than to the extent constituting Consolidated Capital Expenditures) and (iv) all investments consisting of any exchange traded or over the counter derivative transaction, including any Interest Rate Agreement and any Currency Agreement, whether entered into for hedging or speculative purposes. The amount of any Investment of the type described in clauses (i) and (ii) shall be the original cost of such Investment plus the cost of all additions thereto, without any adjustments for increases or decreases in value, or write-ups, write-downs, write-offs or currency fluctuations with respect to such Investment (solely with respect to Investments made after the Closing Date), net of any cash amounts representing a principal return or repayment of capital (but excluding any yield, dividend or other income with respect thereto) with respect to such Investment not exceeding the amount of such Investment made following the Closing Date.

“Issuance Notice” means an Issuance Notice substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3.

“Issuing Lender” means GECC, as Issuing Lender hereunder, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

“Joinder Agreement” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit M.

“Joint Venture” means a joint venture, partnership or other similar arrangement, whether in corporate, partnership or other legal form; provided, in no event shall any corporate Subsidiary of any Person be considered to be a Joint Venture to which such Person is a party.

“Landlord Consent and Estoppel” means, with respect to any Leasehold Property, a letter, certificate or other instrument in writing from the lessor under the related lease, pursuant to which, among other things, the landlord consents to the granting of a Mortgage on such Leasehold Property by the Credit Party tenant, such Landlord Consent and Estoppel to be in form and substance acceptable to Collateral Agent in its reasonable discretion, but in any event sufficient for Collateral Agent to obtain a Title Policy with respect to such Mortgage.

“Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreement” means a Landlord Waiver and Consent Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit K with such amendments or modifications as may be approved by Collateral Agent.

“Leasehold Property” means any leasehold interest of any Credit Party as lessee under any lease of real property, other than any such leasehold which is not required to be included in the Collateral.

“Lender” means each financial institution listed on the signature pages hereto as a Lender, and any other Person that becomes a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment Agreement or a Joinder Agreement.

“Lender Counterparty” means each Lender, each Agent and each of their respective Affiliates counterparty to a Hedge Agreement (including any Person who is an Agent or a

Lender (and any Affiliate thereof) as of or at any time after the Closing Date but subsequently, whether before or after entering into a Hedge Agreement, ceases to be an Agent or a Lender, as the case may be).

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit issued or to be issued by Issuing Lender pursuant to this Agreement.

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time generally used by the Issuing Lender.

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means the lesser of (i) $20,000,000 (provided that not more than $10,000,000 of such amount may be used for commercial Letters of Credit) and (ii) the aggregate unused amount of the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

“Letter of Credit Usage” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (i) the maximum aggregate amount which is, or at any time thereafter may become, available for drawing under all Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (ii) the aggregate amount of all drawings under Letters of Credit honored by Issuing Lender and not theretofore reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrower.

“Lien” means (i) any lien, mortgage, pledge, assignment, security interest, charge or encumbrance of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, and any lease or license in the nature thereof) and any option, trust or other preferential arrangement having the practical effect of any of the foregoing and (ii) in the case of Securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such Securities.

“Loan” means a Tranche B Term Loan, a Revolving Loan, a Swing Line Loan and a New Term Loan.

“Management Agreement” means that certain Management Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008, among Bright Horizons Solutions Corp., Holdings, the Borrower and Bain Capital Partners, LLC, as amended from time to time in accordance with Section 6.14.

“Management Fee Subordination Agreement” means that certain Management Fee Subordination Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008, among Holdings, the Borrower, the Sponsor and the Administrative Agent.

“Margin Stock” as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors as in effect from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) of Holdings and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) the ability of any Credit Party to fully and timely pay its Obligations; (iii) the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against a Credit Party of a Credit Document to which it is a party; or (iv) the rights, remedies and benefits available to, or conferred upon, any Agent and any Lender or any Secured Party under any Credit Document.

“Material Contract” means any contract or other arrangement to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party (other than the Credit Documents) for which breach, nonperformance, cancellation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

“Material Real Estate Asset” means (i) any fee-owned or ground leased Real Estate Asset having a fair market value in excess of $2,500,000 as of the date of the acquisition thereof or (ii) any other Real Estate Asset that the Collateral Agent reasonably determines is material to the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) of Holdings or any Subsidiary thereof, including Borrower, consistent with the criteria applied in identifying the Closing Date Mortgaged Properties.

“Mortgage” means a Mortgage substantially in the form of Exhibit J, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any “multiemployer plan” as defined in Section 3(37) of ERISA in respect of which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has or could reasonably be expected to have liability, contingent or otherwise, under ERISA.

“NAIC” means The National Association of Insurance Commissioners, and any successor thereto.

“Narrative Report” means, with respect to the financial statements for which such narrative report is required, a narrative report describing the results of operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the applicable Fiscal Quarter or Fiscal Year and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such period to which such financial statements relate.

“Net Asset Sale Proceeds” means, with respect to any Asset Sale, an amount equal to: (i) Cash payments (including any Cash received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received) received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries from such Asset Sale, minus (ii) (a) any bona fide direct out-of-pocket costs (including attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premia and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant or other customary fees) incurred in connection with such Asset Sale, (b) income, gains or sales taxes payable as a result of any gain recognized in connection with such Asset Sale, (c) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien on the stock or assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such Asset Sale and (d) a reasonable reserve for adjustment in respect of (i) the sale price of such assets or assets established in accordance with

GAAP and (ii) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by Holdings or its Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against indemnification obligations associated with such Asset Sale.

“Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds” means an amount equal to: (i) any Cash payments or proceeds received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (a) under any casualty insurance policy in respect of a covered loss thereunder or (b) as a result of the taking of any assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries by any Person pursuant to the power of eminent domain, condemnation or otherwise, or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under threat of such a taking, minus (ii) (a) any actual and reasonable costs incurred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with the adjustment or settlement of any claims of Holdings or such Subsidiary in respect thereof, and (b) any bona fide direct out-of-pocket costs (including attorney’s fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premia and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant or other customary fees) incurred in connection with any sale of such assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition, including income taxes payable as a result of any gain recognized in connection therewith, (c) payment of the outstanding principal amount of, premium or penalty, if any, and interest and other amounts on any Indebtedness (other than the Loans) that is secured by a Lien which is prior to the Lien of the Collateral Agent on the assets in question and that is required to be repaid under the terms thereof as a result of such taking or loss and (d) a reasonable reserve for adjustment in respect of (i) the sale price of such assets or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (ii) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by Holdings or its Subsidiaries after such sale or other disposition thereof, including pension and other post-employment liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against indemnification obligations associated with any sale of assets as referred to in clause (i)(b) of this definition.

“Net Mark-to-Market Exposure” of a Person means, as of any date of determination, the excess (if any) of all unrealized losses over all unrealized profits of such Person arising from Hedge Agreements or other Indebtedness of the type described in clause (xi) of the definition thereof As used in this definition, “unrealized losses” means the fair market value of the cost to such Person of replacing such Hedge Agreement or such other Indebtedness as of the date of determination (assuming the Hedge Agreement or such other Indebtedness were to be terminated as of that date), and “unrealized profits” means the fair market value of the gain to such Person of replacing such Hedge Agreement or such other Indebtedness as of the date of determination (assuming such Hedge Agreement or such other Indebtedness were to be terminated as of that date).

“New Revolving Loan Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the New Revolving Loans of such Lender.

“New Revolving Loan Maturity Date” means the date on which New Revolving Loans of a Series shall become due and payable in full hereunder, as specified in the applicable Joinder Agreement, including by acceleration or otherwise.

“New Term Loan Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the New Term Loans of such Lender.

“New Term Loan Maturity Date” means the date on which New Term Loans of a Series shall become due and payable in full hereunder, as specified in the applicable Joinder Agreement, including by acceleration or otherwise.

“Non-Public Information” means information which has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally, within the meaning of Regulation FD.

“Non-US Person” means any Person that is not a “United States person” under and as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code.

“Note” means a Tranche B Term Loan Note, a Revolving Loan Note or a Swing Line Note.

“Notice” means a Funding Notice, an Issuance Notice, or a Conversion/Continuation Notice.

“Obligations” means all obligations of every nature of each Credit Party, including obligations from time to time owed to Agents (including former Agents), Lenders or any of them and Lender Counterparties, under any Credit Document or Hedge Agreement, whether for principal, interest (including interest which, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to such Credit Party, would have accrued on any Obligation, whether or not a claim is allowed against such Credit Party for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, payments for early termination of Hedge Agreements, fees, expenses, indemnification or otherwise.

“Organizational Documents” means (i) with respect to any corporation, its certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, as amended, and its by-laws, as amended, (ii) with

respect to any limited partnership, its certificate of limited partnership, as amended, and its partnership agreement, as amended, (iii) with respect to any general partnership, its partnership agreement, as amended, and (iv) with respect to any limited liability company, its certificate of articles of organization or formation, as amended, and its operating agreement, as amended. In the event any term or condition of this Agreement or any other Credit Document requires any Organizational Document to be certified by a secretary of state or similar governmental official, the reference to any such “Organizational Document” shall only be to a document of a type customarily certified by such governmental official.

“Parent” means Holdings and any other direct or indirect parent holding company of Borrower organized at the direction of the Sponsor (without giving effect to the inclusion of Affiliates in such definition of Sponsor) in each case so long as such Person is a direct or indirect parent of Holdings.

“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Community that adopts or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” as defined in section 3(2) of ERISA, other than a Multiemployer Plan, which is subject to Section 412 or 430 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has or could reasonably be expected to have liability, contingent or otherwise, under ERISA.

“Permitted Acquisition” means any acquisition by Borrower or any of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person; provided,

(i) immediately prior to such proposed Permitted Acquisition and immediately after giving effect thereto, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and (y) all representations and warranties contained in each of Section 4 hereof and in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date;

(ii) all transactions in connection therewith shall be consummated, in all material respects, in accordance with all applicable laws and in conformity with all applicable Governmental Authorizations;

(iii) in the case of the acquisition of Equity Interests, all of the Equity Interests (except for any such Securities in the nature of directors’ qualifying shares and shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required pursuant to applicable law)

acquired or otherwise issued by such Person or any newly formed Subsidiary of Borrower in connection with such acquisition shall be owned 100% by Borrower or a Subsidiary thereof, and Borrower shall have taken, or caused to be taken, as of the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary of Borrower, each of the actions set forth in Sections 5.10, 5.11 and/or 5.14, as applicable and solely to the extent therein required;

(iv)(x) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be in compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Sections 6.7(a) and (b) on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such acquisition as of the last day of the Fiscal Quarter most recently ended, (as determined in accordance with Section 6.7(d)) and (y) the Total Leverage Ratio of Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall be at least 0.25:1.00 less than the maximum Total Leverage Ratio permitted pursuant to Section 6.7(a) on a pro forma basis immediately after giving effect to such acquisition with respect to the four Fiscal Quarter period ended immediately prior to the date of such acquisition;

(v) Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent (other than with respect to any individual acquisition for which the Acquisition Consideration is less than $3,000,000 unless, when aggregated with all other acquisitions for which the items required by this clause (v) are not delivered in a period of 12 consecutive months, the aggregate Acquisition Consideration is $10,000,000 or more), (x) at least 10 Business Days prior to such proposed acquisition, (1) a Compliance Certificate evidencing compliance with clause (iv) above and (2) all other relevant financial information with respect to such acquired assets, including the aggregate consideration for such acquisition and any other information required to demonstrate compliance with Sections 6.7(a) and (b) and (y) promptly upon request by Administrative Agent, (1) a copy of the purchase agreement related to the proposed Permitted Acquisition (and any related documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent) and (2) quarterly, if any, and annual financial statements of the Person whose Equity Interests or assets are being acquired for the most recent four-quarter period prior to such proposed Permitted Acquisition for which financial statements are available, including any audited financial statements that are available;

(vi) such proposed Permitted Acquisition, and any Person or assets or division as acquired in accordance herewith shall be in the same business or lines of business in which Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries are engaged as of the Closing Date or similar or related or complementary businesses;

(vii) the Unused Availability at such time (immediately after giving effect to the consummation of the respective Permitted Acquisition and any financing thereof) shall equal or exceed $20,000,000; and

(viii) the aggregate Acquisition Consideration paid by Holdings and its Subsidiaries pursuant to all Permitted Acquisitions shall not exceed $50,000,000 in any Fiscal Year; provided, that such Dollar limitation (a) shall be increased to $75,000,000 if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than 2.00:1.00 before and immediately after giving effect to such acquisition on a pro forma basis; and (b) shall not apply to the extent paid or financed directly with (x) Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent or (y) Permitted Equity Proceeds which are not required to be applied as a mandatory prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(c).

“Permitted Closing Date Indebtedness” means all indebtedness for borrowed money of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in existence prior to the Closing Date but only to the extent constituting any of the following: (i) Indebtedness with respect to Capital Leases, (ii) Indebtedness in favor of IBM (or its agent Work/Family Directions, Inc.) to the extent secured by the Existing Mortgages and set forth on Schedule 6.1, (iii) Indebtedness disclosed on the disclosure schedules to the Acquisition Agreement (other than pursuant to the Existing Credit Facility) and set forth on Schedule 6.1 and (iv) certain other Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 6.1 in an aggregate amount not exceeding $10,000,000.

“Permitted Equity Issuances” means any sale or issuance of any Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings (including contributions to the capital of Holdings) to the extent permitted hereunder, other than any such issuance pursuant to the Cure Right.

“Permitted Equity Proceeds” means, at any time (the “Reference Date”), the sum of (without duplication):

(a) the amount of any capital contributions or proceeds from Permitted Equity Issuances received or made by the Borrower (or any Parent and contributed by such Parent to the Borrower) during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date, and which have not previously been used for any purpose (other than as set forth in, and deducted pursuant to, clause (b) below) and to the extent not required to be applied as a mandatory prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Section 2.14(c); minus

(b) the aggregate amount of (i) any Investments made pursuant to Section 6.6(k) and (ii) any Restricted Junior Payment made pursuant to Section 6.4(i) during the period commencing on the first Business Day after the Closing Date and ending on the Reference Date.

“Permitted Holder” means any of (i) the Sponsor or (ii) any member of management of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries who is an investor in Holdings or any Parent; provided, that, for the purposes of calculating the amount of the outstanding common stock or other common Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent having ordinary voting power held by the members of management of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount of common stock or other common Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent having ordinary voting power held by members of management of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall not be included to the extent exceeding 10% of the total amount of all such common stock or other common Equity Interests of Holdings and any Parent having ordinary voting power, and such members of management of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries shall not be deemed to have voting power or other rights with respect to any common stock or other common Equity Interests in excess of such 10%.

“Permitted Liens” means each of the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 6.2.

“Permitted Refinancing” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal

amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amounts paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder; (b) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(j), such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended (except by virtue of amortization of or prepayment of Indebtedness prior to such date of determination); (c) other than with respect to a Permitted Refinancing in respect of Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(j), at the time thereof, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and (d) if such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(c), (i) to the extent such Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (ii) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor shall not refinance Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Guarantor, (iii) Indebtedness of the Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary shall not refinance Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor and (iv) the terms and conditions (including, if applicable, as to collateral but excluding as to subordination, interest rate and redemption premium) of any such modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended Indebtedness, taken as a whole, are not materially less favorable to the Lenders than the terms and conditions of the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended; provided that an Authorized Officer shall deliver a certificate to the Administrative Agent at least five Business Days prior to the incurrence of such Indebtedness, together with a reasonably detailed description of the material terms and conditions of such Indebtedness or drafts of the documentation relating thereto, stating that the Borrower has determined in good faith that such terms and conditions satisfy the foregoing requirement.

“Person” means and includes natural persons, corporations, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability companies, limited liability partnerships, joint stock companies, Joint Ventures, associations, companies, trusts, banks, trust companies, land trusts, business trusts or other organizations, whether or not legal entities, and Governmental Authorities.

“Pledge and Security Agreement” means the Pledge and Security Agreement to be executed by Borrower and each Guarantor substantially in the form of Exhibit I, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Prime Rate” means the rate of interest quoted in The Wall Street Journal, Money Rates Section as the Prime Rate (currently defined as the base rate on corporate loans posted by at least 75% of the nation’s thirty (30) largest banks), as in effect from time to time. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually charged to any customer. Administrative Agent or any other Lender may make commercial loans or other loans at rates of interest at, above or below the Prime Rate.

“Principal Office” means, for each of Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Lender, such Person’s “Principal Office” as set forth on Appendix B, or such other office or office of a third party or sub-agent, as appropriate, as such Person may from time to time designate in writing to Borrower, Administrative Agent and each Lender.

“Pro Rata Share” means (i) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Tranche B Term Loan of any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders; (ii) with respect to all payments, computations and other matters relating to the Revolving Commitment or Revolving Loans of any Lender or any Letters of Credit issued or participations purchased therein by any Lender or any participations in any Swing Line Loans purchased by any Lender, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Revolving Exposure of that Lender by (b) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders; and (iii) with respect to all payments, computations, and other matters relating to New Term Loan Commitments or New Term Loans of a particular Series, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the New Term Loan Exposure of that Lender with respect to that Series by (b) the aggregate New Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders with respect to that Series. For all other purposes with respect to each Lender, “Pro Rata Share” means the percentage obtained by dividing (A) an amount equal to the sum of the Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, the Revolving Exposure and the New Term Loan Exposure of that Lender, by (B) an amount equal to the sum of the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, the aggregate Revolving Exposure and the aggregate New Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders.

“Public Offering” means, with respect to any Person, an offering of such Person’s Equity Interests pursuant to (a) a registration statement on Form 5-1 or a successor form or (b) a private placement to qualified institutional buyers through GS TrUE, The PORTAL Alliance, OPUS-5 or any substantially similar platform.

“Puerto Rico Sub” means Bright Horizons Corp., a Puerto Rico corporation and a direct Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Borrower.

“Qualified Equity Interests” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

“Qualifying IPO” means the issuance by Holdings or any Parent of common shares in its capital or the issuance by Holdings or any Parent of limited partnership interests therein or limited partnership units thereof or the issuance by Holdings or a Parent of trust units pursuant to an underwritten public offering in the United States (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form 5¬8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act of 1933.

“Real Estate Asset” means, at any time of determination, any interest (fee, leasehold or otherwise) then owned by any Credit Party in any real property.

“Record Document” means, with respect to any Leasehold Property, (i) the lease evidencing such Leasehold Property or a memorandum or notice thereof, executed and acknowledged by the owner of the affected real property, as lessor, or (ii) if such Leasehold Property was acquired or subleased from the holder of a Recorded Leasehold Interest, the applicable assignment or sublease document or memorandum or notice thereof, executed and acknowledged by such holder, in each case in form sufficient to give such constructive notice upon recordation and otherwise in form reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent.

“Recorded Leasehold Interest” means a Leasehold Property with respect to which a Record Document has been recorded in all places necessary or desirable, in Collateral Agent’s reasonable judgment, to give constructive notice of such Leasehold Property to third-party purchasers and encumbrancers of the affected real property.

“Regulation D” means Regulation D of the Board of Governors, as in effect from time to time.

“Regulation FD” means Regulation FD as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act and Exchange Act as in effect from time to time.

“Related Agreements” means, collectively, the Acquisition Agreement, the Holdings Notes Indenture, the Subordinated Notes Indenture and the Management Agreement.

“Related Fund” means, with respect to any Lender that is an investment fund, any other investment fund that invests in commercial loans and that is managed or advised by the same investment advisor as such Lender or by an Affiliate of such investment advisor.

“Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching or migration of any Hazardous Material into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material), including the movement of any Hazardous Material through the air, soil, surface water or groundwater.

“Repricing Event” means (i) any refinancing of all or any portion of the Tranche B Term Loans or (ii) any amendment to the Credit Documents, in either case having the effect of reducing the effective interest rate applicable to all or any portion of the Tranche B Term Loans (including pursuant to Section 10.5(d)).

“Requisite Lenders” means one or more Lenders having or holding Tranche B Term Loan Exposure, New Term Loan Exposure and/or Revolving Exposure and representing more than 50% of the sum of (i) the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, (ii) the aggregate Revolving Exposure of all Lenders, and (iii) the aggregate New Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders.

“Restricted Junior Payment” means (i) any dividend or other distribution on account of any shares of any class of stock of Holdings or Borrower now or hereafter outstanding, except a dividend payable solely in shares of that class of stock to the holders of that class; (ii) any redemption, retirement, sinking fund or similar payment, purchase or other acquisition for value of any shares of any class of stock of Holdings, Borrower or any Parent now or hereafter outstanding; (iii) any payment made to retire, or to obtain the surrender of, any outstanding warrants, options or other rights to acquire shares of any class of stock of Holdings, Borrower or any Parent now or hereafter outstanding; (iv) management or similar fees payable to Sponsor or any of its Affiliates and (v) any payment or prepayment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest (other than the capitalization of interest which is not paid in cash to the extent permitted by Section 6.1(c)) on, or redemption, purchase, retirement, defeasance (including in-substance or legal defeasance), sinking fund or similar payment with respect to (A) the Holdings Notes or the Subordinated Notes (or, in either case, any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to any Permitted Refinancing with respect thereto) or (B) any Earn Out Indebtedness.

“Revolving Commitment” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund any Revolving Loan and to acquire participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans hereunder and “Revolving Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Revolving Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A-2 or in the applicable Assignment Agreement or Joinder Agreement, as applicable, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof. The aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments as of the Closing Date is $75,000,000.

“Revolving Commitment Period” means the period from the Closing Date to but excluding the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

“Revolving Commitment Termination Date” means the earliest to occur of (i) June 30, 2008, if the Term Loans are not made on or before that date; (ii) the sixth anniversary of the Closing Date, (iii) the date the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced to zero pursuant to Section 2.13(b), and (iv) the date of the termination of the Revolving Commitments pursuant to Section 8.1.

“Revolving Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender as of any date of determination, (i) prior to the termination of the Revolving Commitments, that Lender’s

Revolving Commitment; and (ii) after the termination of the Revolving Commitments, the sum of (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender, (b) in the case of Issuing Lender, the aggregate Letter of Credit Usage in respect of all Letters of Credit issued by that Lender (net of any participations by Lenders in such Letters of Credit), (c) the aggregate amount of all participations by that Lender in any outstanding Letters of Credit or any unreimbursed drawing under any Letter of Credit, (d) in the case of Swing Line Lender, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Swing Line Loans (net of any participations therein by other Lenders), and (e) the aggregate amount of all participations therein by that Lender in any outstanding Swing Line Loans.

“Revolving Loan” means a Loan made by a Lender to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.2(a) and/or Section 2.24.

“Revolving Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B-2, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s, a Division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.

“SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor Governmental Authority performing a similar function.

“Secured Parties” has the meaning assigned to that term in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

“Securities” means any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

“Securities Account Control Agreement” has the meaning specified in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, and any successor statute.

“Senior Secured Leverage Ratio” means, on any date, the ratio of (a) the aggregate principal amount of the Loans outstanding under this Agreement as of such date to (b) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the four-Fiscal Quarter period most recently ended on or prior to such date.

“Solvency Certificate” means a Solvency Certificate of the chief financial officer of Holdings substantially in the form of Exhibit G-2.

“Solvent” means, with respect to any Credit Party, that as of the date of determination, both (i) (a) the sum of such Credit Party’s debt (including contingent liabilities) does not exceed the present fair saleable value of such Credit Party’s present assets; (b) such Credit Party’s capital is not unreasonably small in relation to its business as contemplated on the Closing Date and reflected in the Projections or with respect to any transaction contemplated to be undertaken after the Closing Date; and (c) such Person has not incurred and does not intend to incur, or believe (nor should it reasonably believe) that it will incur, debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they become due (whether at maturity or otherwise); and (ii) such Person is “solvent” within the meaning given that term and similar terms under the Bankruptcy Code and applicable laws relating to fraudulent transfers and conveyances. For purposes of this definition, the amount of any contingent liability at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all of the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability (irrespective of whether such contingent liabilities meet the criteria for accrual under Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 5).

“Specified Representations” means the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties set forth in Sections 4.1(a) and (b), 4.3, 4.4(a)(i) and (ii), 4.4(b), 4.6, 4.16, 4.17, 4.20 and 4.23 of this Agreement.

“Specified Subsidiary” means, at any date of determination, (a) each Subsidiary of the Borrower (i) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent four-Fiscal Quarter period were equal to or greater than $5,000,000 or (ii) whose gross revenues for such four-Fiscal Quarter period were equal to or greater than $5,000,000, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP and (b) each other Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g) and that, when such Subsidiary’s total assets or gross revenues are aggregated with the total assets or gross revenues, as applicable, of each other Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g) would constitute a Specified Subsidiary under clause (a) above.

“Sponsor” means any of Bain Capital, LLC and its Affiliates and any investment funds advised or managed by any of the foregoing, but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing.

“Subordinated Notes” means the senior subordinated notes of the Borrower due 2018 issued from time to time pursuant to the Subordinated Notes Indenture, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time in accordance with Section 6.15.

“Subordinated Notes Indenture” means that certain Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2008 among the Borrower, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as Trustee, and such term shall include, as applicable, any indenture or agreement with respect to a Permitted Refinancing thereof.

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of stock or other ownership interests entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the Person or Persons (whether directors, managers, trustees or other Persons performing similar functions) having the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof; provided, in determining the percentage of ownership interests of any Person controlled by another Person, no ownership interest in the nature of a “qualifying share” of the former Person shall be deemed to be outstanding.

“Swing Line Lender” means GECC, in its capacity as Swing Line Lender hereunder, together with its permitted successors and assigns in such capacity.

“Swing Line Loan” means a Loan made by Swing Line Lender to Borrower pursuant to Section

“Swing Line Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B-3, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Swing Line Sublimit” means the lesser of (i) $15,000,000, and (ii) the aggregate unused amount of Revolving Commitments then in effect.

“Tax” or “Taxes” means any present or future tax, levy, impost, duty, assessment, deduction or withholding of any nature and whatever called, by whomsoever, on whomsoever and wherever imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed; provided, “Tax on the overall net income” of a Person shall be construed as a reference to a tax imposed by the jurisdiction in which that Person is organized or in which that Person’s applicable principal office (and/or, in the case of a Lender, its lending office) is located or in which that Person (and/or, in the case of a Lender, its lending office) is deemed to be doing business on all or part of the net income, profits or gains (whether worldwide, or only insofar as such income, profits or gains are considered to arise in or to relate to a particular jurisdiction, or otherwise) of that Person (and/or, in the case of a Lender, its applicable lending office).

“Term Loan” means a Tranche B Term Loan and/or a New Term Loan, as applicable.

“Term Loan Commitment” means the Tranche B Term Loan Commitment or the New Term Loan Commitment of a Lender, and “Term Loan Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders.

“Term Loan Maturity Date” means the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date and/or the New Term Loan Maturity Date of any Series of New Term Loans, as applicable.

“Total Leverage Ratio” means the ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter of (i) Consolidated Total Debt as of such day to (ii) Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ending on such date.

“Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments” means, as at any date of determination, the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Revolving Loans (other than Revolving Loans made for the purpose of repaying any Refunded Swing Line Loans or reimbursing Issuing Lender for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, but not yet so applied), (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Swing Line Loans, and (iii) the Letter of Credit Usage.

“Tranche B Term Loan” means a Tranche B Term Loan made by a Lender to Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1(a).

“Tranche B Term Loan Commitment” means the commitment of a Lender to make or otherwise fund a Tranche B Term Loan and “Tranche B Term Loan Commitments” means such commitments of all Lenders in the aggregate. The amount of each Lender’s Tranche B Term Loan Commitment, if any, is set forth on Appendix A-1 or in the applicable Assignment Agreement, subject to any adjustment or reduction pursuant to the terms and conditions hereof The aggregate amount of the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments as of the Closing Date is $365,000,000.

“Tranche B Term Loan Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender, as of any date of determination, the outstanding principal amount of the Tranche B Term Loans of such Lender; provided, at any time prior to the making of the Tranche B Term Loans, the Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of any Lender shall be equal to such Lender’s Tranche B Term Loan Commitment.

“Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date” means the earlier of (i) the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, and (ii) the date on which all Tranche B Term Loans shall become due and payable in full hereunder, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

“Tranche B Term Loan Note” means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit B-1, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

“Transaction Costs” means the fees, costs and expenses payable by Holdings, Borrower or any of Borrower’s Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents and the Related Agreements, including without limitation, legal, accounting, auditing and financial consulting expenses, costs related to insurance premiums paid to cover costs relating to events occurring prior to the Closing Date, and any costs or expenses incurred by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiary pursuant to or with respect to any management equity plan or

stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or any stock subscription or shareholder agreement, including any charges associated with the rollover, acceleration or payment of Equity Interests of management of the Borrower or any direct or indirect Parents in connection with the Transactions.

“Transformative Event” means, with respect to any Person, any event, occurrence or transaction (including, without limitation, any acquisition, disposition or similar transaction) having a continuing impact of at least 20% on such Person’s cash flow and/or assets, determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and as interpreted by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

“Type of Loan” means (i) with respect to either Term Loans or Revolving Loans, a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan, and (ii) with respect to Swing Line Loans, a Base Rate Loan.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code (or any similar or equivalent legislation) as in effect in any applicable jurisdiction.

“Unadjusted Eurodollar Rate Component” means that component of the interest costs to Borrower in respect of a Eurodollar Rate Loan that is based upon the rate obtained pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate.

“Unused Availability” means, at any time, the amount by which the Revolving Commitments then in effect exceeds the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments at such time.

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (i) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment by (ii) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

“Wholly-Owned” means, with respect to a Subsidiary of a Person, a Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Equity Interests of which (other than (x) director’s qualifying shares and (y) shares issued to foreign nationals to the extent required by applicable Law) are owned by such Person and/or by one or more wholly owned Subsidiaries of such Person.

1.2. Accounting Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in

conformity with GAAP. Financial statements and other information required to be delivered by Holdings to Lenders pursuant to Section 5.1(a), 5.1(b) and 5.1(c) shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP as in effect at the time of such preparation (and delivered together with the reconciliation statements provided for in Section 5.1(e), if applicable). Subject to the foregoing (and to the proviso to the definition of “GAAP” in Section 1.1), calculations in connection with the definitions, covenants and other provisions hereof shall utilize accounting principles and policies in conformity with those used to prepare the Historical Financial Statements.

1.3. Interpretation, Etc. Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference. References herein to any Section, Appendix, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to a Section, an Appendix, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided. The use herein of the word “include” or “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. The terms lease and license shall include sub-lease and sub-license, as applicable.

1.4. Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.5. Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Eastern time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

(a) For purposes of determining compliance with the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, the Total Leverage Ratio, the Interest Coverage Ratio and the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, the equivalent in Dollars of any amount denominated in a currency other than Dollars will be converted to Dollars (i) with respect to income statement items, in a manner substantially consistent with that used in calculating Consolidated Net Income in the Borrower’s latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or (c) and (ii) with respect to balance sheet items, in a manner substantially consistent with that used in calculating balance sheet items in the Borrower’s latest financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or (c) and will, in the case of Indebtedness, be converted as of the date incurred and reflect the currency translation effects, determined in accordance with GAAP, of Hedge Agreements for currency exchange risks with respect to the applicable currency in effect on the date of determination of the Dollar equivalent of such Indebtedness.

(b) For purposes of determining compliance with Section 6.1 with respect to any amount of Indebtedness in a currency other than Dollars, no Default or Event of Default shall be deemed to have occurred solely as a result of changes in rates of exchange occurring after the time such Indebtedness is incurred, solely to the extent that such Indebtedness is (i) only Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary and (ii) not guaranteed by any Credit Party or by any Domestic Subsidiary of any Credit Party.

(a) Loan Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make, on the Closing Date, a Tranche B Term Loan to Borrower in an amount equal to such Lender’s Tranche B Term Loan Commitment.

Borrower may make only one borrowing under the Tranche B Term Loan Commitments which shall be on the Closing Date. Any amount borrowed under this Section 2.1(a) and subsequently repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Subject to Sections 2.13(a) and 2.14, all amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans shall be paid in full no later than the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date. Each Lender’s Tranche B Term Loan Commitment shall terminate immediately and without further action on the Closing Date after giving effect to the funding of such Lender’s Tranche B Term Loan Commitment on such date.

(i) Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a fully executed Funding Notice no later than one Business Day prior to the Closing Date. Promptly upon receipt by Administrative Agent of such Funding Notice, Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the proposed borrowing.

(ii) Each Lender shall make its Tranche B Term Loan available to Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the Closing Date, by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, at the Principal Office designated by Administrative Agent. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of the Term Loans available to Borrower on the Closing Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of Borrower at the Principal Office designated by Administrative Agent or to such other account as may be designated in writing to Administrative Agent by Borrower.

(a) Revolving Commitments. During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Lender severally agrees to make Revolving Loans to Borrower in an aggregate amount up to but not exceeding such Lender’s Revolving Commitment; provided, that after giving effect to the making of any Revolving Loans in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.2(a) may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period. Each Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and all Revolving Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Revolving Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date.

(i) Except pursuant to 2.4(d), Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount, and Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

(ii) Whenever Borrower desires that Lenders make Revolving Loans, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a Funding Notice no later than 12:30 p.m. (New York City time), which may be given by telephone, at least two Business Days in advance of the proposed Credit Date in the case of a Eurodollar Rate Loan, and no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the proposed Credit Date in the case of a Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Administrative Agent of a fully executed Funding Notice. Except as otherwise provided herein, a Funding Notice for a Revolving Loan that is a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and Borrower shall be bound to make a borrowing in accordance therewith.

(iii) Notice of receipt of each Funding Notice in respect of Revolving Loans, together with the amount of each Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof, if any, together with the applicable interest rate, shall be provided by Administrative Agent to each applicable Lender by telefacsimile with reasonable promptness, but (provided Administrative Agent shall have received such notice by 10:00 a.m. (New York City time)) not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the same day as Administrative Agent’s receipt of such Notice from Borrower.

(iv) Each Lender shall make the amount of its Revolving Loan available to Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, at the Principal Office designated by Administrative Agent. Except as provided herein, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Revolving Loans available to Borrower on the applicable Credit Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Revolving Loans received by Administrative Agent from Lenders to be credited to the account of Borrower at the Principal Office designated by Administrative Agent or such other account as may be designated in writing to Administrative Agent by Borrower.

(a) Swing Line Loans Commitments. During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Swing Line Lender hereby agrees to make Swing Line Loans to Borrower in the aggregate amount up to but not exceeding the Swing Line Sublimit; provided, that after giving effect to the making of any Swing Line Loan, in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect. Amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.3 may be repaid and reborrowed during the Revolving Commitment Period. Swing Line Lender’s Revolving Commitment shall expire on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and all Swing Line Loans and all other amounts owed hereunder with respect to the Swing Line Loans and the Revolving Commitments shall be paid in full no later than such date.

(i) Swing Line Loans shall be made in an aggregate minimum amount of $100,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount. Each such telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.3(b)(i) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender of a fully executed Funding Notice.

(ii) Whenever Borrower desires that Swing Line Lender make a Swing Line Loan, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a Funding Notice, which may be given by telephone, no later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the proposed Credit Date.

(iii) Swing Line Lender shall make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the applicable Credit Date by wire transfer of same day funds in Dollars, at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office. Except as provided herein, upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent specified herein, Administrative Agent shall make the proceeds of such Swing Line Loans available to Borrower on the applicable Credit Date by causing an amount of same day funds in Dollars equal to the proceeds of all such Swing Line Loans received by Administrative Agent from Swing Line Lender to be credited to the account of Borrower at Administrative Agent’s Principal Office, or to such other account as may be designated in writing to Administrative Agent by Borrower.

(iv) With respect to any Swing Line Loans which have not been voluntarily prepaid by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.13, Swing Line Lender may at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, deliver to Administrative Agent (with a copy to Borrower), no later than 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Credit Date, a notice (which shall be deemed to be a Funding Notice given by Borrower) requesting that each Lender holding a Revolving Commitment make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans to Borrower on such

Credit Date in an amount equal to the amount of such Swing Line Loans (the “Refunded Swing Line Loans”) outstanding on the date such notice is given which Swing Line Lender requests Lenders to prepay Anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, (1) the proceeds of such Revolving Loans made by the Lenders other than Swing Line Lender shall be immediately delivered by Administrative Agent to Swing Line Lender (and not to Borrower) and applied to repay a corresponding portion of the Refunded Swing Line Loans and (2) on the day such Revolving Loans are made, Swing Line Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Refunded Swing Line Loans shall be deemed to be paid with the proceeds of a Revolving Loan made by Swing Line Lender to Borrower, and such portion of the Swing Line Loans deemed to be so paid shall no longer be outstanding as Swing Line Loans and shall no longer be due under the Swing Line Note of Swing Line Lender but shall instead constitute part of Swing Line Lender’s outstanding Revolving Loans to Borrower and shall be due under the Revolving Loan Note issued by Borrower to Swing Line Lender. Borrower hereby authorizes Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender to charge Borrower’s accounts with Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender (up to the amount available in each such account) in order to immediately pay Swing Line Lender the amount of the Refunded Swing Line Loans to the extent the proceeds of such Revolving Loans made by Lenders, including the Revolving Loans deemed to be made by Swing Line Lender, are not sufficient to repay in full the Refunded Swing Line Loans. If any portion of any such amount paid (or deemed to be paid) to Swing Line Lender should be recovered by or on behalf of Borrower from Swing Line Lender in bankruptcy, by assignment for the benefit of creditors or otherwise, the loss of the amount so recovered shall be ratably shared among all Lenders in the manner contemplated by Section 2.17.

(v) If for any reason Revolving Loans are not made pursuant to Section 2.3(b)(iv) in an amount sufficient to repay any amounts owed to Swing Line Lender in respect of any outstanding Swing Line Loans on or before the third Business Day after demand for payment thereof by Swing Line Lender, each Lender holding a Revolving Commitment shall be deemed to, and hereby agrees to, have purchased a participation in such outstanding Swing Line Loans, and in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the applicable unpaid amount together with accrued interest thereon. Upon one Business Day’s notice from Swing Line Lender, each Lender holding a Revolving Commitment shall deliver to Swing Line Lender an amount equal to its respective participation in the applicable unpaid amount in same day funds at the Principal Office of Swing Line Lender. In order to evidence such participation each Lender holding a Revolving Commitment agrees to enter into a participation agreement at the request of Swing Line Lender in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Swing Line Lender. In the event any Lender holding a Revolving Commitment fails to make available to Swing Line Lender the amount of such Lender’s participation as provided in this paragraph, Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon for three Business Days at the rate customarily used by Swing Line Lender for the correction of errors among banks and thereafter at the Base Rate, as applicable.

(vi) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (1) each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans for the purpose of repaying any

Refunded Swing Line Loans pursuant to the second preceding paragraph and each Lender’s obligation to purchase a participation in any unpaid Swing Line Loans pursuant to the immediately preceding paragraph shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against Swing Line Lender, any Credit Party or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuation of a Default or Event of Default; (C) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of any Credit Party; (D) any breach of this Agreement or any other Credit Document by any party thereto; or (E) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that such obligations of each Lender are subject to the condition that Swing Line Lender had not received prior notice from the Borrower or the Requisite Lenders that any of the conditions under Section 3.2 to the making of the applicable Refunded Swing Line Loans or other unpaid Swing Line Loans, were not satisfied at the time such Refunded Swing Line Loans or unpaid Swing Line Loans were made; and (2) Swing Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loans (A) if it has elected not to do so after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default or Event of Default, (B) if all conditions under Section 3.2 to the making of such Swing Line Loan have not been satisfied or waived by the Requisite Lenders or (C) at a time when a Funding Default exists unless Swing Line Lender has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it and Borrower to eliminate Swing Line Lender’s risk with respect to the Defaulting Lender’s participation in such Swing Ling Loan, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Swing Line Loans.

(a) Letters of Credit. During the Revolving Commitment Period, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the applicable Letter of Credit Application (provided that to the extent that there is a conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Letter of Credit Application, the terms of this Agreement shall control), Issuing Lender agrees to issue Letters of Credit for the account of Borrower (provided that any Letter of Credit may be for the benefit of any Subsidiary of the Borrower so long as the Borrower is a joint and several co-applicant, and references to “the Borrower” in this Section 2.4 shall be deemed to include reference to such Subsidiary) in the aggregate amount up to but not exceeding the Letter of Credit Sublimit; provided, (i) each Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars; (ii) the stated amount of each Letter of Credit shall not be less than $50,000 or such lesser amount as is acceptable to Issuing Lender; (iii) after giving effect to such issuance, in no event shall the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect; (iv) after giving effect to such issuance, in no event shall the Letter of Credit Usage exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect; (v) in no event shall any standby Letter of Credit have an expiration date later than the earlier of (1) the Revolving Commitment Termination Date and (2) the date which is one year from the date of issuance of such standby Letter of Credit; and (vi) in no event shall any commercial Letter of Credit have an expiration date later than the earlier of (1) the Revolving Loan Commitment Termination Date and (2) the date which is 180 days from

the date of issuance of such commercial Letter of Credit. Subject to the foregoing, Issuing Lender may agree that a standby Letter of Credit will automatically be extended for one or more successive periods not to exceed one year each, unless Issuing Lender elects not to extend for any such additional period; provided, Issuing Lender shall not extend any such Letter of Credit if it has received written notice that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time Issuing Lender must elect to allow such extension; provided, further, in the event a Funding Default exists, Issuing Lender shall not be required to issue any Letter of Credit unless Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it and Borrower to eliminate Issuing Lender’s risk with respect to the participation in Letters of Credit of the Defaulting Lender, including by cash collateralizing such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage.

(b) Notice of Issuance. Whenever Borrower desires the issuance of a Letter of Credit, it shall deliver to Administrative Agent an Issuance Notice no later than 12:00 pm. (New York City time) at least three Business Days (in the case of standby or commercial letters of credit), or such shorter period as may be agreed to by Issuing Lender in any particular instance, in advance of the proposed date of issuance. Upon satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2, Issuing Lender shall issue the requested Letter of Credit only in accordance with Issuing Lender’s standard operating procedures. Upon the issuance of any Letter of Credit or amendment or modification to a Letter of Credit, Issuing Lender shall promptly notify each Lender with a Revolving Commitment of such issuance, which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment or modification to a Letter of Credit and the amount of such Lender’s respective participation in such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.4(e).

(c) Responsibility of Issuing Lender With Respect to Requests for Drawings and Payments. In determining whether to honor any drawing under any Letter of Credit by the beneficiary thereof, Issuing Lender shall be responsible only to examine the documents delivered under such Letter of Credit with reasonable care so as to ascertain whether they appear on their face to be in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit. As between Borrower and Issuing Lender, Borrower assumes all risks of the acts and omissions of, or misuse of the Letters of Credit issued by Issuing Lender, by the respective beneficiaries of such Letters of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Issuing Lender shall not be responsible for: (i) the form, validity, sufficiency, accuracy, genuineness or legal effect of any document submitted by any party in connection with the application for and issuance of any such Letter of Credit, even if it should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, inaccurate, fraudulent or forged; (ii) the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign any such Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason; (iii) failure of the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit to comply fully with any conditions required in order to draw upon such Letter of Credit; (iv) errors, omissions, interruptions or delays in transmission or delivery of any messages, by mail, cable, telegraph, telex or otherwise, whether or not they be in cipher; (v) errors in interpretation of technical terms; (vi) any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under any such Letter of Credit or of the proceeds thereof; (vii) the misapplication by the beneficiary of any such Letter of Credit of the proceeds of any drawing under such Letter of Credit; or (viii) any consequences arising from causes beyond the control of

Issuing Lender, including any Governmental Acts; none of the above shall affect or impair, or prevent the vesting of, any of Issuing Lender’s rights or powers hereunder. Without limiting the foregoing and in furtherance thereof, any action taken or omitted by Issuing Lender under or in connection with the Letters of Credit or any documents and certificates delivered thereunder, if taken or omitted in good faith, shall not give rise to any liability on the part of Issuing Lender to Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.4(c), Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against Issuing Lender for any liability arising solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender.

(d) Reimbursement by Borrower of Amounts Drawn or Paid Under Letters of Credit. In the event Issuing Lender has determined to honor a drawing under a Letter of Credit, it shall immediately notify Borrower and Administrative Agent, and Borrower shall reimburse Issuing Lender on or before the Business Day immediately following the date on which such drawing is honored (the “Reimbursement Date”) in an amount in Dollars and in same day funds equal to the amount of such honored drawing; provided, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (i) unless Borrower shall have notified Administrative Agent and Issuing Lender prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date such drawing is honored that Borrower intends to reimburse Issuing Lender for the amount of such honored drawing with funds other than the proceeds of Revolving Loans, Borrower shall be deemed to have given a timely Funding Notice to Administrative Agent requesting Lenders with Revolving Commitments to make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans on the Reimbursement Date in an amount in Dollars equal to the amount of such honored drawing, and (ii) subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions specified in Section 3.2, Lenders with Revolving Commitments shall, on the Reimbursement Date, make Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans in the amount of such honored drawing, the proceeds of which shall be applied directly by Administrative Agent to reimburse Issuing Lender for the amount of such honored drawing; and provided further, if for any reason proceeds of Revolving Loans are not received by Issuing Lender on the Reimbursement Date in an amount equal to the amount of such honored drawing, Borrower shall reimburse Issuing Lender, on demand, in an amount in same day funds equal to the excess of the amount of such honored drawing over the aggregate amount of such Revolving Loans, if any, which are so received. Nothing in this Section 2.4(d) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender with a Revolving Commitment from its obligation to make Revolving Loans on the terms and conditions set forth herein, and Borrower shall retain any and all rights it may have against any such Lender resulting from the failure of such Lender to make such Revolving Loans under this Section 2.4(d).

(e) Lenders’ Purchase of Participations in Letters of Credit. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender having a Revolving Commitment shall be deemed to have purchased, and hereby agrees to irrevocably purchase, from Issuing Lender a participation in such Letter of Credit and any drawings honored thereunder in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share (with respect to the Revolving Commitments) of the maximum amount which is or at any time may become available to be drawn thereunder. In the event that Borrower shall fail for any reason to reimburse Issuing Lender as provided in Section 2.4(d), Issuing Lender shall promptly notify each Lender with a Revolving Commitment of the unreimbursed amount of such honored drawing and of such Lender’s respective participation therein based on such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Revolving Commitments. Each Lender with a Revolving Commitment shall make available to Issuing Lender an amount equal to its

respective participation, in Dollars and in same day funds, at the office of Issuing Lender specified in such notice, not later than 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first business day (under the laws of the jurisdiction in which such office of Issuing Lender is located) after the date notified by Issuing Lender. In the event that any Lender with a Revolving Commitment fails to make available to Issuing Lender on such business day the amount of such Lender’s participation in such Letter of Credit as provided in this Section 2.4(e), Issuing Lender shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon for three Business Days at the rate customarily used by Issuing Lender for the correction of errors among banks and thereafter at the Base Rate. Nothing in this Section 2.4(e) shall be deemed to prejudice the right of any Lender with a Revolving Commitment to recover from Issuing Lender any amounts made available by such Lender to Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section in the event that the payment with respect to a Letter of Credit in respect of which payment was made by such Lender constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Issuing Lender. In the event Issuing Lender shall have been reimbursed by other Lenders pursuant to this Section 2.4(e) for all or any portion of any drawing honored by Issuing Lender under a Letter of Credit, such Issuing Lender shall distribute to each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under this Section 2.4(e) with respect to such honored drawing such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of all payments subsequently received by Issuing Lender from Borrower in reimbursement of such honored drawing when such payments are received. Any such distribution shall be made to a Lender at its primary address set forth below its name on Appendix B or at such other address as such Lender may request.

(f) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of Borrower to reimburse Issuing Lender for drawings honored under the Letters of Credit issued by it and to repay any Revolving Loans made by Lenders pursuant to Section 2.4(d) and the obligations of Lenders under Section 2.4(e) shall be unconditional and irrevocable and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms hereof under all circumstances including any of the following circumstances: (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit; (ii) the existence of any claim, set-off, defense or other right which Borrower or any Lender may have at any time against a beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any Persons for whom any such transferee may be acting), Issuing Lender, Lender or any other Person or, in the case of a Lender, against Borrower, whether in connection herewith, the transactions contemplated herein or any unrelated transaction (including any underlying transaction between Borrower or one of its Subsidiaries and the beneficiary for which any Letter of Credit was procured); (iii) any draft or other document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; (iv) payment by Issuing Lender under any Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or other document which does not substantially comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; (v) any adverse change in the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (vi) any breach hereof or any other Credit Document by any party thereto; (vii) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; or (viii) the fact that an Event of Default or a Default shall have occurred and be continuing; provided, in each case, that payment by Issuing Lender under the applicable Letter of Credit shall not have constituted gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender under the circumstances in question.

(g) Indemnification. Without duplication of any obligation of Borrower under Section 10.2 or 10.3, in addition to amounts payable as provided herein, Borrower hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, pay and save harmless Issuing Lender from and against any and all claims, demands, liabilities, damages, losses, costs, charges and expenses (including reasonable fees, out-of-pocket expenses and disbursements of counsel) which Issuing Lender may incur or be subject to as a consequence of (i) the issuance of any Letter of Credit by Issuing Lender, other than as a result of (1) the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Issuing Lender or (2) the wrongful dishonor by Issuing Lender of a proper demand for payment made under any Letter of Credit issued by it, or (ii) the failure of Issuing Lender to honor a drawing under any such Letter of Credit as a result of any Governmental Act.

(a) Pro Rata Shares. All Loans shall be made, and all participations purchased, by Lenders simultaneously and proportionately to their respective Pro Rata Shares, it being understood that no Lender shall be responsible for any default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby nor shall any Term Loan Commitment or any Revolving Commitment of any Lender be increased or decreased as a result of a default by any other Lender in such other Lender’s obligation to make a Loan requested hereunder or purchase a participation required hereby.

(b) Availability of Funds. Unless Administrative Agent shall have been notified by any Lender prior to the applicable Credit Date that such Lender does not intend to make available to Administrative Agent the amount of such Lender’s Loan requested on such Credit Date, Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such amount available to Administrative Agent on such Credit Date and Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, but shall not be obligated to, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount on such Credit Date. If such corresponding amount is not in fact made available to Administrative Agent by such Lender, Administrative Agent shall be entitled to recover such corresponding amount on demand from such Lender together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the customary rate set by Administrative Agent for the correction of errors among banks for three Business Days and thereafter at the Base Rate. If such Lender does not pay such corresponding amount forthwith upon Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, Administrative Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to Administrative Agent together with interest thereon, for each day from such Credit Date until the date such amount is paid to Administrative Agent, at the rate payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans for such Class of Loans. Nothing in this Section 2.5(b) shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Term Loan Commitments and Revolving Commitments hereunder or to prejudice any rights that Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

2.6. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loans, Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit, if any, made on the Closing Date shall be applied by Borrower to fund the Acquisition, to refinance

the Existing Indebtedness and to pay the Transaction Costs (including the issuance of backstop Letters of Credit, if any); provided, that the aggregate amount of Revolving Loans and Letters of Credit made on the Closing Date (except to the extent used to fund upfront fees for the account of the Lenders) shall not exceed $15,000,000. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans, Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit made after the Closing Date shall be applied by Borrower for working capital and general corporate purposes of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, including permitted capital expenditures and Permitted Acquisitions. No portion of the proceeds of any Credit Extension shall be used in any manner that causes or could reasonably be expected to cause such Credit Extension or the application of such proceeds to violate Regulation T, Regulation U or Regulation X of the Board of Governors or any other regulation thereof or to violate the Exchange Act.

(a) Lenders’ Evidence of Debt. Each Lender shall maintain on its internal records an account or accounts evidencing the Obligations of Borrower to such Lender, including the amounts of the Loans made by it and each repayment and prepayment in respect thereof Any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower, absent manifest error; provided, that the failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any applicable Loans; and provided further, in the event of any inconsistency between the Register and any Lender’s records, the recordations in the Register shall govern.

(b) Register. Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall maintain at its Principal Office a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of Lenders and the Revolving Commitments and Loans of each Lender from time to time (the “Register”). The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender (with respect to any entry relating to such Lender’s Loans) at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Administrative Agent shall record, or shall cause to be recorded, in the Register the Revolving Commitments and the Loans in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6, and each repayment or prepayment in respect of the principal amount of the Loans, and any such recordation shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower and each Lender, absent manifest error; provided, failure to make any such recordation, or any error in such recordation, shall not affect any Lender’s Revolving Commitments or Borrower’s Obligations in respect of any Loan. Borrower hereby designates GECC to serve as Borrower’s agent solely for purposes of maintaining the Register as provided in this Section 2.7, and Borrower hereby agrees that, to the extent GECC serves in such capacity, GECC and its officers, directors, employees, agents, sub-agents and affiliates shall constitute “Indemnitees”.

(c) Notes. If so requested by any Lender by written notice to Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date, or at any time thereafter, Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (and/or, if applicable and if so specified in such notice, to any Person who is an assignee of such Lender pursuant to Section 10.6) on the Closing Date (or, if such notice is delivered after the Closing Date, promptly after Borrower’s receipt of such notice) a Note or Notes to evidence such Lender’s Tranche B Term Loan, New Term Loan, Revolving Loan or Swing Line Loan, as the case may be.

(a) Except as otherwise set forth herein, each Class of Loan shall bear interest on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date made until repayment (whether by acceleration or otherwise) thereof as follows:

(2) if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, at the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate plus the Applicable Margin;

(ii) in the case of Swing Line Loans, at the Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin; and

(2) if a Eurodollar Rate Loan, at the Adjusted Eurodollar Rate plus 4.00% per annum.

(b) The basis for determining the rate of interest with respect to any Loan (except a Swing Line Loan which can be made and maintained as Base Rate Loans only), and the Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, shall be selected by Borrower and notified to Administrative Agent and Lenders pursuant to the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, as the case may be; provided, until the earlier of (i) achievement of a Successful Syndication (as defined in the Fee Letter) and (ii) the date which is 60 days following the Closing Date, the Term Loans shall (unless otherwise agreed by the Syndication Agent) be maintained as either (1) Eurodollar Rate Loans having an Interest Period of no longer than one month or (2) Base Rate Loans. If on any day a Loan is outstanding with respect to which a Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice has not been delivered to Administrative Agent in accordance with the terms hereof specifying the applicable basis for determining the rate of interest, then for that day such Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan.

(c) In connection with Eurodollar Rate Loans there shall be no more than ten (10) Interest Periods outstanding at any time. In the event Borrower fails to specify between a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, such Loan (if outstanding as a Eurodollar Rate Loan) will be automatically converted into a Base Rate Loan on the last day of the then-current Interest Period for such Loan (or if outstanding as a Base Rate Loan will remain as, or (if not then outstanding)

will be made as, a Base Rate Loan). In the event Borrower fails to specify an Interest Period for any Eurodollar Rate Loan in the applicable Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice, Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month As soon as practicable after 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on each Interest Rate Determination Date, Administrative Agent shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final, conclusive and binding upon all parties) the interest rate that shall apply to the Eurodollar Rate Loans for which an interest rate is then being determined for the applicable Interest Period and shall promptly give notice thereof (in writing or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower and each Lender.

(d) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.8(a) shall be computed (i) in the case of Base Rate Loans on the basis of a 365-day or 366-day year, as the case may be, and (ii) in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues. In computing interest on any Loan, the date of the making of such Loan or the first day of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted from a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Eurodollar Rate Loan to such Base Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be included, and the date of payment of such Loan or the expiration date of an Interest Period applicable to such Loan or, with respect to a Base Rate Loan being converted to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the date of conversion of such Base Rate Loan to such Eurodollar Rate Loan, as the case may be, shall be excluded; provided, if a Loan is repaid on the same day on which it is made, one day’s interest shall be paid on that Loan.

(e) Except as otherwise set forth herein, interest on each Loan (i) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date with respect to interest accrued on and to each such payment date; (ii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears upon any prepayment of that Loan, whether voluntary or mandatory, to the extent accrued on the amount being prepaid; and (iii) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be payable in arrears at maturity of the Loans, including final maturity of the Loans; provided, however, with respect to any voluntary prepayment of a Base Rate Loan, accrued interest shall instead be payable on the applicable Interest Payment Date.

(f) Borrower agrees to pay to Issuing Lender, with respect to drawings honored under any Letter of Credit, interest on the amount paid by Issuing Lender in respect of each such honored drawing from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the date such amount is reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrower at a rate equal to (i) for the period from the date such drawing is honored to but excluding the applicable Reimbursement Date, the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans, and (ii) thereafter, a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the rate of interest otherwise payable hereunder with respect to Revolving Loans that are Base Rate Loans.

(g) Interest payable pursuant to Section 2.8(f) shall be computed on the basis of a 365/366-day year for the actual number of days elapsed in the period during which it accrues, and shall be payable on demand or, if no demand is made, on the date on which the related drawing under a Letter of Credit is reimbursed in full. Promptly upon receipt by Issuing Lender of any payment of interest pursuant to Section 2.8(f), Issuing Lender shall distribute to each Lender, out of the interest received by Issuing Lender in respect of the period from the date

such drawing is honored to but excluding the date on which Issuing Lender is reimbursed for the amount of such drawing (including any such reimbursement out of the proceeds of any Revolving Loans), the amount that such Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the letter of credit fee that would have been payable in respect of such Letter of Credit for such period if no drawing had been honored under such Letter of Credit. In the event Issuing Lender shall have been reimbursed by Lenders for all or any portion of such honored drawing, Issuing Lender shall distribute to each Lender which has paid all amounts payable by it under Section 2.4(e) with respect to such honored drawing such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any interest received by Issuing Lender in respect of that portion of such honored drawing so reimbursed by Lenders for the period from the date on which Issuing Lender was so reimbursed by Lenders to but excluding the date on which such portion of such honored drawing is reimbursed by Borrower.

(a) Subject to Section 2.18 and so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall have the option:

(i) to convert at any time all or any part of any Term Loan or Revolving Loan equal to $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount from one Type of Loan to another Type of Loan; provided, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may only be converted on the expiration of the Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless Borrower shall pay all amounts due under Section 2.18 in connection with any such conversion; or

(ii) upon the expiration of any Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, to continue all or any portion of such Loan equal to $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount as a Eurodollar Rate Loan;

provided, that during the continuance of any Default, the Borrower shall have the option to convert all or any party of any Term Loan or Revolving Loan from a Base Rate Loan to a Eurodollar Rate Loan in accordance with clause (i) above or to continue any Eurodollar Rate Loan in accordance with clause (ii) above, in each case, to the extent that (x) such converted or continued Eurodollar Rate Loan shall not have an Interest Period longer than one month and (y) the Borrower shall only be permitted to exercise such option one time during the continuance of any such Default. No provision of this Section 2.8 shall prevent any Eurodollar Rate Loan from being converted to a Base Rate Loan at the end of the applicable Interest Period.

(b) Borrower shall deliver a Conversion/Continuation Notice to Administrative Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) at least one Business Day in advance of the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date (in the case of a conversion to a Base Rate Loan) and at least two Business Days in advance of the proposed Conversion/Continuation Date (in the case of a conversion to, or a continuation of, a Eurodollar Rate Loan). Except as otherwise provided herein, a Conversion/Continuation Notice for conversion to, or continuation of, any Eurodollar Rate Loans (or telephonic notice in lieu thereof) shall be irrevocable on and after the related Interest Rate Determination Date, and Borrower shall be bound to effect a conversion or continuation in accordance therewith.

2.10. Default Interest. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a), (f) or (g), the principal amount of all Loans outstanding and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, any interest payments on the Loans or any fees or other amounts owed hereunder, shall thereafter bear interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or other applicable bankruptcy laws) payable on demand at a rate (the “Default Rate”) that is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder with respect to the applicable Loans (or, in the case of any such fees and other amounts, at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans that are Revolving Loans); provided, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, upon the expiration of the Interest Period in effect at the time any such increase in interest rate is effective such Eurodollar Rate Loans shall thereupon become Base Rate Loans and shall thereafter bear interest payable upon demand at a rate which is 2% per annum in excess of the interest rate otherwise payable hereunder for Base Rate Loans. Payment or acceptance of the increased rates of interest provided for in this Section 2.10 is not a permitted alternative to timely payment and shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default or otherwise prejudice or limit any rights or remedies of Administrative Agent or any Lender.

(i) commitment fees equal to (1) the average of the daily difference between the Revolving Commitments and (b) the aggregate principal amount of (x) all outstanding Revolving Loans plus (y) the Letter of Credit Usage, times (2) the Applicable Revolving Commitment Fee Percentage;

(ii) commercial letter of credit fees equal to (1) 0.50, times (2) the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, times (3) the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all such Letters of Credit (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination); and

(iii) standby letter of credit fees equal to (1) the Applicable Margin for Revolving Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans, times (2) the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all such Letters of Credit (regardless of whether any conditions for drawing could then be met and determined as of the close of business on any date of determination).

All fees referred to in this Section 2.11(a) shall be paid to Administrative Agent at its Principal Office and upon receipt, Administrative Agent shall promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof.

(b) Borrower agrees to pay directly to Issuing Lender, for its own account, the following fees:

(i) a fronting fee equal to 0.25% per annum times the average aggregate daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit (determined as of the close of business on any date of determination); and

(ii) such customary documentary and processing charges for any issuance, amendment, transfer or payment of a Letter of Credit as are in accordance with Issuing Lender’s standard schedule for such charges and as in effect at the time of such issuance, amendment, transfer or payment, as the case may be.

(c) All fees referred to in Section 2.11(a) and 2.11(b)(i) shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year during the Revolving Commitment Period, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Revolving Commitment Termination Date.

(d) In addition to any of the foregoing fees, Borrower agrees to pay to Agents such other fees in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon.

(a) The principal amounts of the Tranche B Term Loans shall be repaid in consecutive quarterly installments (each, an “Installment”) in the aggregate amounts set forth below on the four quarterly scheduled Interest Payment Dates applicable to Term Loans, commencing with the last day of the Fiscal Quarter ending September 30, 2008:

; provided, in the event any New Term Loans are made, such New Term Loans shall be repaid on each date set forth in the table above for the payment of any Installment (each such date, an “Installment Date”) occurring on or after the applicable Increased Amount Date in an amount equal to (i) the aggregate principal amount of New Term Loans of the applicable Series of New Term Loans, times (ii) the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (y) the amount of all other Term Loans being repaid on such Installment Date and (z) the total aggregate principal amount of all other Term Loans outstanding on such Increased Amount Date.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) such Installments shall be reduced in connection with any voluntary or mandatory prepayments of the Tranche B Term Loans in accordance with Sections 2.13, 2.14 and 2.15, as applicable; and (y) the Tranche B Term Loans, together with all other amounts owed hereunder with respect thereto, shall, in any event, be paid in full no later than the Tranche B Term Loan Maturity Date.

(1) with respect to Base Rate Loans, Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part, in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount;

(2) with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans, Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount; and

(3) with respect to Swing Line Loans, Borrower may prepay any such Loans on any Business Day in whole or in part in an aggregate minimum amount of $100,000 and in integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding.

(1) upon written or telephonic notice on the date of prepayment in the case of Base Rate Loans;

(2) upon not less than two Business Days’ prior written or telephonic notice in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans; and

(3) upon written or telephonic notice on the date of prepayment, in the case of Swing Line Loans;

in each case given to Administrative Agent or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, by 12:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date required and, if given by telephone, promptly confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent (and Administrative Agent will promptly transmit such telephonic or original notice for Term Loans or Revolving Loans, as the case may be, by telefacsimile or telephone to each Lender) or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be. Upon the giving of any such notice, the principal amount of the Loans specified in such notice shall become due and payable on the prepayment date specified therein. Any such voluntary prepayment shall be applied as specified in Section 2.15(a). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, but subject to the provisions of Section 2.18(c), the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.13(a) if such prepayment would have resulted from a refinancing of the Term Loans or the Revolving Commitments, as applicable, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

(1) Borrower may, upon not less than two Business Days’ prior written or telephonic notice confirmed in writing to Administrative Agent (which original written or telephonic notice Administrative Agent will promptly transmit by telefac simile or telephone to each applicable Lender), at any time and from time to time terminate in whole or permanently reduce in part, without premium or penalty, the Revolving Commitments in an amount up to the amount by which the Revolving Commitments exceed the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments at the time of such proposed termination or reduction; provided, any such partial reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall be in an aggregate minimum amount of $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $100,000 in excess of that amount.

(ii) Borrower’s notice to Administrative Agent shall designate the date (which shall be a Business Day) of such termination or reduction and the amount of any partial reduction, and such termination or reduction of the Revolving Commitments shall

be effective on the date specified in Borrower’s notice and shall reduce the Revolving Commitment of each Lender proportionately to its Pro Rata Share thereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, but subject to the provisions of Section 2.18(c), the Borrower may rescind any notice of termination under Section 2.13(b) if such notice of termination was made in contemplation of a refinancing of the Term Loans or the Revolving Commitments, as applicable, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

(c) Tranche B Term Loan Call Protection. In the event that any Repricing Event shall occur prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrower shall be required to pay, to each Lender having a Tranche B Term Loan, the Applicable Prepayment Premium for such amount of the Tranche B Term Loans that are refinanced or repriced pursuant to such Repricing Event, together with, as applicable, any such prepayment of the Tranche B Term Loans resulting from such Repricing Event.

(a) Asset Sales. No later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Net Asset Sale Proceeds (other than as a result of an Asset Sale permitted by Section 6.8(f) (to the extent constituting a disposition to a Credit Party), (h), (i), (j), (1) or (p) or Section 6.10(ii)), Borrower shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Asset Sale Proceeds; provided, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall have the option, directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries, to invest such Net Asset Sale Proceeds within twelve (12) months of receipt thereof in assets of the general type used in the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including in Equity Interests of a Person engaged in a permitted business (or, solely to the extent that such Net Asset Sale Proceeds have been committed in writing to be so invested during such twelve-month period, the later of (x) ninety (90) days after the date of such commitment and (y) the end of such twelve-month period); and provided, further, that if any Default shall have occurred and be continuing which has not matured into an Event of Default, (1) the Borrower shall not be permitted to invest such Net Asset Sale Proceeds pursuant to the foregoing proviso until such time as such Default shall no longer be continuing, and (2) to the extent that such Default shall mature into an Event of Default, the Borrower shall, no later than the next succeeding Business Day, be required to prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Asset Sale Proceeds.

(b) Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds. No later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or Administrative Agent as loss payee, of any Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds, Borrower shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds; provided, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Borrower shall have the option, directly or through one or more of its Subsidiaries to invest such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds within twelve (12) months of receipt thereof in long term productive assets of the general type used in the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries, including in Equity Interests of a Person engaged in a permitted business, which investment may

include the repair, restoration or replacement of the applicable assets thereof (or, solely to the extent that such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds have been committed in writing to be so invested during such twelve-month period, the later of (x) ninety (90) days after the date of such commitment and (y) the end of such twelve-month period); and provided, further, that if any Default shall have occurred and be continuing which has not matured into an Event of Default, (1) the Borrower shall not be permitted to invest such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds pursuant to the foregoing proviso until such time as such Default shall no longer be continuing, and (2) to the extent that such Default shall mature into an Event of Default, the Borrower shall, no later than the next succeeding Business Day, be required to prepay the Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds.

(c) Issuance of Equity Securities. No later than the fifth Business Day following the date of receipt by Holdings of any Cash proceeds from a capital contribution to, or the issuance of any Equity Interests of, the Borrower, Holdings or any Parent in a Public Offering (other than any issuances of Equity Interests made (i) pursuant to any employee stock or stock option compensation plan or (ii) to the Permitted Holders), Borrower shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to 50% of such proceeds, net of underwriting discounts and commissions and other reasonable costs and expenses associated therewith, including reasonable legal fees and expenses; provided, that during any period in which the Total Leverage Ratio (determined for any such period by reference to the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(d) calculating the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter) shall be 4.00:1.00 or less, Borrower shall only be required to make the prepayments and/or reductions otherwise required hereby in an amount equal to 25% of such net proceeds.

(d) Issuance of Debt. Not later than the first Business Day after the date of receipt by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any Cash proceeds from the incurrence of any Indebtedness of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than with respect to any Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1), Borrower shall prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such proceeds, net of underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses and other customary expenses associated therewith, including reasonable out-of-pocket legal fees and expenses; provided, that to the extent that any such incurrence of Indebtedness shall constitute a Repricing Event, the Borrower shall be required to pay the Applicable Prepayment Premium for such amount of the Tranche B Term Loans that are refinanced or repriced pursuant to such Repricing Event, together with, as applicable, any such prepayment of the Tranche B Term Loans resulting from such Repricing Event.

(e) Consolidated Excess Cash Flow. In the event that there shall be Consolidated Excess Cash Flow for any Fiscal Year (commencing with the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2008; provided, that for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2008, Excess Cash Flow shall be calculated only for the period beginning July 1, 2008 through December 31, 2008), Borrower shall, no later than the fifth Business Day after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(c), prepay the Loans as set forth in Section 2.15(b) in an aggregate amount equal to (i) 50% of such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow minus (ii) voluntary repayments of the Loans (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such

repayments); provided, that if, as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Year, the Total Leverage Ratio (determined for any such period by reference to the Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(d) calculating the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of such Fiscal Year) shall be 4.00:1.00 or less, Borrower shall only be required to make the prepayments and/or reductions otherwise required hereby in an amount equal to (i) 25% of such Consolidated Excess Cash Flow minus (ii) voluntary repayments of the Loans (excluding repayments of Revolving Loans or Swing Line Loans except to the extent the Revolving Commitments are permanently reduced in connection with such repayments).

(f) AHYDO Catch-Up Payment. On or before the end of the first accrual period following the fifth anniversary of the making of the first Revolving Loan hereunder, and on each Interest Payment Date thereafter, the Borrower shall make a payment with respect to such Loan in an amount equal to the Senior AHYDO Amount. For the purposes of this Section 2.14(f), “Senior AHYDO Amount” means the amount sufficient to ensure that the first Revolving Loan made hereunder will not be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code. Each payment of the Senior AHYDO Amount will be applied in full, notwithstanding Sections 2.15 and 2.16, to prepay the first Revolving Loan made hereunder. It is the intention of this Section 2.14(f) that the first Revolving Loan made hereunder will not be an “applicable high yield discount obligation” within the meaning of Section 163(i)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code.

(g) Revolving Loans and Swing Loans. Borrower shall from time to time prepay first, the Swing Line Loans, and second, the Revolving Loans to the extent necessary so that the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not at any time exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect.

(h) Prepayment Certificate. Concurrently with any prepayment of the Loans pursuant to Sections 2.14(a) through 2.14(f) Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the calculation of the amount of the applicable net proceeds or Consolidated Excess Cash Flow, as the case may be. In the event that Borrower shall subsequently determine that the actual amount received exceeded the amount set forth in such certificate, Borrower shall promptly make an additional prepayment of the Loans in an amount equal to such excess, and Borrower shall concurrently therewith deliver to Administrative Agent a certificate of an Authorized Officer demonstrating the derivation of such excess.

(a) Application of Voluntary Prepayments by Type of Loans. Any prepayment of any Loan pursuant to Section 2.13(a) shall be applied as specified by Borrower in the applicable notice of prepayment; provided, in the event Borrower fails to specify the Loans to which any such prepayment shall be applied, such prepayment shall be applied as follows:

third, to prepay the Term Loans on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof); and further applied to reduce the scheduled remaining Installments of principal of the Term Loans as directed by the Borrower.

(b) Application of Mandatory Prepayments by Type of Loans. Any amount required to be paid pursuant to Sections 2.14(a) through 2.14(e) shall be applied as follows:

first, to prepay Term Loans on a pro rata basis (in accordance with the respective outstanding principal amounts thereof) and further applied to the remaining scheduled Installments of principal of the Term Loans in direct order of maturity;

second, to prepay the Swing Line Loans to the full extent thereof (without any permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments);

third, to prepay the Revolving Loans to the full extent thereof (without any permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments); and

fourth, to prepay outstanding reimbursement obligations with respect to Letters of Credit (without any permanent reduction of the Revolving Commitments).

(c) Application of Prepayments of Loans to Base Rate Loans and Eurodollar Rate Loans. Considering each Class of Loans being prepaid separately, any prepayment thereof shall be applied first to Base Rate Loans to the full extent thereof before application to Eurodollar Rate Loans, in each case in a manner which minimizes the amount of any payments required to be made by Borrower pursuant to Section 2.18(c).

(a) All payments by Borrower of principal, interest, fees and other Obligations shall be made in Dollars in same day funds, without defense, setoff or counterclaim, free of any restriction or condition, and delivered to Administrative Agent not later than 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the date due at the Principal Office designated by Administrative Agent for the account of Lenders; for purposes of computing interest and fees, funds received by Administrative Agent after that time on such due date shall be deemed to have been paid by Borrower on the next succeeding Business Day.

(b) All payments in respect of the principal amount of any Loan (other than voluntary prepayments of Revolving Loans) shall be accompanied by payment of (i) accrued interest on the principal amount being repaid or prepaid and (ii) any Applicable Prepayment Premium with respect to the principal amount being repaid or prepaid, and all such payments (and, in any event, any payments in respect of any Loan on a date when interest is due and payable with respect to such Loan) shall be applied to the payment of interest then due and payable before application to principal.

(c) Administrative Agent (or its agent or sub-agent appointed by it) shall promptly distribute to each Lender at such address as such Lender shall indicate in writing, such Lender’s applicable Pro Rata Share of all payments and prepayments of principal and interest due hereunder, together with all other amounts due thereto, including any Applicable Prepayment Premium and all fees payable with respect thereto, to the extent received by Administrative Agent.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions hereof, if any Conversion/ Continuation Notice is withdrawn as to any Affected Lender or if any Affected Lender makes Base Rate Loans in lieu of its Pro Rata Share of any Eurodollar Rate Loans, Administrative Agent shall give effect thereto in apportioning payments received thereafter.

(e) Subject to the provisos set forth in the definition of “Interest Period” as they may apply to Revolving Loans, whenever any payment to be made hereunder with respect to any Loan shall be stated to be due on a day that is not a Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day.

(f) Borrower hereby authorizes Administrative Agent to charge Borrower’s accounts with Administrative Agent in order to cause timely payment to be made to Administrative Agent of all principal, interest, fees and expenses due hereunder (subject to sufficient funds being available in its accounts for that purpose).

(g) Administrative Agent shall deem any payment by or on behalf of Borrower hereunder that is not made in same day funds prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York City time) to be a non-conforming payment. Any such payment shall not be deemed to have been received by Administrative Agent until the later of (i) the time such funds become available funds, and (ii) the applicable next Business Day. Administrative Agent shall give prompt telephonic notice to Borrower and each applicable Lender (confirmed in writing) if any payment is non-conforming. Any non-conforming payment may constitute or become a Default or Event of Default in accordance with the terms of Section 8.1(a). Interest shall continue to accrue on any principal as to which a non-conforming payment is made until such funds become available funds (but in no event less than the period from the date of such payment to the next succeeding applicable Business Day) at the rate determined pursuant to Section 2.10 from the date such amount was due and payable until the date such amount is paid in full.

(h) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and not otherwise been waived, and the maturity of the Obligations shall have been accelerated pursuant to Section 8.1, all payments or proceeds received by Agents hereunder in respect of any of the Obligations, shall be applied in accordance with the application arrangements described in Section 9.2 of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

2.17. Ratable Sharing. Lenders hereby agree among themselves that if any of them shall, whether by voluntary payment (other than a voluntary prepayment of Loans made

and applied in accordance with the terms hereof), through the exercise of any right of set-off or banker’s lien, by counterclaim or cross action or by the enforcement of any right under the Credit Documents or otherwise, or as adequate protection of a deposit treated as cash collateral under the Bankruptcy Code, receive payment or reduction of a proportion of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, amounts payable in respect of Letters of Credit, fees and other amounts then due and owing to such Lender hereunder or under the other Credit Documents (collectively, the “Aggregate Amounts Due” to such Lender) which is greater than the proportion received by any other Lender in respect of the Aggregate Amounts Due to such other Lender, then the Lender receiving such proportionately greater payment shall (a) notify Administrative Agent and each other Lender of the receipt of such payment and (b) apply a portion of such payment to purchase participations (which it shall be deemed to have purchased from each seller of a participation simultaneously upon the receipt by such seller of its portion of such payment) in the Aggregate Amounts Due to the other Lenders so that all such recoveries of Aggregate Amounts Due shall be shared by all Lenders in proportion to the Aggregate Amounts Due to them; provided, if all or part of such proportionately greater payment received by such purchasing Lender is thereafter recovered from such Lender upon the bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower or otherwise, those purchases shall be rescinded and the purchase prices paid for such participations shall be returned to such purchasing Lender ratably to the extent of such recovery, but without interest. Borrower expressly consents to the foregoing arrangement and agrees that any holder of a participation so purchased may exercise any and all rights of banker’s lien, set-off or counterclaim with respect to any and all monies owing by Borrower to that holder with respect thereto as fully as if that holder were owed the amount of the participation held by that holder. The provisions of this Section 2.17 shall not be construed to apply to (a) any payment made by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or (b) any payment obtained by any Lender as consideration for the assignment or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or other Obligations owed to it.

(a) Inability to Determine Applicable Interest Rate. In the event that Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto), on any Interest Rate Determination Date with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loans, that by reason of circumstances affecting the London interbank market adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining the interest rate applicable to such Loans on the basis provided for in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate, Administrative Agent shall on such date give notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower and each Lender of such determination, whereupon (i) no Loans may be made as, or converted to, Eurodollar Rate Loans until such time as Administrative Agent notifies Borrower and Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, and (ii) any Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice given by Borrower with respect to the Loans in respect of which such determination was made shall be deemed to be rescinded by Borrower.

(b) Illegality or Impracticability of Eurodollar Rate Loans. In the event that on any date any Lender shall have determined (which determination shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto but shall be made only after consultation with Borrower and Administrative Agent) that the making, maintaining or continuation of its Eurodollar Rate Loans

(i) has become unlawful as a result of compliance by such Lender in good faith with any law, treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order (or would conflict with any such treaty, governmental rule, regulation, guideline or order not having the force of law even though the failure to comply therewith would not be unlawful), or (ii) has become impracticable, as a result of contingencies occurring after the date hereof which materially and adversely affect the London interbank market or the position of such Lender in that market, then, and in any such event, such Lender shall be an “Affected Lender” and it shall on that day give notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Borrower and Administrative Agent of such determination (which notice Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender). Thereafter (1) the obligation of the Affected Lender to make Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such notice shall be withdrawn by the Affected Lender, (2) to the extent such determination by the Affected Lender relates to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Funding Notice or a Conversion/Continuation Notice, the Affected Lender shall make such Loan as (or continue such Loan as or convert such Loan to, as the case may be) a Base Rate Loan, (3) the Affected Lender’s obligation to maintain its outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans (the “Affected Loans”) shall be terminated at the earlier to occur of the expiration of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the Affected Loans or when required by law, and (4) the Affected Loans shall automatically convert into Base Rate Loans on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent a determination by an Affected Lender as described above relates to a Eurodollar Rate Loan then being requested by Borrower pursuant to a Funding Notice or a Conversion/Continuation Notice, Borrower shall have the option, subject to the provisions of Section 2.18(c), to rescind such Funding Notice or Conversion/Continuation Notice as to all Lenders by giving notice (by telefacsimile or by telephone confirmed in writing) to Administrative Agent of such rescission on the date on which the Affected Lender gives notice of its determination as described above (which notice of rescission Administrative Agent shall promptly transmit to each other Lender). Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, nothing in this Section 2.18(b) shall affect the obligation of any Lender other than an Affected Lender to make or maintain Loans as, or to convert Loans to, Eurodollar Rate Loans in accordance with the terms hereof

(c) Compensation for Breakage or Non-Commencement of Interest Periods. Borrower shall compensate each Lender, upon written request by such Lender (which request shall set forth the basis for requesting such amounts), for all reasonable losses, expenses and liabilities (including any interest paid by such Lender to lenders of funds borrowed by it to make or carry its Eurodollar Rate Loans and any loss, expense or liability sustained by such Lender in connection with the liquidation or re-employment of such funds but excluding loss of anticipated profits) which such Lender may sustain: (i) if for any reason (other than a default by such Lender) a borrowing of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Funding Notice or a telephonic request for borrowing, or a conversion to or continuation of any Eurodollar Rate Loan does not occur on a date specified therefor in a Conversion/Continuation Notice or a telephonic request for conversion or continuation; (ii) if any prepayment or other principal payment of, or any conversion or (pursuant to Section 2.24(b)) assignment of, any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans occurs on a date prior to the last day of an Interest Period applicable to that Loan; or (iii) if any prepayment of any of its Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made on any date specified in a notice of prepayment given by Borrower (notwithstanding that such notice may subsequently be rescinded to the extent permitted by Section 2.13).

(d) Booking of Eurodollar Rate Loans. Any Lender may make, carry or transfer Eurodollar Rate Loans at, to, or for the account of any of its branch offices or the office of an Affiliate of such Lender.

(e) Assumptions Concerning Funding of Eurodollar Rate Loans. Calculation of all amounts payable to a Lender under this Section 2.18 and under Section 2.19 shall be made as though such Lender had actually funded each of its relevant Eurodollar Rate Loans through the purchase of a Eurodollar deposit bearing interest at the rate obtained pursuant to clause (i) of the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate in an amount equal to the amount of such Eurodollar Rate Loan and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period and through the transfer of such Eurodollar deposit from an offshore office of such Lender to a domestic office of such Lender in the United States of America; provided, however, each Lender may fund each of its Eurodollar Rate Loans in any manner it sees fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purposes of calculating amounts payable under this Section 2.18 and under Section 2.19.

(a) Compensation For Increased Costs and Taxes. Subject to the provisions of Section 220 (which shall be controlling with respect to the matters covered thereby), in the event that any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Lender for purposes of this Section 2.19(a)) shall determine (which determination shall, absent manifest error, be final and conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto) that any law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change therein or in the interpretation, administration or application thereof (including the introduction of any new law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order), or any determination of a court or governmental authority, in each case that becomes effective after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender with any guideline, request or directive issued or made after the date hereof by any central bank or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law): (i) without duplication of Section 2.20, subjects such Lender (or its applicable lending office) to any additional Tax (other than any Excluded Tax (as defined below)) with respect to this Agreement or any of the other Credit Documents or any of its obligations hereunder or thereunder or any payments to such Lender (or its applicable lending office) of principal, interest, fees or any other amount payable hereunder; (ii) imposes, modifies or holds applicable any reserve (including any marginal, emergency, supplemental, special or other reserve), special deposit, compulsory loan, FDIC insurance or similar requirement against assets held by, or deposits or other liabilities in or for the account of, or advances or loans by, or other credit extended by, or any other acquisition of funds by, any office of such Lender (other than any such reserve or other requirements with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans that are reflected in the definition of Adjusted Eurodollar Rate); or (iii) imposes any other condition (other than with respect to a Tax matter) on or affecting such Lender (or its applicable lending office) or its obligations hereunder or the London interbank market; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make, making or maintaining Loans hereunder or to reduce any amount received or receivable by such Lender (or its applicable lending office) with respect thereto; then, in any such case, Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender, upon receipt of the statement referred to in the next sentence, such additional amount or amounts (in the form of an increased rate of, or a different

method of calculating, interest or otherwise as such Lender in its sole discretion shall determine) as may be necessary to compensate such Lender for any such increased cost or reduction in amounts received or receivable hereunder. Such Lender shall deliver to Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to such Lender under this Section 2.19(a), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error.

(b) Capital Adequacy Adjustment. In the event that any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Lender for purposes of this Section 2.19(b)) shall have determined that the adoption, effectiveness, phase-in or applicability after the Closing Date of any law, rule or regulation (or any provision thereof) regarding capital adequacy, or any change therein or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender (or its applicable lending office) with any guideline, request or directive regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law) of any such Governmental Authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of, or with reference to, such Lender’s Loans or Revolving Commitments or Letters of Credit, or participations therein or other obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans or the Letters of Credit to a level below that which such Lender or such controlling corporation could have achieved but for such adoption, effectiveness, phase-in, applicability, change or compliance (taking into consideration the policies of such Lender or such controlling corporation with regard to capital adequacy), then from time to time, within five Business Days after receipt by Borrower from such Lender of the statement referred to in the next sentence, Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such controlling corporation on an after-tax basis for such reduction. Such Lender shall deliver to Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) a written statement, setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for calculating the additional amounts owed to Lender under this Section 2.19(b), which statement shall be conclusive and binding upon all parties hereto absent manifest error. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such Lender or the Issuing Lender, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the change giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the change giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(a) Payments to Be Free and Clear. All sums payable by or on behalf of any Credit Party hereunder and under the other Credit Documents shall (except to the extent required by law) be paid free and clear of, and without any deduction or withholding on account of, any Tax imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within the United States of America or any political subdivision in or of the United States of America or any other jurisdiction from or to which a payment is made by or on behalf of any Credit Party or by any federation or organization of which the United States of America or any such jurisdiction is a member at the

time of payment, excluding (i) net income (however denominated) or franchise (or similar) Taxes imposed on any Lender, Issuing Lender or Agent (or any transferee or assignee thereof, including a participation holder (any such entity, a “Transferee”), (ii) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the United States or any similar Tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which a Lender, Issuing Lender, Agent, Transferee or Credit Party is located, (iii) any Taxes imposed by a jurisdiction as a result of any connection between a Lender, Issuing Lender, Agent, Transferee, or Credit Party and such jurisdiction other than the connection arising from executing or entering into any Loan Document or any of the transactions contemplated by any Loan Document, and (iv) in the case of any amount payable hereunder to a Non-U.S. Person, any withholding Tax that is imposed at the time such Non-U.S. Person becomes a party hereto or designates a new lending office (except to the extent the assignor of an interest to such Non-U.S. Person was entitled to payments under this Section 2.20) or, in the case of both U.S. and Non-U.S. Person, is attributable to a failure or inability (other than any inability arising after it becomes a party hereto) to comply with this Section 2.20. For the purposes of this Agreement, Taxes referred to in (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) are “Excluded Taxes”.

(b) Withholding of Taxes. If any Credit Party or any other Person is required by law to make any deduction or withholding on account of any Tax other than an Excluded Tax from any sum paid or payable by any Credit Party to Administrative Agent or any Lender (which term shall include Issuing Lender and any Transferee for purposes of this Section 2.20(b)) under any of the Credit Documents: (i) Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent of any such requirement or any change in any such requirement as soon as Borrower becomes aware of it; (ii) Borrower shall pay any such Tax before the date on which penalties attach thereto, such payment to be made (if the liability to pay is imposed on any Credit Party) for its own account or (if that liability is imposed on Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be) on behalf of and in the name of Administrative Agent or such Lender; (iii) the sum payable by such Credit Party in respect of which the relevant deduction, withholding or payment is required shall be increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of that deduction, withholding or payment, Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, receives on the due date a net sum equal to what it would have received had no such deduction, withholding or payment been required or made; and (iv) within thirty days after paying any sum from which it is required by law to make any deduction or withholding, and within thirty days after the due date of payment of any Tax which it is required by clause (ii) above to pay, Borrower shall deliver to Administrative Agent evidence satisfactory to the other affected parties of such deduction, withholding or payment and of the remittance thereof to the relevant taxing or other authority. If the Administrative Agent or a Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any non-Excluded Taxes or other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section 2.20, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section 2.20 with respect to the non-Excluded Taxes or other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that (i) the Borrower, upon the request of the Administrative Agent or such Lender, agrees to repay the amount paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Administrative Agent or such Lender in the event the Administrative Agent or such Lender is required to repay

such refund to such Governmental Authority and (ii) nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or the Administrative Agent to arrange its Tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or the Administrative Agent to claim any Tax refund or to make available its Tax returns or disclose any information relating to its Tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender or the Administrative Agent to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

(c) Evidence of Exemption From U.S. Withholding Tax. Each Lender that is not a United States Person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a “Non-US Lender”) shall deliver to Administrative Agent for transmission to Borrower, on or prior to the Closing Date (in the case of each Lender listed on the signature pages hereof on the Closing Date) or on or prior to the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it becomes a Lender (in the case of each other Lender), and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of Borrower or Administrative Agent (each in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (i) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI and/or W¬8IMY (or, in each case, any successor forms), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Borrower to establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable under any of the Credit Documents, or (ii) if such Lender is not a “bank” or other Person described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, a Certificate re Non-Bank Status together with two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Borrower to establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax with respect to any payments to such Lender of interest payable under any of the Credit Documents. Each Lender that is a United States person (as such term is defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code) for United States federal income tax purposes (a “U.S. Lender”) shall deliver to Administrative Agent and Borrower on or prior to the Closing Date (or, if later, on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party to this Agreement) two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or any successor form), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, certifying that such U.S. Lender is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax, or otherwise prove that it is entitled to such an exemption. Each Lender required to deliver any forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters pursuant to this Section 2.20(c) hereby agrees, from time to time after the initial delivery by such Lender of such forms, certificates or other evidence, whenever a lapse in time or change in circumstances renders such forms, certificates or other evidence obsolete or inaccurate in any material respect, that such Lender shall promptly deliver to Administrative Agent for transmission to Borrower two new original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, W-8ECI and/or W¬8IMY (or, in each case, any successor form), or a Certificate re Non-Bank Status and two original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or any successor form), as the case may be, properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, and such other documentation required under the Internal Revenue Code and reasonably requested by Borrower to confirm or establish that such Lender is not subject to deduction or withholding of United States federal income tax

with respect to payments to such Lender under the Credit Documents, or notify Administrative Agent and Borrower of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence. Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amount to any Lender under Section 2.20(b)(iii) if such Lender shall have failed (1) to deliver the forms, certificates or other evidence referred to in the first sentence of this Section 2.20(c), or (2) to notify Administrative Agent and Borrower of its inability to deliver any such forms, certificates or other evidence, as the case may be; provided, if such Lender shall have satisfied the requirements of the first sentence of this Section 2.20(c) on the Closing Date, on the designation of a new lending office or on the date of the Assignment Agreement pursuant to which it became a Lender, as applicable, nothing in this last sentence of Section 2.20(c) shall relieve Borrower of its obligation to pay any additional amounts pursuant this Section 2.20 in the event that, as a result of any change in any applicable law, treaty or governmental rule, regulation or order, or any change in the interpretation, administration or application thereof, such Lender is no longer properly entitled to deliver forms, certificates or other evidence at a subsequent date establishing the fact that such Lender is not subject to withholding as described herein.

2.21. Obligation to Mitigate. Each Lender (which term shall include Issuing Lender for purposes of this Section 2.21) agrees that, as promptly as practicable after the officer of such Lender responsible for administering its Loans or Letters of Credit, as the case may be, becomes aware of the occurrence of an event or the existence of a condition that would cause such Lender to become an Affected Lender or that would entitle such Lender to receive payments under Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20, it will, to the extent not inconsistent with the internal policies of such Lender and any applicable legal or regulatory restrictions, use reasonable efforts to (a) make, issue, fund or maintain its Credit Extensions, including any Affected Loans, through another office of such Lender, or (b) take such other measures as such Lender may deem reasonable, if as a result thereof the circumstances which would cause such Lender to be an Affected Lender would cease to exist or the additional amounts which would otherwise be required to be paid to such Lender pursuant to Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20 would be materially reduced and if, as determined by such Lender in its sole discretion, the making, issuing, funding or maintaining of such Revolving Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit through such other office or in accordance with such other measures, as the case may be, would not otherwise adversely affect such Revolving Commitments, Loans or Letters of Credit or the interests of such Lender; provided, such Lender will not be obligated to utilize such other office pursuant to this Section 2.21 unless Borrower agrees to pay all incremental expenses incurred by such Lender as a result of utilizing such other office as described above. A certificate as to the amount of any such expenses payable by Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.21 (setting forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount) submitted by such Lender to Borrower (with a copy to Administrative Agent) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

2.22. Defaulting Lenders. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that any Lender, other than at the direction or request of any regulatory agency or authority, defaults (a “Defaulting Lender”) in its obligation to fund (a “Funding Default”) any Revolving Loan or its portion of any unreimbursed payment under Section 2.3(b)(iv) or 2.4(e) (in each case, a “Defaulted Loan”), then (a) during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be

a “Lender” for purposes of voting on any matters (including the granting of any consents or waivers) with respect to any of the Credit Documents; (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, until such time as the Default Excess with respect to such Defaulting Lender shall have been reduced to zero, (i) any voluntary prepayment of the Revolving Loans shall, if Borrower so directs at the time of making such voluntary prepayment, be applied to the Revolving Loans of other Lenders as if such Defaulting Lender had no Revolving Loans outstanding and the Revolving Exposure of such Defaulting Lender were zero, and (ii) any mandatory prepayment of the Revolving Loans shall, if Borrower so directs at the time of making such mandatory prepayment, be applied to the Revolving Loans of other Lenders (but not to the Revolving Loans of such Defaulting Lender) as if such Defaulting Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender, it being understood and agreed that Borrower shall be entitled to retain any portion of any mandatory prepayment of the Revolving Loans that is not paid to such Defaulting Lender solely as a result of the operation of the provisions of this clause (b); (c) such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment and outstanding Revolving Loans and such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Letter of Credit Usage shall be excluded for purposes of calculating the Revolving Commitment fee payable to Lenders in respect of any day during any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender, and such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any Revolving Commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.11 with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Commitment in respect of any Default Period with respect to such Defaulting Lender; provided, that if any Lender incurs a Funding Default at the direction or request of any regulatory agency or authority (each a “Regulated Lender”), such Regulated Lender shall additionally be subject to this clause (c) and such Regulated Lender shall not be entitled to receive any Revolving Commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.11 with respect to such Regulated Lender’s Revolving Commitment in respect of any Default Period with respect to such Regulated Lender; and (d) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments as at any date of determination shall be calculated as if such Defaulting Lender or Regulated Lender had funded all Defaulted Loans of such Defaulting Lender or, as applicable, all Loans of such Regulated Lender. No Revolving Commitment of any Lender shall be increased or otherwise affected, and, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Section 2.22, performance by Borrower of its obligations hereunder and the other Credit Documents shall not be excused or otherwise modified as a result of any Funding Default or the operation of this Section 2.22. The rights and remedies against a Defaulting Lender under this Section 2.22 are in addition to other rights and remedies which Borrower may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default and which Administrative Agent or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender with respect to any Funding Default.

2.23. Removal or Replacement of a Lender. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that: (a) (i) any Lender (an “Increased-Cost Lender”) shall give notice to Borrower that such Lender is an Affected Lender or that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under Section 2.18, 2.19 or 2.20, (ii) the circumstances which have caused such Lender to be an Affected Lender or which entitle such Lender to receive such payments shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Lender shall fail to withdraw such notice within five Business Days after Borrower’s request for such withdrawal; or (b) (i) any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, (ii) the Default Period for such Defaulting Lender shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Defaulting Lender shall fail to cure the default as a result of which it has become a Defaulting Lender within five Business Days after Borrower’s

request that it cure such default; (c) (i) any Lender shall become a Regulated Lender, (ii) the Default Period for such Regulated Lender shall remain in effect, and (iii) such Regulated Lender shall fail to cure the Funding Default as a result of which it has become a Regulated Lender within five Business Days after Borrower’s request that it cure such Funding Default; or (d) in connection with any proposed amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent with respect to any of the provisions hereof as contemplated by Section 10.5(b), the consent of Requisite Lenders shall have been obtained but the consent of one or more of such other Lenders (each a “Non-Consenting Lender”) whose consent is required shall not have been obtained; then, with respect to each such Increased-Cost Lender, Defaulting Lender, Regulated Lender or Non-Consenting Lender (the “Terminated Lender”), Borrower may, by giving written notice to Administrative Agent and any Terminated Lender of its election to do so, elect to cause such Terminated Lender (and such Terminated Lender hereby irrevocably agrees) to assign its outstanding Loans and its Revolving Commitments, if any, in full to one or more Eligible Assignees (each a “Replacement Lender”) in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.6 and Borrower shall pay the fees, if any, payable thereunder in connection with any such assignment from an Increased Cost Lender, a Non-Consenting Lender or a Regulated Lender and the Defaulting Lender shall pay the fees, if any, payable thereunder in connection with any such assignment from such Defaulting Lender; provided, (1) on the date of such assignment, the Replacement Lender shall pay to Terminated Lender an amount equal to the sum of (A) an amount equal to the principal of, and all accrued interest on, all outstanding Loans of the Terminated Lender, (B) an amount equal to all unreimbursed drawings that have been funded by such Terminated Lender, together with all then unpaid interest with respect thereto at such time and (C) an amount equal to all accrued, but theretofore unpaid fees owing to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.11; (2) on the date of such assignment, Borrower shall pay any amounts payable to such Terminated Lender pursuant to Section 2.18(c), 2.19 or 2.20; or otherwise as if it were a prepayment, together with (if in connection with a Repricing Event) any Applicable Prepayment Premium that would be required pursuant to Section 2.13(c); and (3) in the event such Terminated Lender is a Non-Consenting Lender, each Replacement Lender shall consent, at the time of such assignment, to each matter in respect of which such Terminated Lender was a Non-Consenting Lender; and provided, further, Borrower may not make such election with respect to any Terminated Lender that is also an Issuing Lender unless, prior to the effectiveness of such election, Borrower shall have made arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer reasonably satisfactory to such Issuing Lender or the depositing of cash collateral into a cash collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Lender) for each outstanding Letter of Credit issued thereby or caused each such Letter of Credit to be cancelled. Upon the prepayment of all amounts owing to any Terminated Lender and the termination of such Terminated Lender’s Revolving Commitments, if any, such Terminated Lender shall no longer constitute a “Lender” for purposes hereof; provided, any rights of such Terminated Lender to indemnification hereunder shall survive as to such Terminated Lender. Each Lender agrees that if the Borrower exercises its option hereunder to cause an assignment by such Lender as a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender, such Lender shall, promptly after receipt of written notice of such election, execute and deliver all documentation necessary to effectuate such assignment in accordance with Section 10.6. In the event that a Lender does not comply with the requirements of the immediately preceding sentence within one Business Day after receipt of such notice, each

Lender hereby authorizes and directs the Administrative Agent to execute and deliver such documentation as may be required to give effect to an assignment in accordance with Section 10.6 on behalf of a Non-Consenting Lender or Terminated Lender and any such documentation so executed by the Administrative Agent shall be effective for purposes of documenting an assignment pursuant to Section 10.6.

(a) Borrower may at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, by written notice to Syndication Agent and Administrative Agent elect to request (A) prior to the Revolving Commitment Termination Date, one or more increases to the existing Revolving Loan Commitments (any such increase, the “New Revolving Loan Commitments”) and/or (B) the establishment of one or more new term loan commitments (the “New Term Loan Commitments”), by an amount not in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate and not less than $10,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount which shall be approved by Administrative Agent or such lesser amount that shall constitute the difference between $50,000,000 and all such New Revolving Loan Commitments and New Term Loan Commitments obtained prior to such date), and integral multiples of $10,000,000 in excess of that amount. Each such notice shall specify (A) the date (each, an “Increased Amount Date”) on which Borrower proposes that the New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than three (3) Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to Syndication Agent and (B) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an Eligible Assignee (each, a “New Revolving Loan Lender” or “New Term Loan Lender”, as applicable) to whom Borrower proposes any portion of such New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided, that Syndication Agent may elect or decline to arrange such New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments in its sole discretion and any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Revolving Loan Commitment or a New Term Loan Commitment. Such New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments shall become effective, as of such Increased Amount Date; provided, that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date before or after giving effect to such New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable; (2) both before and after giving effect to the making of any Series of New Term Loans, each of the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 shall be satisfied; (3) Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be in pro forma compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 6.7(a) and (b) as of the last day of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter after giving effect to such New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable; (4) the New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable, shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by Holdings, Borrower, each New Revolving Loan Lender or New Term Loan Lender, as applicable, and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register and each New Revolving Loan Lender and New Term Loan Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 2.20(c); (5) Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 2.18(c) in connection with the New Revolving Loan Commitments or New Term Loan Commitments, as applicable; and (6) Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered

any legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10.5, the Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents, to the extent not adversely affecting the rights of any Lender, Agent or Issuing Lender, as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. Any New Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall be designated a separate series (a “Series”) of New Term Loans for all purposes of this Agreement.

(b) On any Increased Amount Date on which New Revolving Loan Commitments are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (a) each of the Revolving Lenders shall assign to each of the New Revolving Loan Lenders, and each of the New Revolving Loan Lenders shall purchase from each of the Revolving Loan Lenders, at the principal amount thereof (together with accrued interest), such interests in the Revolving Loans outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Loans will be held by existing Revolving Loan Lenders and New Revolving Loan Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Loan Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such New Revolving Loan Commitments to the Revolving Loan Commitments, (b) each New Revolving Loan Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Loan Commitment and each Loan made thereunder (a “New Revolving Loan”) shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Loan and (c) each New Revolving Loan Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the New Revolving Loan Commitment and all matters relating thereto. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing requirements contained elsewhere in this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(c) On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Loan Commitments of any Series are effective, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall make a Loan to Borrower (a “New Term Loan”) in an amount equal to its New Term Loan Commitment of such Series, and (ii) each New Term Loan Lender of any Series shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Loan Commitment of such Series and the New Term Loans of such Series made pursuant thereto.

(d) Administrative Agent shall notify Lenders promptly upon receipt of Borrower’s notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof (y) the New Revolving Loan Commitments and the New Revolving Loan Lenders or the Series of New Term Loan Commitments and the New Term Loan Lenders of such Series, as applicable, and (z) in the case of each notice to any Revolving Loan Lender, the respective interests in such Revolving Loan Lender’s Revolving Loans, in each case subject to the assignments contemplated by this Section.

(e) The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments of any Series shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the New Term Loan Lenders providing such New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments, and, except as otherwise provided herein, to the extent such terms and provisions are not identical to the terms and conditions of the existing Tranche B Term Loans, shall be reasonably satisfactory to the

Administrative Agent and the Syndication Agent. The terms and provisions of the New Revolving Loans shall be identical to the Revolving Loans. In any event (i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of all New Term Loans of any Series shall be no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans (except by virtue of amortization of or prepayment of the Tranche B Term Loans prior to such date of determination), (ii) the applicable New Term Loan Maturity Date of each Series shall be no earlier than the final maturity of the Tranche B Term Loans, (iii) the yield applicable to the New Term Loans of each Series shall be determined by Borrower and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Joinder Agreement; provided, however, that the yield applicable to the New Term Loans (after giving effect to all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable with respect to such New Term Loans) shall not be greater than the applicable yield payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as amended through the date of such calculation with respect to Tranche B Term Loans (including any upfront fees or original issue discount payable to the initial Lenders hereunder) plus 0.25% per annum (unless the interest rate with respect to the Tranche B Term Loans is concurrently increased so as to cause the then applicable yield under this Agreement on the Tranche B Term Loans to equal the yield then applicable to the New Term Loans (after giving effect to all upfront or similar fees or original issue discount payable with respect to such New Term Loans) minus 0.25%) and (iv) the Unused Availability under the Revolving Facility shall not be less than $20,000,000 after giving effect to any Series of New Term Loans and New Term Loan Commitments. Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Credit Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of Administrative Agent and the Borrower to effect the provision of this Section 2.24.

3.1. Closing Date. The obligation of each Lender to make a Credit Extension on the Closing Date is subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.5, of the following conditions on or before June 30, 2008:

(a) Credit Documents. Administrative Agent and Arranger shall have received sufficient copies of each Credit Document originally executed or, except in the case of the Notes, if any, facsimiles (followed promptly by originals) and delivered by each applicable Credit Party.

(b) Organizational Documents; Incumbency. Administrative Agent and Arranger shall have received (i) copies of each Organizational Document executed and delivered by each Credit Party, as and to the extent applicable, and, to the extent applicable, certified as of a recent date by the appropriate governmental official, each dated the Closing Date or a recent date prior thereto; (ii) signature and incumbency certificates of the officers of such Person executing the Credit Documents to which it is a party; (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors or similar governing body of each Credit Party approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to which it is a party, certified as of the Closing Date by its secretary or an assistant secretary as being in full force and effect without modification or amendment; and (iv) a good standing certificate from the applicable Governmental Authority of each Credit Party’s jurisdiction of incorporation,

organization or formation and in each jurisdiction in which it is qualified as a foreign corporation or other entity to do business (except to the extent any such foreign qualification is not material to the business of such Credit Party), each dated a recent date prior to the Closing Date.

(i) Administrative Agent and Arranger shall have received evidence that the Equity Contribution shall have been made, and the Borrower shall have received the proceeds of the Equity Contribution in the aggregate amount required by the Commitment Letter;

(ii) the Holdings Notes Indenture shall have been entered into and shall be effective, and the Borrower shall have received, or substantially concurrently with the initial borrowings under this Agreement, shall receive, gross proceeds of the Holdings Notes on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount of not less than $110,000,000 (or the conditions to the issuance of the Holdings Notes, other than the funding of the initial borrowings under this Agreement or the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 3.1, shall have been satisfied or substantially concurrently with the initial borrowings under this Agreement shall be satisfied);

(iii) the Subordinated Notes Indenture shall have been entered into and shall be effective, the Borrower shall have received, or substantially concurrently with the initial borrowings under this Agreement, shall receive, gross proceeds of the Subordinated Notes on the Closing Date in an aggregate amount of not less than $300,000,000 (or the conditions to the issuance of the Subordinated Notes, other than the funding of the initial borrowings under this Agreement or the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Section 3.1, shall have been satisfied or substantially concurrently with the initial borrowings under this Agreement shall be satisfied);

(iv) (x) The aggregate proceeds of the Equity Contribution, together with the proceeds of the Holdings Notes, the Subordinated Notes, the initial borrowings under this Agreement and available Cash of the Acquired Business, shall be sufficient to consummate the Acquisition and the Refinancing and to pay the Transaction Costs, (y) the Acquisition shall have been consummated, or substantially concurrently with the initial borrowings under this Agreement shall be consummated, in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement and (z) all conditions to the Acquisition set forth in the Acquisition Agreement shall have been satisfied or duly waived; provided, however, that no provision of the Acquisition Agreement shall have been waived or modified in a manner which is material and adverse to the interests of the Lenders without the consent of the Arranger (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld);

(v) Holdings and its Subsidiaries shall have (i) repaid in full all Existing Indebtedness, (ii) terminated any commitments to lend or make other extensions of credit thereunder, (iii) delivered to Administrative Agent all documents or instruments necessary to release all Liens (if any) securing Existing Indebtedness or other obligations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries thereunder being repaid on the Closing Date, and (iv)

made arrangements reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Arranger with respect to the cancellation of any letters of credit outstanding thereunder or the issuance of Letters of Credit to support the obligations of Holdings and its Subsidiaries with respect thereto; and

(vi) Administrative Agent and Arranger shall each have received a fully executed copy of the Acquisition Agreement and each other Related Agreement and any material documents executed in connection therewith as the Administrative Agent and Arranger shall reasonably request, certified as complete and correct by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower.

(d) Real Estate Assets. In order to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid and, subject to any filing and/or recording referred to herein, perfected First Priority security interest in certain Real Estate Assets, the Borrower and each applicable Guarantor shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to deliver the following to the Collateral Agent on or prior to the Closing Date:

(i) fully executed and notarized Mortgages, in proper form for recording in all appropriate places in all applicable jurisdictions, encumbering each Real Estate Asset listed in Schedule 3.1(d) (each, a “Closing Date Mortgaged Property”);

(ii) an opinion of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent) in each state in which a Closing Date Mortgaged Property is located with respect to the enforceability of the form(s) of Mortgages to be recorded in such state and such other matters as Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent;

(iii) in the case of each Leasehold Property that is a Closing Date Mortgaged Property, (1) a Landlord Consent and Estoppel and (2) evidence that such Leasehold Property is a Recorded Leasehold Interest;

(iv) (a) ALTA mortgagee title insurance policies or unconditional commitments therefor issued by one or more title companies reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent with respect to each Closing Date Mortgaged Property (each, a “Title Policy”), in amounts not less than the fair market value of each Closing Date Mortgaged Property, and copies of all recorded documents listed as exceptions to title or otherwise referred to therein, each in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent and (B) evidence reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent that such Credit Party has paid to the title company or to the appropriate governmental authorities all expenses and premiums of the title company and all other sums required in connection with the issuance of each Title Policy and all recording and stamp taxes (including mortgage recording and intangible taxes) payable in connection with recording the Mortgages for each Closing Date Mortgaged Property in the appropriate real estate records;

(v) flood certifications with respect to all Closing Date Mortgaged Properties and evidence of flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent;

(vi) to the extent that any Title Policy obtained pursuant to clause (iv) above contains any survey-related exception or similar requirement, ALTA surveys of all such Closing Date Mortgaged Properties which are not Leasehold Properties, certified to Collateral Agent and dated not more than thirty days prior to the Closing Date, satisfactory for removal of such exception or insurance over such exception; and

(vii) reports and other information, in form, scope and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Arranger, regarding environmental matters relating to each Closing Date Mortgaged Property.

(e) Personal Property Collateral. In order to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid, perfected First Priority security interest in the personal property Collateral, each Credit Party shall have delivered to Collateral Agent:

(i) executed counterparts to the Pledge and Security Agreement, the Foreign Pledge Agreements and the other Collateral Documents, and delivery of originals of securities, instruments and chattel paper and any Deposit Account Control Agreements and/or Securities Account Control Agreements as provided therein;

(ii) a completed Collateral Questionnaire dated the Closing Date and executed by an Authorized Officer of each Credit Party, together with all attachments contemplated thereby;

(iii) fully executed Intellectual Property Security Agreements, in proper form for filing or recording in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as applicable, memorializing and recording the encumbrance of the Intellectual Property Assets listed on Schedule 5.2 to the Pledge and Security Agreement;

(iv) opinions of counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent) with respect to the creation and perfection of the security interests in favor of Collateral Agent in such Collateral pursuant to any Foreign Pledge Agreement and such other matters governed by the laws of each jurisdiction in which any Credit Party is located or in which any direct Foreign Subsidiary of any Credit Party is organized (including Canada, England and Wales, and Ireland with respect to the Foreign Pledge Agreements, and which, in the case of England and Wales and Ireland, shall be provided by counsel to the Collateral Agent) as Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Collateral Agent; and

(v) evidence that each Credit Party shall have taken or caused to be taken any other action, executed and delivered or caused to be executed and delivered any other agreement, document and instrument (including any intercompany notes evidencing Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(b)) and made or caused to be made any other filing and recording (other than as set forth herein) reasonably required by Collateral Agent.

(f) Financial Statements; Projections. Administrative Agent and Arranger shall have received from Holdings (i) the Historical Financial Statements, (ii) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of the Fiscal Quarter ended March 31, 2008, and reflecting the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents to occur on or prior to the Closing Date, (iii) customary additional audited and unaudited financial statements for all recent, probable or pending acquisitions, if any, to the extent required by Regulation S-X for Form 5-1 registration statements and (iv) the Projections.

(g) Evidence of Insurance. Collateral Agent shall have received a certificate from Borrower’s insurance broker or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to Section 5.5(a) is in full force and effect, together with certificates naming the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee thereunder to the extent required under Section 5.5(a).

(h) Opinions of Counsel to Credit Parties. Agents and Lenders and their respective counsel shall have received originally executed copies of the favorable written opinions of Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Credit Parties, in the form of Exhibit D (with respect to New York, Delaware, Massachusetts and, other than with respect to real estate matters, California law), dated as of the Closing Date and local counsel opinions in the jurisdictions set forth on Schedule 3.1(h), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Arranger (and each Credit Party hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinions to Agents and Lenders).

(i) Fees. Borrower shall have paid to Agents the fees payable on the Closing Date referred to in Section 2.11(d).

(j) Solvency Certificate. On the Closing, Date Administrative Agent and Arranger shall have received a Solvency Certificate from the chief financial officer of Borrower, stating that after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions and any rights of contribution, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are and will be Solvent.

(k) No Injunction. Administrative Agent and Arranger shall have received satisfactory evidence that there does not exist any injunction pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent and Arranger, would prohibit the consummation of the Transactions, the financing contemplated by this Agreement or any of the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents.

(l) Letter of Direction. Administrative Agent and Arranger shall have received a duly executed letter of direction and funds flow with respect to the Transactions, from Borrower addressed to Administrative Agent and Arranger, on behalf of itself and Lenders, directing the disbursement on the Closing Date of the proceeds of the Loans made on such date.

(m) PATRIOT Act Information. Reasonably in advance of the Closing Date, the Lenders shall have received all documentation and other information required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) the “PATRIOT Act”).

(n) Closing Date Certificate. Holdings and Borrower shall have delivered to Administrative Agent and Arranger an original Closing Date Certificate executed by an Authorized Officer of the Borrower, together with all attachments thereto, and which shall include, without limitation, certifications to the effect that:

(i) the aggregate amount of the Term Loans, the Holdings Notes and the Subordinated Notes does not exceed the maximum amount permitted, pursuant to the fourth paragraph of the Commitment Letter to ensure that the pro forma ratio of Total Consolidated Debt to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (each, for the purposes of this paragraph, as defined in the Commitment Letter) as of and for the four-Fiscal Quarter period ended March 31, 2008, does not exceed 6.87:1.00;

(ii) on and as of the Closing Date, each of the Specified Representations are true and correct in all material respects;

(iii) each of the representations and warranties made by or with respect to the Acquired Business in the Acquisition Agreement are true and correct on the Closing Date (only to the extent that the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct would give Parent and Merger Sub the right not to consummate the Acquisition in accordance with the Acquisition Agreement as a result of the failure of such representations and warranties to be true and correct);

(iv) since December 31, 2006, there shall not have occurred an Acquired Business Material Adverse Effect; and

(v) each of the conditions precedent described in this Section 3.1 shall have been satisfied on the Closing Date.

(a) Conditions Precedent. The obligation of each Lender to make any Loan, or Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit, on any Credit Date, including the Closing Date, are subject to the satisfaction, or waiver in accordance with Section 10.5, of the following conditions precedent:

(i) Administrative Agent shall have received a fully executed and delivered Funding Notice or Issuance Notice, as the case may be;

(ii) after making the Credit Extensions requested on such Credit Date, the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect;

(iii) as of such Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of that Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided, that in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further, that the only representations and warranties hereunder the accuracy of which shall be a condition precedent to the funding of the initial Loans hereunder on the Closing Date shall be the Specified Representations;

(iv) as of such Credit Date, no event shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from the consummation of the applicable Credit Extension that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default (other than, solely on the Closing Date, any Event of Default or Default (i) resulting from the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty hereunder other than (x) the Specified Representations and (y) any representation, warranty or certification contained in any certificate or other similar document provided by the Credit Parties pursuant to Section 3.1(n)(iii), (ii) pursuant to Sections 8.1(h) or (j) in an aggregate amount not exceeding $10,000,000 or (iii) resulting from any breach of Sections 6.1 or 6.2 that would not otherwise constitute a failure to satisfy any condition precedent set forth in Section 3.1); and

(v) on or before the date of issuance of any Letter of Credit, Administrative Agent shall have received all other information required by the applicable Issuance Notice, and such other documents or information as Issuing Lender may reasonably require in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit.

(b) Notices. Any Notice shall be executed by an Authorized Officer in a writing delivered to Administrative Agent. In lieu of delivering a Notice, Borrower may give Administrative Agent telephonic notice by the required time of any proposed borrowing, conversion/continuation or issuance of a Letter of Credit, as the case may be; provided each such notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing by delivery of the applicable Notice to Administrative Agent on or before the applicable date of borrowing, continuation/conversion or issuance. Neither Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall incur any liability to Borrower in acting upon any telephonic notice referred to above that Administrative Agent believes in good faith to have been given by a duly authorized officer or other person authorized on behalf of Borrower or for otherwise acting in good faith.

In order to induce the Lenders and Issuing Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make each Credit Extension to be made thereby, each Credit Party makes the following representations and warranties to each Lender and Issuing Lender, on the Closing Date and on each Credit Date, (it being understood and agreed that the representations and warranties made on the Closing Date are deemed to be made concurrently with the consummation of the Acquisition and the transactions contemplated thereby):

4.1. Organization; Requisite Power and Authority; Qualification. Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, except solely with respect to the Puerto Rico Sub as set forth on Schedule 4.1, and, as of the Closing Date, the jurisdiction of organization of each such Person is as identified on Schedule 4.1, (b) as all requisite power and authority to own and operate its properties, to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, to enter into the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to carry out the transactions contemplated thereby, and (c) is qualified to do business and in good standing in every jurisdiction where its assets are located and wherever necessary to carry out its business and operations, except in jurisdictions where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing has not had, and could not be reasonably expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.2. Equity Interests and Ownership. The Equity Interests of each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries have been duly authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.2, as of the date hereof, there is no existing option, warrant, call, right, commitment or other agreement to which Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries is a party requiring, and there is no membership interest or other Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries outstanding which upon conversion or exchange would require, the issuance by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of any additional membership interests or other Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or other Securities convertible into, exchangeable for or evidencing the right to subscribe for or purchase, a membership interest or other Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. Schedule 4.2 correctly sets forth the ownership interest of Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries in their respective Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions.

4.3. Due Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance of the Credit Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Credit Party that is a party thereto.

4.4. No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance by the Credit Parties of the Credit Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the Transactions do not and will not (a) violate (i) any provision of any law or any governmental rule or regulation applicable to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in any material respect, (ii) any of the Organizational Documents of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iii) any material order, judgment or decree of any court or other agency of government binding on Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (b) conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries except to the extent such conflict, breach or default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries (other than Permitted Liens); or (d) require any approval of stockholders, members or partners or any approval or consent of any Person under any Contractual Obligation of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, except for such approvals or consents which will be obtained on or before the Closing Date and except for any such approvals or consents the failure of which to obtain will not have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.5. Governmental Consents. The execution, delivery and performance by Credit Parties of the Credit Documents to which they are parties and the consummation of the Transactions do not and will not require any registration with, consent or approval of, or notice to, or other action to, with or by, any Governmental Authority except (i) as otherwise set forth in the Acquisition Agreement, (ii) for filings and recordings necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral by the Credit Parties in favor of the Secured Parties and (iii) those approvals, consents, registrations, notices or other actions, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.6. Binding Obligation. Each Credit Document has been duly executed and delivered by each Credit Party that is a party thereto and is the legally valid and binding obligation of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its respective terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, liquidation, conservatorship, assignment for the benefit of creditors, insolvency, rearrangement, receivership, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ or secured parties’ rights generally or by equitable principles and principles of good faith and fair dealing relating to enforceability.

4.7. Historical Financial Statements. The Historical Financial Statements were prepared in conformity with GAAP and fairly present, in all material respects, the financial position, on a consolidated basis, of the Persons described in such financial statements as at the respective dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows, on a consolidated basis, of the entities described therein for each of the periods then ended, subject, in the case of any such unaudited financial statements, to changes resulting from audit and normal year-end adjustments. As of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has any contingent liability or liability for taxes, long-term lease or unusual forward or long-term commitment that is not reflected in the Historical Financial Statements or the notes thereto and which in any such case is material in relation to the business, operations, properties, assets, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, to the extent they could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.8. Projections. On and as of the Closing Date, the projections of Holdings and its Subsidiaries for the period of Fiscal Year 2008 through and including Fiscal Year 2012 (the “Projections”) have been prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated therein, which assumptions were believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation of such Projections; provided, the Projections are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by the Projections may differ from such Projections and that the differences may be material.

4.9. No Material Adverse Change. On each Credit Date after the Closing Date, since December 31, 2007, no event, circumstance or change has occurred that has caused, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

4.10. Adverse Proceedings, Etc. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10, there are no Adverse Proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries (a) is in violation of any applicable laws (including Environmental Laws) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or (b) is subject to or in default with respect to any final judgments, writs, injunctions, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or any federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.11. Payment of Taxes. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 5.3, all federal income tax returns and all material state, local and other tax returns and reports of Holdings and its Subsidiaries required to be filed by any of them are correct in all material respects and have been timely filed, and all taxes shown on such tax returns to be due and payable have been paid when due and payable. Holdings knows of no proposed tax assessment against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries which is not being actively contested by Holdings or such Subsidiary in good faith and by appropriate actions; provided, such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made or provided therefor.

(a) Title. Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries has, subject to Permitted Liens, (i) good, sufficient and legal title to (in the case of fee interests in real property), (ii) valid leasehold interests in (in the case of leasehold interests in real or personal property), and (iii) good title to (in the case of all other personal property), all of their respective properties and assets reflected in their respective Historical Financial Statements referred to in Section 4.7 and in the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.1, in each case except for assets disposed of since the date of such financial statements in the ordinary course of business or as otherwise permitted under Section 6.8. Except as permitted by this Agreement, all such properties and assets are free and clear of Liens except for minor defects or irregularities in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business or to utilize such assets for their intended purposes or materially impact the value of such assets, and except where the failure to have such title, leasehold interests or licensed rights could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Real Estate. As of the Closing Date (i) Schedule 4.12 contains a true, accurate and complete list of all Real Estate Assets and (ii) each agreement in respect of all leases, subleases or assignments of leases (together with all amendments, modifications, supplements, renewals or extensions of any thereof) affecting each Real Estate Asset is in full force and effect and Holdings does not have knowledge of any default that has occurred and is

continuing thereunder, except where such default could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and each such agreement constitutes the legally valid and binding obligation of each applicable Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with its terms, except as enforcement may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles.

4.13. Environmental Matters. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any of their respective Facilities or operations is subject to any outstanding written order, consent decree or settlement agreement with any Person relating to any Environmental Law, any Environmental Claim, or any Hazardous Materials Activity that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any letter or request for information under Section 104 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. § 9604) or any comparable state law, that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There are, and to each of Holdings’ and its Subsidiaries’ knowledge, have been, no conditions, occurrences, or Hazardous Materials Activities which could reasonably be expected to form the basis of an Environmental Claim against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.13, as of the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries nor, to any Credit Party’s knowledge, any predecessor of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries has filed any notice under any Environmental Law indicating past or present treatment of Hazardous Materials at any Facility, and none of Holdings’ or any of its Subsidiaries’ operations involves the transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous waste, as defined under 40 C.F.R. Parts 260-270 or any state equivalent requiring a permit under such laws, other than as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Compliance with all current or reasonably foreseeable future requirements pursuant to or under Environmental Laws could not be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, no event or condition has occurred or is occurring with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries relating to any Environmental Law, any Release of Hazardous Materials, or any Hazardous Materials Activity which individually or in the aggregate has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect. As of the Closing Date, no Lien imposed pursuant to any Environmental Law has attached to any Collateral and, to the knowledge of Holdings, no conditions exist as of the Closing Date that would reasonably be expected to result in the imposition of such a Lien on any Collateral.

4.14. No Defaults. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the obligations, covenants or conditions contained in any of its Contractual Obligations, and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, could constitute such a default, except where such default or defaults, if any, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.15. Material Contracts. As of the Closing Date, none of Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is party to any Material Contract other than the Indentures.

4.16. Governmental Regulation. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is subject to regulation under the Federal Power Act or under any other federal or state statute or regulation which may limit its ability to incur Indebtedness or which may otherwise render all or any portion of the Obligations unenforceable, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, liquidation, conservatorship, assignment for the benefit of creditors, insolvency, rearrangement, receivership, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ or secured parties’ rights generally or by equitable principles and principles of good faith and fair dealing relating to enforceability. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is a “registered investment company” or a company “controlled” by a “registered investment company” or a “principal underwriter” of a “registered investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940.

4.17. Margin Stock. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries owns any Margin Stock.

4.18. Employee Matters. Neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries is engaged in any unfair labor practice that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There is (a) no unfair labor practice complaint pending against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, or to the best knowledge of Holdings and Borrower, threatened against any of them before the National Labor Relations Board and no grievance or arbitration proceeding arising out of or under any collective bargaining agreement that is so pending against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or to the best knowledge of Holdings and Borrower, threatened against any of them, (b) no strike or work stoppage in existence or threatened involving Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, and (c) to the best knowledge of Holdings and Borrower, no union representation question existing with respect to the employees of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and, to the best knowledge of Holdings and Borrower, no union organization activity that is taking place, except (with respect to any matter specified in clause (a), (b) or (c) above, either individually or in the aggregate) such as is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.19. Employee Benefit Plans. Except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) Holdings and each of its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code and the regulations with respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, and have performed all their obligations under each Employee Benefit Plan, (ii) each Pension Plan which is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code has received a favorable determination letter from the Internal Revenue Service indicating that such Pension Plan is so qualified and nothing has occurred subsequent to the issuance of such determination letter which would cause such Employee Benefit Plan to lose its qualified status, (iii) with respect to any Pension Plan, no liability to the PBGC under Title IV of ERISA (other than required premium payments) has been or is expected to be incurred by Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their ERISA Affiliates and (iv) no ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur. Holdings, each of its Subsidiaries and each of their ERISA Affiliates have complied with the requirements of Section 515 of ERISA with respect to each Multiemployer Plan and are not in material “default” (as defined in Section 4219(c)(5) of ERISA) with respect to payments to a Multiemployer Plan. On the Closing Date, neither Holdings nor any of its Subsidiaries sponsors, maintains or contributes to a Multiemployer Plan.

4.20. Solvency. On the Closing Date, after giving effect to the Transactions, the Credit Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

4.21. Compliance with Statutes, Etc. Each of Holdings and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations and orders of, and all applicable restrictions imposed by, all Governmental Authorities, in respect of the conduct of its business and the ownership of its property (including compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws with respect to any Real Estate Asset or governing its business and the requirements of any permits issued under such Environmental Laws with respect to any such Real Estate Asset or the operations of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), except such non-compliance that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

4.22. Disclosure. No representation or warranty of any Credit Party contained in any Credit Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) or in any other documents, certificates or written statements furnished to any Agent or Lender by or on behalf of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby when taken as a whole contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact (known to Holdings or Borrower, in the case of any document not furnished by either of them) necessary in order to make the statements contained herein or therein not materially misleading in light of the circumstances in which the same were made; provided that, with respect to projected financial information and pro forma financial information, each Credit Party represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation, it being understood that such projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material. As of the Closing Date, there are no facts known to Holdings or Borrower (other than matters of a general economic nature) that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and that have not been disclosed herein or in such other documents, certificates and statements furnished to Lenders for use in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

4.23. Senior Indebtedness. The Obligations constitute “Designated Senior Debt” and “Senior Debt” of the Borrower under and as defined in the Subordinated Notes Indenture. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder constitute “Senior Debt” (or any term of similar import) of such Guarantor under and as defined in the Subordinated Notes Indenture. No other Indebtedness qualifies as “Designated Senior Debt” under the Subordinated Notes Indenture, except as may be agreed by Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent in their reasonable discretion.

4.24. PATRIOT Act. To the extent applicable, each Credit Party is in compliance, in all material respects, with (i) the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, and each of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) and any other enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, and (ii) the PATRIOT Act. No part of the proceeds of the Loans will be used, directly or indirectly, for any payments to any governmental official or employee, political party, official of a political party, candidate for political office, or anyone else acting in an official capacity, in order to obtain, retain or direct business or obtain any improper advantage, in violation of the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, so long as any Commitment is in effect and until payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (or back-up standby letters of credit or deposits of cash collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to the Issuing Lender), each Credit Party shall perform, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 5.

5.1. Financial Statements and Other Reports. Holdings or the Borrower will deliver to Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent, for further distribution by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders (except in the case of the reports required pursuant to clause (a) below, which will be delivered to the Syndication Agent for its internal use only):

(a) Monthly Reports. Until the earlier of (i) 90 days following the Closing Date and (ii) the date of the achievement of a Successful Syndication (as defined in the Fee Letter), as soon as available and in any event within 30 days after the end of each month ending after the Closing Date, commencing with the month in which the Closing Date occurs, the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such month and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such month, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the current Fiscal Year, to the extent prepared on a monthly basis, all in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification with respect thereto;

(b) Quarterly Financial Statements. As soon as available, and in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three (3) Fiscal Quarters of each Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter in which the Closing Date occurs, the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Quarter and the related consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Quarter and for the period from the beginning of the then current Fiscal Year to the end of such Fiscal Quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the corresponding periods of the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the current Fiscal Year, all in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto;

(c) Annual Financial Statements. As soon as available, and in any event within 90 days after the end of each Fiscal Year, commencing with the Fiscal Year in which the Closing Date occurs, (i) the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the previous Fiscal Year and the corresponding figures from the Financial Plan for the Fiscal Year covered by such financial statements, in reasonable detail, together with a Financial Officer Certification and a Narrative Report with respect thereto; and (ii) with respect to such consolidated financial statements a report thereon of Deloitte & Touche LLP or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing selected by the Borrower, and reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent (which report shall be unqualified as to going concern and scope of audit, and shall state that such consolidated financial statements fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the periods indicated in conformity with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior years (except as otherwise disclosed in such financial statements) and that the examination by such accountants in connection with such consolidated financial statements has been made in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) together with a written statement by such independent certified public accountants, prepared within applicable U.S. auditing standards guidance, either (A) stating (1) that their audit examination has included a review of the terms of 6.7(a) and (b) of this Agreement and the related definitions, (2) whether, in connection therewith, any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.7(a) and (b) has come to their attention and, if such a condition or event has come to their attention, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, and (3) that nothing has come to their attention that causes them to believe that the information contained in any Compliance Certificate is not correct or that the matters set forth in such Compliance Certificate are not stated in accordance with the terms hereof; or (B) covering alternative appropriate agreed upon procedures reasonably acceptable to the Agents and performed to address compliance with the terms of Section 6.7;

(d) Compliance Certificate. Together with each delivery of financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries pursuant to Sections 5.1(b) and 5.1(c), a duly executed and completed Compliance Certificate; provided, that if such Compliance Certificate demonstrates an Event of Default in respect of any covenant under Section 6.7(a) or (b), the Borrower may deliver, together with such Compliance Certificate, notice of its intent to cure (a “Notice of Intent to Cure”) such Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.2(a); provided, further that the delivery of a Notice of Intent to Cure shall in no way affect or alter the occurrence, existence or continuation of any such Event of Default or the rights, benefits, powers and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under any Credit Document;

(e) Statements of Reconciliation after Change in Accounting Principles. If, as a result of any change in accounting principles and policies from those used in the preparation of the Historical Financial Statements, the consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or 5.1(c) will differ in any material respect from the consolidated financial statements that would have been delivered pursuant to such subdivisions had no such change in accounting principles and policies been made, then, together with the first delivery of such financial statements after such change, one or more statements of reconciliation for all such prior financial statements in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent;

(f) Notice of Default. Promptly upon any officer of Holdings or Borrower obtaining actual knowledge (i) of any condition or event that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default or that notice has been given to Holdings or Borrower with respect thereto; (ii) that any Person has given any notice to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or taken any other action with respect to any event or condition set forth in Section 8.1(b); or (iii) of the occurrence of any event or change that has caused or evidences, either in any case or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, a certificate of an Authorized Officer specifying the nature and period of existence of such condition, event or change, or specifying the notice given and action taken by any such Person and the nature of such claimed Event of Default, Default, default, event or condition, and what action Borrower has taken, is taking and proposes to take with respect thereto;

(g) Notice of Litigation. Promptly upon any officer of Holdings or Borrower obtaining knowledge of (i) any Adverse Proceeding not previously disclosed in writing by Borrower to Lenders, or (ii) any development in any Adverse Proceeding that, in the case of either clause (i) or (ii), that could be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, or seeks to enjoin or otherwise prevent the consummation of, or to recover any damages or obtain relief as a result of, the Transactions or any Credit Extension contemplated hereby, or the exercise of rights or performance of obligations under any Credit Document, written notice thereof together with such other information as may be reasonably available to Holdings or Borrower to enable Lenders and their counsel to evaluate such matters;

(h) ERISA. (i) Promptly upon becoming aware of the occurrence of any ERISA Event, a written notice specifying the nature thereof, what action Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates has taken, is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto and, when known, any action taken or threatened by the Internal Revenue Service, the Department of Labor or the PBGC with respect thereto; and (ii) with reasonable promptness, copies of all notices received by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event; and (3) copies of such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Employee Benefit Plan as Administrative Agent shall reasonably request;

(i) Financial Plan. As soon as practicable and in any event no later than thirty days after the beginning of each Fiscal Year, a consolidated plan and financial forecast for such Fiscal Year (a “Financial Plan”), including (i) a forecasted consolidated balance sheet and forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each such Fiscal Year and an explanation of the assumptions on which such forecasts are based, (ii) forecasted consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each month of each such Fiscal Year; provided, that to the extent that a Transformative Event has occurred in the prior Fiscal Year or that any of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries shall have entered into a binding agreement during such prior Fiscal Year which, if performed, would result in the occurrence of any Transformative Event in such Fiscal Year, such Financial Plan shall include a consolidated plan and financial forecast for each Fiscal Year (or portion thereof) through the final maturity date of the Loans;

(j) Insurance Report. As soon as practicable and in any event by the last day of each Fiscal Year, a certificate from Borrower’s insurance broker(s) in form reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent outlining all material insurance coverage maintained as of the date of such certificate by Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(l) Information Regarding Collateral. (a) Borrower will furnish to Collateral Agent prompt written notice of any change, other than changes resulting from the Reorganization, (i) in any Credit Party’s corporate name, (ii) in any Credit Party’s identity or corporate structure, (iii) in any Credit Party’s jurisdiction of organization or (iv) in any Credit Party’s Federal Taxpayer Identification Number or state organizational identification number. Borrower agrees that, within 10 Business Days following any change referred to in the preceding sentence, all filings shall have been made under the Uniform Commercial Code or otherwise that are required in order for Collateral Agent to continue at all times following such change to have a valid, legal and perfected security interest in all the Collateral as contemplated in the Collateral Documents. Borrower also agrees promptly to notify Collateral Agent if any material portion of the Collateral is damaged or destroyed;

(m) Annual Collateral Verification. Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 5.1(c), Borrower shall deliver to Collateral Agent a certificate of its Authorized Officer (i) either confirming that there has been no change in such information since the date of the Collateral Questionnaire delivered on the Closing Date or the date of the most recent certificate delivered pursuant to this Section and/or identifying such changes and (ii) certifying that all Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (including fixtures filings, as applicable) and all supplemental intellectual property security agreements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations, have been filed of record, or will be filed within 10 Business Days following such certification, in each governmental, municipal or other appropriate office in each jurisdiction identified pursuant to clause (i) above (or in such Collateral Questionnaire) to the extent necessary to effect, protect and perfect the security interests under the Collateral Documents for a period of not less than 18 months after the date of such certificate (except with respect to any continuation statements to be filed within such period);

(n) Other Information. (A) Promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (i) all financial statements, reports, notices and proxy statements sent or made available generally by Holdings to its security holders acting in such capacity or by any Subsidiary of Holdings to its security holders, other than the Sponsor or its Affiliates or (prior to a Qualifying IPO) any other holder of Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings, Holdings or another Subsidiary of Holdings and (ii) all regular and periodic reports and all registration statements and prospectuses, if any, filed by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries with any securities exchange or with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any governmental or private regulatory authority (other than amendments to any registration statement (to the extent such registration statement, in the form it became effective, is delivered), exhibits to any registration statement and, if applicable, any registration on Form S-8) and (B) to the extent permitted by applicable law, such other information and data with respect to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent; and

(o) Certification of Public Information. Holdings and each Lender acknowledge that certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, its Subsidiaries or their securities) and, if documents or notices required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.1 or otherwise are being distributed through IntraLinks/IntraAgency, SyndTrak, ClearPar^® or another relevant website or other information platform (the “Platform”), any document or notice that Holdings has indicated contains Non-Public Information shall not be posted on that portion of the Platform designated for such public-side Lenders. Holdings agrees to clearly designate all Information provided to Administrative Agent by or on behalf of Holdings which is suitable to make available to Public Lenders. If Holdings has not indicated whether a document or notice delivered pursuant to this Section 5.1 contains Non-Public Information, Administrative Agent reserves the right to post such document or notice solely on that portion of the Platform designated for Lenders who wish to receive material non-public information with respect to Holdings, its Subsidiaries and their securities.

5.2. Existence. Except as otherwise permitted under Section 6.8, each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, at all times preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence and all rights and franchises, licenses and permits material to its business; provided, no Credit Party (other than Borrower with respect to existence and other than pursuant to a transaction permitted under Section 6.8) or any of its Subsidiaries (other than pursuant to Section 6.8) shall be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise, licenses and permits (a) if such Person’s board of directors (or similar governing body) or management shall determine that the loss thereof is not disadvantageous in any material respect to such Person or to Lenders or (b) except to the extent that (other than in the case of preserving the existence of Holdings and the Borrower) failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3. Payment of Taxes and Claims. Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay all material Taxes imposed upon it or any of its properties or assets or in respect of any of its income, businesses or franchises before any penalty or fine accrues thereon, and all claims (including claims for labor, services, materials and supplies) for sums that have become due and payable and that by law have or may become a Lien upon any of its properties or assets, prior to the time when any penalty or fine shall be incurred with respect thereto; provided, no such Tax or claim need be paid if it is being contested in good faith by appropriate actions promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as (a) adequate reserve or other appropriate provision, as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor, and (b) in the case of a Tax or claim which has or may become a Lien against any of the Collateral, such contest proceedings operate to stay the sale of, or such Lien shall not have been enforced with respect to, any material portion of the Collateral to satisfy such Tax or claim. No Credit Party will, nor will it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, file or consent to the filing of any consolidated income tax return with any Person (other than any Parent, Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries).

5.4. Maintenance of Properties. Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in good repair, working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, all material properties used or useful in the business of Holdings and its Subsidiaries and from time to time will make or cause to be made all appropriate repairs, renewals and replacements thereof in accordance with prudent industry practice, other than in respect of property to the extent approved (in its reasonable good faith judgment) by the board of directors of the Borrower or Holdings.

(a) Holdings will maintain or cause to be maintained, with financially sound and reputable insurers, such public liability insurance, third party property damage insurance, business interruption insurance and casualty insurance with respect to liabilities, losses or damage in respect of the assets, properties and businesses of Holdings and its Subsidiaries as may customarily be carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses, in each case in such amounts (giving effect to self-insurance), with such deductibles, covering such risks and otherwise on such terms and conditions as shall be customary for such Persons. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Holdings will maintain or cause to be maintained (a) flood insurance with respect to each Flood Hazard Property that is located in a community that participates in the National Flood Insurance Program, in each case in compliance with any applicable regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and (b) replacement value casualty insurance on the Collateral under such policies of insurance, with such insurance companies, in such amounts, with such deductibles, and covering such risks as are at all times carried or maintained under similar circumstances by Persons of established reputation engaged in similar businesses. Each such policy of insurance shall (i) in the case of each general liability insurance policy, name Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as an additional insured thereunder as its interests may appear, (ii) in the case of each property insurance policy, contain a customary loss payable clause or endorsement, that names Collateral Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, as the loss payee thereunder and provide that the insurer affording coverage (with respect to property and liability insurance) will endeavor to provide at least thirty days’ prior written notice to Collateral Agent of any cancellation of such policy.

(b) The Borrower shall deliver to the Collateral Agent, no later than forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree), endorsements to all insurance certificates delivered on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.1(g) and naming the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, as additional insured and loss payee under all such insurance policies to the extent required pursuant to Section 5.5(a).

5.6. Books and Records; Inspections. Each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep proper books of record and accounts in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects and in conformity in all material respects with GAAP shall be made of all material dealings and transactions in relation to its business and

activities. To the extent permitted by law, each Credit Party will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any authorized representatives designated by any Lender to visit and inspect any of the properties of any Credit Party and any of its respective Subsidiaries, to inspect, copy and take extracts from its and their financial and accounting records, and to discuss its and their affairs, finances and accounts with its and their officers and independent public accountants, subject to such independent public accountants’ customary policies and procedures, all upon reasonable notice and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may reasonably be requested; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of any Default or Event of Default, (i) only the Agents on behalf of the Lenders may exercise the rights of the Lenders under this Section 5.6 and the Agents may (either individually, or the Administrative Agent may at the request of the Required Lenders) make no more than two (2) such visits or inspections during any calendar year, and (ii) Borrower shall be required to reimburse such Agent for the costs of such visit or inspection only one (1) such time during any calendar year; provided further, that during the continuation of any Default, the Administrative Agent (or any of its representatives) may do any of the foregoing (but not more than once during the period such Default is outstanding) at the expense of the Borrower upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours; and provided further, that during the continuation of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower upon reasonable notice and during normal business hours. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower the opportunity to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s independent public accounts.

5.7. Lenders Meetings. Holdings and Borrower will, upon the request of Administrative Agent or Requisite Lenders, participate in a meeting of Administrative Agent and Lenders once during each Fiscal Year to be held at Borrower’s corporate offices (or at such other location as may be agreed to by Borrower and Administrative Agent) at such time as may be agreed to by Borrower and Administrative Agent.

5.8. Compliance with Laws. Each Credit Party will comply, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and all other Persons, if any, on or occupying any Facilities to comply, with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including all Environmental Laws), noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(a) Environmental Disclosure. Holdings will deliver to Administrative Agent, for further distribution to the Lenders:

(i) promptly following receipt thereof, copies of all environmental audits, investigations, analyses and reports of any kind or character, whether prepared by personnel of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or by independent consultants, governmental authorities or any other Persons, with respect to significant environmental matters at any Facility or with respect to any Environmental Claims;

(ii) promptly following the occurrence thereof, written notice describing in reasonable detail (1) any Release required to be reported to any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency under any applicable Environmental Laws, (2) any remedial action taken by Holdings or any other Person in response to (A) any Hazardous Materials Activities the existence of which has a reasonable possibility of resulting in one or more Environmental Claims, which would result in Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries incurring unbudgeted material liabilities or obligations under Environmental Laws or (B) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, would result in Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries incurring unbudgeted material liabilities or obligations under Environmental Laws, (3) Holdings or Borrower’s discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility that could cause such Facility or any part thereof to be subject to any material restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use thereof under any Environmental Laws and (4) the imposition or threat (in writing) of any imposition of any Lien on any Collateral pursuant to any Environmental Laws;

(iii) as soon as practicable following the sending or receipt thereof by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, a copy of any and all written communications with respect to (1) any Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, would result in Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries incurring unbudgeted material liabilities or obligations under Environmental Laws, (2) any Release required to be reported to any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency, and (3) any request for information from any governmental agency that suggests such agency is investigating whether Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may be potentially responsible for any Hazardous Materials Activity;

(iv) prompt written notice describing in reasonable detail (1) any proposed acquisition of stock, assets, or property by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to (A) expose Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to, or result in, Environmental Claims that, individually or in the aggregate, would result in Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries incurring unbudgeted material liabilities or obligations under Environmental Laws or (B) affect the ability of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to maintain in full force and effect all material Governmental Authorizations required under any Environmental Laws for their respective operations and (2) any proposed action to be taken by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to modify current operations in a manner that could reasonably be expected to subject Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to any additional material obligations or requirements under any Environmental Laws; and

(v) with reasonable promptness, such other documents and information as from time to time may be reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in relation to any matters disclosed pursuant to this Section 5.9(a).

(b) Hazardous Materials Activities, Etc. Each Credit Party shall promptly take, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries promptly to take, any and all actions necessary to (i) cure any violation of applicable Environmental Laws by such Credit Party or its Subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) make an appropriate response to any Environmental Claim against such Credit Party or any of its Subsidiaries and discharge any obligations it may have to any Person thereunder where failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

(a) In the event that any Person becomes a Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary of Borrower, Borrower shall, within 30 days thereof (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree), (a) promptly cause such Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder and a Grantor under the Pledge and Security Agreement by executing and delivering to Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent a Counterpart Agreement, and (b) take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates as are similar to those described in Sections 3.1(b), 3.1(d), 3.1(e), and, unless otherwise determined by the Administrative Agent following such request by the Borrower, 3.1(h); provided, that in no event shall any International Holding Company be required to become a Guarantor hereunder. In the event that any Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower, and the ownership interests of such Foreign Subsidiary are owned by Borrower or by a Guarantor, Borrower shall, or shall cause such Guarantor to, deliver, all such documents, instruments, agreements, and certificates as are similar to those described in Section 3.1(b), and Borrower shall take, or shall cause such Guarantor to take, all of the actions referred to in Section 3.1(e)(i) necessary to grant and to perfect a First Priority Lien in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, under the Pledge and Security Agreement in 65% of such voting ownership interests; provided, that in no event shall the Borrower or any Guarantor be required to pledge, to the extent that any International Holding Company owns the Equity Interests of any Non-US Person, (x) any voting Equity Interests of such International Holding Company in excess of 65% of the total outstanding voting Equity Interests of such International Holding Company and (y) any voting Equity Interests that such International Holding Company owns in its Subsidiaries that are Non-US Persons. With respect to each such Subsidiary, Borrower shall promptly send to Administrative Agent written notice setting forth with respect to such Person (i) the date on which such Person became a Subsidiary of Borrower, and (ii) all of the data required to be set forth in Schedules 4.1 and 4.2 with respect to all Subsidiaries of Borrower; and such written notice shall be deemed to supplement Schedule 4.1 and 4.2 for all purposes hereof. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, the Borrower may cause any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor to guarantee the Obligations and satisfy the other requirements of this Section 5.10(a) (as if it were a Wholly-Owned Domestic Subsidiary), in which case such Subsidiary shall be treated as a Guarantor hereunder for all purposes.

(b) Holdings and the Borrower hereby agree that they shall not permit any direct Foreign Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Guarantor, or any International Holding Company, to issue non-voting Equity Interests.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, CorporateFamily SB shall not be required to become a Guarantor on the Closing Date. It is expressly agreed by the Borrower that, to the extent that CorporateFamily SB has not been merged or consolidated with, or acquired by, a Credit Party pursuant to a transaction otherwise permitted by this Agreement on or prior to December 31, 2008, the Credit Parties shall have complied with all of the provisions of Section 5.10(a) with respect to CorporateFamily SB, and that CorporateFamily SB shall have become a Guarantor on or prior to such date. Borrower hereby additionally agrees that it shall provide evidence, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents, of such merger, consolidation or other transaction permitted pursuant to this Agreement as soon as is reasonably practicable after the consummation of such transaction, together with any required updates to schedules as necessary to reflect the completion of such transaction.

(d) The Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, within 60 days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent may agree), a certificate of the appropriate Governmental Authority of the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico attesting to the continued existence and good standing of the Puerto Rico Sub.

(a) In the event that any Credit Party acquires a Material Real Estate Asset or a Real Estate Asset owned or leased on the Closing Date becomes a Material Real Estate Asset and such interest has not otherwise been made subject to the Lien of the Collateral Documents in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, then such Credit Party shall promptly and, in any event, no later than 90 days after acquiring such Material Real Estate Asset, take all such actions and execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such mortgages, documents, instruments, agreements, opinions and certificates similar to those described in Section 3.1(d) with respect to each such Material Real Estate Asset that Collateral Agent shall reasonably request to create in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Secured Parties, a valid and, subject to any filing and/or recording referred to herein, perfected First Priority security interest in such Material Real Estate Assets; provided, that to the extent that any such Material Real Estate Asset is a Leasehold Property, the applicable Credit Party shall be required only to use commercially reasonable efforts (it being understood that such Credit Party shall not be required to agree to any increased rental in respect of any lease or any other economic concession in excess of $10,000) to deliver such mortgages, documents, instruments, agreements, opinions and certificates referenced in this Section 5.11(a). In addition to the foregoing, Borrower shall, at the request of Collateral Agent, deliver, from time to time, to Collateral Agent such appraisals as are required by law or regulation of Real Estate Assets with respect to which Collateral Agent has been granted a Lien.

(b) To the extent not actually delivered on or prior to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.1(d), the Borrower shall, and shall cause each applicable Credit Party to, execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent no later than thirty days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree), all such Mortgages, and such other documents, instruments, agreements, opinions and certificates similar to those described in Section 3.1(d) with respect to each Closing Date Mortgaged Property, as Collateral Agent shall reasonably request.

(c) If the Real Estate Assets listed on Schedule 5.11(c) have not been sold by that date that is one hundred eighty (180) days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree), the Borrower shall, and shall cause each applicable Credit Party to, execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent all such Mortgages, and such other documents, instruments, agreements, opinions and certificates similar to those described in Section 3.1(d), with respect to each Real Estate Asset listed on Schedule 5.11(c) within two hundred seventy (270) days following the Closing Date (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree); provided, that no such Mortgages or other documents will be required to be delivered to the extent that such Real Estate Assets are sold to a Person that is not a Credit Party prior to such date in a transaction permitted by this Agreement.

(d) To the extent that, as of any date of determination, any Collateral of any Credit Party with an aggregate net book value in excess of $250,000 (exclusive of the value of the Leasehold Property and any tenant improvements affixed thereto) is located at any Leasehold Property (whether such Leasehold Property is now existing or acquired or leased after the Closing Date), the Borrower shall (unless waived by the Collateral Agent), and shall cause each applicable Credit Party to, use its commercially reasonable efforts (it being understood that such Credit Party shall not be required to agree to any increased rental in respect of any lease or any other economic concession in excess of $10,000) to obtain a Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreement from the lessor of such Leasehold Property and deliver such Landlord Personal Property Collateral Access Agreements to the Collateral Agent within 45 days after such date of determination (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree).

5.12. Further Assurances. At any time or from time to time upon the reasonable request of Administrative Agent, each Credit Party will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and things as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to ensure that the Obligations are guarantied by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets of Holdings, and its Subsidiaries and all of the outstanding Equity Interests of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (subject to limitations and exceptions contained in the Credit Documents).

5.13. Maintenance of Ratings. Unless otherwise consented to by Agents or Requisite Lenders, at all times, Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain (i) corporate family ratings and (ii) ratings with respect to its senior secured debt, in each case issued by Moody’s and S&P.

(a) Each Credit Party shall (i) deposit in an Approved Deposit Account all Cash it receives, (ii) not establish or maintain any Securities Account or Commodity Account that is not a Control Account and (iii) not establish or maintain any Deposit Account other than with a Deposit Account Bank subject to an effective Deposit Account Control Agreement; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, each Credit Party may (x) maintain zero-balance accounts for the purpose of managing local disbursements and may maintain payroll,

withholding tax and other fiduciary accounts, (y) maintain other accounts as long as the aggregate balance for all such Credit Parties in all such other accounts does not exceed $10,000,000 at any time and (z) make pledges or cash deposits permitted by Section 6.2; provided, further, however, that each of the Credit Parties shall deliver, to the extent not delivered to the Collateral Agent on the Closing Date (after the use of commercially reasonable efforts), each Deposit Account Control Agreement and each Securities Account Control Agreement with respect to a Deposit Account or Securities Account existing on the Closing Date to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.14(a), on or prior to the date that is 45 days after the Closing Date (or such later date as the Collateral Agent may agree); and

(b) In the event (i) any Credit Party or any Deposit Account Bank shall, after the date hereof, terminate an agreement with respect to the maintenance of an Approved Deposit Account for any reason, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall reasonably demand such termination as a result of the material failure of a Deposit Account Bank to comply with the terms of the applicable Deposit Account Control Agreement or (iii) the Collateral Agent determines in its discretion, exercised in a commercially reasonable manner, following consultation with the Borrower, that the financial condition of a Deposit Account Bank has materially deteriorated, such bank shall no longer be a Deposit Account Bank; provided, that the Borrower shall have 45 days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may approve) following such determination by the Collateral Agent to establish new Deposit Accounts and/or cash management systems with a new Deposit Account Bank.

(c) In the event (i) any Credit Party or any Approved Securities Intermediary shall, after the date hereof, terminate an agreement with respect to the maintenance of a Control Account for any reason, (ii) the Collateral Agent shall reasonably demand such termination as a result of the material failure of an Approved Securities Intermediary to comply with the terms of the applicable Securities Account Control Agreement or (iii) the Collateral Agent determines in its discretion, exercised in a commercially reasonable manner, following consultation with the Borrower, that the financial condition of an Approved Securities Intermediary has materially deteriorated, such securities intermediary shall no longer be an Approved Securities Intermediary; provided, that the Borrower shall have 45 days (or such longer period as the Collateral Agent may approve) following such determination by the Collateral Agent to establish new Control Accounts with a new Approved Securities Intermediary.

(d) The requirements of this Section 5.14 shall not apply to any Foreign Subsidiary or any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor.

Each Credit Party covenants and agrees that, so long as any Commitment is in effect and until payment in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) and cancellation or expiration of all Letters of Credit (or back-up standby letters of credit or deposits of cash collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to the Issuing Lender), such Credit Party shall perform, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform, all covenants in this Section 6.

6.1. Indebtedness. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or guaranty, or otherwise become or remain directly or indirectly liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except:

(b) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to Borrower or to any other Subsidiary, or of Borrower to any Subsidiary; provided, (i) all such Indebtedness shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note, and, if owed to a Credit Party, shall be subject to a First Priority Lien pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement, (ii) all such Indebtedness shall be unsecured and, if owed by a Credit Party, subordinated in right of payment to the payment in full of the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Intercompany Note, (iii) any payment by any such Guarantor Subsidiary under any guaranty of the Obligations shall result in a pro tanto reduction of the amount of any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to Borrower or to any of its Subsidiaries for whose benefit such payment is made and (iv) such Indebtedness is permitted as an Investment under Section 6.6(b);

(c) Indebtedness outstanding pursuant to (i) the Holdings Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $110,000,000 (and any interest thereon which is capitalized pursuant to the terms thereof) and (ii) the Subordinated Notes in an aggregate principal amount of $300,000,000 (and any interest thereon which is capitalized pursuant to the terms thereof), in each case, issued on the Closing Date, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(d) Indebtedness incurred by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries arising from agreements of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations (including Indebtedness consisting of the deferred purchase price of property acquired in a Permitted Acquisition (“Earn Out Indebtedness”)), in each case, (i) incurred or assumed in connection with the Permitted Acquisitions or permitted dispositions of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided, however, that such Indebtedness is not reflected on the balance sheet (other than by application of FIN 45 or in respect of acquired contingencies and contingent consideration recorded under FAS 141(R)) of Holdings or any Subsidiary (contingent obligations referred to in a footnote to financial statements and not otherwise reflected on the balance sheet will not be deemed to be reflected on such balance sheet for purposes of this clause (d)(i)), or (ii) from guaranties or letters of credit, surety bonds or performance bonds securing the performance of Borrower or any such Subsidiary pursuant to such agreements, in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or permitted dispositions of any business, assets or Subsidiary of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) Indebtedness which may be deemed to exist pursuant to any guaranties, letters of credit, bank guaranties, bankers’ acceptances or similar instruments, performance, bid, stay, custom, surety, statutory, appeal or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (including in respect of workers compensation claims, social security, health, disability or other employee benefits for property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance and other Indebtedness in respect of reimbursement obligations regarding workers’ compensation; provided that reimbursement obligations in respect thereof are reimbursed within 30 days following the incurrence thereof);

(f) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and otherwise in connection with deposit accounts;

(g) guaranties in the ordinary course of business of the obligations of suppliers, customers, lessors, franchisees and licensees of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(h) guaranties by Borrower of Indebtedness of a Guarantor Subsidiary, guaranties by a Guarantor Subsidiary of Indebtedness of Borrower or another Guarantor Subsidiary and guaranties by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of Indebtedness of another Subsidiary to the extent permitted as an Investment under Section 6.6, with respect, in each case, to Indebtedness otherwise permitted to be incurred pursuant to this Section 6.1; provided, that if the Indebtedness that is being guarantied is unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations, the guaranty shall also be unsecured and/or subordinated to the Obligations;

(i) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and described in Schedule 6.1, and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(j) Indebtedness of Borrower or its Subsidiaries with respect to Capital Leases, Attributable Indebtedness and purchase money Indebtedness (i) to be incurred after the Closing Date and described on Schedule 6.1 or (ii) otherwise incurred after the Closing Date, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time $15,000,000, including, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided, any such purchase money Indebtedness (i) shall be secured only by the asset acquired in connection with the incurrence of such Indebtedness, and (ii) shall constitute not less than 75% of the aggregate consideration paid with respect to such asset;

(k)(i) Indebtedness of a Person or Indebtedness attaching to assets of a Person that, in either case, becomes a Subsidiary or Indebtedness attaching to assets that are acquired by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, in each case after the Closing Date as the result of a Permitted Acquisition, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000 at any one time outstanding, provided that (x) such Indebtedness existed at the time such Person became a Subsidiary or at the time such assets were acquired and, in each case, was not created in contemplation thereof and (y) such Indebtedness is not guaranteed in any respect by Holdings or any Subsidiary (other than by any such person that so becomes a Subsidiary), and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof, provided, that (1) the direct and contingent obligors with respect to such Indebtedness are not changed and (2) such Indebtedness shall not be secured by any assets other than the assets securing the Indebtedness being renewed, extended or refinanced;

(l) other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including Indebtedness of Foreign Subsidiaries) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed at any time $35,000,000; provided, that both immediately prior to and after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, (x) no Default or Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom and (y) Borrower will be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 6.7(a) and (b) on a pro forma basis; and provided, further, that a maximum of $10,000,000 of the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness may be incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries; and

(m) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (1) above.

6.2. Liens. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on or with respect to any property or asset of any kind (including any document or instrument in respect of goods or accounts receivable) of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or licensed, or any income, profits or royalties therefrom, or file or authorize the filing of, any financing statement or other similar notice of any Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) with respect to any such property, asset, income, profits or royalties under the UCC of any State or under any similar recording or notice statute or under any applicable intellectual property laws, rules or procedures, except:

(a) Liens in favor of Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties granted pursuant to any Credit Document;

(b) Liens for Taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than ten (10) Business Days or if obligations with respect to such Taxes, assessments or governmental charges are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions promptly instituted and diligently conducted, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts;

(c) statutory Liens of landlords, banks (and rights of set-off), of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, repairmen, workmen, materialmen and construction contactors, and other Liens imposed by law (other than any such Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Internal Revenue Code or ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Internal Revenue Code), in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business (i) for amounts not yet overdue or (ii) for amounts that are overdue and that (in the case of any such amounts overdue for a period in excess of ten (10) Business Days) are being contested in good faith by appropriate actions, so long as such reserves or other appropriate provisions, if any, as shall be required by GAAP shall have been made for any such contested amounts;

(d) Liens, including pledges or deposits, in the ordinary course of business (i) in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other types of social security laws or similar legislation, (ii) to secure the performance of tenders, statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, bids, leases, government contracts, trade contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed money or other Indebtedness) and (iii) securing liability for reimbursement or indemnification obligations of (including obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees for the benefit of) insurance carriers providing property, casualty or liability insurance to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(e) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions, encroachments, and other similar encumbrances and minor defects or irregularities in title, in each case which do not and will not interfere in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries;

(f) any interest or title of (i) a lessor or sublessor under any lease of real estate entered into by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) a lessee or sublessee under any lease of real estate permitted pursuant to Section 6.8(e) or 6.8(i), in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(g) Liens solely on any cash earnest money deposits made by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(h) purported Liens evidenced by the filing of precautionary UCC financing statements relating solely to operating leases of personal property entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(i) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(j) any zoning or similar law or right reserved to or vested in any governmental office or agency to control or regulate the use of any real property;

(k) licenses of patents, copyrights, trademarks and other intellectual property and related rights granted by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not interfering in any respect with the ordinary conduct of or materially detracting from the value of the business of Borrower or such Subsidiary;

(l) Liens described in Schedule 6.2 and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien or financed with Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1 and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 6.1, or on a Title Policy delivered pursuant to Section 3.1(d)(iv);

(m) Liens securing Capital Leases, Attributable Indebtedness, purchase money Indebtedness and mortgages securing Indebtedness incurred for the acquisition or development of real property encumbered thereby, in each case permitted pursuant to Section 6.1(j) or (k); provided, any such Lien shall encumber only the asset acquired or leased with the proceeds of such Indebtedness; provided, further, that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender (except (i) with respect to a cross-collateralization of Indebtedness of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with Indebtedness of any Person acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisition or otherwise incurred pursuant to Section 6.1(k), and (ii) the cross-collateralization of any financing of equipment of any Credit Party with any equipment of any Person that is not a Credit Party);

(n) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(o) Liens consisting of an agreement to dispose of any property in an Asset Sale permitted under Section 6.8, solely to the extent such disposition would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;

(p) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary that does not constitute Collateral, which Liens secure only Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary permitted under Section 6.1;

(q) Liens in favor of a banking institution (i) arising under Section 4-210 of the UCC on items in the course of collection, (ii) arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry or (iii) consisting of contractual rights of set-off and relating to (x) the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (y) pooled deposit or sweep accounts of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to permit satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or (z) purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens securing account charges and encumbering reasonable and customary initial deposits and similar Liens attached to brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(s) other Liens on assets other than the Collateral of the Credit Parties on the Closing Date, securing Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $20,000,000 at any time outstanding.

6.3. No Further Negative Pledges. No Credit Party nor any of its Subsidiaries shall enter into any agreement prohibiting the creation or assumption of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of any Credit Party, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, to secure the Obligations, except with respect to:

(a) specific property encumbered to secure payment of particular Indebtedness or to be sold pursuant to a permitted disposition of assets (including an Asset Sale);

(b) restrictions by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business (provided that such restrictions are limited to the property or assets secured by such Liens or the property or assets subject to such leases, licenses or similar agreements, as the case may be);

(c)(i) restrictions existing on the date hereof which are identified on Schedule 6.3 and (ii) to the extent restrictions permitted by clause (i) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of such restrictions in any material respect;

(d) the Holdings Notes and the Subordinated Notes and, in each case, any Permitted Refinancing thereof (provided that such limitations set forth in any amendment or modification of the Holdings Notes or the Subordinated Notes or in any Permitted Refinancing thereof shall not be materially more restrictive than those set forth in the Holdings Notes or the Subordinated Notes on the date hereof);

(e) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor which is permitted by Section 6.1, to the extent relating only to such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries;

(f) customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to Joint Ventures permitted under Section 6.6 and applicable solely to such Joint Venture entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(g) customary provisions restricting assignment of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(h) restrictions that are or were created by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer or option or right with respect to any property, assets or Equity Interests not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement;

(i) restrictions in agreements evidencing Indebtedness permitted by Section 6.1(j) that impose restrictions on the property so acquired; and

(j) customary restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business.

6.4. Restricted Junior Payments. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries through any manner or means or through any other Person to, directly or indirectly, declare, order, pay, make or set apart, or agree to declare, order, pay, make or set apart, any sum for any Restricted Junior Payment, except that:

(a) Holdings and the Borrower may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings or Borrower (if paid to Holdings);

(b) Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries may make non-Cash repurchases of Equity Interests of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such stock options or warrants;

(i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed (A) prior to a Qualifying IPO, $150,000 in any Fiscal Year or (B) following a Qualifying IPO, $3,000,000 in any Fiscal Year, in each case solely to the extent necessary to permit Holdings to pay (or make Restricted Junior Payments to allow any Parent thereof to pay) general administrative costs and expenses and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties);

(ii) to the extent necessary to permit Holdings to discharge (or to make Restricted Junior Payments to allow any Parent to discharge) the federal, state and local tax liabilities (including consolidated tax liabilities) of any Parent, Holdings and its Subsidiaries, in each case so long as the amount of any such Restricted Junior Payment is used for such purpose and is not in excess of the amount of such tax liabilities reasonably allocable to Holdings, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(iii) the proceeds of which will be used by Holdings to pay franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain its (or any Parent’s) corporate or other existence, including board fees;

(iv) any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of Holdings (or any Parent) in the ordinary course of business and attributable to ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and

(v) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make Restricted Junior Payments to allow any Parent to pay) fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering permitted by this agreement.

(d) so long as no Default pursuant to Sections 8.1(a), (f), (g), or (h), or any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby (provided, that such limitation shall not apply with respect to payments pursuant to clause (ii) below which do not exceed $250,000 in the aggregate), Borrower may pay, or make Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings to allow it to pay, (i) management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees, (ii) indemnities and expenses incurred in the ordinary course and (iii) additional termination and transaction fees (the items referred to in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), collectively, “Management Fees”), in each case, to Sponsor or its Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement (plus any unpaid Management Fees accrued in any prior year), in each case as in effect, and a copy of which is provided to the Agents, on the Closing Date or pursuant to any amendment thereto so long as such amendment is not, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent, adverse to the Lenders when taken as a whole, as compared to the Management Agreement in effect on the Closing Date; and provided, that such payments under clauses (i) and (iii) shall only be permitted to the extent such payments are subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Management Fee Subordination Agreement;

(e) Borrower may make regularly scheduled payments of interest in respect of the Subordinated Notes in accordance with the terms of, and only to the extent required by, and subject to the subordination provisions contained in, the Subordinated Notes Indenture;

(f) so long as no Default pursuant to Sections 8.1(a), (f), (g), or (h), or any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby, payments of Earn Out Indebtedness will be permitted; provided that both immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence thereof, (x) Borrower will be in compliance with the covenants set forth in Sections 6.7(a) and (b), and (y) the Unused Availability at such time shall exceed or be equal to $20,000,000; provided, further, that to the extent that the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries shall be unable to make any payment of Earn Out Indebtedness when due and payable solely as a result of the operation of this Section 6.4(f), such failure shall not of itself be deemed to be an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.1(b);

(g) following the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, Borrower may make Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings to fund:

(ii) any payment of cash interest in respect of the Holdings Notes, in each case, solely in accordance with the terms of, and to the extent required by the Holdings Notes Indenture; provided that no such Restricted Junior Payment to Holdings shall be permitted under this Section 6.4(g)(ii) unless (x) both immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Junior Payment, the Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not be less than 1.50:1.00 on a pro forma basis and (y) (1) at any time when the Subordinated Notes remain outstanding, the payment of cash interest with respect to the Subordinated Notes would be permitted at such time pursuant to Section 6.4(e) above or (2) at any time when the Subordinated Notes are no longer outstanding, (A) no Default or Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.1(a) shall have occurred and be continuing and (B) no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to which the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower that such payment is prohibited, on terms consistent with those set forth in the Subordinated Notes Indenture (which notice the Administrative Agent shall be permitted to give for the purposes hereof as if such payment were a payment of interest with respect to the Subordinated Notes);

(h) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings the proceeds of which will be used by Holdings (i) to pay (or make Restricted Junior Payments to allow any Parent to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of Holdings (or of any such Parent) held by any future, present or former employee, officer, director or consultant of Holdings (or any Parent) or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) make Restricted Junior Payments in the form of distributions to allow any Parent to pay principal or interest on promissory notes that were issued in lieu of cash payments for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of such Equity Interests, in each case, pursuant to any employee or director equity plan, employee, officer or director stock option plan or any other employee or director benefit plan or any agreement (including any stock subscription or shareholder agreement) with any employee, director or consultant of Holdings (or any Parent) or any of its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount under clauses (i) and (ii) above not to exceed $3,000,000 in any Fiscal Year (with unused amounts in any Fiscal Year being carried over to the next immediately succeeding Fiscal Year, such unused amount carried over to be applied after the amount otherwise permitted to be used in such Fiscal

Year); provided, that if both immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such Restricted Junior Payment on a pro forma basis the Total Leverage Ratio is less than 4.00:1.00, such Dollar amount shall be increased to $5,000,000 in each Fiscal Year thereafter (with unused amounts in any Fiscal Year being carried over to the two immediately succeeding Fiscal Years, such unused amount carried over to be applied after the amount otherwise permitted to be used in any such subsequent Fiscal Year);

(i) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby, Borrower may make additional Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings (and Holdings may make Restricted Junior Payments with the proceeds thereof) with Permitted Equity Proceeds not to exceed the amount thereof available immediately prior to the making of such Restricted Junior Payment;

(j) Borrower and its Subsidiaries may make Restricted Junior Payments to Holdings the proceeds of which will be used by Holdings to make cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent; provided that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitation of this covenant (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Borrower);

(k) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby, other Restricted Junior Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with the aggregate amount of Investments made pursuant to Section 6.6(p), $30,000,000 during the term of this Agreement;

(l) the Borrower and Holdings may make Restricted Junior Payments on the Closing Date for the purpose of consummating the Transactions; and

(i) prepay the Holdings Notes or the Subordinated Notes with a Permitted Refinancing thereof; and

(ii) convert the Holdings Notes or the Subordinated Notes to Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Parent.

6.5. Restrictions on Subsidiary Distributions. Except as provided herein, no Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create or otherwise cause or suffer to exist or become effective any consensual encumbrance or restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary of Borrower to (a) pay dividends or make any other distributions on any of such Subsidiary’s Equity Interests owned by Borrower or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, (b) repay or prepay any Indebtedness owed by such Subsidiary to Borrower or (to the extent that it is a Subsidiary of such other Subsidiary of the Borrower), any other Subsidiary of Borrower, (c) make loans or advances to Borrower or (to the extent that it is a Subsidiary of such other Subsidiary of the Borrower), any other Subsidiary of Borrower, or (d) transfer, lease or license any of its property or assets to Borrower (to the extent that it is a Subsidiary of such other Subsidiary of the Borrower) or any other Subsidiary of Borrower, other

than restrictions (i) in agreements evidencing purchase money Indebtedness, Capital Leases, Attributable Indebtedness and mortgages on real property permitted by Section 6.1(j) or (k) that impose restrictions on the property so acquired, (ii) by reason of customary provisions restricting assignments, subletting or other transfers contained in leases, licenses, joint venture agreements and similar agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business, (iii) that are or were created by virtue of any transfer of, agreement to transfer or option or right with respect to any property, assets or Equity Interests not otherwise prohibited under this Agreement, (iv) by any Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Borrower that is not a Guarantor which is permitted by Section 6.1 and to the extent relating only to such Subsidiary and its Subsidiaries, (v) existing on the date hereof and described on Schedule 6.5, (vi) contained in any agreement permitted by Section 6.3(d) and (vii) limiting the transfer of assets contained in any agreement permitted by Section 6.3(a) and 6.3(h).

6.6. Investments; Acquisitions. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, make or own any Investment in any Person, including any Joint Venture, except:

(a) Investments in Cash and Cash Equivalents; provided, that to the extent that any assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made shall cease to be Cash Equivalents as defined herein, the applicable Credit Party shall have 30 days thereafter to liquidate such assets for Cash or Cash Equivalents;

(b) Investments (i) in the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, (ii) by any Subsidiary that is not a Credit Party in any other Subsidiary that is also not a Credit Party, (iii) by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor; provided that, in the case of clause (iii) above, (x) any Investment in the form of a loan or advance shall be evidenced by an Intercompany Note and, if owed to a Credit Party, shall be subject to a First Priority Lien pursuant to the Pledge and Security Agreement and (y) the aggregate outstanding amount of such Investments in Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors (excluding any such Investment described on Schedule 6.6) shall not exceed an amount equal to (A) $25,000,000 (provided, that such Dollar limitation shall be increased to $50,000,000 if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than 2.00:1.00 immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Investment on a pro forma basis) minus (B) the aggregate outstanding amount of Investments by Credit Parties in Foreign Acquisitions pursuant to Section 6.6(g) (other than Foreign Acquisitions directly financed or paid for with Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent or Permitted Equity Proceeds);

(d) Investments (i) in any Securities received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers or in settlement of delinquent obligations of, or other disputes with account debtors or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business or upon the foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment and (ii) deposits, prepayments and other credits to suppliers made in the ordinary course of business consistent with the past practices of Holdings and its Subsidiaries;

(e) Consolidated Capital Expenditures with respect to Borrower and the Guarantors permitted by Section 6.7(c);

(f) loans and advances to employees, officers, directors and consultants of Holdings and its Subsidiaries (i) for reasonable and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any Parent) (provided that the amount of such loans and advances shall be contributed to the Borrower in cash as common equity) or (iii) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business, in an aggregate principal amount for all such loans and advances pursuant to this clause (f) not to exceed $2,500,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding;

(g) Permitted Acquisitions; provided, that the aggregate outstanding amount of Investments by Credit Parties with respect to Foreign Acquisitions (except to the extent directly financed or paid for with Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings or any Parent or Permitted Equity Proceeds) shall not exceed an amount equal to (i) $25,000,000 (provided, that such Dollar limitation shall be increased to $50,000,000 if the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio is less than 2.00:1.00 immediately before and immediately after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition on a pro forma basis) minus (ii) the aggregate outstanding amount of Investments pursuant to 6.6(b)(iii);

(h) Investments (i) described in Schedule 6.6 and any modification, replacement, renewal, reinvestment or extension thereof and (ii) existing on the date hereof by the Borrower or any Subsidiary in the Borrower or any other Subsidiary and any modification, exchange in kind, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment or as otherwise permitted by this Section 6.6;

(j) promissory notes and other non-Cash consideration received in connection with an Asset Sale permitted by Section 6.8;

(k) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall be caused thereby, other Investments (other than any acquisition by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries, whether by purchase, merger or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the assets of, all of the Equity Interests of, or a business line or unit or a division of, any Person) with Permitted Equity Proceeds or the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests by Holdings or any Parent not to exceed the amount thereof available immediately prior to the making of such Investment;

(l) loans and advances by the Borrower to Holdings, or by Holdings to any Parent, solely to the extent constituting a Restricted Junior Payment which is permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.4;

(m) Investments in the ordinary course of business solely to the extent consisting of endorsements for collection or deposit pursuant to Article 3 of the UCC;

(n) Investments of a Subsidiary acquired after the Closing Date or of a corporation merged into the Borrower or merged or consolidated with a Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.8 after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

(o) unsecured guaranties by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries of leases (other than Capital Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business; and

(p) other Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed, together with the aggregate amount of Restricted Junior Payments made pursuant to Section 6.4(k), $30,000,000 during the term of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any Credit Party make any Investment which results in or facilitates in any manner any Restricted Junior Payment not otherwise permitted under the terms of Section 6.4.

(a) Interest Coverage Ratio. Borrower shall not permit the Interest Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2008, to be less than the correlative ratio indicated:

(b) Total Leverage Ratio. Borrower shall not permit the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any Fiscal Quarter, beginning with the Fiscal Quarter ending December 31, 2008, to exceed the correlative ratio indicated:

(c) Maximum Consolidated Capital Expenditures. Holdings shall not, and shall not permit its Subsidiaries to, make or incur Consolidated Capital Expenditures, in any Fiscal Year indicated below, in an aggregate amount for Holdings and its Subsidiaries in excess of the corresponding amount set forth below opposite such Fiscal Year; provided, such amount for any Fiscal Year shall be increased by an amount equal to 50% of the excess, if any, of such amount for the immediately preceding Fiscal Year over the actual amount of Consolidated Capital Expenditures for such previous Fiscal Year (provided that any such excess amount shall be used in the immediately following Fiscal Year prior to the amount scheduled for such following Fiscal Year):

(d) Certain Calculations. With respect to any period during which a Permitted Acquisition or an Asset Sale has occurred (each, a “Subject Transaction”), for purposes of determining the Total Leverage Ratio, Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio and Interest Coverage Ratio for any purpose under this Agreement (including for purposes of determining compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Section 6.7), Consolidated Total Debt, Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA and the components of the Total Leverage Ratio, Senior Secured Leverage Ratio, Consolidated Interest Expense and Consolidated Fixed Charges shall be calculated with respect to such period on a pro forma basis (including pro forma adjustments arising out of events which are directly attributable to a specific transaction, are factually supportable and are expected to have a continuing impact, in each case determined on a basis consistent with Article 11 of Regulation S-X promulgated under the Securities Act and

as interpreted by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission, which would include cost savings and synergies resulting from head count reduction, closure of facilities and similar restructuring charges, which pro forma adjustments shall be certified by the chief financial officer of Holdings) using the historical audited financial statements (or, to the extent that historical audited financial statements are not available, such internally prepared unaudited financial statements) of any business so acquired or to be acquired or sold or to be sold and the consolidated financial statements of Holdings and its Subsidiaries which shall be reformulated as if such Subject Transaction, and any Indebtedness incurred or repaid in connection therewith, had been consummated or incurred or repaid at the beginning of such period (and assuming that such Indebtedness bears interest during any portion of the applicable measurement period prior to the relevant Subject Transaction at the weighted average of the interest rates applicable to outstanding Loans incurred during such period); provided, that, for the purposes of calculating any of the foregoing ratios, other than for the purpose of determining compliance with this Section 6.7 or calculating the Applicable Margin, each Subject Transaction that has occurred, and all Indebtedness that has been incurred or repaid following the most recently ended period of four Fiscal Quarters shall be deemed to have occurred or been incurred or repaid (as applicable) at the beginning of such period. To the extent that any provision of this Agreement requires either ratio set forth in Section 6.7(a) or (b) to be calculated on a pro forma basis prior to the date on which such ratio is first required to be tested pursuant to such Section, such calculation shall be made as if such ratio was required to be tested as of the most recently ended Fiscal Quarter (having the same respective level applicable to the first date on which such ratio is required to be so tested).

6.8. Fundamental Changes; Disposition of Assets. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction of merger or consolidation, or liquidate, wind-up or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution), or convey, sell, lease or license, exchange, transfer or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any part of its business, assets or property of any kind whatsoever, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed, except:

(a) any Subsidiary of Borrower may be merged with or into Borrower or any Subsidiary or be liquidated, wound up or dissolved, or all or any part of its business, property; or assets may be conveyed, sold, leased, transferred or otherwise disposed of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, to Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided, (i) in the case of such a merger with (A) the Borrower, the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, (B) any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor Subsidiary with or into a Subsidiary that is a Guarantor Subsidiary, the Guarantor Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person; and (ii) in the case of a liquidation, winding up or dissolution or conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of all or part of a Guarantor Subsidiary’s business property or assets, (A) if the transferor in such transaction is the Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary, then (A) the transferee must either be the Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary or (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment in a Subsidiary which is not a Credit Party is permitted in accordance with Section 6.6(b);

(b) any Subsidiary may change its legal form, provided, that (i) any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor Subsidiary shall remain a Guarantor Subsidiary and (ii) the obligations of any such Guarantor Subsidiary under the Credit Documents shall not be affected;

(c) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, any Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 6.6; provided that (i) if such Subsidiary is a Credit Party, a Credit Party shall be the continuing or surviving Person, and (ii) to the extent that the continuing or surviving Person was not a Credit Party prior to such merger, such continuing or surviving Person shall have complied with the requirements of Section 5.10(a);

(d) so long as no Default or Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation, consolidation or disposition, the purpose of which is to effect an Asset Sale permitted pursuant to this Section 6.8 and is effected concurrently with the consummation of such Asset Sale;

(e) sales, leases or other dispositions of assets that do not constitute Asset Sales;

(f) dispositions of property to the Borrower or to a Subsidiary; provided that if the transferor of such property is a Guarantor Subsidiary or the Borrower (i) the transferee thereof must either be the Borrower or a Guarantor Subsidiary or (ii) to the extent that such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 6.6(b);

(g) dispositions of property pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction permitted by Section 6.10;

(i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses, in each case in the ordinary course of business which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Borrower or any material Subsidiary;

(j) solely to the extent required by applicable law or court order, transfers of property subject to casualty events or a taking of property pursuant to eminent domain or condemnation (or pursuant to a sale of any such assets to a purchaser with such power under the threat of such a taking) upon receipt of the Net Insurance/Condemnation Proceeds from such transfers or takings;

(k) dispositions of Investments in Joint Ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to customary buy/sell arrangements between, the Joint Venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements;

(l) dispositions in the ordinary course of receivables and related assets in connection with the collection or compromise thereof (other than any factoring or other sale with respect thereto);

(m) Asset Sales, the proceeds of which (valued at the principal amount thereof in the case of non-Cash proceeds consisting of notes or other debt Securities and valued at fair market value in the case of other non-Cash proceeds), when aggregated with the proceeds of all other Asset Sales made within the same Fiscal Year, are less than $15,000,000; provided, that (1) the consideration received for such assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof (determined in good faith by the board of directors of Borrower (or similar governing body)), (2) no less than 75% thereof shall be paid in Cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, that for purposes of this clause (2), any Indebtedness (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that is assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable disposition and for which the Borrower and all of the Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, shall be deemed to be Cash, and (3) the Net Asset Sale Proceeds thereof shall be applied as required by Section 2.14(a);

(n) dispositions of obsolete, worn out or surplus property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and dispositions of property (other than Mortgaged Properties) no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries;

(o) Investments made in accordance with Section 6.6, Liens granted in accordance with Section 6.2 and cash payments permitted by Section 6.4;

(q) sales of Real Estate Assets listed on Schedule 6.8; provided, that (1) the consideration received for such Real Estate Assets shall be in an amount at least equal to the fair market value thereof (determined in good faith by the board of directors of Borrower (or similar governing body)), (2) no less than 75% thereof shall be paid in Cash or Cash Equivalents; provided, that for purposes of this clause (2), any Indebtedness (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, other than Indebtedness that is by its terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that is assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable disposition and for which the Borrower and all of the Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, shall be deemed to be Cash, and (3) the Net Asset Sale Proceeds thereof shall be applied as required by Section 2.14(a).

6.9. Disposal of Subsidiary Interests. Except for any disposition of its interests in the Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries in compliance with the provisions of Section 6.6 or Section 6.8, no Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to directly or indirectly sell, assign, pledge or otherwise encumber or dispose of any Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries, except to qualify directors and shares issued to foreign nationals if required by applicable law; provided that a disposition of less than all of its Equity Interests in any Subsidiary that is a Guarantor shall not be permitted unless such Subsidiary shall continue to be a Guarantor.

6.10. Sales and Lease-Backs. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, become or remain liable as lessee or as a guarantor or other surety with respect to any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed), whether now owned or hereafter acquired, which such Credit Party (a) has sold or transferred or is to sell or to transfer to any other Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries), or (b) intends to use for substantially the same purpose as any other property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Credit Party to any Person (other than Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries) in connection with such lease, other than with respect to property (i) owned on the Closing Date; provided that all Net Asset Sale Proceeds thereof shall be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.14(a) and may not be reinvested in the business of the Borrower or a Subsidiary and (ii) acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the Closing Date, and such sale-leaseback occurs within one hundred eighty (180) days (or, solely to the extent that such party has entered into a binding agreement for such sale-leaseback in writing during such 180-day period, within two hundred seventy (270) days) before or after the acquisition or construction (as applicable) of such property, and in each case to the extent the Attributable Indebtedness with respect thereto is permitted by Section 6.1.

6.11. Transactions with Affiliates. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into or permit to exist any transaction (including the purchase, sale, lease or exchange of any property or the rendering of any service) with any Affiliate of Holdings on terms that are materially less favorable to Holdings or that Subsidiary, as the case may be, than those that would be obtained at the time from a Person who is not such an Affiliate; provided, the foregoing restriction shall not apply to (a) any transaction among Borrower and any Subsidiary or any Person that becomes a Subsidiary as a result of such transaction; (b) reasonable costs and expenses and customary fees paid to, and indemnities provided on behalf of, members of the board of directors (or similar governing body), officers and employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries; (c) compensation and severance arrangements for officers and other employees of Holdings and its Subsidiaries entered into in the ordinary course of business; (d) the Management Agreement and the payment of Management Fees to Sponsor or its Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement (plus any unpaid Management Fees accrued in any prior year) (solely to the extent that (i) the payment of such Management Fees is permitted pursuant to Section 6.4(d) and (ii) any such payments pursuant to clauses (i) and (iii) of Section 6.4(d) are subordinated to the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Management Fee Subordination Agreement); (e) transactions described in Schedule 6.11 and any amendments thereto to the extent such an amendment, when taken as a whole, is not adverse to the Lenders in any material respect, (f) the payment of fees and expenses and the making of any Restricted Junior Payments related to or in connection with the Transactions, (g) if otherwise not prohibited hereunder, the issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings to the Sponsor, or to any director, officer or employee, or consultant of Holdings, the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, (h) any Restricted Junior Payment permitted under Section 6.4, (i) loans by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries to Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or to officers, directors or employees to the extent permitted under this Article 6 and (j) customary payments by Holdings and any of its Subsidiaries to the Sponsor made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities (including in connection with Permitted Acquisitions or dispositions), which payments are (1) approved by the majority of the members of the board of directors or a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of Holdings or the Borrower, in good faith, and (2) permitted to be made pursuant to Section 6.4(k).

6.12. Conduct of Business. From and after the Closing Date, no Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, engage in any business other than (i) the businesses engaged in by such Credit Party on the Closing Date and similar or related businesses or complementary or incidental thereto and (ii) such other lines of business as may be consented to by Requisite Lenders.

6.13. Permitted Activities of Holdings. Holdings shall not (a) incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness other than the Indebtedness and obligations under this Agreement, the other Credit Documents and the Related Agreements; (b) create or suffer to exist any Lien upon any property or assets now owned or hereafter acquired, leased or licensed by it other than the Liens created under the Collateral Documents to which it is a party or Permitted Liens; (c) engage in any business or own any assets other than (i) holding 100% of the Equity Interests of Borrower (excluding any interests held by a general partner, managing member or equivalent entity which is itself a direct wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings), (ii) performing its obligations and activities incidental thereto under the Credit Documents, and to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the Related Agreements; and (iii) making Restricted Junior Payments and Investments to the extent permitted by this Agreement; (d) except as permitted pursuant to Section 6.8, consolidate with or merge with or into, or convey, transfer, lease or license all or substantially all its assets to, any Person; (e) sell or otherwise dispose of any Equity Interests of any of its direct Subsidiaries; (f) create or acquire any Subsidiary or make or own any Investment in any Person other than Borrower any Investment to be contributed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary; or (g) fail to hold itself out to the public as a legal entity separate and distinct from all other Persons.

6.14. Amendments or Waivers of Organizational Documents and Related Agreements. Except as set forth in Section 6.15 or to the extent required to permit the Reorganization, no Credit Party shall nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, agree to any material amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waiver of, any of its Organizational Documents or any of its material rights under any Related Agreement after the Closing Date if the effect of such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification to, or waiver of, would be materially adverse to the Lenders without in each case obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent to such amendment, restatement, supplement or other modification or waiver; provided that each Person that becomes a Subsidiary of a Credit Party after the Closing Date may amend, restate, supplement, or otherwise modify, any of its Organizational Documents in a manner consistent with the Organizational Documents of the Credit Parties.

6.15. Amendments or Waivers with respect to Certain Indebtedness. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to, amend or otherwise change the terms of the Holdings Notes, the Holdings Notes Indenture, the Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes Indenture (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof), or make any payment consistent with an amendment thereof or change thereto, if the effect of such amendment or change is to increase the interest rate on any such Indebtedness, change (to earlier dates) any dates upon which payments of principal or interest are due thereon, change (to the extent adverse to the Lenders) any event of default or condition to an event of default with respect thereto (other than to eliminate any such event of default or increase any grace period related thereto), change (to the extent adverse to the Lenders) the redemption, prepayment or defeasance provisions thereof, change the subordination provisions of the Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes Indenture (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof) (or of any guaranty thereof), or if the effect of such amendment or change, together with all other amendments or changes made, is to increase materially the obligations of the obligor thereunder or to confer any additional rights on the holders of any such Indebtedness (or a trustee or other representative on their behalf) which would be adverse to any Credit Party or Lenders.

6.16. Fiscal Year. No Credit Party shall, nor shall it permit any of its Subsidiaries to change its Fiscal Year-end from December 31 without the consent of the Administrative Agent.

7.1. Guaranty of the Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2, Guarantors jointly and severally hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty to Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of the Beneficiaries the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)) (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”).

7.2. Contribution by Guarantors. All Guarantors desire to allocate among themselves (collectively, the “Contributing Guarantors”), in a fair and equitable manner, their obligations arising under this Guaranty. Accordingly, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by a Guarantor (a “Funding Guarantor”) under this Guaranty such that its Aggregate Payments exceeds its Fair Share as of such date, such Funding Guarantor shall be entitled to a contribution from each of the other Contributing Guarantors in an amount sufficient to cause each Contributing Guarantor’s Aggregate Payments to equal its Fair Share as of such date. “Fair Share” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (a) the ratio of (i) the Fair Share Contribution Amount with respect to such Contributing Guarantor to (ii) the aggregate of the Fair Share Contribution Amounts with respect to all Contributing Guarantors multiplied by (b) the aggregate amount paid or distributed on or before such date by all Funding Guarantors under this Guaranty in respect of the obligations Guaranteed. “Fair Share Contribution Amount” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount of the obligations of such Contributing Guarantor under this Guaranty that would not render its obligations hereunder or thereunder subject to avoidance as a fraudulent transfer or conveyance

under Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any comparable applicable provisions of state law; provided, solely for purposes of calculating the “Fair Share Contribution Amount” with respect to any Contributing Guarantor for purposes of this Section 7.2, any assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor arising by virtue of any rights to subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification or any rights to or obligations of contribution hereunder shall not be considered as assets or liabilities of such Contributing Guarantor. “Aggregate Payments” means, with respect to a Contributing Guarantor as of any date of determination, an amount equal to (1) the aggregate amount of all payments and distributions made on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor in respect of this Guaranty (including in respect of this Section 7.2), minus (2) the aggregate amount of all payments received on or before such date by such Contributing Guarantor from the other Contributing Guarantors as contributions under this Section 7.2. The amounts payable as contributions hereunder shall be determined as of the date on which the related payment or distribution is made by the applicable Funding Guarantor. The allocation among Contributing Guarantors of their obligations as set forth in this Section 7.2 shall not be construed in any way to limit the liability of any Contributing Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor is a third party beneficiary to the contribution agreement set forth in this Section 7.2.

7.3. Payment by Guarantors. Subject to Section 7.2, Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agree, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Beneficiary may have at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, that upon the failure of Borrower to pay any of the Guaranteed Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)), Guarantors will upon demand pay, or cause to be paid, in Cash, to Administrative Agent for the ratable benefit of Beneficiaries, an amount equal to the sum of the unpaid principal amount of all Guaranteed Obligations then due as aforesaid, accrued and unpaid interest on such Guaranteed Obligations (including interest which, but for Borrower’s becoming the subject of a case under the Bankruptcy Code, would have accrued on such Guaranteed Obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy case) and all other Guaranteed Obligations then owed to Beneficiaries as aforesaid.

7.4. Liability of Guarantors Absolute. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor agrees that its obligations hereunder are irrevocable, absolute, independent and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance which constitutes a legal or equitable discharge of a guarantor or surety other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable). In furtherance of the foregoing and without limiting the generality thereof, each Guarantor agrees, to the extent permitted by applicable law, as follows:

(a) this Guaranty is a guaranty of payment when due and not of collectability. This Guaranty is a primary obligation of each Guarantor and not merely a contract of surety;

(b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, Administrative Agent may enforce this Guaranty upon the occurrence of an Event of Default notwithstanding the existence of any dispute between Borrower and any Beneficiary with respect to the existence of such Event of Default;

(c) the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of Borrower and the obligations of any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the obligations of Borrower, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against such Guarantor whether or not any action is brought against Borrower or any of such other guarantors and whether or not Borrower is joined in any such action or actions;

(d) payment by any Guarantor of a portion, but not all, of the Guaranteed Obligations shall in no way limit, affect, modify or abridge any Guarantor’s liability for any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which has not been paid. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Administrative Agent is awarded a judgment in any suit brought to enforce any Guarantor’s covenant to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations, such judgment shall not be deemed to release such Guarantor from its covenant to pay the portion of the Guaranteed Obligations that is not the subject of such suit, and such judgment shall not, except to the extent satisfied by such Guarantor, limit, affect, modify or abridge any other Guarantor’s liability hereunder in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(e) any Beneficiary, upon such terms as it deems appropriate, without notice or demand and without affecting the validity or enforceability hereof or giving rise to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination of any Guarantor’s liability hereunder, from time to time may (i) renew, extend, accelerate, increase the rate of interest on, or otherwise change the time, place, manner or terms of payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) settle, compromise, release or discharge, or accept or refuse any offer of performance with respect to, or substitutions for, the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto and/or subordinate the payment of the same to the payment of any other obligations; (iii) request and accept other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations and take and hold security for the payment hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) release, surrender, exchange, substitute, compromise, settle, rescind, waive, alter, subordinate or modify, with or without consideration, any security for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, any other guaranties of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any other obligation of any Person (including any other Guarantor) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) enforce and apply any security now or hereafter held by or for the benefit of such Beneficiary in respect hereof or the Guaranteed Obligations and direct the order or manner of sale thereof, or exercise any other right or remedy that such Beneficiary may have against any such security, in each case as such Beneficiary in its discretion may determine consistent herewith or the applicable Hedge Agreement and any applicable security agreement, including foreclosure on any such security pursuant to one or more judicial or nonjudicial sales, whether or not every aspect of any such sale is commercially reasonable, and even though such action operates to impair or extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of any Guarantor against Borrower or any security for the Guaranteed Obligations; and (vi) exercise any other rights available to it under the Credit Documents or any Hedge Agreements; and

(f) this Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall be valid and enforceable and shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment, discharge or termination for any reason (other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable)), including the occurrence of any of the following, whether or not any Guarantor shall have had notice or knowledge of any of them: (i) any failure or omission to assert or enforce or agreement or election not to assert or enforce, or the stay or enjoining, by order of court, by operation of law or otherwise, of the exercise or enforcement of, any claim or demand or any right, power or remedy (whether arising under the Credit Documents or any Hedge Agreements, at law, in equity or otherwise) with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement relating thereto, or with respect to any other guaranty of or security for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of, or any consent to departure from, any of the terms or provisions (including provisions relating to events of default) hereof, any of the other Credit Documents, any of the Hedge Agreements or any agreement or instrument executed pursuant thereto, or of any other guaranty or security for the Guaranteed Obligations, in each case whether or not in accordance with the terms hereof or such Credit Document, such Hedge Agreement or any agreement relating to such other guaranty or security; (iii) the Guaranteed Obligations, or any agreement relating thereto, at any time being found to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect; (iv) the application of payments received from any source (other than payments received pursuant to the other Credit Documents or any of the Hedge Agreements or from the proceeds of any security for the Guaranteed Obligations, except to the extent such security also serves as collateral for indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations) to the payment of indebtedness other than the Guaranteed Obligations, even though any Beneficiary might have elected to apply such payment to any part or all of the Guaranteed Obligations; (v) any Beneficiary’s consent to the change, reorganization or termination of the corporate structure or existence of Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries and to any corresponding restructuring of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vi) any failure to perfect or continue perfection of a security interest in any collateral which secures any of the Guaranteed Obligations; (vii) any defenses, set-offs or counterclaims which Borrower may allege or assert against any Beneficiary in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations, including failure of consideration, breach of warranty, payment, statute of frauds, statute of limitations, accord and satisfaction and usury; and (viii) any other act or thing or omission, or delay to do any other act or thing, which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor as an obligor in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations.

7.5. Waivers by Guarantors. To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives, for the benefit of Beneficiaries: (a) any right to require any Beneficiary, as a condition of payment or performance by such Guarantor, to (i) proceed against Borrower, any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Person, (ii) proceed against or exhaust any security held from Borrower, any such other guarantor or any other Person, (iii) proceed against or have resort to any balance of any Deposit Account or credit on the books of any Beneficiary in favor of Borrower or any other Person, or (iv) pursue any other remedy in the power of any Beneficiary whatsoever; (b) any defense arising by reason of the incapacity, lack of authority or any disability or other defense of Borrower or any other Guarantor including any defense based on or arising out of the lack of validity or the unenforceability of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement or instrument

relating thereto or by reason of the cessation of the liability of Borrower or any other Guarantor from any cause other than payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable); (c) any defense based upon any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal; (d) any defense based upon any Beneficiary’s errors or omissions in the administration of the Guaranteed Obligations, except behavior which amounts to bad faith; (e) (i) any principles or provisions of law, statutory or otherwise, which are or might be in conflict with the terms hereof and any legal or equitable discharge of such Guarantor’s obligations hereunder, (ii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantor’s liability hereunder or the enforcement hereof, (iii) any rights to set-offs, recoupments and counterclaims, and (iv) promptness, diligence and any requirement that any Beneficiary protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest or lien or any property subject thereto; (0 notices, demands, presentments, protests, notices of protest, notices of dishonor and notices of any action or inaction, including acceptance hereof, notices of default hereunder, the Hedge Agreements or any agreement or instrument related thereto, notices of any renewal, extension or modification of the Guaranteed Obligations or any agreement related thereto, notices of any extension of credit to Borrower and notices of any of the matters referred to in Section 7.4 and any right to consent to any thereof; and (g) any defenses or benefits that may be derived from or afforded by law which limit the liability of or exonerate guarantors or sureties, or which may conflict with the terms hereof

7.6. Guarantors’ Rights of Subrogation, Contribution, Etc. To the extent permitted by applicable law, until the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) shall have been paid in full and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled (or back-up standby letters of credit or deposits of cash collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to the Issuing Lender), each Guarantor hereby waives any claim, right or remedy, direct or indirect, that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against Borrower or any other Guarantor or any of its assets in connection with this Guaranty or the performance by such Guarantor of its obligations hereunder, in each case whether such claim, right or remedy arises in equity, under contract, by statute, under common law or otherwise and including (a) any right of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification that such Guarantor now has or may hereafter have against Borrower with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations, (b) any right to enforce, or to participate in, any claim, right or remedy that any Beneficiary now has or may hereafter have against Borrower, and (c) any benefit of, and any right to participate in, any collateral or security now or hereafter held by any Beneficiary. In addition, until the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) shall have been paid in full and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled (or back-up standby letters of credit or deposits of cash collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to the Issuing Lender), each Guarantor shall withhold exercise of any right of contribution such Guarantor may have against any other guarantor (including any other Guarantor) of the Guaranteed Obligations, including any such right of

contribution as contemplated by Section 7.2. Each Guarantor further agrees that, to the extent the waiver or agreement to withhold the exercise of its rights of subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as set forth herein is found by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void or voidable for any reason, any rights of subrogation, reimbursement or indemnification such Guarantor may have against Borrower or against any collateral or security, and any rights of contribution such Guarantor may have against any such other guarantor, shall be junior and subordinate to any rights any Beneficiary may have against Borrower, to all right, title and interest any Beneficiary may have in any such collateral or security, and to any right any Beneficiary may have against such other guarantor. If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor on account of any such subrogation, reimbursement, indemnification or contribution rights at any time when all Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) shall not have been finally and paid in full, such amount shall be held in trust for Administrative Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms hereof.

7.7. Subordination of Other Obligations. Any Indebtedness of Borrower or any Guarantor now or hereafter held by any Guarantor (the “Obligee Guarantor”) is hereby subordinated in right of payment to the Guaranteed Obligations, and any such Indebtedness collected or received by the Obligee Guarantor after an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8.1(f) or (g) or (at the election of the Administrative Agent) any other Event of Default, has occurred and is continuing shall be held in trust for Administrative Agent on behalf of Beneficiaries and shall forthwith be paid over to Administrative Agent for the benefit of Beneficiaries to be credited and applied against the Guaranteed Obligations but without affecting, impairing or limiting in any manner the liability of the Obligee Guarantor under any other provision hereof.

7.8. Continuing Guaranty. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall remain in effect until all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) shall have been paid in full and the Revolving Commitments shall have terminated and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been cancelled (or back-up standby letters of credit or deposits of cash collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to the Issuing Lender). Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future transactions giving rise to any Guaranteed Obligations.

7.9. Authority of Guarantors or Borrower. It is not necessary for any Beneficiary to inquire into the capacity or powers of any Guarantor or Borrower or the officers, directors or any agents acting or purporting to act on behalf of any of them.

7.10. Financial Condition of Borrower. Any Credit Extension may be made to Borrower or continued from time to time, and any Hedge Agreements may be entered into from time to time, in each case without notice to or authorization from any Guarantor regardless of the financial or other condition of Borrower at the time of any such grant or continuation or at the time such Hedge Agreement is entered into, as the case may be. No Beneficiary shall have any obligation to disclose or discuss with any Guarantor its assessment, or any Guarantor’s assessment, of the financial condition of Borrower. Each Guarantor has adequate means to obtain information from Borrower on a continuing basis concerning the financial condition of Borrower and its ability to perform its obligations under the Credit Documents and the Hedge Agreements, and each Guarantor assumes the responsibility for being and keeping informed of the financial condition of Borrower and of all circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each Guarantor hereby waives and relinquishes any duty on the part of any Beneficiary to disclose any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, operations or conditions of Borrower now known or hereafter known by any Beneficiary.

7.11. Bankruptcy, Etc. (a) So long as any Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) remain outstanding, no Guarantor shall, without the prior written consent of Administrative Agent acting pursuant to the instructions of Requisite Lenders, commence or join with any other Person in commencing any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency case or proceeding of or against Borrower or any other Guarantor. The obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall not be reduced, limited, impaired, discharged, deferred, suspended or terminated by any case or proceeding, voluntary or involuntary, involving the bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, reorganization, liquidation or arrangement of Borrower or any other Guarantor or by any defense which Borrower or any other Guarantor may have by reason of the order, decree or decision of any court or administrative body resulting from any such proceeding.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that any interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations which accrues after the commencement of any case or proceeding referred to in clause (a) above (or, if interest on any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations ceases to accrue by operation of law by reason of the commencement of such case or proceeding, such interest as would have accrued on such portion of the Guaranteed Obligations if such case or proceeding had not been commenced) shall be included in the Guaranteed Obligations because it is the intention of Guarantors and Beneficiaries that the Guaranteed Obligations which are guaranteed by Guarantors pursuant hereto should be determined without regard to any rule of law or order which may relieve Borrower of any portion of such Guaranteed Obligations. Guarantors will permit any trustee in bankruptcy, receiver, debtor in possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person to pay Administrative Agent, or allow the claim of Administrative Agent in respect of, any such interest accruing after the date on which such case or proceeding is commenced.

(c) In the event that all or any portion of the Guaranteed Obligations are paid by Borrower, the obligations of Guarantors hereunder shall continue and remain in full force and effect or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event that all or any part of such payment(s) are rescinded or recovered directly or indirectly from any Beneficiary as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and any such payments which are so rescinded or recovered shall constitute Guaranteed Obligations for all purposes hereunder.

7.12. Discharge of Guaranty Upon Sale of Guarantor. If all of the Equity Interests of any Guarantor or any of its successors in interest hereunder shall be sold or otherwise disposed of (including by merger or consolidation) in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, the Guaranty of such Guarantor or such successor in interest, as the case may be, hereunder shall automatically be discharged and released without any further action by any Beneficiary or any other Person effective as of the time of such Asset Sale.

8.1. Events of Default. If any one or more of the following conditions or events shall occur:

(a) Failure to Make Payments When Due. Failure by Borrower to pay (i) when due any installment of principal of any Loan, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by notice of voluntary prepayment, by mandatory prepayment or otherwise; (ii) when due any amount payable to Issuing Lender in reimbursement of any drawing under a Letter of Credit; or (iii) any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount due hereunder within five days after the date due; or

(b) Default in Other Agreements. (i) Failure of any Credit Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries to pay when due any principal of or interest on or any other amount, including any payment in settlement, payable in respect of one or more other items of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness referred to in Section 8.1(a)) with an aggregate principal amount (or Net Mark-to-Market Exposure) of $15,000,000 or more, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor, or (ii) breach or default by any Credit Party with respect to any other material term of (1) one or more items of Indebtedness in the individual or aggregate principal amounts (or Net Mark-to-Market Exposure) referred to in clause (i) above or (2) any loan agreement, mortgage, indenture or other agreement relating to such item(s) of Indebtedness, in each case beyond the grace period, if any, provided therefor, if the effect of such breach or default is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of that Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder or holders), to cause, that Indebtedness to become or be declared due and payable (or redeemable) prior to its stated maturity or the stated maturity of any underlying obligation, as the case may be; provided, that the foregoing, with respect to any Earn Out Indebtedness, shall be subject to Section 6.4(f); or

(c) Breach of Certain Covenants. Failure of any Credit Party to perform or comply with (i) any term or condition contained in Section 2.6, Section 5.1(f), Section 5.2, Section 5.14 or Section 6 or (ii) any term or condition contained in Sections 5.1(a), 5.1(b), 5.1(c), 5.1(d) within 10 Business Days following the occurrence of such Default; provided that any Event of Default under Section 6.7(a) or (b) is subject to cure as contemplated by Section 8.2; or

(d) Breach of Representations, Etc. Any representation, warranty, certification or other statement of fact made or deemed made by any Credit Party in any Credit Document or in any statement or certificate required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be false in any material respect as of the date made or deemed made; or

(e) Other Defaults Under Credit Documents. Any Credit Party shall default in the performance of or compliance with any term contained herein or any of the other Credit Documents, other than any such term referred to in any other Section of this Section 8.1, and such default shall not have been remedied or waived within thirty days after the earlier of (i) an officer of such Credit Party becoming aware of such default or (ii) receipt by Borrower of notice from Administrative Agent or any Lender of such default; or

(f) Involuntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary in an involuntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, which decree or order is not stayed; or any other similar relief shall be granted under any applicable federal or state law; or (ii) an involuntary case shall be commenced against Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect; or a decree or order of a court having jurisdiction in the premises for the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, sequestrator, trustee, custodian or other officer having similar powers over Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary, or over all or a substantial part of its property, shall have been entered; or there shall have occurred the involuntary appointment of an interim receiver, trustee or other custodian of Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary for all or a substantial part of its property; or a warrant of attachment, execution or similar process shall have been issued against any substantial part of the property of Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary; or any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary decreeing the dissolution or split up of any such Person, and any such event described in this clause (ii) shall continue for sixty days without having been dismissed, bonded or discharged; or

(g) Voluntary Bankruptcy; Appointment of Receiver, Etc. (i) Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary shall have an order for relief entered with respect to it or shall commence a voluntary case under the Bankruptcy Code or under any other applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law now or hereafter in effect, or shall consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case, or to the conversion of an involuntary case to a voluntary case, under any such law, or shall consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, trustee or other custodian for all or a substantial part of its property; or Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary shall make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or (ii) Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary shall be unable, or shall fail generally, or shall admit in writing its general inability, to pay its debts as such debts become due; or the board of directors (or similar governing body) of Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary (or any committee thereof) shall adopt any resolution or otherwise authorize any action to approve any of the actions referred to herein or in Section 8.1(f); or

(h) Judgments and Attachments. Any money judgment, writ or warrant of attachment or similar process involving in the aggregate at any time an amount in excess of $15,000,000 (in either case to the extent not adequately covered by insurance as to which a solvent and unaffiliated insurance company has acknowledged coverage) shall be entered or filed against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective assets and shall remain undischarged, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of sixty days (or in any event later than five days prior to the date of any proposed sale thereunder); or

(j) Employee Benefit Plans. (i) There shall occur one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or would reasonably be expected to result in liability of Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates in excess of $15,000,000 during the term hereof; or

(l) Guaranties, Collateral Documents and other Credit Documents. At any time after the execution and delivery thereof, (i) the Guaranty for any reason, other than the satisfaction in full of all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable), shall fail to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with its terms) or shall be declared to be null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction or any Guarantor shall repudiate its obligations thereunder, (ii) this Agreement or any Collateral Document fails to be in full force and effect (other than by reason of a release of Collateral in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof or the satisfaction in full of the Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) in accordance with the terms hereof) or shall be declared null and void by a court of competent jurisdiction, or Collateral Agent shall not have or shall fail to have a valid and perfected Lien in any material portion of the Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents with the priority required by the relevant Collateral Document, in each case for any reason other than the failure of Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to take any action within its control, the failure of the Administrative Agent or the Collateral Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing the securities pledged under the Collateral Documents or to file UCC continuation statements and except as to any immaterial portion of Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title policy and such insurer has not denied coverage; or (iii) any Credit Party shall contest the validity or enforceability of any Credit Document in writing or deny in writing that it has any further liability, including with respect to future advances by Lenders, under any Credit Document to which it is a party or shall contest the validity or perfection of any Lien in any Collateral purported to be covered by the Collateral Documents; or

(m) Subordinated Indebtedness. (i) Any Indebtedness pursuant to the Subordinated Notes or the Subordinated Notes Indenture, any Permitted Refinancing thereof or the guarantees thereof shall cease, for any reason, to be validly subordinated to the Obligations of the Credit Parties hereunder, as provided in the Subordinated Notes Indenture or (ii) any management, consulting, monitoring, advisory or other fee payable to the Sponsor or its

Affiliates pursuant to the Management Agreement, shall cease, for any reason, to be validly subordinated to the Obligations of the Credit Parties hereunder, as provided in the Management Fee Subordination Agreement, or, in either case, any Credit Party or any Affiliate of any Credit Party shall so assert;

THEN, (1) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 8.1(f) or 8.1(g), automatically, and (2) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any other Event of Default, at the request of (or with the consent of) Requisite Lenders, upon notice to Borrower by Administrative Agent, (A) the Revolving Commitments, if any, of each Lender having such Revolving Commitments and the obligation of Issuing Lender to issue any Letter of Credit shall immediately terminate; (B) each of the following shall immediately become due and payable, in each case without presentment, demand, protest or other requirements of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by each Credit Party: (I) the unpaid principal amount of and accrued interest on the Loans, (II) an amount equal to the maximum amount that may at any time be drawn under all Letters of Credit then outstanding (regardless of whether any beneficiary under any such Letter of Credit shall have presented, or shall be entitled at such time to present, the drafts or other documents or certificates required to draw under such Letters of Credit), and (III) all other Obligations; provided, the foregoing shall not affect in any way the obligations of Lenders having Revolving Exposure under Section 2.3(b)(v) or Section 2.4(e); (C) Administrative Agent may cause Collateral Agent to enforce any and all Liens and security interests created pursuant to Collateral Documents; and (D) Administrative Agent shall direct Borrower to pay (and Borrower hereby agrees upon receipt of such notice, or upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Sections 8.1(f) and (g) to pay) to Administrative Agent such additional amounts of cash as reasonably requested by Issuing Lender, to be held as security for Borrower’s reimbursement Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit then outstanding.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.1, in the event of any Event of Default under any covenant set forth in Section 67(a) or (b) and until the expiration of the tenth day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to the applicable Fiscal Quarter hereunder, the Borrower may receive capital contributions or issue common Qualified Equity Interests to Holdings and apply the amount of the proceeds thereof (the “Cure Amount”) to increase Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA with respect to such Fiscal Quarter (the “Cure Right”); provided, that such proceeds (i) with respect to any individual exercise of the Cure Right, shall not exceed $25,000,000, (ii) are actually received by the Borrower (including through capital contribution of such proceeds by Holdings to the Borrower) following the last day of such Fiscal Quarter, but no later than ten days after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such Fiscal Quarter hereunder, (iii) do not exceed the aggregate amount necessary to cure such Event of Default under Section 6.7(a) or (b) for the then applicable four Fiscal Quarter period and (iv) may not be applied to fund Restricted Junior Payments or Investments; and provided, further, that any Cure Amount used to calculate Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for one Fiscal Quarter shall be used when calculating Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for any fiscal period including such Fiscal Quarter. The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section 8.2(a) may not be relied

on for any purposes other than to calculate compliance with Section 6.7(a) or (b) for purposes of determining whether an Event of Default exists, and shall result only in an adjustment to the amount of the Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA for the period referred to in the immediately preceding sentence and not to any other amounts hereunder during any such period in which Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA is so adjusted (including with respect to Consolidated Total Debt as a result of any Cure Amount being applied to the repayment of any amount thereof). If, after giving effect to the foregoing recalculations, the Borrower shall then be in compliance with the requirements of the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.7(a) or (b), the Borrower shall be deemed to have satisfied the requirements of the financial covenants set forth in Section 6.7(a) and (b) as of the relevant date of determination with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply therewith at such date, and the applicable breach or default of the financial covenants under Section 6.7(a) and (b) that had occurred shall be deemed cured for this purposes of the Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Holdings shall not be permitted to exercise the Cure Right more than two times during the term of this Agreement.

9.1. Appointment of Agents. GSCP is hereby appointed Syndication Agent hereunder, and each Lender hereby authorizes GSCP to act as Syndication Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Credit Documents. GECC is hereby appointed Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent hereunder and under the other Credit Documents and each Lender hereby authorizes GECC to act as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent in accordance with the terms hereof and the other Credit Documents. Each Agent hereby agrees to act in its capacity as such upon the express conditions contained herein and the other Credit Documents, as applicable. The provisions of this Section 9 (other than as expressly provided in Section 9.7 and Section 9.8(d)) are solely for the benefit of Agents and Lenders and no Credit Party shall have any rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions thereof (other than as expressly provided in Section 9.7 and Section 9.8(d)). In performing its functions and duties hereunder, each Agent shall act solely as an agent of Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries. The Syndication Agent, without consent of or notice to any party hereto, may assign any and all of its rights or obligations hereunder to any of its Affiliates. As of the Closing Date, GSCP, in its capacity as Syndication Agent, shall not have any obligations but shall be entitled to all benefits of this Section 9.

9.2. Powers and Duties. Each Lender irrevocably authorizes each Agent to take such action on such Lender’s behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Credit Documents as are specifically delegated or granted to such Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers, rights and remedies as are reasonably incidental thereto. Each Agent shall have only those duties and responsibilities that are expressly specified herein and the other Credit Documents. Each Agent may exercise such powers, rights and remedies and perform such duties by or through its agents or employees. No Agent shall have, by reason hereof or any of the other Credit Documents, a fiduciary relationship in respect

of any Lender; and nothing herein or any of the other Credit Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall be so construed as to impose upon any Agent any obligations in respect hereof or any of the other Credit Documents except as expressly set forth herein or therein. Administrative Agent hereby agrees that it shall (i) furnish to GSCP, in its capacity as Syndication Agent, upon GSCP’s request, a copy of the Register, (ii) cooperate with GSCP in granting access to any Lenders (or potential lenders) who GSCP identifies to the Platform and (iii) maintain GSCP’s access to the Platform.

(a) No Responsibility for Certain Matters. No Agent shall be responsible to any Lender for the execution, effectiveness, genuineness, validity, enforceability, collectability or sufficiency hereof or any other Credit Document, the perfection or priority of any Lien, or for any representations, warranties, recitals or statements made herein or therein or made in any written or oral statements or in any financial or other statements, instruments, reports or certificates or any other documents furnished or made by any Agent to Lenders or by or on behalf of any Credit Party or to any Lender in connection with the Credit Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby or for the financial condition or business affairs of any Credit Party or any other Person liable for the payment of any Obligations, nor shall any Agent be required to ascertain or inquire as to the performance or observance of any of the terms, conditions, provisions, covenants or agreements contained in any of the Credit Documents or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans or as to the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or to make any disclosures with respect to the foregoing. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans or the Letter of Credit Usage or the component amounts thereof

(b) Exculpatory Provisions. No Agent nor any of its officers, partners, directors, employees or agents shall be liable to Lenders for any action taken or omitted by any Agent under or in connection with any of the Credit Documents except to the extent caused by such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. Each Agent shall be entitled to refrain from any act or the taking of any action (including the failure to take an action) in connection herewith or any of the other Credit Documents or from the exercise of any power, discretion or authority vested in it hereunder or thereunder unless and until such Agent shall have received instructions in respect thereof from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.5) and, upon receipt of such instructions from Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders, as the case may be), such Agent shall be entitled to act or (where so instructed) refrain from acting, or to exercise such power, discretion or authority, in accordance with such instructions. Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, (i) each Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any communication, instrument or document believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person or Persons, and shall be entitled to rely and shall be protected in relying on opinions and judgments of attorneys (who may be attorneys for Holdings and its Subsidiaries), accountants, experts and other professional advisors selected by it; and (ii) no Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against any Agent as a result of such Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or any of the other Credit Documents in accordance with the instructions of Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such instructions under Section 10.5).

(c) Delegation of Duties. Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers under this Agreement or under any other Credit Document by or through any one or more sub-agents reasonably appointed by Administrative Agent. Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Affiliates. The exculpatory, indemnification and other provisions of this Section 9.3 and of Section 9.6 shall apply to any the Affiliates of Administrative Agent and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. All of the rights, benefits, and privileges (including the exculpatory and indemnification provisions) of this Section 9.3 and of Section 9.6 shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Affiliates of any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities as sub-agent as if such sub-agent and Affiliates were named herein. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by Administrative Agent, (i) such sub-agent shall be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of the Credit Parties and the Lenders, (ii) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) shall not be modified or amended without the consent of such sub-agent, and (iii) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to Administrative Agent and not to any Credit Party, Lender or any other Person and no Credit Party, Lender or any other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise, against such sub-agent.

9.4. Agents Entitled to Act as Lender. The agency hereby created shall in no way impair or affect any of the rights and powers of, or impose any duties or obligations upon, any Agent in its individual capacity as a Lender hereunder. With respect to its participation in the Loans and the Letters of Credit, each Agent shall have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise the same as if it were not performing the duties and functions delegated to it hereunder, and the term “Lender” shall, unless the context clearly otherwise indicates, include each Agent in its individual capacity. Any Agent and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, own securities of, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with Holdings or any of its Affiliates as if it were not performing the duties specified herein, and may accept fees and other consideration from Borrower for services in connection herewith and otherwise without having to account for the same to Lenders.

(a) Each Lender represents and warrants that it has made its own independent investigation of the financial condition and affairs of Holdings and its Subsidiaries in connection with Credit Extensions hereunder and that it has made and shall continue to make its own appraisal of the creditworthiness of Holdings and its Subsidiaries. No Agent shall have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and no Agent shall have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy of or the completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

(b) Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement, an Assignment Agreement or a Joinder Agreement and funding its Tranche B Term Loan and/or Revolving Loans on the Closing Date or by the funding of any New Term Loans or New Revolving Loans, as the case may be, shall be deemed to have acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Credit Document and each other document required to be approved by any Agent, Requisite Lenders or Lenders, as applicable on the Closing Date or as of the date of funding of such New Loans.

9.6. Right to Indemnity. Each Lender, in proportion to its Pro Rata Share, severally agrees to indemnify each Agent, to the extent that such Agent shall not have been reimbursed by any Credit Party (and without limiting its obligation to do so), for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including reasonable counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against such Agent in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Credit Documents or otherwise in its capacity as such Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Credit Documents; provided, no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from such Agent’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. If any indemnity furnished to any Agent for any purpose shall, in the opinion of such Agent, be insufficient or become impaired, such Agent may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided, in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof; and provided further, this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify any Agent against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

9.7. Successor Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and Swing Line Lender. (a) Administrative Agent shall have the right to resign at any time by giving prior written notice thereof to Lenders and Borrower. Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution to act as Administrative Agent and/or Collateral Agent hereunder, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of

Borrower and the Requisite Lenders, and Administrative Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earlier of (i) the acceptance of such successor Administrative Agent by Borrower and the Requisite Lenders or (ii) the thirtieth day after such notice of resignation. Upon any such notice of resignation, if a successor Administrative Agent has not already been appointed by the retiring Administrative Agent, Requisite Lenders shall have the right, subject to the consent of the to Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), to appoint a successor Administrative Agent. If neither Requisite Lenders nor Administrative Agent have appointed a successor Administrative Agent, Requisite Lenders shall be deemed to have succeeded to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent; provided that, until a successor Administrative Agent is so appointed by Requisite Lenders or Administrative Agent, Administrative Agent, by notice to Borrower and Requisite Lenders, may retain its role as Collateral Agent under any Collateral Document. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor Administrative Agent, that successor Administrative Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent and the retiring Administrative Agent shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Administrative Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held under the Collateral Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Administrative Agent under the Credit Documents, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Administrative Agent such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Administrative Agent of the security interests created under the Collateral Documents, whereupon such retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. Except as provided above, any resignation of GECC or its successor as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute the resignation of GECC or its successor as Collateral Agent. After any retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder as Administrative Agent, the provisions of this Section 9 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Administrative Agent hereunder. Any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to this Section shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Collateral Agent for all purposes hereunder. If GECC or its successor as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section has resigned as Administrative Agent but retained its role as Collateral Agent and no successor Collateral Agent has become the Collateral Agent pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, GECC or its successor may resign as Collateral Agent upon notice to Borrower and Requisite Lenders at any time.

(b) In addition to the foregoing, Collateral Agent may resign at any time by giving thirty 30 days’ prior written notice thereof to Lenders and the Grantors. Administrative Agent shall have the right to appoint a financial institution as Collateral Agent hereunder, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of Borrower and the Requisite Lenders and Collateral Agent’s resignation shall become effective on the earlier of (i) the acceptance of such successor Collateral Agent by Borrower and the Requisite Lenders or (ii) the thirtieth day after such notice of resignation. Upon any such notice of resignation, Requisite Lenders shall have the right, subject to the consent of the Borrower (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), and upon five Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, to appoint a successor Collateral Agent. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent hereunder by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested

with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, and the retiring Collateral Agent under this Agreement shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Collateral Agent all sums, Securities and other items of Collateral held hereunder or under the Collateral Documents, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Collateral Agent under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Collateral Agent or otherwise authorize the filing of such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Collateral Agent of the security interests created under the Collateral Documents, whereupon such retiring Collateral Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Agreement and the Collateral Documents. After any retiring Collateral Agent’s resignation hereunder as the Collateral Agent, the provisions of this Agreement and the Collateral Documents shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Agreement or the Collateral Documents while it was the Collateral Agent hereunder.

(c) Any resignation of GECC or its successor as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute the resignation of GECC or its successor as Swing Line Lender, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to this Section shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Swing Line Lender for all purposes hereunder. In such event (a) Borrower shall prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the retiring Administrative Agent in its capacity as Swing Line Lender, (b) upon such prepayment, the retiring Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender shall surrender any Swing Line Note held by it to Borrower for cancellation, and (c) Borrower shall issue, if so requested by successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Loan Lender, a new Swing Line Note to the successor Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Loan Sublimit then in effect and with other appropriate insertions.

(a) Agents under Collateral Documents and Guaranty. Each Secured Party hereby further authorizes Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable, on behalf of and for the benefit of Secured Parties, to be the agent for and representative of the Secured Parties with respect to the Guaranty, the Collateral and the Collateral Documents; provided, that neither Administrative Agent nor Collateral Agent shall owe any fiduciary duty, duty of loyalty, duty of care, duty of disclosure or any other obligation whatsoever to any holder of Obligations with respect to any Hedge Agreement. Subject to Section 10.5, without further written consent or authorization from any Secured Party, Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent, as applicable may execute any documents or instruments necessary to (i) in connection with a sale or disposition of assets permitted by this Agreement, release any Lien encumbering any item of Collateral that is the subject of such sale or other disposition of assets or to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.5) have otherwise consented or (ii) release any Guarantor from the Guaranty pursuant to Section 7.12 or with respect to which Requisite Lenders (or such other Lenders as may be required to give such consent under Section 10.5) have otherwise consented.

(b) Right to Realize on Collateral and Enforce Guaranty. Anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrower, Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent and each Secured Party hereby agree that (i) no Secured Party shall have any right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral or to enforce the Guaranty, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties in accordance with the terms hereof and all powers, rights and remedies under the Collateral Documents may be exercised solely by Collateral Agent, and (ii) in the event of a foreclosure by Collateral Agent on any of the Collateral pursuant to a public or private sale or other disposition, Collateral Agent or any Lender may be the purchaser or licensor of any or all of such Collateral at any such sale or other disposition and Collateral Agent, as agent for and representative of Secured Parties (but not any Lender or Lenders in its or their respective individual capacities unless Requisite Lenders shall otherwise agree in writing) shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion of the Collateral sold at any such public sale, to use and apply any of the Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any collateral payable by Collateral Agent at such sale or other disposition.

(c) Rights under Hedge Agreements. No Hedge Agreement will create (or be deemed to create) in favor of any Lender Counterparty that is a party thereto any rights in connection with the management or release of any Collateral or of the obligations of any Guarantor under the Credit Documents except as expressly provided in Section 10.5(c)(v) of this Agreement and Section 9.2 of the Pledge and Security Agreement. By accepting the benefits of the Collateral, such Lender Counterparty shall be deemed to have appointed Collateral Agent as its agent and agreed to be bound by the Credit Documents as a Secured Party, subject to the limitations set forth in this clause (c).

(d) Release of Collateral and Guarantees, Termination of Credit Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Credit Document, when all Obligations (other than (x) obligations under Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent indemnification obligations not yet accrued and payable) have been paid in full, all Commitments have terminated or expired and no Letter of Credit shall be outstanding (or back-up standby letters of credit or deposits of cash collateral in respect of all Letters of Credit shall have been furnished to the Issuing Lender) upon request of Borrower, Administrative Agent shall (without notice to, or vote or consent of, any Lender, or any affiliate of any Lender that is a party to any Hedge Agreement) take such actions as shall be required to release its security interest in all Collateral, and to release all guarantee obligations provided for in any Credit Document, whether or not on the date of such release there may be outstanding Obligations in respect of Hedge Agreements. Any such release of guarantee obligations shall be deemed subject to the provision that such guarantee obligations shall be reinstated if after such release any portion of any payment in respect of the Obligations guaranteed thereby shall be rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, dissolution, liquidation or reorganization of Borrower or any Guarantor, or upon or as a result of the appointment of a receiver, intervenor or conservator of, or trustee or similar officer for, Borrower or any Guarantor or any substantial part of its property, or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

9.9. Withholding Taxes. To the extent required by any applicable law, Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding tax. If the Internal Revenue Service or any other Governmental Authority asserts a claim that Administrative Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender because the appropriate form was not delivered or was not properly executed or because such Lender failed to notify Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective or for any other reason, such Lender shall indemnify Administrative Agent fully for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Administrative Agent as tax or otherwise, including any penalties or interest and together with all expenses (including legal expenses, allocated internal costs and out-of-pocket expenses) incurred.

(a) Notices Generally. Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given to a Credit Party, Syndication Agent, Collateral Agent, Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender or Issuing Lender, shall be sent to such Person’s address as set forth on Appendix B or in the other relevant Credit Document, and in the case of any Lender, the address as indicated on Appendix B or otherwise indicated to Administrative Agent in writing. Except as otherwise set forth in paragraph (b) below, each notice hereunder shall be in writing and may be personally served, telexed or sent by telefac simile or United States mail or courier service and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service and signed for against receipt thereof, upon receipt of telefacsimile or telex, or three Business Days after depositing it in the United States mail with postage prepaid and properly addressed; provided, no notice to any Agent shall be effective until received by such Agent; provided further, any such notice or other communication shall at the request of Administrative Agent be provided to any sub-agent appointed pursuant to Section 9.3(c) hereto as designated by Administrative Agent from time to time.

(i) Notices and other communications to Lenders and Issuing Lender hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites, including the Platform) pursuant to procedures approved by Administrative Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender or the Issuing Lender pursuant to Section 2 if such Lender or Issuing Lender, as applicable, has notified Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Section by electronic communication. Administrative Agent or Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an

acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement), provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(ii) Each Credit Party understands that the distribution of material through an electronic medium is not necessarily secure and that there are confidentiality and other risks associated with such distribution and agrees and assumes the risks associated with such electronic distribution, except to the extent caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Administrative Agent, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(iii) The Platform and any Approved Electronic Communications are provided “as is” and “as available”. None of the Agents nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors or representatives (the “Agent Affiliates”) warrant the accuracy, adequacy, or completeness of the Approved Electronic Communications or the Platform and each expressly disclaims liability for errors or omissions in the Platform and the Approved Electronic Communications. No warranty of any kind, express, implied or statutory, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects is made by the Agent Affiliates in connection with the Platform or the Approved Electronic Communications. Each party hereto agrees that no Agent has any responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Approved Electronic Communication or otherwise required for the Platform.

(iv) Each Credit Party, each Lender, each Issuing Lender and each Agent agrees that Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, store any Approved Electronic Communications on the Platform in accordance with Administrative Agent’s customary document retention procedures and policies.

(v) All uses of the Platform shall be governed by and subject to, in addition to this Section 10.1, separate terms and conditions posted or referenced in such Platform and related agreement executed by Secured Parties and their Affiliates in connection with the use of such Platform.

(i) Credit Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by telefacsimile or by electronic mail. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders.

(ii) Subject to the provisions of this Section 10.1(a) and (b), (A)(1) no posting to the Platform shall be denied legal effect merely because it is made electronically, (2) each E-Signature on any such posting shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for a “signature” and (3) each such posting shall be deemed sufficient to satisfy any requirement for a “writing”, in each case including pursuant to any Credit Document, any applicable provision of any UCC, the federal Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act and any substantive or procedural requirement of law governing such subject matter, (B) each such posting that is not readily capable of bearing either a signature or a reproduction of a signature may be signed, and shall be deemed signed, by attaching to, or logically associating with such posting, an E-Signature, upon which each Secured Party and Credit Party may rely and assume the authenticity thereof, (C) each such posting containing a signature, a reproduction of a signature or an E-Signature shall, for all intents and purposes, have the same effect and weight as a signed paper original and (D) each party hereto or beneficiary hereto agrees not to contest the validity or enforceability of any posting on the Platform or E-Signature on any such posting under the provisions of any applicable law requiring certain documents to be in writing or signed; provided, however, that nothing herein shall limit such party’s or beneficiary’s right to contest whether any posting to the Platform or E-Signature has been altered after transmission.

10.2. Expenses. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, Borrower agrees to pay promptly (a) all the actual and reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of preparation of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto; (b) all the costs of furnishing all opinions by counsel for Borrower and the other Credit Parties; (c) the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to Agents in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and administration of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and any other documents or matters requested by Borrower; provided, that reasonable attorney’s fees shall be limited to one primary counsel to the Syndication Agent, one additional counsel to the Administrative Agent and one additional local, foreign or specialist counsel in each applicable jurisdiction or specialization; and provided, further, that no such limitation shall apply if counsel for the Syndication Agent determines in good faith that there is a conflict of interest that requires separate representation for any Agent; (d) all the actual costs and reasonable expenses of creating, perfecting and recording Liens in favor of Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, including filing and recording fees, expenses and taxes, stamp or documentary taxes, search fees, title insurance premiums and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of counsel to each Agent and of counsel providing any opinions that any Agent or Requisite Lenders may request in respect of the Collateral or the Liens created pursuant to the Collateral Documents; (e) all the actual costs and reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any auditors, accountants, consultants or appraisers; (f) after the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Default pursuant to Sections 8.1(a), (0, (g), or (h) or any Event of Default, or in connection with any amendment, waiver or consent pursuant to this Agreement, all the actual costs and reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any appraisers, consultants, advisors and agents employed or retained by Collateral Agent and its counsel) in connection with the custody or preservation of any of the Collateral; (g) all other

actual and reasonable costs and expenses incurred by each Agent in connection with the syndication of the Loans and Commitments and the negotiation, preparation and execution of the Credit Documents and any consents, amendments, waivers or other modifications thereto and the transactions contemplated thereby; and (h) after the occurrence of and during the continuance an Event of Default, all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements of one external legal counsel to the Administrative Agent and one external legal counsel to the other Lenders (and one local counsel in each applicable jurisdiction for each such group and, in the event of any actual conflict of interest, one additional counsel to the affected parties) and costs of settlement, incurred by any Agent and Lenders in enforcing any Obligations of or in collecting any payments due from any Credit Party hereunder or under the other Credit Documents by reason of such Event of Default (including in connection with the sale, lease or license of, collection from, or other realization upon any of the Collateral or the enforcement of the Guaranty) or in connection with any refinancing or restructuring of the credit arrangements provided hereunder in the nature of a “work-out” or pursuant to any insolvency or bankruptcy cases or proceedings.

(a) In addition to the payment of expenses pursuant to Section 10.2, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby shall be consummated, each Credit Party agrees to indemnify, pay and hold harmless, each Agent and Lender and the officers, partners, members, directors, trustees, advisors, employees, agents, sub-agents and Affiliates of each Agent and each Lender (each, an “Indemnitee”), from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided, no Credit Party shall have any obligation to any Indemnitee hereunder with respect to any Indemnified Liabilities to the extent such Indemnified Liabilities arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of that Indemnitee or breach by such Indemnitee, in each case, as determined by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent that the undertakings to defend, indemnify, pay and hold harmless set forth in this Section 10.3 may be unenforceable in whole or in part because they are violative of any law or public policy, the applicable Credit Party shall contribute the maximum portion that it is permitted to pay and satisfy under applicable law to the payment and satisfaction of all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Indemnitees or any of them.

(b) To the extent permitted by applicable law, no party hereto shall assert, and each party hereto hereby waives, any claim against each other party hereto and their respective Affiliates, directors, employees, attorneys, agents or sub-agents, on any theory of liability, for indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) (whether or not the claim therefor is based on contact, tort or duty imposed by any applicable legal requirement) arising out of, in connection with, arising out of, as a result of, or in any way related to, this Agreement or any Credit Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby or referred to herein or therein, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof or any act or omission or event occurring in connection therewith, and each party hereto hereby waives, releases and agrees not to sue upon any such claim or any such damages, whether or not accrued and whether or not known or suspected to exist in its favor.

10.4. Set-Off. In addition to any rights now or hereafter granted under applicable law and not by way of limitation of any such rights, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default each Lender is hereby authorized by each Credit Party at any time or from time to time subject to the consent of Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), without notice to any Credit Party or to any other Person (other than Administrative Agent), any such notice being hereby expressly waived, to set off and to appropriate and to apply any and all deposits (general or special, including Indebtedness evidenced by certificates of deposit, whether matured or unmatured, but not including trust accounts) and any other Indebtedness at any time held or owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Credit Party against and on account of the obligations and liabilities of any Credit Party to such Lender hereunder, the Letters of Credit and participations therein and under the other Credit Documents, including all claims of any nature or description arising out of or connected hereto, the Letters of Credit and participations therein or with any other Credit Document, irrespective of whether or not (a) such Lender shall have made any demand hereunder or (b) to the extent permitted by applicable law, the principal of or the interest on the Loans or any amounts in respect of the Letters of Credit or any other amounts due hereunder shall have become due and payable pursuant to Section 2 and although such obligations and liabilities, or any of them, may be contingent or unmatured.

(a) Requisite Lenders’ Consent. Subject to the additional requirements of Sections 10.5(b) and 10.5(c), no amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective without the written concurrence of Requisite Lenders; provided that Administrative Agent may, with the consent of Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement to cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency, so long as such amendment, modification or supplement does not adversely affect the rights of any Lender or Issuing Lender.

(b) Affected Lenders’ Consent. Without the written consent of each Lender (other than a Defaulting Lender) that would be directly affected thereby, no amendment, modification, termination, or consent shall be effective if the effect thereof would:

(ii) waive, reduce or postpone any scheduled repayment (but not prepayment) of principal;

(iii) extend the stated expiration date of any Letter of Credit beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date;

(iv) reduce the rate of interest on any Loan (other than any waiver of any increase in the interest rate applicable to any Loan pursuant to Section 2.10) or any fee or any premium payable hereunder, it being understood that any change to the

definition of Total Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest; and further provided that only the consent of Requisite Lenders shall be necessary to amend the Default Rate in Section 2.10 or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(vi) reduce or forgive the principal amount of any Loan or any reimbursement obligation in respect of any Letter of Credit;

(vii) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of the first sentence of Section 2.13(b)(ii), Section 2.17, this Section 10.5(b), Section 10.5(c), Section 9.2 of the Pledge and Security Agreement, or any other provision of this Agreement that expressly provides that the consent of all Lenders is required;

(viii) amend the definition of “Requisite Lenders” (or amend Section 10.5(a) in a manner which has the same effect as an amendment to such definition) or “Pro Rata Share”; provided, with the consent of Requisite Lenders, additional extensions of credit pursuant hereto may be included in the determination of “Requisite Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share” on substantially the same basis as the Term Loan Commitments, the Term Loans, the Revolving Commitments and the Revolving Loans are included on the Closing Date;

(ix) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or release Holdings or all or substantially all of the Subsidiary Guarantors from the Guaranty except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents; or

(x) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations under any Credit Document, except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents;

provided, that, for the avoidance of doubt, all Lenders shall be deemed directly affected thereby with respect to any amendment described in clauses (vii), (viii), (ix) and (x).

(c) Other Consents. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of the Credit Documents, or consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall:

(i) increase any Revolving Commitment of any Lender over the amount thereof then in effect without the consent of such Lender; provided, no amendment, modification or waiver of any condition precedent, covenant, Default or Event of Default shall constitute an increase in any Revolving Commitment of any Lender;

(ii) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision hereof relating to the Swing Line Sublimit or the Swing Line Loans without the consent of Swing Line Lender;

(iii) alter the required application of any repayments or prepayments as between Classes pursuant to Section 2.15 without the consent of Lenders holding more than 50% of the aggregate Tranche B Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, Revolving Exposure of all Lenders or New Term Loan Exposure of all Lenders, as applicable, of each Class which is being allocated a lesser repayment or prepayment as a result thereof; provided, Requisite Lenders may waive, in whole or in part, any prepayment so long as the application, as between Classes, of any portion of such prepayment which is still required to be made is not altered;

(iv) amend, modify, terminate or waive any obligation of Lenders relating to the purchase of participations in Letters of Credit as provided in Section 2.4(e) without the written consent of Administrative Agent and of Issuing Lender;

(v) amend, modify or waive this Agreement or the Pledge and Security Agreement so as to alter the ratable treatment of Obligations arising under the Credit Documents and Obligations arising under Hedge Agreements or the definition of “Lender Counterparty,” “Hedge Agreement,” “Obligations,” or “Secured Obligations” (as defined in any applicable Collateral Document) in each case in a manner adverse to any Lender Counterparty with Obligations then outstanding without the written consent of any such Lender Counterparty; or

(vi) amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of Section 9 as the same applies to any Agent, or any other provision hereof as the same applies to the rights or obligations of any Agent, in each case without the consent of such Agent.

(d) Refinancing Amendments. In addition, notwithstanding Sections 10.5(a), (b) and (c), this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“Refinanced Term Loans”) with a replacement term loan (“Replacement Term Loans”) hereunder; provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Margin with respect to such Replacement Term Loans (or similar interest rate spread applicable to such Replacement Term Loans) shall not be higher than the Applicable Margin for such Refinanced Term Loans (or similar interest rate spread applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans) immediately prior to such refinancing, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing (except to the extent of nominal amortization for periods where amortization has been eliminated as a result of prepayment of the Term Loans) and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans, other than the provision for a premium in connection with a Repricing Event, shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the latest final maturity of the Term Loans in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

(e) Execution of Amendments, Etc. Administrative Agent may, but shall have no obligation to, with the concurrence of any Lender, execute amendments, modifications, waivers or consents on behalf of such Lender. Any waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. No notice to or demand on any Credit Party in any case shall entitle any Credit Party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances. Any amendment, modification, termination, waiver or consent effected in accordance with this Section 10.5 shall be binding upon each Lender at the time outstanding, each future Lender and, if signed by a Credit Party, on such Credit Party.

(a) Generally. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and the successors and assigns of Lenders. No Credit Party’s rights or obligations hereunder nor any interest therein may be assigned or delegated by any Credit Party without the prior written consent of all Lenders. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, Affiliates of each of the Agents and Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Register. Borrower, Administrative Agent and Lenders shall deem and treat the Persons listed as Lenders in the Register as the holders and owners of the corresponding Commitments and Loans listed therein for all purposes hereof, and no assignment or transfer of any such Commitment or Loan shall be effective, in each case, unless and until recorded in the Register following receipt of an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer thereof, together with the required forms and certificates regarding tax matters and any fees payable in connection with such assignment, in each case, as provided in Section 10.6(d). Each assignment shall be recorded in the Register on the Business Day the Assignment Agreement is received by Administrative Agent, if received by 12:00 noon New York City time, and on the following Business Day if received after such time, prompt notice thereof shall be provided to Borrower and a copy of such Assignment Agreement shall be maintained, as applicable. The date of such recordation of a transfer shall be referred to herein as the “Assignment Effective Date.” Any request, authority or consent of any Person who, at the time of making such request or giving such authority or consent, is listed in the Register as a Lender shall be conclusive and binding on any subsequent holder, assignee or transferee of the corresponding Commitments or Loans.

(c) Right to Assign. Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell, assign or transfer all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement, including all or a portion of its Commitment or Loans owing to it or other Obligations (provided, however, that pro rata assignments shall not be required and each assignment shall be of a uniform, and not varying, percentage of all rights and obligations under and in respect of any applicable Loan and any related Commitments; and provided, further, that notwithstanding any assignment of any Commitment or Loan, Issuing Lender shall not be permitted to assign its obligations as Issuing Lender hereunder pursuant to this section):

(i) to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (i) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon the giving of notice to Administrative Agent (which notice Administrative Agent shall promptly forward to the Borrower and Syndication Agent); and

(ii) to any Person meeting the criteria of clause (ii) of the definition of the term of “Eligible Assignee” upon giving of notice to Administrative Agent (which notice Administrative Agent shall promptly forward to the Borrower and Syndication Agent) and (except in the case of assignments made (x) to GSCP at any time or (y) by GSCP prior to the achievement of a Successful Syndication (as defined in the Fee Letter)), consented to by each of Borrower and Administrative Agent (such consent not to be (x) unreasonably withheld or delayed or, (y) in the case of Borrower, required at any time an Event of Default under Section 8.1(a), (f) or (g) shall have occurred and then be continuing); provided, further each such assignment pursuant to this Section 10.6(c)(ii) shall be in an aggregate amount of not less than (A) $2,500,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Borrower and Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of the Revolving Commitments and Revolving Loans and (B) $500,000 (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Borrower and Administrative Agent or as shall constitute the aggregate amount of the Tranche B Term Loan or New Term Loans of a Series of the assigning Lender) with respect to the assignment of Term Loans; provided, that the Related Funds of any individual Lender may aggregate their Loans for purposes of determining compliance with such minimum assignment amounts.

(d) Mechanics. Assignments and assumptions of Loans and Commitments by Lenders shall be effected by manual execution and delivery to Administrative Agent of an Assignment Agreement. Assignments made pursuant to the foregoing provision shall be effective as of the Assignment Effective Date. In connection with all assignments there shall be delivered to Administrative Agent such forms, certificates or other evidence, if any, with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as the assignee under such Assignment Agreement may be required to deliver pursuant to Section 2.20(c), together with payment to the Administrative Agent of a registration and processing fee of $3,500 (except that no such registration and processing fee shall be payable (y) in connection with an assignment by or to GSCP or any Affiliate thereof or (z) in the case of an Assignee which is already a Lender or is an affiliate or Related Fund of a Lender or a Person under common management with a Lender); provided, that only one such $3,500 fee shall be payable in connection with simultaneous assignments to or by the Related Funds of any individual Lender.

(e) Representations and Warranties of Assignee. Each Lender, upon execution and delivery hereof or upon succeeding to an interest in the Commitments and Loans, as the case may be, represents and warrants as of the Closing Date or as of the Assignment Effective Date that (i) it is an Eligible Assignee; (ii) it has experience and expertise in the making of or investing in commitments or loans such as the applicable Commitments or Loans, as the case may be; and (iii) it will make or invest in, as the case may be, its Commitments or Loans for its own account in the ordinary course and without a view to distribution of such Commitments or Loans within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or other federal securities laws (it being understood that, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.6, the disposition of such Commitments or Loans or any interests therein shall at all times remain within its exclusive control).

(f) Effect of Assignment. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 10.6, as of the “Assignment Effective Date” (i) the assignee thereunder shall have the rights and obligations of a “Lender” hereunder to the extent of its interest in the Loans and Commitments as reflected in the Register and shall thereafter be a party hereto and a “Lender” for all purposes hereof; (ii) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to the assignee, relinquish its rights (other than any rights which survive the termination hereof, including under Section 10.8) and be released from its obligations hereunder (and, in the case of an assignment covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto on the Assignment Effective Date; provided, anything contained in any of the Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, (y) Issuing Lender shall continue to have all rights and obligations thereof with respect to such Letters of Credit until the cancellation or expiration of such Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder and (z) such assigning Lender shall continue to be entitled to the benefit of all indemnities hereunder as specified herein with respect to matters arising out of the prior involvement of such assigning Lender as a Lender hereunder); (iii) the Commitments shall be modified to reflect any Commitment of such assignee and any Revolving Commitment of such assigning Lender, if any; and (iv) if any such assignment occurs after the issuance of any Note hereunder, the assigning Lender shall, upon the effectiveness of such assignment or as promptly thereafter as practicable, surrender its applicable Notes to Administrative Agent for cancellation, and thereupon Borrower shall issue and deliver new Notes, if so requested by the assignee and/or assigning Lender, to such assignee and/or to such assigning Lender, with appropriate insertions, to reflect the new Revolving Commitments and/or outstanding Loans of the assignee and/or the assigning Lender.

(i) Each Lender shall have the right at any time to sell one or more participations to any Person (other than Holdings, any of its Subsidiaries or any of its Affiliates other than an Affiliate described in the proviso to the definition of “Eligible Assignee”) in all or any part of its Commitments, Loans or in any other Obligation.

(ii) The holder of any such participation, other than an Affiliate of the Lender granting such participation, shall not be entitled to require such Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder except (other than in the case of any Affiliate of Holdings that is permitted to be a participant pursuant to Section 10.6(g)(i)) with respect to any amendment, modification or waiver that would (A) extend the final scheduled maturity of any Loan, Note or Letter of Credit (unless such Letter of Credit is not extended beyond the Revolving Commitment Termination Date) in which such participant is participating, or reduce the rate or extend the time of payment of interest or fees thereon (except (a) any change to the definition of Total Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in the rate of interest or (b) in connection with a waiver of applicability of any post-default increase in interest rates) or reduce the principal amount thereof, or increase the amount of the participant’s

participation over the amount thereof then in effect (it being understood that a waiver of any Default or Event of Default or of a mandatory reduction in the Commitment shall not constitute a change in the terms of such participation, and that an increase in any Commitment or Loan shall be permitted without the consent of any participant if the participant’s participation is not increased as a result thereof), (B) consent to the assignment or transfer by any Credit Party of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement or (C) release all or substantially all of the Collateral under the Collateral Documents (except as expressly provided in the Credit Documents) supporting the Loans hereunder in which such participant is participating.

(iii) Borrower agrees that each participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.18(c), 2.19 and 2.20 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section; provided, (x) a participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.19 or 2.20 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such participant, unless the sale of the participation to such participant is made with Borrower’s prior written consent and (y) a participant that would be a Non-US Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 220 unless Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such participant and such participant agrees, for the benefit of Borrower, to comply with Section 2.20 as though it were a Lender; provided further that, except as specifically set forth in clauses (x) and (y) of this sentence, nothing herein shall require any notice to Borrower or any other Person in connection with the sale of any participation. To the extent permitted by law, each participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.4 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.17 as though it were a Lender.

(h) Certain Other Assignments and Participations. In addition to any other assignment or participation permitted pursuant to this Section 10.6 any Lender may assign and/or pledge (without the consent of the Borrower or Administrative Agent) all or any portion of its Loans, the other Obligations owed by or to such Lender, and its Notes, if any, to secure obligations of such Lender including to any Federal Reserve Bank as collateral security pursuant to Regulation A of the Board of Governors and any operating circular issued by such Federal Reserve Bank; provided, that no Lender, as between Borrower and such Lender, shall be relieved of any of its obligations hereunder as a result of any such assignment and pledge, and provided further, that in no event shall the applicable Federal Reserve Bank, pledgee or trustee, be considered to be a “Lender” or be entitled to require the assigning Lender to take or omit to take any action hereunder.

10.7. Independence of Covenants. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists.

10.8. Survival of Representations, Warranties and Agreements. All representations, warranties and agreements made herein shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and the making of any Credit Extension. Notwithstanding anything herein or implied by law to the contrary, the agreements of each Credit Party set forth in Sections 2.18(c), 2.19, 2.20, 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4 and the agreements of Lenders set forth in Sections 2.17, 9.3(b) and 9.6 shall survive the payment of the Loans, the cancellation or expiration of the Letters of Credit and the reimbursement of any amounts drawn thereunder, and the termination hereof

10.9. No Waiver; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay on the part of any Agent or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. The rights, powers and remedies given to each Agent and each Lender hereby are cumulative and shall be in addition to and independent of all rights, powers and remedies existing by virtue of any statute or rule of law or in any of the other Credit Documents or any of the Hedge Agreements. Any forbearance or failure to exercise, and any delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder shall not impair any such right, power or remedy or be construed to be a waiver thereof, nor shall it preclude the further exercise of any such right, power or remedy.

10.10. Marshalling; Payments Set Aside. Neither any Agent nor any Lender shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Credit Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Obligations. To the extent that any Credit Party makes a payment or payments to Administrative Agent or Lenders (or to Administrative Agent, on behalf of Lenders), or any Agent or Lenders enforce any security interests or exercise their rights of setoff, and such payment or payments or the proceeds of such enforcement or setoff or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy law, any other state or federal law, common law or any equitable cause, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred.

10.11. Severability. In case any provision in or obligation hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

10.12. Obligations Several; Independent Nature of Lenders’ Rights. The obligations of Lenders hereunder are several and no Lender shall be responsible for the obligations or Commitment of any other Lender hereunder. Nothing contained herein or in any other Credit Document, and no action taken by Lenders pursuant hereto or thereto, shall be deemed to constitute Lenders as a partnership, an association, a joint venture or any other kind of entity. The amounts payable at any time hereunder to each Lender shall be a separate and independent debt, and each Lender shall be entitled to protect and enforce its rights arising out hereof and it shall not be necessary for any other Lender to be joined as an additional party in any proceeding for such purpose.

10.13. Headings. Section headings herein are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part hereof for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect.

10.14. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF, OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

10.15. CONSENT TO JURISDICTION. ALL JUDICIAL PROCEEDINGS BROUGHT AGAINST ANY CREDIT PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING HERETO OR ANY OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENT, OR ANY OF THE OBLIGATIONS, MAY BE BROUGHT IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT OF COMPETENT JURISDICTION IN THE STATE, COUNTY AND CITY OF NEW YORK. BY EXECUTING AND DELIVERING THIS AGREEMENT, EACH CREDIT PARTY, FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS PROPERTIES, IRREVOCABLY (A) ACCEPTS GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION AND VENUE OF SUCH COURTS; (B) WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS; (C) AGREES THAT SERVICE OF ALL PROCESS IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT MAY BE MADE BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED, TO THE APPLICABLE CREDIT PARTY AT ITS ADDRESS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 10.1; (D) AGREES THAT SERVICE AS PROVIDED IN CLAUSE (C) ABOVE IS SUFFICIENT TO CONFER PERSONAL JURISDICTION OVER THE APPLICABLE CREDIT PARTY IN ANY SUCH PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT, AND OTHERWISE CONSTITUTES EFFECTIVE AND BINDING SERVICE IN EVERY RESPECT; AND (E) AGREES THAT AGENTS AND LENDERS RETAIN THE RIGHT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO BRING PROCEEDINGS AGAINST ANY CREDIT PARTY IN THE COURTS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

10.16. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY AGREES TO WAIVE ITS RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING HEREUNDER OR UNDER ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR ANY DEALINGS BETWEEN THEM RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS LOAN TRANSACTION OR THE LENDER/BORROWER RELATIONSHIP THAT IS BEING ESTABLISHED. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THIS WAIVER IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT TO ENTER INTO A BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP, THAT EACH HAS ALREADY RELIED ON THIS WAIVER IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT, AND THAT EACH WILL CONTINUE TO RELY ON THIS WAIVER IN ITS RELATED FUTURE DEALINGS. EACH PARTY HERETO FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT IT HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL AND THAT IT KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. THIS WAIVER IS IRREVOCABLE, MEANING THAT IT MAY NOT BE MODIFIED EITHER ORALLY OR IN WRITING (OTHER THAN BY A MUTUAL WRITTEN WAIVER SPECIFICALLY REFERRING TO THIS SECTION 10.16 AND EXECUTED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO), AND THIS WAIVER SHALL APPLY TO ANY SUBSEQUENT AMENDMENTS, RENEWALS, SUPPLEMENTS OR MODIFICATIONS HERETO OR ANY OF THE OTHER CREDIT DOCUMENTS OR TO ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS OR AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE LOANS MADE HEREUNDER. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

10.17. Confidentiality. Each Agent and each Lender (which term shall for the purposes of this Section 10.17 include the Issuing Lender) shall hold all non-public information regarding Borrower and its Subsidiaries and their businesses and obtained by such Agent or such Lender pursuant to the requirements hereof in accordance with such Agent’s and such Lender’s customary procedures for handling confidential information of such nature, it being understood and agreed by Borrower that, in any event, the Administrative Agent may disclose such information to the Lenders and each Agent and each Lender may make (i) disclosures of such information to Affiliates of such Lender or Agent and to their respective agents, trustees and advisors (and to other Persons authorized by a Lender or Agent to organize, present or disseminate such information in connection with disclosures otherwise made in accordance with this Section 10.17) (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) disclosures of such information reasonably required by any pledgee referred to in Section 10.6(h) or any bona fide or potential assignee, transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated assignment, transfer or participation of any Loans or any participations therein or by any direct or indirect contractual counterparties (or the professional advisors thereto) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to Borrower and its obligations (provided, such pledgees, assignees, transferees, participants, counterparties and advisors are advised of and

agree to be bound by either the provisions of this Section 10.17 or other provisions at least as restrictive as this Section 10.17), (iii) disclosure to any rating agency when required by it, provided that, prior to any disclosure, such rating agency shall be instructed in writing to preserve the confidentiality of any confidential information relating to the Credit Parties received by it from any Agent or any Lender, (iv) disclosures in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Credit Document and (v) disclosures required or requested by any governmental agency or representative thereof or by the NAIC or pursuant to legal or judicial process; provided, unless specifically prohibited by applicable law or court order, each Lender and each Agent shall make reasonable efforts to notify Borrower of any request by any governmental agency or representative thereof (other than any such request in connection with any examination of the financial condition or other routine examination of such Lender by such governmental agency) for disclosure of any such non-public information prior to disclosure of such information. In addition, each Agent and each Lender may disclose the existence of this Agreement and the information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar services providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement and the other Credit Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, each party (and each of their respective employees, representatives or other agents) may disclose to any and all persons without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions and other tax analyses) that are provided to any such party relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. However, any information relating to the tax treatment or tax structure shall remain subject to the confidentiality provisions hereof (and the foregoing sentence shall not apply) to the extent reasonably necessary to enable the parties hereto, their respective Affiliates, and their and their respective Affiliates’ directors and employees to comply with applicable securities laws. For this purpose, “tax structure” means any facts relevant to the federal income tax treatment of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement but does not include information relating to the identity of any of the parties hereto or any of their respective Affiliates.

10.18. Usury Savings Clause. Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the aggregate interest rate charged with respect to any of the Obligations, including all charges or fees in connection therewith deemed in the nature of interest under applicable law shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate. If the rate of interest (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful Rate, the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder shall bear interest at the Highest Lawful Rate until the total amount of interest due hereunder equals the amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect. In addition, if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid in full the total interest due hereunder (taking into account the increase provided for above) is less than the total amount of interest which would have been due hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all times been in effect, then to the extent permitted by law, Borrower shall pay to Administrative Agent an amount equal to the difference between the amount of interest paid and the amount of interest which would have been paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the intention of Lenders and Borrower to conform strictly to any applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for, charges, or receives any consideration which constitutes interest in excess of the Highest Lawful Rate, then any such excess shall be cancelled automatically and, if previously paid, shall at such Lender’s option be applied to the outstanding amount of the Loans made hereunder or be refunded to Borrower.

10.19. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

10.20. Effectiveness; Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution of a counterpart hereof by each of the parties hereto and receipt by Borrower and Administrative Agent of written or telephonic notification of such execution and authorization of delivery thereof With the exception of those terms contained in eighth, ninth, tenth, fifteenth and twenty-second paragraphs of the Commitment Letter, dated January 14, 2008, among GSCP, Holdings and Merger Sub (the “Commitment Letter”), which by the terms of the Commitment Letter remain in full force and effect (such terms, the “Surviving Terms”), all of GSCP’s and its Affiliates’ obligations under the Commitment Letter shall terminate and be superseded by the Credit Documents and GSCP and its Affiliates shall be released from all liability in connection therewith, including any claim for injury or damages, whether consequential, special, direct, indirect, punitive or otherwise. Borrower hereby assumes all obligations of Merger Sub under the Commitment Letter with respect to the Surviving Terms.

10.21. PATRIOT Act. Each Lender and Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies each Credit Party that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Credit Party, which information includes the name and address of each Credit Party and other information that will allow such Lender or Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify such Credit Party in accordance with the PATRIOT Act.

10.22. Electronic Execution of Assignments. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” and words of like import in any Assignment Agreement shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

10.23. No Fiduciary Duty. Each Agent, each Lender and their Affiliates (collectively, solely for purposes of this paragraph, the “Lenders”), may have economic interests that conflict with those of Borrower. Borrower agrees that nothing in the Credit Documents or otherwise will be deemed to create an advisory, fiduciary or agency relationship or fiduciary or other implied duty between the Lenders and Borrower, its stockholders or its affiliates. The

Credit Parties acknowledge and agree that (i) the transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Lenders, on the one hand, and Borrower, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transaction each of the Lenders is acting solely as a principal and not the agent or fiduciary of Borrower, its management, stockholders, creditors or any other person, (iii) no Lender has assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of Borrower with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether any Lender or any of its affiliates has advised or is currently advising Borrower on other matters) or any other obligation to Borrower except the obligations expressly set forth in the Credit Documents and (iv) Borrower has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. Borrower further acknowledges and agrees that it is responsible for making its own independent judgment with respect to such transactions and the process leading thereto. Borrower agrees that it will not claim that any Lender has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Borrower, in connection with such transaction or the process leading thereto.

10.24. Commitment Letter and Fee Letter. Holdings and the Borrower agree to comply with their respective obligations pursuant to (i) paragraphs 8 and 9 of the Commitment Letter and (ii) the Fee Letter, in each case in accordance with the respective terms thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.

Bright Horizons Corp. is not in good standing in Puerto Rico due to errors in its annual reports for 2005 and 2006. Those errors are being addressed, and it is expected to be in good standing once those errors are corrected.

There is shareholder litigation regarding the merger pending in a Massachusetts state court. The parties have reached an agreement in principle providing for additional disclosure that has been included in the proxy statement and an agreement not to object to an award of $725,000 in attorneys’ fees that will be submitted to the court for its approval.

Pursuant to Sections 2.1, 2.2 and/or 2.3 of the Credit Agreement, Borrower desires that Lenders make the following Loans to Borrower in accordance with the applicable terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on [mm/dd/yyyy] (the “Credit Date”):

(i) after making the Loans requested on the Credit Date, the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect;

(ii) [as of the Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained in each of the Credit Documents are true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of such Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true, correct and complete in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided, that in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof;] [on and as of the Closing Date, each of the Specified Representations are true and correct in all material respects.]¹

(iii) as of the Credit Date, no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the borrowing contemplated hereby that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default, [other than, solely on the. Closing Date, any Event, of Default or Default (i) resulting from the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty contained in the Credit Agreement other than (x) the Specified Representations and (y) any representation, warranty or certification contained in any certificate or other similar document provided by the Credit Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Credit Agreement, (ii) pursuant to Sections 8.1(h) or (j) of the Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount not exceeding $10,000,000 or (iii) resulting from any breach of Sections 6.1 or 6.2 of the Credit Agreement that would not otherwise constitute a failure to satisfy any condition precedent set forth in Section 3.1 of the Credit Agreement.]²

Pursuant to Section 2.9 of the Credit Agreement, Borrower desires to convert or to continue the following Loans, each such conversion and/or continuation to be effective as of [mm/dd/yy]:

Borrower hereby certifies that as of the date hereof, no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the conversion and/or continuation contemplated hereby that would constitute an Event of Default.

Reference is made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC. (“Borrower”), BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

Pursuant to Section 2.4 of the Credit Agreement, Borrower desires a Letter of Credit to be issued in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement on [mm/dd/yyyy] (the “Credit Date”) in an aggregate face amount of $[ , , ].

(d) either (i) the verbatim text of such proposed Letter of Credit, or (ii) a description of the proposed terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit, including a precise description of any documents to be presented by the beneficiary which, if presented by the beneficiary prior to the expiration date of such Letter of Credit, would require the Issuing Lender to make payment under such Letter of Credit.

(i) after issuing such Letter of Credit requested on the Credit Date, (A) the Total Utilization of Revolving Commitments shall not exceed the Revolving Commitments then in effect and (B) the Letter of Credit Usage shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit then in effect.

(ii) as of such Credit Date, the representations and warranties contained herein and in the other Credit Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of that Credit Date to the same extent as though made on and as of that date, except to the extent such representations and warranties specifically relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct in all material respects on and as of such earlier date; provided, that in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; [and provided, further, that the only representations and warranties hereunder the accuracy of which shall be a condition precedent to the funding of the initial Loans hereunder on the Closing Date shall be the Specified Representations;]¹

(iii) as of such Credit Date, no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the issuance contemplated hereby that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default.

Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof, from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

Borrower shall make scheduled principal payments on this Note as set forth in Section 2.12 of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is one of the “Tranche B Term Loan Notes” in the aggregate principal amount of $[__, ,__] and is issued pursuant to and entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Term Loan evidenced hereby was made and is to be repaid.

All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in same day funds at the Principal Office of Administrative Agent or at such other place as shall be designated in writing for such purpose in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. Unless and until an Assignment Agreement effecting the assignment or transfer of the obligations evidenced hereby shall have been accepted by Administrative Agent and recorded in the Register, Borrower, each Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to deem and treat Payee as the owner and holder of this Note and the obligations evidenced hereby. Payee hereby agrees, by its acceptance hereof, that before disposing of this Note or any part hereof it will make a notation hereon of all principal payments previously made hereunder and of the date to which interest hereon has been paid; provided, the failure to make a notation of any payment made on this Note shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower hereunder with respect to payments of principal of or interest on this Note.

This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment and to prepayment at the option of Borrower, each as provided in the Credit Agreement.

THIS NOTE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF BORROWER AND PAYEE HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, may become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

No reference herein to the Credit Agreement and no provision of this Note or the Credit Agreement shall alter or impair the obligations of Borrower, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of an interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, and in the currency herein prescribed.

Borrower promises to pay all costs and expenses, including-reasonable attorneys’ fees, all as provided in the Credit Agreement, incurred in the collection and enforcement of this Note. Borrower and any endorsers of this Note hereby consent to renewals and extensions of time at or after the maturity hereof, without notice, and hereby waive diligence, presentment, protest, demand notice of every kind and, to the full extent permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and at the place first written above.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), promises to pay [NAME OF LENDER] (“Payee”) or its registered assigns, on or before [mm/dd/yy], the lesser of (a) [__,__,__] and (b) the unpaid principal amount of all advances made by Payee to Borrower as Revolving Loans under the Credit Agreement referred to below.

Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof, from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

This Note is one of the “Revolving Loan Notes” in the aggregate principal amount of $[__,__,__] and is issued pursuant to and entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Loans evidenced hereby were made and are to be repaid.

This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment and to prepayment at the option of Borrower, each as provided in the Credit Agreement.

Upon the occurrence and during a continuation of an Event of Default, the unpaid balance of the principal amount of this Note, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, may become, or may be declared to be, due and payable in the manner, upon the conditions and with the effect provided in the Credit Agreement.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

No reference herein to the Credit Agreement and no provision of this Note or the Credit Agreement shall alter or impair the obligations of Borrower, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, and in the currency herein prescribed.

Borrower promises to pay all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, all as provided in the Credit Agreement, incurred in the collection and enforcement of this Note. Borrower and any endorsers of this Note hereby consent to renewals and extensions of time at or after the maturity hereof, without notice, and hereby waive diligence, presentment, protest, demand notice of every kind and, to the full extent permitted by law, the right to plead any statute of limitations as a defense to any demand hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and at the place first written above.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), promises to pay to [NAME OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT], as Swing Line Lender (“Payee”), on or before [mm/dd/yy], the lesser of (a) $[__,__,__] and (b) the unpaid principal amount of all advances made by Payee to Borrower as Swing Line Loans under the Credit Agreement referred to below.

Borrower also promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount hereof, from the date hereof until paid in full, at the rates and at the times which shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

This Note is the “Swing Line Note” and is issued pursuant to and entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made for a more complete statement of the terms and conditions under which the Swing Line Loans evidenced hereby were made and are to be repaid.

All payments of principal and interest in respect of this Note shall be made in lawful money of the United States of America in same day funds at the Principal Office of Swing Line Lender or at such other place as shall be designated in writing for such purpose in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

This Note is subject to mandatory prepayment and to prepayment at the option of Borrower, each as provided in the Credit Agreement.

The terms of this Note are subject to amendment only in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement.

No reference herein to the Credit Agreement and no provision of this Note or the Credit Agreement shall alter or impair the obligations of Borrower, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at the place, at the respective times, and in the currency herein prescribed.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date and at the place first written above.

1. I am the Chief Financial Officer of BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC. (“Borrower”).

2. I have reviewed the terms of that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and I have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, a review in reasonable detail of the transactions and condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries during the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements.

3. The examination described in paragraph 2 above did not disclose, and I have no knowledge of, the existence of any condition or event which constitutes an Event of Default or Default during or at the end of the accounting period covered by the attached financial statements or as of the date of this Certificate, except as set forth in a separate attachment, if any, to this Certificate, describing in detail, the nature of the condition or event, the period during which it has existed and the action which Borrower has taken, is taking, or proposes to take with respect to each such condition or event.

The foregoing certifications, together with the computations set forth in the Annex A hereto and the financial statements delivered with this Certificate in support hereof, are made and delivered [mm/dd/yy] pursuant to Section 5.1(d) of the Credit Agreement.

This opinion is being furnished to you pursuant to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of [ , ] (the “Credit Agreement”), among Bright Horizons Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Bright Horizons Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) and the Collateral Agent, and Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Syndication Agent, in connection with the closing held this day under the Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

We have acted as counsel to the Loan Parties (as defined below) in connection with the Credit Documents (as defined below). The subsidiaries of the Company listed in Parts A, B, C, D and E of Schedule 1 hereto are referred to herein respectively as the “Delaware Guarantors”, the “Massachusetts Corporate Guarantors”, the “Massachusetts Partnership Guarantor”, the “California Guarantor” and the “New York Guarantor”, and the subsidiaries of the Company listed on Schedule 2 hereto are referred to herein as the “Other Guarantors”. Holdings, the Delaware Guarantors, the Massachusetts Corporate Guarantors, the Massachusetts Partnership Guarantor, the California Guarantor and the New York Guarantor are referred to herein collectively as the “Covered Guarantors”. The Merger Sub, the Company, the Covered Guarantors and the Other Guarantors are referred to herein collectively as the “Loan Parties”.

The agreements referred to in clauses (a) through (e) above are referred to herein collectively as the “Credit Documents”.

We have attended today the closing under the Credit Agreement and the closing of the merger of the Merger Sub and the Company (the “Merger”), with the Company surviving and succeeding to the rights and obligations of the Merger Sub under the Credit Documents to which it is a party. Our opinions set forth herein with respect to the Merger Sub and Holdings are made prior to the consummation of the Merger’ and our opinions set forth herein with respect to the Loan Parties (other than Holdings and the Merger Sub) are made immediately following the consummation of the Merger.

We have examined such certificates, documents and records and have made such investigation of fact and such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate in order to enable us to render the opinions set forth herein. In conducting such investigation, we have relied, without independent verification, upon certificates of officers of the Loan Parties and one or more of their Subsidiaries, public officials and other appropriate Persons, and on the representations and warranties as to matters of fact and on the covenants as to the application of proceeds contained in the Credit Documents.

In rendering the opinions set forth below, we have assumed that each of the Other Guarantors is (a) validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (b) has the power and authority to execute and deliver each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations thereunder and (c) has duly authorized, executed and delivered each of the Credit Documents to which it is a party.

The opinions expressed herein are limited to matters governed by the laws of the State of New York, the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the General Corporation Law of the State of California, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal laws of the United States of America (collectively, the “Covered Laws”), and in the case of paragraph 10 below, Article 9 of the Delaware Uniform Commercial Code (“Delaware Article 9”), and in the case of paragraph 13 below, Article 9 of the California Uniform Commercial Code (“California Article 9”), respectively.

Based upon and subject to the foregoing and subject to the additional qualifications set forth below, we are of the opinion that.”

1. Each of Merger Sub and the Company (a) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and (b) has the corporate power and authority to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents and the Mortgages to which it is a party. Each of the Covered Guarantors (other than the Massachusetts Corporate Guarantors and the Massachusetts Partnership Guarantor) (a) is a corporation validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and (b) has the corporate power and authority to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents and the Mortgages to which it is a party. Each of the Massachusetts Corporate Guarantors is (a) a corporation validly existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and is in good standing with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and (b) has the corporate power and authority to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents and the Mortgages to which it is party. The Massachusetts Partnership Guarantor (a) is a partnership validly existing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and is in good standing with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and (b) has the power and authority under its partnership agreement and Massachusetts Uniform Limited Partnership Act to conduct the business in which it is engaged and to execute and deliver and perform its obligations under each of the Credit Documents and the Mortgages to which it is party.

2. Each of Merger Sub, the Company and the Covered Guarantors has duly authorized, executed and delivered each of the Credit Documents and each of the Mortgages to which it is a party.

3. Each of the Credit Documents to which each of the Loan Parties is a party constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each such Person as is party thereto and is enforceable against each such Person in accordance with its terms.

4. The execution and delivery by each of Merger Sub, the Company and the Covered Guarantors of the Credit Documents and the Mortgages to which such Person is party and the performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder will not violate or require the repurchase of securities under the certificate or article of incorporation or organization, by-laws or partnership agreement, as applicable of such Person. The execution and delivery by each of the Loan Parties of the Credit Documents and the Mortgages to which such Person is party and the performance by such Person of its obligations thereunder (a) will not violate any Covered Laws and (b) will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any of the agreements, instruments, court orders, judgments or decrees listed on Schedule 3 hereto.

5. Except as may be required in order to perfect the Liens contemplated by the Collateral Agreement and the Mortgages, under the Covered Laws, no consent, approval, license or exemption by, or order or authorization of, or filing, recording or registration with, any governmental authority is required to be obtained by the Loan Parties in connection with the execution and delivery of the Credit Documents to which each such Person is party or the performance by each such Person of its obligations thereunder.

6. We are not representing any of the Loan Parties in any pending litigation in which it is a named defendant that challenges the validity or enforceability of, or seeks to enjoin the performance of, the Credit Documents.

7. None of the Loan Parties is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

8. Neither the making of the loans under the Credit Agreement, nor the application

of the proceeds thereof as provided in the Credit Agreement, will violate Regulations T, U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System as in effect on the date hereof.

9. The Collateral Agreement creates a valid security interest in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties in the Collateral described therein to the extent that a security interest in such Collateral can be created under Article 9 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code (“New York Article 9”).

10. Upon the proper filing of the financing statements attached as Schedule 4A in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Filing Office”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by Holdings, the Company, and the Delaware Guarantors under the Collateral Agreement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under Delaware Article 9 by the filing of a financing statement in the Delaware Filing Office.

11. Upon the proper filing of the financing statements attached as Schedule 4B in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of New York (the “New York Filing Office”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by the New York Guarantor under the Collateral Agreement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under New York Article 9 by the filing of a financing statement in the New York Filing Office.

12. Upon the proper filing of the financing statements attached as Schedule 4C in the office of the Secretary of The Commonwealth of the Massachusetts (the “Massachusetts Filing Office”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by the Massachusetts Corporate Guarantors and Massachusetts Partnership Guarantor under the Collateral Agreement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under Massachusetts Article 9 by the filing of a financing statement in the Massachusetts Filing Office.

13. Upon the proper filing of the financing statements attached as Schedule 4D in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of California (the “California Filing Office”), the security interest in the Collateral granted by the California Guarantor under the Collateral Agreement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under California Article 9 by the filing of a financing statement in the California Filing Office.

14. Following the Reorganization, and upon proper filing of the financing statements attached as Schedule 4E in the Delaware Filing Office, the security interest in the Collateral granted by the limited liability companies described therein under the Collateral Agreement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under Delaware Article 9 by the filing of a financing statement in the Delaware Filing Office.

15. Following the Reorganization, and upon proper filing of the financing statement attached as Schedule 4F in the Massachusetts Filing Office, the security interest in the Collateral granted by the limited liability company described therein under the Collateral Agreement will be perfected to the extent a security interest in such Collateral can be perfected under Massachusetts Article 9 by the filing of a financing statement in the Massachusetts Filing Office.

16. Assuming the delivery to and continued possession by the Collateral Agent in the State of New York of the Pledged Equity listed on Schedule 5 and the related stock powers pursuant to the Collateral Agreement and assuming that neither the Collateral Agent nor the Secured Parties (as defined in the Collateral Agreement) have “notice of an adverse claim” (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code) with respect to such Pledged Equity at the time such Pledged Equity is delivered to the Collateral Agent, the respective security interests in such Pledged Equity created in favor of the Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Collateral Agreement constitute perfected security interests in such Pledged Equity, free of any “adverse claim” (as defined in the New York Uniform Commercial Code).

17. The subordination provisions contained in the Subordinated Notes Indenture are enforceable against the Company, and the Obligations are within the definition of “Senior Debt” included in such subordination provisions.

Our opinion set forth in paragraph 17 above and our opinion that each of the Credit Documents to which each of the Loan Parties is a party constitutes the valid and binding obligation of each such Person, enforceable against each such Person in accordance with its terms, is subject to (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws of general application affecting the rights and remedies of creditors and secured parties, (ii) general principles of equity and (iii) the right of a court of competent jurisdiction to make other equitable provisions to effectuate the subordination provisions set forth in the Subordinated Notes Indenture or the Management Fee Subordination Agreement and (iv) the effects of the possible judicial application of foreign laws or foreign governmental or judicial action affecting the rights of creditors or secured parties.

The opinions expressed herein do not purport to cover, and we express no opinion with respect to, the applicability of Section 548 of the federal Bankruptcy Code or any comparable provision of state law.

The opinions expressed herein are subject to the qualification that the enforceability of provisions in the Credit Documents providing for indemnification or contribution may be limited by public policy considerations. In addition, we express no opinion as to (i) the extent to which broadly worded waivers, conclusive presumptions or determinations or powers of attorney may be enforced, (ii) the enforceability of any provision of the Credit Documents which purports to grant the right of setoff to an affiliate of a lender or a purchaser of a participation in the loans outstanding thereunder, which permits the exercise of a right of setoff against amounts not then due, or which constitutes a penalty or forfeiture, or (iii) the enforceability of any provision which provides for non-effectiveness of oral modifications, waiver of or consent to service of process and venue, waiver of offset or defenses, waiver of right to jury trial, or judgment currency. In connection with the provisions of the Credit Documents whereby the parties submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of the United States of America located in the State of New York, we note the limitations of 28 U.S.C. §§ 1331 and 1332 on subject matter jurisdiction of the federal courts.

In addition, certain provisions contained in the Credit Documents, may be unenforceable in whole or in part but the inclusion of such provisions in the Credit Documents does not affect the validity of any of the other provisions thereof, and the remaining provisions of the Credit Documents are sufficient for the practical realization of the benefits intended to be provided thereby.

We further express no opinion as to the existence of, or as to the title of any Person who has granted a security interest in any Collateral to, any item of Collateral or (except to the extent set forth in paragraph 16 above) as to the priority or (except to the extent set forth in paragraphs 10 through 16 above) the perfection of any security interest in the Collateral. We express no opinion with respect to (a) security interests in any commercial tort claims or (b) security interests in goods which are in accession to, or commingled or processed with other goods to the extent that a security interest is limited by Section 9-336 of New York Article 9. We call your attention to the fact that your security interest in certain Collateral described in the Collateral Agreement may not be able to be perfected by the filing of financing statements and that under certain circumstances, the filings referred to in paragraphs 10 through 15 may become ineffective as a result of changes occurring after the date hereof and will terminate after five years after the original filing date unless appropriate continuation statements are duly filed. In addition, Section 552 of the Bankruptcy Code limits the extent to which property acquired by a debtor after the commencement of a case under the Bankruptcy Code may be subject to a lien resulting from any security agreement entered into by the debtor before the commencement of the case.

This opinion is being furnished only to the addressees and is solely for their benefit and the benefit of their participants and assignees permitted by the Credit Agreement. This opinion may not be relied upon for any other purpose or by any other Person without our prior written consent.

This ASSIGNMENT, dated as of the Effective Date, is entered into between the Assignor and the Assignee (each as defined below).

Section 1. Assignment. Assignor hereby sells and assigns to Assignee, and Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from Assignor, Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as Lender under the Credit Agreement (including liabilities owing to or by Assignor thereunder) and the other Credit Documents, in each case to the extent related to the amounts identified above (the “Assigned Interest”).

Section 2. Representations. Warranties and Covenants of Assignors. Assignor (a) represents and warrants to Assignee and the Administrative Agent that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all actions necessary for it, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) it is the legal and beneficial owner of its Assigned Interest and that such Assigned Interest is free and clear of any Lien and other adverse claims, and (iii) by executing, signing and delivering this Assignment via ClearPar^® or any other electronic settlement system designated by the Administrative Agent, the Person signing, executing and delivering this Assignment on behalf of the Assignor is an authorized signer for the Assignor and is authorized to execute, sign and deliver this Agreement, (b) makes no other representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility, including with respect to the aggregate amount of the Commitments, the percentage of the Commitments represented by the amounts assigned, any statements, representations and warranties made in or in connection with any Credit Document or any other document or information furnished pursuant thereto, the execution, legality, validity, enforceability or genuineness of any Credit Document or any document or information provided in connection therewith and the existence, nature or value of any Collateral, (c) assumes no responsibility (and makes no representation or warranty) with respect to the financial condition of any Credit Party or Holdings or the performance or nonperformance by any Credit Party of any obligation under any Credit Document or any document provided in connection therewith and (d) attaches any Notes held by it evidencing at least in part the Assigned Interest of such Assignor (or, if applicable, an affidavit of loss or similar affidavit therefor) and requests that the Administrative Agent cancel such Notes and issue new Notes as replacements therefor, in accordance with Section 2.7(c) of the Credit Agreement.

Section 3. Representations. Warranties and Covenants of Assignees. Assignee (a) represents and warrants to Assignor and the Administrative Agent that (l) it has full power and authority, and has taken all actions necessary for Assignee, to execute and deliver this Assignment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) to the extent indicated above, is an Eligible Assignee as required pursuant to the Credit Agreement and (iii) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest assigned to it hereunder and either such Assignee or the Person exercising discretion in making the decision for such assignment is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (iv) by executing, signing and delivering this Assignment via ClearPar^® or any other electronic settlement system designated by the Administrative Agent, the Person signing, executing and delivering this Assignment on behalf of the Assignor is an authorized signer for the Assignor and is authorized to execute, sign and deliver this Agreement, (b) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as administrative agent and collateral agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, (c) shall perform in accordance with their terms all obligations that, by the terms of the Credit Documents, are required to be performed by it as a Lender, (d) confirms it

has received such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and shall continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking any action under any Credit Document independently and without reliance upon any Secured Party and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, (e) acknowledges and agrees that, as a Lender, it may receive material non-public information and confidential information concerning the Credit Parties and their Affiliates and Securities and agrees to use such information in accordance with Section 10.17 of the Credit Agreement, (f) specifies as its applicable lending offices (and addresses for notices) the offices at the addresses set forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof, (g) shall pay to the Administrative Agent an assignment fee in the amount of $3,500 to the extent such fee is required to be paid under Section 10.6(d) of the Credit Agreement and (h) to the extent required pursuant to Section 2.20(c) of the Credit Agreement, attaches two completed originals of Forms W-8ECI, W-8BEN or W-9.

Section 4. Determination of Effective Date; Register. Following the due execution and delivery of this Assignment by Assignor, Assignee and, to the extent required by Section 10.6(c) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower, this Assignment (including its attachments) will be delivered to the Administrative Agent for its acceptance and recording in the Register. The effective date of this Assignment (the “Effective Date”‘) shall be the later of (i) the acceptance of this Assignment by the Administrative Agent and (ii) the recording of this Assignment in the Register. The Administrative Agent shall insert the Effective Date when known in the space provided therefor at the beginning of this Assignment.

Section 5. Effect. As of the Effective Date, (a) Assignee shall be a party to the Credit Agreement and, to the extent provided in this Assignment, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Credit Agreement and (b) Assignor shall, to the extent provided in this Assignment, relinquish its rights (except those surviving the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations) and be released from its obligations under the Credit Documents other than those obligations relating to events and circumstances occurring prior to the Effective Date.

Section 6. Distribution of Payments. On and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments under the Credit Documents in respect of each Assigned / Interest (a) in the case of amounts accrued to but excluding the Effective Date, to Assignor and (b) otherwise, / to the Assignee.

Section 7. Miscellaneous. This Assignment is a Credit Document and, as such, is subject to certain provisions of the Credit Agreement, including Sections 1.3 (Interpretation, Etc.), 10.15 (Consent to Jurisdiction) and 10.16 (Waiver of Jury Trial) thereof. On and after the Effective Date, this Assignment shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the Assignors, Assignees, the Administrative Agent and their Agent Affiliates and their successors and assigns. This Assignment shall be governed by, and be construed and interpreted in accordance with, the law of the State of New York. This Assignment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Assignment by facsimile transmission or Electronic Transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Assignment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

Reference is made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC. (“Borrower”), BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent. Pursuant to Section 2.20(c) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that it is not a “bank” or other Person described in Section 881(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and hereby attaches hereto two (2) original copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W- 8BEN (or any successor form).

1. We are, respectively, the chief executive officer and the chief financial officer of BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP. (“Holdings”) and BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC. (“Borrower”).

2. We have reviewed the terms of Section 3 of the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined, therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and the definitions and provisions contained in such Credit Agreement relating thereto, and in our opinion we have made, or have caused to be made under our supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable us to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

3. Based upon our review and examination described in paragraph 2 above, we certify, on behalf of Borrower, that as of the date hereof:

(i) the aggregate amount of Term Loans, the Holdings Notes and the Subordinated Notes does not exceed the maximum amount permitted, pursuant to the fourth paragraph of the Commitment Letter, to ensure that the pro forma ratio of Total Consolidated Debt to Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA (each, for purposes of this paragraph, as defined in the Commitment Letter) as of the and for the four- Fiscal Quarter Period ended March 31, 2008, does not exceed 6.87: 1.00;

(ii) on and as of the Closing Date, each of the Specified Representations are true and correct in all material respects;

(iv) since December 31, 2006, there shall not have occurred an Acquired Business Material Adverse Effect;

(v) each of the conditions precedent described in Section 3.1 of the Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied on the Closing Date;

(vi) no injunction shall be pending or threatened in any court or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority that, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent and Arranger, would prohibit the consummation of the Transactions, the financing contemplated by the Credit Agreement or any of the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents; and

(vii) no event has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the borrowing of the initial Loans on the Closing Date that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default, other than any Event of Default or Default (i) resulting from the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty other than (x) the Specified Representations and (y) any representation, warranty or certification contained in any certificate or other similar document provided by the Credit Parties pursuant to Section 3.1 of the Credit Agreement, (ii) pursuant to Sections 8.1(h) or (i) of the Credit Agreement in an

(viii) Attached as Annex A hereto are true and complete (and, where applicable, executed and conformed) copies of each of the Related Agreements, and we have reviewed the terms of each of such documents and in our opinion we have made, or have caused to be made under our supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable us to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to in paragraph 3.

(ix) Each Credit Party has requested Ropes & Gray LLP (with respect to New York, Delaware, Massachusetts and, other than with respect to real estate matters, California law) and local counsel (with respect to the jurisdictions set forth on Schedule 3.1(h) to the Credit Agreement) to deliver to Agents and Lenders on the Closing Date favorable written opinions setting forth substantially the matters in the opinions designated in Exhibit D annexed to the Credit Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent and Arranger.

(x) Attached hereto as Annex B are true, complete and correct copies of (a) the Historical Financial Statements, (b) a pro forma consolidated balance sheet and related pro forma consolidated statement of income of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of the Fiscal Quarter ended March 31, 2008 and reflecting the consummation of the Transactions and the other transactions contemplated by the Credit Documents to occur on or prior to the Closing Date, (c) customary additional audited and unaudited financial statements for all recent, probable or pending acquisitions, if any, to the extent required by Regulation S-X for Form S-l registration statements and (d) the Projections.

1. I am the chief financial officer BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”).

2. Reference is made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

3. I have reviewed the terms of Sections 3 and 4 of the Credit Agreement and the definitions and provisions contained in the Credit Agreement relating thereto, together with each of the Related Agreements, and, in my opinion, have made, or have caused to be made under my supervision, such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable me to express an informed opinion as to the matters referred to herein.

4. Based upon my review and examination described in paragraph 3 above, I certify that as of the date hereof, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions and any rights of contribution, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, are and will be Solvent.

This COUNTERPART AGREEMENT, dated [mm/dd/yy] (this “Counterpart Agreement”) is delivered pursuant to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC., BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

Section 1. Pursuant to Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby:

(a) agrees that this Counterpart Agreement may be attached to the Credit Agreement and that by the execution and delivery hereof, the undersigned becomes a Guarantor under the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by all of the terms thereof;

(b) represents and warrants that each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement and each other Credit Document and applicable to the undersigned is true and correct in all material respects both before and after giving effect to this Counterpart Agreement, except to the extent that any such representation and warranty relates solely to any earlier date, in which case such representation and warranty is true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date; provided, that in each case, such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof;

(c) no event has occurred or is continuing as of the date hereof, or will result from the transactions contemplated hereby on the date hereof, that would constitute an Event of Default or a Default;

(d) agrees to irrevocably and unconditionally guaranty the due and punctual payment in full of all Obligations when the same shall become due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section.362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. § 362(a)) and in accordance with Section 7 of the Credit Agreement; and

(e) the undersigned hereby (i) agrees that this counterpart may be attached to the Pledge and Security Agreement, (ii) agrees that the undersigned will comply with all the terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement as if it were an original signatory thereto, (iii) grants to Collateral Agent a security interest in all of the undersigned’s right, title and interest in and to all “Collateral” (as such term is defined in the Pledge and Security Agreement) of the undersigned, in each case whether now or hereafter existing or in which the undersigned now has or hereafter acquires an interest and wherever the same may be located and (iv) delivers to Collateral Agent supplements to all schedules attached to the Pledge and Security Agreement. All such Collateral shall be deemed to be part of the “Collateral” and hereafter subject to each of the terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Section 2. Following the date hereof, the undersigned agrees that, in accordance with Section 5.12 of the Credit Agreement, upon the reasonable request of Administrative Agent, it will, at its expense, promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver such further documents and do such other acts and

things as Administrative Agent or Collateral Agent may reasonably request in order to ensure that the Obligations are guarantied by the Guarantors and are secured by substantially all of the assets of Holdings, and its Subsidiaries and all of the outstanding Equity Interests of Borrower and its Subsidiaries (subject to limitations and exceptions contained in the Credit Documents). Neither this Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party (including, if applicable, any party required to evidence its consent to or acceptance of this Agreement) against whom enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. Any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be given in pursuant to Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement, and all for purposes thereof, the notice address of the undersigned shall be the address as set forth on the signature page hereof. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

This Counterpart Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts (any of which may be delivered via facsimile or via electronic transmission), each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which constitute one and the same Agreement.

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Counterpart Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date above first written.

This PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT, dated as of May 28, 2008 (this “Agreement”), among BRIGHT HORIZONS ACQUISITION CORP. (formerly known as Swingset Acquisition Corp.), a Delaware corporation, BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP. (formerly known as Swingset Holdings Corp.) (“Holdings”), BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC. (the “Borrower”) and each of the subsidiaries of Holdings or the Borrower party hereto from time to time, whether as an original signatory hereto or as an Additional Grantor (as herein defined) (Holdings, the Borrower and each Guarantor are collectively referred to herein as “Grantors”, and each individually as a “Grantor”), and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as collateral agent for the Secured Parties (as herein defined) (in such capacity as collateral agent, together with its successors and permitted assigns, the “Collateral Agent”).

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among Borrower, Holdings, certain Subsidiaries of Holdings party thereto as guarantors, the lenders party thereto from time to time (the “Lenders”), Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Sole Lead Arranger, Sole Lead Bookrunner and Syndication Agent, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, certain Grantors may enter into one or more Hedge Agreements with one or more Lender Counterparties;

WHEREAS, in consideration of the extensions of credit and other accommodations of Lenders and Lender Counterparties as set forth in the Credit Agreement and the Hedge Agreements, respectively, each Grantor has agreed to secure such Grantor’s obligations under the Credit Documents and the Hedge Agreements as set forth herein;

WHEREAS, immediately following the consummation of the Acquisition, Holdings and certain of its Subsidiaries will be reorganized pursuant to the Reorganization (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and following the Reorganization, each reference in this Agreement and the other Credit Documents to (i) the “Borrower” shall be deemed to be a reference to Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as successor to Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc. and (ii) each applicable “Guarantor” shall be deemed to be a reference to the applicable successor thereto; and

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, each Grantor and the Collateral Agent agree as follows:

1.1. General Definitions. In this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Additional Grantors” shall have the meaning assigned in Section 7.2. “Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble. “Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals.

“Collateral Account” shall mean any account established by the Collateral Agent.

“Collateral Records” shall mean books, records, ledger cards, files, correspondence, customer lists, supplier lists, blueprints, technical specifications, manuals, computer software and related documentation, computer printouts, tapes, disks and other electronic storage media and related data processing software and similar items that at any time evidence or contain information relating to any of the Collateral or are otherwise necessary or helpful in the collection thereof or realization thereupon.

“Collateral Support” shall mean all property (real or personal) assigned, hypothecated or otherwise securing any Collateral and shall include any security agreement or other agreement granting a lien or security interest in such real or personal property.

“Control” shall mean: (1) with respect to any Deposit Accounts, control within the meaning of Section 9-104 of the UCC, (2) with respect to any Securities Accounts, Security Entitlements, Commodity Contract or Commodity Account, control within the meaning of Section 9-106 of the UCC, (3) with respect to any Uncertificated Securities, control within the meaning of Section 8-106(c) of the UCC, (4) with respect to any Certificated Security, control within the meaning of Section 8-106(a) or (b) of the UCC, (5) with respect to any Electronic Chattel Paper, control within the meaning of Section 9-105 of the UCC, (6) with respect to Letter of Credit Rights, control within the meaning of Section 9-107 of the UCC and (7) with respect to any “transferable record” (as that term is defined in Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction), control within the meaning of Section 201 of the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act or in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in the jurisdiction relevant to such transferable record.

“Copyright Licenses” shall mean any and all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any right in or to Copyrights or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule 5.2(11) under the heading “Copyright Licenses” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

“Copyright Security Agreement” shall mean any copyright security agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (with such changes as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent), executed by any Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent.

“Copyrights” shall mean all United States, and foreign copyrights (including Community designs), including but not limited to copyrights in software and all rights in and to databases, and all Mask Works (as defined under 17 U.S.C. 901 of the U.S. Copyright Act), whether registered or unregistered, moral rights, reversionary interests, termination rights, and, with respect to any and all of the foregoing: (i) all registrations and applications therefor including, without limitation, the registrations and applications required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(11) under the heading “Copyrights” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), (ii) all extensions and renewals thereof, (iii) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, (iv) all rights to -sue for past, present and future infringements thereof’, and (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages and proceeds of suit.

“Credit Documents” shall mean the Credit Agreement, each other “Credit Document” (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) and each Hedge Agreement.

“Deposit Account Control Agreement” shall mean any letter agreement, either substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto (with such changes as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent) or such other form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed by the Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the relevant financial institution.

“Excluded Account” means, to the extent constituting a Deposit Account or Securities Account, (i) any zero-balance accounts for the purpose of managing local disbursements or payroll, withholding tax or other fiduciary accounts, (ii) other accounts as long as the aggregate balance for all such Credit Parties in all such other accounts does not exceed $10,000,000 at any time and (iii) pledges or cash deposits permitted by Section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement.

“Excluded Asset” shall mean any asset of any Grantor excluded from the security interest hereunder by virtue of Section 2.2 hereof but only to the extent, and for so long as, so excluded thereunder.

“Indemnitee” shall mean the Collateral Agent, and its and its Affiliates’ officers, partners, directors, trustees, employees, agents.

“Insurance” shall mean (i) all insurance policies covering any or all of the Collateral (regardless of whether the Collateral Agent is the loss payee thereof) and (ii) any key man life insurance policies, in each case, that are owned by such Grantor.

“Intellectual Property” shall mean, collectively, the Copyrights, the Copyright Licenses, the Patents, the Patent Licenses, the Trademarks, the Trademark Licenses, the Trade Secrets, and the Trade Secret Licenses.

“Intellectual Property Security Agreement” shall mean any Trademark Security Agreement, Copyright Security Agreement or Patent Security Agreement.

“Investment Accounts” shall mean the Collateral Account, Securities Accounts, Commodities Accounts and Deposit Accounts.

“Investment Related Property” shall mean: (i) all “investment property” (as such term is defined in Article 9 of the UCC) and (ii) all of the following (regardless of whether classified as investment property under the UCC): all Pledged Equity Interests, Pledged Debt, the Investment Accounts and certificates of deposit.

“Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals. “Majority Holders” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.

“Material Intellectual Property” shall mean any Intellectual Property included in the Collateral which is material to the business of any Grantor or is otherwise of material value.

“Patent Licenses” shall mean all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any right in or to Patents or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule 5.2(11) under the heading “Patent Licenses” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

“Patent Security Agreement” shall mean any patent security agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (with such changes as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent), executed by any Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent.

“Patents” shall mean all United States and foreign patents and certificates of invention, or similar industrial property rights, and applications for any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to: (i) each patent and patent application required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(11) hereto under the heading “Patents” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), (ii) all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, extensions, renewals, and reexaminations thereof, (iii) all rights corresponding thereto throughout the world, (iv) all inventions and improvements described therein, (v) all rights to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, (vi) all licenses, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit arising therefrom, and (vii) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

“Pledge Supplement” shall mean any supplement to this agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit A.

“Pledged Debt” shall mean all indebtedness for borrowed money owed to such Grantor, whether or not evidenced by any Instrument, including, without limitation, all indebtedness described on Schedule 5.2(I) under the heading “Pledged Debt” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), issued by the obligors named therein, the instruments, if any, evidencing such any of the foregoing.

“Pledged Equity Interests” shall mean all Pledged Stock, Pledged LLC Interests, Pledged Partnership Interests and any other participation or interests in any equity or profits of any business entity including, without limitation, any trust.

“Pledged LLC Interests” shall mean all interests in any limited liability company and each series thereof including, without limitation, all limited liability company interests listed on Schedule 5.2(1) under the heading “Pledged LLC Interests” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and the certificates, if any, representing such limited liability company interests and any interest of such Grantor on the books and records of such limited liability company or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest and all warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such limited liability company interests.

“Pledged Partnership Interests” shall mean all interests in any general partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership or other partnership including, without limitation, all partnership interests listed on Schedule 5.2(I) under the heading “Pledged Partnership Interests” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) and the certificates, if any, representing such partnership interests and any interest of such Grantor on the books and records of such partnership or on the books and records of any securities intermediary pertaining to such interest and all warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such partnership interests.

“Pledged Stock” shall mean all shares of capital stock owned by such Grantor, including, without limitation, all shares of capital stock described on Schedule 5.2(I) under the heading “Pledged Stock” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and the certificates, if any, representing such shares and any interest of such Grantor in the entries on the books of the issuer of such shares or on the books of any securities intermediary pertaining to such shares, and all warrants, rights, options, instruments, securities and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares.

“Receivables” shall mean all rights to payment, whether or not earned by performance, for goods or other property sold, leased, licensed, assigned or otherwise disposed of, or services rendered or to be rendered, including, without limitation all such rights constituting or evidenced by any Account, Chattel Paper, Instrument, General Intangible or Investment Related Property, together with all of Grantor’s rights, if any, in any goods or other property giving rise to such right to payment and all Collateral Support and Supporting Obligations related thereto and all Receivables Records.

“Receivables Records” shall mean (i) all original copies of all documents, instruments or other writings or electronic records or other Records evidencing the Receivables, (ii) all books, correspondence, credit or other files, Records, ledger sheets or cards, invoices, and other papers relating to Receivables, including, without limitation, all tapes, cards, computer tapes, computer discs, computer runs, record keeping systems and other papers and documents relating to the Receivables, whether in the possession or under the control of Grantor or any computer bureau or agent from time to time acting for Grantor or otherwise, (iii) all evidences of the filing of financing statements and the registration of other instruments in connection therewith, and amendments, supplements or other modifications thereto, notices to other creditors, secured parties or agents thereof, and certificates, acknowledgments, or other writings, including, without limitation, lien search reports, from filing or other registration officers, (iv) all credit information, reports and memoranda relating thereto and (v) all other written or non-written forms of information related in any way to the foregoing or any Receivable.

“Secured Parties” shall mean the Agents, Lenders and the Lender Counterparties and shall include, without limitation, all former Agents, Lenders and Lender Counterparties to the extent that any Obligations owing to such Persons were incurred while such Persons were Agents, Lenders or Lender Counterparties and such Obligations have not been paid or satisfied in full.

“Securities” shall mean any stock, shares, partnership interests, voting trust certificates, certificates of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement or arrangement, options, warrants, bonds, debentures, notes, or other evidences of indebtedness, secured or unsecured, convertible, subordinated or otherwise, or in general any instruments commonly known as “securities” or any certificates of interest, shares or participations in temporary or interim certificates for the purchase or acquisition of, or any right to subscribe to, purchase or acquire, any of the foregoing.

“Securities Account Control Agreement” shall mean any letter agreement, either substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto (with such changes as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent) or in such other form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed by the Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the relevant Approved Securities Intermediary.

“Trademark Licenses” shall mean any and all agreements, licenses and covenants providing for the granting of any right in or to Trademarks or otherwise providing for a covenant not to sue or permitting co-existence (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement required to be listed in Schedule 5.2(11) under the heading “Trademark Licenses” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

“Trademark Security Agreement” shall mean any trademark security agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto (with such changes as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent), executed by any Grantor in favor of the Collateral Agent.

“Trademarks” shall mean all United States, and foreign trademarks, trade names, corporate names, company names, business names, fictitious business names, Internet domain names, service marks, certification marks, collective marks, logos, other source or business identifiers, designs and general intangibles of a like nature, all registrations and applications for any of the foregoing including, but not limited to: (i) the registrations and applications referred to in Schedule 5.2(11) under the heading “Trademarks” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), (ii) all extensions or renewals of any of the foregoing, (iii) all of the goodwill of the business connected with the use of and symbolized by the foregoing, (iv) the right to sue for past, present and future infringement or dilution of any of the foregoing or for any injury to goodwill, and (v) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

“Trade Secret Licenses” shall mean any and all agreements providing for the granting of any right in or to Trade Secrets (whether such Grantor is licensee or licensor thereunder) including, without limitation, each agreement referred to in Schedule 5.2(11) under the heading “Trade Secret Licenses” (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

“Trade Secrets” shall mean’ all trade secrets and all other confidential or proprietary information and know-how whether or not such Trade Secret has been reduced to a writing or other tangible form, including all documents and things embodying, incorporating, or referring in any way to such Trade Secret, including but not limited to: (i) the right to sue for past, present and future misappropriation or other violation of any Trade Secret, and (ii) all Proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, licenses, royalties, income, payments, claims, damages, and proceeds of suit.

“UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in the State of New York; provided, however, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the perfection or priority of, or remedies with respect to, any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, priority or remedies.

“Uncertificated Securities Control Agreement” shall mean any letter agreement, either substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto (with such changes as may be agreed by the Collateral Agent) or such other form as is reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent, executed by the Grantor, the Collateral Agent and the issuer of such Uncertificated Security.

(a) In this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the meaning given to them in the UCC (and, if defined in more than one Article of the UCC, shall have the

meaning given in Article 9 thereof): Account, Account Debtor, As-Extracted Collateral, Bank, Certificated Security, Chattel Paper, Consignee, Consignment, Consignor, Commercial Tort Claims, Commodity Account, Commodity Contract, Deposit Account, Document, Entitlement Order, Equipment, Electronic Chattel Paper, Farm Products, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Health-Care-Insurance Receivable, Instrument, Inventory, Letter of Credit Right, Manufactured Home, Money, Payment Intangible, Proceeds, Record, Securities Account, Securities Intermediary, Security Certificate, Security Entitlement, Supporting Obligations, Tangible Chattel Paper and Uncertificated Security.

(b) All other capitalized terms used herein (including the preamble and recitals hereto) and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. The incorporation by reference of terms defined in the Credit Agreement shall survive any termination of the Credit Agreement until this agreement is terminated as provided in Section 11 hereof. Any of the terms defined herein may, unless the context otherwise requires, be used in the singular or the plural, depending on the reference. References herein to any Section, Appendix, Schedule or Exhibit shall be to a Section, an Appendix, a Schedule or an Exhibit, as the case may be, hereof unless otherwise specifically provided. The use herein of the word “include” or “including”, when following any general statement, term or matter, shall not be construed to limit such statement, term or matter to the specific items or matters set forth immediately following such word or to similar items or matters, whether or not non-limiting language (such as “without limitation” or “but not limited to” or words of similar import) is used with reference thereto, but rather shall be deemed to refer to all other items or matters that fall within the broadest possible scope of such general statement, term or matter. The terms lease and license shall include sub-lease and sub-license, as applicable. If any conflict or inconsistency exists between this Agreement and the Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement shall govern. All references herein to provisions of the UCC shall include all successor provisions under any subsequent version or amendment to any Article of the UCC.

2.1. Grant of Security. Each Grantor hereby grants to the Collateral Agent a security interest in and continuing lien on all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under all personal property of such Grantor including, but not limited to the following, in each case whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located (all of which being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Collateral”):

2.2. Certain Limited Exclusions. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Collateral include or the security interest granted under Section 2.1 hereof attach to (a) any General Intangible or Investment Related Property (excluding any of the foregoing which constitutes Equity Interests), Account, Intellectual Property, promissory note, chattel paper, lease, license, property right, contract or agreement to which any Grantor is a party, and any of its rights or interest thereunder, in each case, if and to the extent that a security interest is prohibited by or in violation of (or would result in the abandonment, invalidation or unenforceability thereof or would give any other party the right to terminate its obligations thereunder as a result of) (i) any law, rule or regulation applicable to such Grantor, or (ii) a term, provision or condition of any instrument, franchise, permit, lease, license, contract, property right or agreement (unless, in each case, such law, rule, regulation, term, provision or condition is (x) rendered ineffective with respect to the creation of the security interest hereunder pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity or (y) is capable of being waived by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries); provided, however that the Collateral shall include (and such security interest shall attach) immediately at such time as the contractual or legal prohibition shall no longer be applicable and to the extent severable, shall attach immediately to any portion of such lease, license, contract, agreement or other applicable Collateral which is not subject to the prohibitions specified in (i) or (ii) above; provided, further, that the exclusions referred to in clause (a) of this Section 2.2 shall not include any Proceeds of any such lease, license, contract, agreement or other applicable Collateral; (b) more than 65% of the issued and outstanding voting capital stock of any direct Foreign Subsidiary of such Grantor or any International Holding Company; provided that immediately upon the amendment of the Internal Revenue Code to allow the pledge of a greater percentage of the voting power of capital stock in any such Foreign Subsidiary or International Holding Company without adverse tax consequences, the Collateral shall include, and the security interest granted by each Grantor shall attach to, such greater percentage of capital stock

of each such Foreign Subsidiary or International Holding Company; (c) any Equipment that is subject to a purchase money Lien or a Capital Lease permitted under the Credit Agreement to the extent any agreement relating to such purchase money Lien or Capital Lease validly prohibits such Equipment to be subject to the security interest created hereby (and is not rendered ineffective with respect to the creation of the security interest hereunder pursuant to Sections 9-406, 9-407, 9-408 or 9-409 of the UCC (or any successor provision or provisions) of any relevant jurisdiction or any other applicable law (including the Bankruptcy Code) or principles of equity); (d) motor vehicles or any other Goods which are covered by a certificate of title under a statute of any jurisdiction under the law of which indication of a security interest on such certificate is required as a condition of perfection thereof; (e) any Equity Interest in any Person to the extent that any term, provision or condition of the Organizational Documents of such Person effectively prohibits the granting of a security interest in such Equity Interests or would result in a termination of any such Organizational Document pursuant to any “change of control” or similar provision of such Organizational Document; provided, however that such Equity Interests shall only be excluded from the Collateral and from the attachment of the security interest granted under Section 2.1 hereof to the extent that any such term, provision or condition of any such Organizational Document is not capable of waiver by Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries; (f) any intent-to-use trademark application prior to the filing of a “Statement of Use” or “Amendment to Allege Use” with respect thereto, to the extent, if any, that, and solely during the period, if any, in which, the grant of a security interest therein would impair the validity or enforceability of such intent-to-use trademark application under applicable federal law; (g) any Excluded Account; or (h) to the extent included in the Collateral, any leased Real Estate Asset that is not a Material Real Estate Asset;

provided, that with respect to any assets of any Grantor with respect to which the attachment and perfection of a security interest in such assets are not governed by the UCC, the Collateral shall not include such assets solely to the extent that the cost, burden or consequences (including adverse tax consequences) of obtaining or perfecting a security interest in such assets, as reasonably determined by the Collateral Agent, is excessive in relation to the practical benefit afforded to the Secured Parties thereby.

3.1. Security for Obligations. This Agreement secures, and the Collateral is collateral security for, the prompt and complete payment or performance in full when due, whether at stated maturity, by required prepayment, declaration, acceleration, demand or otherwise (including the payment of amounts that would become due but for the operation of the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. §362(a) (and any successor provision thereof)), of all Obligations with respect to every Grantor (the “Secured Obligations”).

3.2. Continuing Liability Under Collateral. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) each Grantor shall remain liable for all obligations under the Collateral and nothing contained herein is intended or shall be a delegation of duties to the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party, (ii) each Grantor shall remain liable under each of the

agreements included in the Collateral, including, without limitation, any agreements relating to Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests, to perform all of the obligations undertaken by it thereunder all in accordance with and pursuant to the terms and provisions thereof and neither the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party shall have any obligation or liability under any of such agreements by reason of or arising out of this Agreement or any other document related thereto nor shall the Collateral Agent nor any Secured Party have any obligation to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by it or have any obligation to take any action to collect or enforce any rights under any agreement included in the Collateral, including, without limitation, any agreements relating to Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests, and (iii) the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any of its rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral.

(a) With respect to any Certificated Securities (including any certificates evidencing any Pledged Equity Interests) included in the Collateral, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent the Security Certificates evidencing such Certificated Securities duly indorsed by an effective indorsement (within the meaning of Section 8-107 of the UCC), or accompanied by share transfer powers or other instruments of transfer duly endorsed by such an effective endorsement, in each case, to the Collateral Agent or in blank.

(b) With respect to any Instruments or Tangible Chattel Paper included in the Collateral, each Grantor shall deliver to the Collateral Agent all such Instruments or Tangible Chattel Paper to the Collateral Agent duly indorsed or accompanied by instruments of transfer duly endorsed, in each case, to the Collateral Agent or in blank; provided, however, that such delivery requirement shall not apply to any Instruments or Tangible Chattel Paper having a face amount of less than $250,000 in the aggregate.

(a) With respect to any Deposit Accounts, Securities Accounts, Security Entitlements, Commodity Accounts and Commodity Contracts included in the Collateral, each Grantor shall comply with the requirements of Section 5.14 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) With respect to any Uncertificated Security included in the Collateral (other than any Uncertificated Securities credited to a Securities Account), following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, upon the Collateral Agent’s request each Grantor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the issuer of such Uncertificated Security to either (i) register the Collateral Agent as the registered owner thereof on the books and records of the issuer or (ii) execute an Uncertificated Securities Control Agreement (or such other agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent), pursuant to which such issuer agrees to comply with the Collateral Agent’s instructions with respect to such Uncertificated Security without further consent by such Grantor.

(a) In the case of any Collateral consisting of U.S. Patents and Patent Licenses in respect of U.S. Patents for which any Grantor is the exclusive licensee, Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Patent Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (or a supplement thereto) covering all such Patents and Patent Licenses in appropriate form for recordation with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office with respect to the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

(b) In the case of any Collateral consisting of federally registered U.S. Trademarks and Trademark Licenses in respect of U.S. Trademarks for which any Grantor is the exclusive licensee, Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Trademark Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (or a supplement thereto) covering all such Trademarks and Trademark Licenses in appropriate form for recordation with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office with respect to the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

(c) In the case of any Collateral consisting of federally registered U.S. Copyrights and Copyright Licenses in respect of U.S. Copyrights for which any Grantor is the exclusive licensee, Grantor shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent a Copyright Security Agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (or a supplement thereto) covering all such Copyrights and Copyright Licenses in appropriate form for recordation with the U.S. Copyright Office with respect to the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

(a) If any issuer of any Pledged Equity Interest is organized under a jurisdiction outside of the United States, each Grantor shall take such additional actions, including, without limitation, (i) the execution and delivery of any Foreign Pledge Agreements and the provision of legal opinions with respect thereto, reasonably requested by, and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to, the Collateral Agent and (ii) causing (or, solely to the extent such issuer is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Grantor, using its commercially reasonable efforts to cause) the issuer to register the pledge on its books and records or making such filings or recordings, in each case as may be necessary or advisable, under the laws of such issuer’s jurisdiction to insure the validity, perfection and priority of the security interest of the Collateral Agent.

(b) With respect to any Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged LLC Interests included in the Collateral, if the Grantors own less than 100% of the equity interests in any issuer of such Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests, Grantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts (it being understood that such Grantor shall not be required to agree to any economic concession in excess of $10,000) to obtain the consent of each other

holder of partnership interest or limited liability company interests in such issuer to the security interest of the Collateral Agent hereunder and following an Event of Default, the transfer of such Pledged Partnership Interests and Pledged LLC Interests to the Collateral Agent or its designee, and to the substitution of the Collateral Agent or its designee as a partner or member with all the rights and powers related thereto. Each Grantor consents to the grant by each other Grantor of a Lien in all Investment Related Property to the Collateral Agent and without limiting the generality of the foregoing consents to the transfer of any Pledged Partnership Interest and any Pledged LLC Interest to the Collateral Agent or its designee following an Event of Default and to the substitution of the Collateral Agent or its designee as a partner in any partnership or as a member in any limited liability company with all the rights and powers related thereto.

4.5. Timing and Notice. With respect to any Collateral in existence on the Closing Date, each Grantor shall comply with the requirements of this Section 4 on the date hereof, and with respect to any Collateral hereafter owned or acquired, Grantor shall comply with such requirements (i) with respect to the requirements of Section 4.1, within the period provided in Section 5.10 of the Credit Agreement, (ii) with respect to the requirements of Section 4.2, within the period provided in Section 5.14 of the Credit Agreement, and (iii) with respect to the requirements of Sections 4.3 and 4.4, concurrently with the next delivery of any Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 5.1(d) of the Credit Agreement. Each year, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding Fiscal Year, each Grantor shall either confirm to the Collateral Agent that there have been no changes in the information included in the schedules to this Agreement since the Closing Date or the date of the most recent confirmation/delivery pursuant to this Section 4.5 or deliver a Pledge Supplement identifying such changes.

Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants, on the Closing Date and on each Credit Date, that:

(a) As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.1(A) & (B) (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth under the appropriate headings: (1) the full legal name of such Grantor, (2) the type of organization of such Grantor, (3) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor, (4) its organizational identification number, if any, and (5) the jurisdiction where the chief executive office or its sole place of business is located.

(b) as of the Closing Date, except as provided on Schedule 5.1(C), it has not changed its name, jurisdiction of organization, chief executive office or sole place of business or its corporate structure in any way (e.g., by merger, consolidation, change in corporate form or otherwise) within the five (5) years prior to the Closing Date;

(c) as of the Closing Date, except for Permitted Liens, it has not within the live (5) years prior to the Closing Date become bound (whether as a result of merger or otherwise) as debtor under a security agreement entered into by another Person, which has not heretofore been terminated;

(d) as of the Closing Date, such Grantor has been duly organized and is validly existing as an entity of the type as set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule 5.1(A) solely under the laws of the jurisdiction as set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule 5.1(A). Such Grantor has not filed any certificates of dissolution or liquidation, any certificates of domestication, transfer or continuance in any other jurisdiction, except to the extent otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement; and

(e) no Grantor is a “transmitting utility” (as defined in Section 9-102(a)(80) of the UCC).

(a) As of the Closing Date, Schedule 5.2 (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) sets forth under the appropriate headings all of such Grantor’s: (1) Pledged Equity Interests, (2) Pledged Debt, (3) Securities Accounts (other than Excluded Accounts), (4) Deposit Accounts (other than Excluded Accounts), (5) Commodity, Contracts and Commodity Accounts, (6) all United States registrations of and applications for Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights owned by each Grantor, (7) all Patent Licenses, Trademark Licenses, Trade Secret Licenses and Copyright Licenses, in each case, related to U.S. assets for which such Grantor is the exclusive licensee, (8) Commercial Tort Claims other than any Commercial Tort Claims having a value of less than $250,000 in the aggregate and (9) the name and address of any warehouseman, bailee or other third party in possession of any Inventory, Equipment and other tangible personal property other than any Inventory, Equipment or other tangible person property having a value less than $250,000 in the aggregate. Each Grantor shall, at the time of delivery of annual financial statements with respect to the preceding Fiscal Year pursuant to Section 5.1(c) of the Credit Agreement, supplement such schedules as necessary to ensure that such schedules are accurate.

(a) it owns the Collateral purported to be owned by it or otherwise has the rights it purports to have in each item of Collateral and, as to all Collateral whether now existing or hereafter acquired (including by way of lease or license), will continue to own or have such rights in each item of the Collateral (except as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement), in each case free and clear of any and all Liens, rights or claims of all other Persons, except for Permitted Liens; and

(b) other than any financing statements filed in favor of the Collateral Agent, none of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of any financing statement, fixture filing or other instrument similar in effect under any applicable law covering all or any part of the Collateral in any filing or recording office except for financing statements, fixture filings and other instruments (x) for which duly authorized proper termination statements have been

delivered to the Collateral Agent for filing and (y) filed in connection with Permitted Liens. Other than the Collateral Agent and any automatic control in favor of a Bank, Securities Intermediary or Commodity Intermediary maintaining a Deposit Account, Securities Account or Commodity Contract, no Person is in Control of any Collateral.

(a) upon the filing of financing statements naming each Grantor as “debtor” and the Collateral Agent as “secured party” and describing the Collateral in the filing offices set forth opposite such Grantor’s name on Schedule 5.4 hereof (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), the security interest of the Collateral Agent in all Collateral that can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any jurisdiction or similar document under any similar legislation such as the Personal Property Security Act of any Canadian province will constitute a valid, perfected, First Priority Liens subject in the case of priority only, to any Permitted Liens with respect to such Collateral. Each agreement purporting to give the Collateral Agent Control over any Collateral is effective to establish the Collateral Agent’s Control of the Collateral subject thereto;

(b) to the extent perfection or priority of the security interest therein is not subject to Article 9 of the UCC, upon recordation of the security interests granted hereunder in Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights and exclusive Copyright Licenses in the applicable intellectual property registries, including but not limited to the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, the security interests granted to the Collateral Agent hereunder shall constitute valid, perfected, First Priority Liens, subject, in the case of priority only, to any Permitted Liens with respect to such Collateral; and

(c) no authorization, consent, approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body is required for the pledge or grant by any Grantor of the Liens purported to be created in favor of the Collateral Agent hereunder, except (A) for the filings contemplated by clauses (a) arid (b) above, (B) as may be required, in connection with the disposition of any Investment Related Property, by laws generally affecting the offering and sale of Securities and (C) as may be required pursuant to any agreement between any Grantor and any Governmental Authority in connection with restrictions on assignment contained in any such agreement.

(a) As of the Closing Date and the date of the most recent update required pursuant to Section 4.5, except as disclosed to the Collateral Agent, no material portion of the Receivables of the Grantors, taken as a whole, are Receivables with respect to which the Account Debtors in respect of such Receivables are the government of the United States, any agency .or instrumentality thereof, any state or municipality or any foreign sovereign;

(b) as of the Closing Date, other than any Inventory or Equipment in transit, all of the Equipment and Inventory included in the Collateral is located only at the locations specified in Schedule 5.5 (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time).

(a) subject to any transfers or dispositions made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, it is the record and beneficial owner of the Pledged Equity Interests free of all Liens, rights or claims of other Persons, other than Permitted Liens, and, as of the Closing Date, there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase, or shareholder, voting trust or similar agreements outstanding with respect to, or property that is convertible into, or that requires the issuance or sale of, any Pledged Equity Interests;

(b) as of the Closing Date, no consent of any Person including any other. general or limited partner, any other member of a limited liability company, any other shareholder or any other trust beneficiary is necessary for the creation, perfection or first priority status of the security interest of the Collateral Agent in any Pledged Equity Interests or the exercise by the Collateral Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement or the exercise of remedies in respect thereof except such as have been obtained; and

(c) as of the Closing Date, none of the Pledged LLC Interests and Pledged Partnership Interests are or represent interests that by their terms provide that such Pledged LLC Interests or Pledged Partnership Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the uniform commercial code of an applicable jurisdiction.

(a) As of the Closing Date, it is the sole and exclusive owner of the entire right, title, and interest in and to all Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 5.2 (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time), and owns or has the valid right to use all Material Intellectual Property, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens and the licenses set forth on Schedule 5.2 (as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time);

(b) to the best of each Grantor’s knowledge, all Material Intellectual Property is valid and enforceable and subsisting, except to the extent the failure to be so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(c) except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect, each Grantor has performed all acts and has paid all renewal, maintenance, and other fees and taxes required to maintain the Material Intellectual Property in full force and effect;

(d) none of the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights or Trade Secrets has been exclusively licensed by any Grantor to any third party or subject to any restrictions that prevent any use or exploitation thereof by any Grantor, except as disclosed in Schedule 5.2 (II) or otherwise pursuant to any transaction expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement (as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time);

(e) each Grantor has not entered into any agreement with any third party constituting a present or future assignment, sale, transfer, exclusive license or agreement of any Material Intellectual Property that has not been terminated or released, other than any such agreement which is expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement;

(f) each Grantor uses adequate standards of quality in the manufacture, distribution, and sale of all products sold and in the provision of all services rendered under or in connection with all Trademark Collateral and has taken all action necessary to insure that all licensees of the Trademark Collateral owned by such Grantor use such adequate standards of quality, in each case to the extent constituting Material Intellectual Property; and

(g) no claim has been made that, nor to the best of each Grantor’s knowledge does, the conduct of the Grantor’s business or the use of any Material Intellectual Property owned or used by Grantor (or any of its respective licensees) infringe upon, misappropriate or otherwise violate the asserted rights of any third party and, to the best of each Grantor’s knowledge, no third party is infringing upon, misappropriating or otherwise violating any rights in any Material Intellectual Property owned, licensed or used by such Grantor, or any of its respective licensees, in each case, except to the extent such circumstances could not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect.

(a) The Borrower agrees promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) to notify the Collateral Agent in writing of (a) any change in (other than pursuant to the Reorganization): (i) corporate name of any Grantor, (ii) the type of organization or corporate structure of any Grantor, (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of any Grantor, or (iv) the location of the chief executive office of any Grantor; and (b) take all actions necessary to maintain the continuous validity, perfection and the same or better priority of the Collateral Agent’s security interest in the Collateral granted or intended to be granted and agreed to hereby, which in the case of any merger or other change in corporate structure (other than the Reorganization) in which the applicable Grantor is not the surviving corporation shall include, without limitation, executing and delivering to the Collateral Agent a completed Pledge Supplement, substantially in the form of Annex A attached hereto, upon completion of such merger or other change in corporate structure confirming the grant of the security interest hereunder.

(a) it shall not deliver any Document evidencing any Equipment and Inventory to any Person other than the issuer of such Document to claim the Goods evidenced therefore, the Collateral Agent or the holder of a Permitted Lien with respect thereto;

(b) if any Equipment in excess of $250,000 in the aggregate is in possession or control of any warehouseman, bailee or other third party (other than a Consignee under a Consignment for which such Grantor is the Consignor) for a period of more than ten (10) Business Days, each Grantor shall join with the Collateral Agent in notifying the third party of the Collateral Agent’s security interest and using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding the Equipment for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and will permit the Collateral Agent to have access to such Equipment for purposes of inspecting such Collateral or, following an Event of Default, to remove same from such premises if the Collateral Agent so elects;

(c) it shall keep and maintain at its own cost and expense complete records of the Receivables, including, but not limited to, all documentation with respect to all Receivables and records of all payments received and all credits granted on the Receivables, all merchandise returned and all other dealings therewith;

(d) other than in the ordinary course of business (i) it shall not amend, modify, terminate or waive any provision of any Receivable in any manner which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the value of a material portion of the Receivables taken as a whole; (ii) following and during the continuation of an Event of Default, such Grantor shall not (w) grant any extension or renewal of the time of payment of any Receivable, (x) compromise or settle any dispute, claim or legal proceeding with respect to any Receivable for less than the total unpaid balance thereof, (y) release, wholly or partially, any Person liable for the payment thereof, or (z) allow any credit or discount thereon; and

(e) at any time following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Collateral Agent may: (1) direct the Account Debtors under any Receivables to make payment of all amounts due or to become due to such Grantor thereunder directly to the Collateral Agent; (2) notify, or require any Grantor to notify, each Person maintaining a lockbox or similar arrangement to which Account Debtors under any Receivables have been directed to make payment to remit all amounts representing collections on checks and other payment items from time to time sent to or deposited in such lockbox or other arrangement directly to the Collateral Agent; and (3) enforce, at the expense of such Grantor, collection of any such Receivables and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor might have done. If the Collateral Agent notifies any Grantor that it has elected to collect the Receivables in accordance with the preceding sentence, any payments of Receivables received by such Grantor shall be forthwith (and in any event within two (2) Business Days) deposited by such Grantor in the exact form received, duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent if required, in the Collateral Account maintained under the sole dominion and control of the Collateral Agent, and until so turned over, all amounts and proceeds (including checks and other instruments) received by such Grantor in respect of the Receivables, any Supporting Obligation or Collateral Support shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent hereunder and shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and such Grantor shall not adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any Receivable, or release wholly or partly any Account Debtor or obligor thereof, or allow any credit or discount thereon.

(a) Except as provided in the next sentence, in the event such Grantor receives any non-Cash dividends, interest or distributions on any Pledged Equity Interest or other Investment Related Property, upon the merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of any issuer of any Pledged Equity Interest or Investment Related Property, then (a) such dividends, interest or distributions and securities or other property shall be included in the definition of Collateral without further action and (b) such Grantor shall promptly take all steps, if any, necessary or reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent, to ensure the validity, perfection, priority and, if applicable, control of the Collateral Agent over such Investment Related Property (including, without limitation, delivery thereof to the Collateral Agent) and pending any such action such Grantor shall be deemed to hold such dividends, interest, distributions, securities or other property in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent and shall segregate such dividends, distributions, Securities or other property from all other property of such Grantor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so tong as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent authorizes each Grantor to retain all ordinary cash dividends and distributions paid in the normal course of the business of the issuer and consistent with the past practice of the issuer and all scheduled payments of interest;

(i) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Borrower that the rights of the Grantors under this Section 63 are being suspended;

(ii) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, and the Collateral Agent shall have notified the Borrower that the rights of the Grantors under this Section 6.3 are being suspended:

(c) without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent, it shall not vote to enable or take any other action to cause any issuer of any Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests which are not securities (for purposes of the UCC) on the date hereof to elect or otherwise take any action to cause such Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests to be treated as securities for purposes of the UCC (unless such Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests are immediately delivered to the Collateral Agent); provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, if any issuer of any Pledged Partnership Interests or Pledged LLC Interests takes any such action in violation of the foregoing, such Grantor shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent in writing of any such election or action and, in such event, shall take all steps necessary or advisable to establish the Collateral Agent’s “control” thereof.

6.4. Intellectual Property. Except to the extent the failure to act would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect:

(a) it shall not do any act or omit to do any act whereby any of the Material Intellectual Property may lapse, or become abandoned, dedicated to the public, or unenforceable, or which would adversely affect the validity, grant, or enforceability of the security interest granted therein;

(b) it shall not, (i) with respect to any Trademarks using the “BRIGHT HORIZONS” mark, cease the use of any of such Trademarks or fail to maintain the level of the quality of services rendered under any of such Trademark at a level at least substantially consistent with the quality of such products and services as of the date hereof unless such actions are required by an order of a court or other governmental authority, and each Grantor shall take all steps necessary to insure that licensees of such Trademarks use such consistent standards of quality, and (ii) with respect to any other Trademarks constituting Material Intellectual Property, cease the use of any of such Trademarks or fail to maintain the level of the quality of services rendered under any of such Trademark at a level at least substantially consistent with the quality of such products and services as of the date hereof unless such actions arc taken based on a good faith business decision or required by an order of a court or other governmental authority, and each Grantor shall take all steps necessary to insure that licensees of such Trademarks use such consistent standards of quality;

(c) it shall, within sixty (60) days of the creation or acquisition of or receipt of an exclusive license to any Copyrightable work which is material to the business of Grantor or otherwise of material value, apply to register the Copyright and, in the case of an exclusive Copyright License, record such license, in the United States Copyright Office;

(d) it shall promptly notify the Collateral Agent if it knows or has reason to know that any item of Material Intellectual Property *has become (a) abandoned or dedicated to the public or placed in the public domain, (b) invalid or unenforceable, (c) subject to any adverse determination or development (including the institution of proceedings) in any action or proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, or any court or (d) be the subject of any reversion or termination rights;

(e) it shall take all reasonable steps in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office to pursue any application and maintain any registration of each Trademark, Patent, and Copyright owned by or exclusively licensed to any Grantor and constituting Material Intellectual Property which is now or shall become included in the Intellectual Property including, but not limited to, those items on Schedule 51 (II) (as each may be amended or supplemented from time to time); and

(f) it shall hereafter use commercially reasonable efforts so as not to permit the inclusion in any Patent License, Trademark License, Trade Secret License or Copyright

License, in each case; for which such Grantor is the exclusive licensee, to which it hereafter becomes a party of any provision that could or might in any way materially impair or prevent the creation of a security interest in, or the assignment of, such Grantor’s rights and interests in any property included within the definitions of any Material Intellectual Property acquired under such licenses.

SECTION 7. ACCESS; RIGHT OF INSPECTION AND FURTHER ASSURANCES; ADDITIONAL GRANTORS.

(a) Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at the expense of such Grantor, it shall promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further commercially reasonable action, that may be necessary or that the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to create and/or maintain the validity, perfection or priority of and protect any security interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable the Collateral Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any Collateral. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Grantor shall:

(i) file such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, record security interests in intellectual property and execute and deliver such other agreements, instruments, endorsements, powers of attorney or notices, as may be necessary or desirable, or as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request, in order to effect, reflect, perfect and preserve the security interests granted or purported to be granted hereby;

(ii) take all actions necessary to ensure the recordation of any Intellectual Property Security Agreements or other appropriate evidence of the liens and security interest granted hereunder in the Intellectual Property with any intellectual property registry in which said Intellectual Property is registered or in which an application for registration is pending including, without limitation, the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office;

(iii) at any reasonable time following the occurrence and continuation of any Event of Default (subject to the limitations on inspections set forth in Section 5.6 of the Credit Agreement), upon request by the Collateral Agent, assemble the Collateral and allow inspection of the Collateral by the Collateral Agent, or persons designated by the Collateral Agent;

(iv) at the Collateral Agent’s request, take any commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend such Grantor’s title to or the Collateral Agent’s security interest in all or any part of the Collateral; and

(v) furnish the Collateral Agent with such information regarding the Collateral, including, without limitation, the location thereof, as the Collateral Agent may reasonably request from time to time.

(b) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to file a Record or Records, including, without limitation, financing or continuation statements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and amendments to any of the foregoing, in any jurisdictions and with any filing offices as the Collateral Agent may reasonably determine are necessary or advisable to perfect or otherwise protect the security interest granted to the Collateral Agent herein. Such financing statements may describe the Collateral in the same manner as described herein or may contain an indication or description of collateral that describes such property in any other manner as the Collateral Agent may determine, in its sole discretion, is necessary, advisable or prudent to ensure the perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted to the Collateral Agent herein, including, without limitation, describing such property as “all assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired” or words of similar effect.

(c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Collateral Agent to modify this Agreement after obtaining such Grantor’s approval of or signature to such modification by amending Schedule 5.2 (as such schedule may be amended or supplemented from time to time) to include reference to any right, title or interest in any existing Intellectual Property or any Intellectual Property acquired or developed by any Grantor after the execution hereof or to delete any reference to any right, title or interest in any Intellectual Property in which any Grantor no longer has or claims any right, title or interest.

7.2. Additional Grantors. From time to time subsequent to the date hereof, additional Persons may become parties hereto as additional Grantors (each, an “Additional Grantor”), by executing a Pledge Supplement. Upon delivery of any such Pledge Supplement to the Collateral Agent, notice of which is hereby waived by Grantors, each Additional Grantor shall be a Grantor and shall be as fully a party hereto as if such Additional Grantor were an original signatory hereto. Each Grantor expressly agrees that its obligations arising hereunder shall not be affected or diminished by the addition or release of any other Grantor hereunder, nor by any election of Collateral Agent not to cause any Subsidiary of Borrower to become an Additional Grantor hereunder. This Agreement shall be fully effective as to any Grantor that is or becomes a party hereto regardless of whether any other Person becomes or fails to become or ceases to be a Grantor hereunder.

8.1. Power of Attorney. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Collateral Agent (such appointment being coupled with an interest) as such Grantor’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor, the Collateral Agent or otherwise, from time to time in the Collateral Agent’s discretion for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Collateral Agent shall have the right, either in the Collateral Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor:

(a) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to obtain and adjust insurance required to be maintained by such Grantor or paid to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Credit Agreement;

(b) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to ask for, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compound, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in respect of any of the Collateral;

(c) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to receive, endorse and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents and chattel paper in connection with clause (b) above;

(d) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings that the Collateral Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral or otherwise to enforce the rights of the Collateral Agent with respect to any of the Collateral;

(e) to prepare and file any UCC financing statements against such Grantor as debtor;

(f) to prepare, sign, and file for recordation in any intellectual property registry, any Intellectual Property Security Agreement or other appropriate evidence of the lien and security interest granted herein in the Intellectual Property in the name of such Grantor as debtor;

(g) to take or cause to be taken all actions necessary to perform or comply or cause performance or compliance with the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, access to pay or discharge taxes or Liens (other than Permitted Liens) levied or placed upon or threatened against the Collateral, the legality or validity thereof and the amounts necessary to discharge the same to be determined by the Collateral Agent in its sole discretion, any such payments made by the Collateral Agent to become obligations of such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, due and payable immediately without demand; and

(h) upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, generally to sell, transfer, lease, license, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Collateral Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Collateral Agent’s option and such Grantor’s expense, at any time or from time to time, all acts and things that the Collateral Agent deems reasonably necessary to protect, preserve or realize upon the Collateral and the Collateral Agent’s security interest therein in order to effect the intent of this Agreement, all as fully and effectively as such Grantor might do.

8.2. No Duty on the Part of Collateral Agent or Secured Parties. The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect the interests of the Secured Parties in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon the Collateral Agent or any Secured Party to exercise any such powers. The Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts that they actually receive as a result of the exercise of such powers, and neither they nor any of their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence or willful misconduct.

(a) If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided for herein or otherwise available to it at law or in equity, all the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent on default under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) to collect, enforce or satisfy any Secured Obligations then owing, whether by acceleration or otherwise, and also may pursue any of the following separately, successively or simultaneously:

(i) require any Grantor to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it shall at its expense and promptly upon request of the Collateral Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Collateral Agent and make it available to the Collateral Agent at a place to be designated by the Collateral Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties;

(ii) enter onto and occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Collateral Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to or promptly after such occupancy;

(iii) prior to the disposition of the Collateral, store, process, repair or recondition the Collateral or otherwise prepare the Collateral for disposition in any manner to the extent the Collateral Agent deems appropriate; and

(iv) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable law and the notice requirements described below, sell, assign, lease, license (on an exclusive or nonexclusive basis) or otherwise dispose of the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of the Collateral Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, at such time or times and at such price or prices and upon such other terms as the Collateral Agent may deem commercially reasonable.

(b) The Collateral Agent or any Secured Party may be the purchaser of any or all of the Collateral at any public or private (to the extent the portion of the Collateral being privately sold is of a kind that is customarily sold on a recognized market or the subject of widely distributed standard price quotations) sale in accordance with the UCC and the Collateral Agent, as collateral agent for and representative of the Secured Parties, shall be entitled, for the purpose of bidding and making settlement or payment of the purchase price for all or any portion

of the Collateral sold at any such sale made in accordance with the UCC, to use and apply any of the Secured Obligations as a credit on account of the purchase price for any Collateral payable by the Collateral Agent at such sale. Each purchaser at any such sale shall hold the property sold absolutely free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by applicable law) all rights of redemption, stay and/or appraisal which it now has or may at any time in the future have under any rule of law or statute now existing or hereafter enacted. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least ten (10) days notice to such Grantor of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification. The Collateral Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. The Collateral Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned. Each Grantor hereby waives any claims against the Collateral Agent arising by reason of the fact that the price at which any Collateral may have been sold at such a private sale was less than the price which might have been obtained at a public sale, even if the Collateral Agent accepts the first offer received and does not offer such Collateral to more than one offeree. If the proceeds of any sale or other disposition of the Collateral are insufficient to pay all the Secured Obligations, Grantors shall be liable for the deficiency and the fees of any attorneys employed by the Collateral Agent to collect such deficiency. Each Grantor further agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in this Section will cause irreparable injury to the Collateral Agent, that the Collateral Agent has no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breach and, as a consequence, that each and every covenant contained in this Section shall be specifically enforceable against such Grantor, and such Grantor hereby waives and agrees not to assert any defenses against an action for specific performance of such covenants except for a defense that no default has occurred giving rise to the Secured Obligations becoming due and payable prior to their stated maturities. Nothing in this Section shall in any way limit the *rights of the Collateral Agent hereunder.

(c) The Collateral Agent may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. The Collateral Agent may specifically disclaim or modify any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

(d) The Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to marshal any of the Collateral.

9.2. Application of Proceeds. Except as expressly provided elsewhere in this Agreement, all proceeds received by the Collateral Agent in respect of any sale, any collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied in full or in part by the Collateral Agent against, the Secured Obligations in the following order of priority: first, to the payment of all costs and expenses of such sale, collection or other realization, including reasonable compensation to the Collateral Agent and its agents and counsel, and all other expenses, liabilities and advances made or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection therewith, and all amounts for which the Collateral Agent is entitled to indemnification hereunder (in its capacity as the Collateral Agent and not as a Lender) and all advances made by the Collateral Agent hereunder for the account of the applicable Grantor, and to the payment of

all costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Collateral Agent in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the Credit Agreement, all in accordance with the terms hereof or thereof; second, to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of all other Secured Obligations for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Lender Counterparties; and third, to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment to or upon the order of such Grantor or to whosoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

9.3. Sales on Credit. If Collateral Agent sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Grantor will be credited only with payments actually made by purchaser and received by Collateral Agent and applied to indebtedness of the purchaser. In the event the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Collateral Agent may resell the Collateral and Grantor shall be credited with proceeds of the sale.

9.4. Investment Related Property. Each Grantor recognizes that, by reason of certain prohibitions contained in the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws, the Collateral Agent may be compelled, with respect to any sale of all or any part of the Investment Related Property conducted without prior registration or qualification of such Investment Related Property under the Securities Act and/or such state securities laws, to limit purchasers to those who will agree, among other things, to acquire the Investment Related Property for their own account, for investment and not with a view to the distribution or resale thereof. Each Grantor acknowledges that any such private sale may be at prices and on terms less favorable than those obtainable through a public sale without such restrictions (including a public offering made pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act) and, notwithstanding such circumstances, each Grantor agrees that any such private sale shall be deemed to have been made in a commercially reasonable manner and that the Collateral Agent shall have no obligation to engage in public sales and no obligation to delay the sale of any Investment Related Property for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer thereof to register it for a form of public sale requiring registration under the Securities Act or under applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would, or should, agree to so register it. If the Collateral Agent determines to exercise its right to sell any or all of the Investment Related Property, upon written request, each Grantor shall and shall cause (or, solely to the extent such issuer is not a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Grantor, shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause) each issuer of any Pledged Stock to be sold hereunder, each partnership and each limited liability company from time to time to furnish to the Collateral Agent all such information as the Collateral Agent may request in order to determine the number and nature of interest, shares or other instruments included in the Investment Related Property which may be sold by the Collateral Agent in exempt transactions under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, as the same are from time to time in effect.

9.5. Grant of Intellectual Property License. For the purpose of enabling the Collateral Agent, during the continuance of an Event of Default, to exercise rights and remedies under Section 9 hereof at such time as the Collateral Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies, and for no other purpose, each Grantor hereby

grants to the Collateral Agent, to the extent it has the right to do so, an irrevocable, non-exclusive license, subject, in the case of Trademarks, to sufficient rights to quality control and inspection in favor of such Grantor to avoid the risk of invalidation of said Trademarks, to use, operate under, license or sublicense any of the Material Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, wherever the same may be located. Such license shall include access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer programs used for the compilation or printout hereof.

(a) Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in addition to the other rights and remedies provided herein, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default:

(i) the Collateral Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) to bring suit or otherwise commence any action or proceeding in the name of any Grantor, the Collateral Agent or otherwise, in the Collateral Agent’s sole discretion, to enforce any Material Intellectual Property, in which event such Grantor shall, at the request of the Collateral Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all documents required by the Collateral Agent in aid of such enforcement and such Grantor shall promptly, upon demand, reimburse and indemnify the Collateral Agent as provided in Sections 10.2 and 10.3 of the Credit Agreement in connection with the exercise of its rights under this Section, and, to the extent that the Collateral Agent shall elect not to bring suit to enforce any Intellectual Property as provided in this Section, each Grantor agrees to use all reasonable measures, whether by action, suit, proceeding or otherwise, to prevent the infringement or other violation of any of such Grantor’s rights in the Intellectual Property by others and for that purpose agrees to diligently maintain any action, suit or proceeding against any Person so infringing as shall be necessary to prevent such infringement or violation;

(ii) upon written demand from the Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall grant, assign, convey or otherwise transfer to the Collateral Agent or such Collateral Agent’s designee all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Intellectual Property and shall execute and deliver to the Collateral Agent such documents as are necessary or appropriate to carry out the intent and purposes of this Agreement;

(iii) each Grantor agrees that such an assignment and/or recording shall be applied to reduce the Secured Obligations outstanding only to the extent that the Collateral Agent (or any Secured Party) receives cash proceeds in respect of the sale of, or other realization upon, the Intellectual Property;

(iv) within five (5) Business Days after written notice from the Collateral Agent, each Grantor shall make available to the Collateral Agent, to the extent within such Grantor’s power and authority, such personnel in such Grantor’s employ on the date of such Event of Default as the Collateral Agent may reasonably designate, by name, title or job responsibility, to permit such Grantor to continue, directly or indirectly,

to produce, advertise and sell the products and services sold or delivered by such Grantor under or in connection with the Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, such persons to be available to perform their prior functions on the Collateral Agent’s behalf and to be compensated by the Collateral Agent at such Grantor’s expense on a per diem, pro rata basis consistent with the salary and benefit structure applicable to each as of the date of such Event of Default; and

(v) the Collateral Agent shall have the right to notify, or require each Grantor to notify, any obligors with respect to amounts due or to become due to such Grantor in respect of the Intellectual Property, of the existence of the security interest created herein, to direct such obligors to make payment of all such amounts directly to the Collateral Agent, and, upon such notification and at the expense of such Grantor, to enforce collection of any such amounts and to adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment thereof, in the same manner and to the same extent as such Grantor might have done;

(vi) all amounts and proceeds (including checks and other instruments) received by Grantor in respect of amounts due to such Grantor in respect of the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Collateral Agent hereunder, shall be segregated from other funds of such Grantor and shall be forthwith paid over or delivered to the Collateral Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement) to be held as cash Collateral and applied as provided by Section 9.7 hereof; and

(vii) Grantor shall not adjust, settle or compromise the amount or payment of any such amount or release wholly or partly any obligor with respect thereto or allow any credit or discount thereon.

(b) If (i) an Event of Default shall have occurred and, by reason of cure, waiver, modification, amendment or otherwise, no longer be continuing, (ii) no other Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) an assignment or other transfer to the Collateral Agent of any rights, title and interests in and to the Intellectual Property shall have been previously made and shall have become absolute and effective, and (iv) the Secured Obligations shall not have become immediately due and payable, upon the written request of any Grantor, the Collateral Agent shall promptly execute and deliver to such Grantor, at such Grantor’s sole cost and expense, such assignments or other transfer as may be necessary to reassign to such Grantor any such rights, title and interests as may have been assigned to the Collateral Agent as aforesaid, subject to any disposition thereof that may have been made by the Collateral Agent; provided, after giving effect to such reassignment, the Collateral Agent’s security interest granted pursuant hereto, as well as all other rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent granted hereunder, shall continue to be in full force and effect; and provided, further, the rights, title and interests so reassigned shall be free and clear of any other Liens granted by or on behalf of the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties.

(a) If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, in addition to the rights of the Collateral Agent specified in Section 6.2 with respect to payments of Receivables, all proceeds of any Collateral received by any Grantor consisting of cash, checks and other near-cash items (collectively, “Cash Proceeds”) shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the Collateral Agent, segregated from other funds of such Grantor, and shall, forthwith upon receipt by such Grantor, be turned over to the Collateral Agent in the exact form received by such Grantor (duly indorsed by such Grantor to the Collateral Agent, if required) and held by the Collateral Agent in the Collateral Account. Any Cash Proceeds received by the Collateral Agent (whether from a Grantor or otherwise) may, in the sole discretion of the Collateral Agent, (A) be held by the Collateral Agent for the ratable benefit of the Secured Parties, as collateral security for the Secured Obligations (whether matured or unmatured) and/or (B) then or at any time thereafter may be applied by the Collateral Agent against the Secured Obligations then due and owing.

(b) If any Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Collateral Agent may apply the balance from any Deposit Account or instruct the bank at which any Deposit Account is maintained to pay the balance of any Deposit Account to or for the benefit of the Collateral Agent for application in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

The Collateral Agent has been appointed to act as Collateral Agent hereunder by Lenders and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, the other Secured Parties. The Collateral Agent shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including, without limitation, the release or substitution of Collateral), solely in accordance with this Agreement and the Credit Agreement; provided, the Collateral Agent shall, after payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for herein in accordance with the instructions of the holders (the “Majority Holders”) of a majority of the aggregate “settlement amount” as defined in the Hedge Agreements (or, with respect to any Fledge Agreement that has been terminated in accordance with its terms, the amount then due and payable (exclusive of expenses and similar payments but including any early termination payments then due) under such Hedge Agreement) under all Hedge Agreements. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, settlement amount for any Hedge Agreement that has not been terminated shall be the settlement amount as of the last Business Day of the month preceding any date of determination and shall be calculated by the appropriate swap counterparties and reported to the Collateral Agent upon request; provided, that any Fledge Agreement with a settlement amount that is a negative number shall be disregarded for purposes of determining the Majority Holders. In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Secured Party, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, agrees that it shall have no right individually to realize upon any of the Collateral hereunder, it being understood and agreed by such Secured Party that all rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by the Collateral Agent for the benefit of Secured Parties in accordance with the terms of this Section. The provisions of the Credit Agreement relating to the Collateral Agent including, without limitation, the provisions relating to resignation or removal of the Collateral Agent and the powers and duties and immunities of the Collateral Agent are incorporated herein by this reference and shall survive any termination of the Credit Agreement.

This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (i) remain in full force and effect until the payment in full of all Secured Obligations, the cancellation or termination of the Commitments and the cancellation, expiration, posting of backstop letters of credit or cash collateralization of all outstanding Letters of Credit reasonably satisfactory to the issuer(s) of such Letters of Credit, (ii) be binding upon each Grantor, its successors and assigns, and (iii) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Collateral Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and its successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, but subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any Loans held by it to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to Lenders herein or otherwise. Upon the payment in full of all Secured Obligations, the cancellation or termination of the Commitments and the cancellation, expiration, posting of backstop letters of credit or cash collateralization of all outstanding Letters of Credit reasonably satisfactory to the issuer(s) of such Letters of Credit, the security interest granted hereby shall automatically terminate hereunder and of record and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to Grantors. Upon any such termination the Collateral Agent shall, at Grantors’ expense, execute and deliver to Grantors or otherwise authorize the filing of such documents as Grantors shall reasonably request, including financing statement amendments to evidence such termination. Upon any disposition of property permitted by the Credit Agreement, the Liens granted herein shall be deemed to be automatically released and such property shall automatically revert to the applicable Grantor with no further action on the part of any Person. The Collateral Agent shall, at Grantor’s expense, execute and deliver or otherwise authorize the filing of such documents as Grantors shall reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Collateral Agent, including financing statement amendments to evidence such release.

The powers conferred on the Collateral Agent hereunder are solely to protect its interest in the Collateral and shall not impose any duty upon it to exercise any such powers. Except for the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of any Collateral in its possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, the Collateral Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. The Collateral Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of Collateral in its possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Collateral Agent accords its own property. Neither the Collateral Agent nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect or realize upon all or any part of the Collateral or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral upon the request of any Grantor or otherwise.

Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be given in accordance with Section l OA of the Credit Agreement. No failure or delay on the part of the Collateral Agent in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Agreement and the other Credit Documents are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available. In case any provision in or obligation under this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Collateral Agent and Grantors and their respective successors and assigns. No Grantor shall, without the prior written consent of the Collateral Agent given in accordance with the Credit Agreement, assign any right, duty or obligation hereunder. This Agreement and the other Credit Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between Grantors and the Collateral Agent and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between such parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof. Accordingly, the Credit Documents may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties. There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument; signature pages may be detached from multiple separate counterparts and attached to a single counterpart so that all signature pages are physically attached to the same document.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND ALL CLAIMS AND CONTROVERSIES ARISING OUT OF THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT LAW, TORT LAW OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAW PROVISIONS THAT WOULD RESULT IN THE APPLICATION OF ANY OTHER LAW (OTHER THAN ANY MANDATORY PROVISIONS OF THE UCC RELATING TO THE LAW GOVERNING PERFECTION AND THE EFFECT OF PERFECTION OF THE SECURITY INTEREST).

THE PROVISIONS OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT UNDER THE HEADINGS “CONSENT TO JURISDICTION” AND “WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL” ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY THIS REFERENCE AND SUCH INCORPORATION SHALL SURVIVE ANY TERMINATION OF THE CREDIT AGREEMENT.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor and the Collateral Agent have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized as of the date first written above.


BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., as Grantor

By:
		Name: David Humphrey Title: Treasurer

BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC., as Grantor

By:
		Name: Title:

BRIGHT HORIZONS ACQUISITION CORP., as Grantor

By:
		Name: Title:

BRIGHT HORIZONS, INC. BRIGHT HORIZONS CHILDREN’S CENTERS, INC. CHILDRENFIRST INC. CORPORATEFAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC. CREATIVE MOVEMENT CENTER, INC. GREENTREE CHILD CARE SERVICES, INC. KIDSTOP AT BOYNTON BEACH, INC. LIPTON CORPORATE CHILD CARE CENTERS, INC. LIPTON CORPORATE CHILD CARE CENTERS (JC), INC. LIPTON CORPORATE CHILD CARE CENTERS (METROPOLITAN SQUARE), INC. LIPTON CORPORATE CHILD CARE CENTERS (MORRIS COUNTY), INC. LIPTON CORPORATE CHILD CARE CENTERS (OAKWOOD AT THE WINDSOR), INC. LIPTON CORPORATE CHILD CARE CENTERS (PARK AVENUE), INC.

This MORTGAGE, SECURITY AGREEMENT, ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS AND LEASES AND FIXTURE FILING, dated as of [mm/dd/yy] (this “Mortgage”), by and from [NAME OF MORTGAGOR), a [Type of Person] (“Mortgagor”), to [NAME OF COLLATERAL AGENT], as agent for Lenders and Lender Counterparties (in such capacity, “Mortgagee”).

WHEREAS, reference is made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC. (“Borrower”), BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., certain Subsidiaries of Borrower, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.;

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Mortgagor may enter into one or more Hedge Agreements with one or more Lender Counterparties;

Lender Counterparties as set forth in the Credit Agreement and the Hedge Agreements, respectively, Mortgagor

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, Mortgagee and Mortgagor agree as follows:

1.1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein (including the recitals hereto) not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. In addition, as used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Indebtedness” means (i) with respect to Borrower, all obligations and liabilities of every nature of Borrower now or hereafter existing under or arising out of or in connection with the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents and any Hedge Agreement; and (ii) with respect to any other Mortgagor, all obligations and liabilities of every nature of such Mortgagor now or hereafter existing under or arising out of or in connection with any other Credit Document, in each case together with all extensions or renewals thereof, whether for principal, interest (including interest that, but for the filing of a petition in bankruptcy with respect to Borrower, would accrue on such obligations, whether or not a claim is allowed against Borrower for such interest in the related bankruptcy proceeding), reimbursement of amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, payments for early termination of Hedge Agreements, fees, expenses, indemnities or otherwise, whether voluntary or involuntary, direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, whether or not jointly owed with others, and whether or not from time to time decreased or extinguished and later increased, created or incurred, and all or any portion of such obligations or liabilities that are paid, to the extent all or any part of such payment is avoided or recovered directly or indirectly from Mortgagor, any Lender or Lender Counterparty as a preference, fraudulent transfer or otherwise, and all obligations of every nature of Mortgagor now or hereafter existing under this Mortgage. The Credit Agreement contains a revolving credit facility which permits the Borrower to borrow certain principal amounts, repay all or a portion of such principal amounts, and reborrow the amounts previously paid to the Administrative Agent or Lenders, all upon satisfaction of certain conditions stated in the Credit Agreement. This Mortgage secures all advances and re-advances under the revolving credit feature of the Credit Agreement.

“Mortgaged Property” means all of Mortgagor’s interest in (i) the real property described in Exhibit A, together with any greater or additional estate therein as hereafter may be acquired by Mortgagor (the “Land”); (ii) all improvements now owned or hereafter acquired by Mortgagor, now or at any time situated, placed or constructed upon the Land subject to the Permitted Liens, (the “Improvements”; the Land and Improvements are collectively referred to as the “Premises”); (iii) all materials, supplies, equipment, apparatus and other items of personal property now owned or hereafter acquired by Mortgagor and now or hereafter attached to, installed in or used in connection with any of the Improvements or the Land, and water, gas, electrical, telephone, storm and sanitary sewer facilities and all other utilities whether or not situated in easements (the “Fixtures”); (iv) all right, title and interest of Mortgagor in and to all goods, accounts, general intangibles, instruments, documents, chattel paper and all other personal property of any kind or character, including such items of personal property as defined in the UCC (defined below), now owned or hereafter acquired by Mortgagor and now or hereafter affixed to, placed upon, used in connection with, arising from or otherwise related to the Premises (the “Personality”); (v) all reserves, escrows or impounds required under the Credit Agreement and all deposit accounts maintained by Mortgagor with respect to the Mortgaged Property (the “Deposit Accounts”); (vi) all leases, licenses, concessions, occupancy agreements or other agreements (written or oral, now or at any time in effect) which grant to any Person (other than Mortgagor) a possessory interest in, or the right to use, all or any part of the Mortgaged Property, together with all related security and

other deposits subject to depositors rights and requirements of law (the “Leases”); (vii) all of the rents, revenues, royalties, income, proceeds, profits, security and other types of deposits subject to depositors rights and requirements of law, and other benefits paid or payable by parties to the Leases for using, leasing, licensing possessing, operating from, residing in, selling or otherwise enjoying the Mortgaged Property (the “Rents”), (viii) to the extent mortgageable or assignable all other agreements, such as construction contracts, architects’ agreements, engineers’ contracts, utility contracts, maintenance agreements, management agreements, service contracts, listing agreements, guaranties, warranties, permits, licenses, certificates and entitlements in any way relating to the construction, use, occupancy, operation, maintenance, enjoyment or ownership of the Mortgaged Property (the “Property Agreements”); (ix) to the extent mortgageable or assignable all rights, privileges, tenements, hereditaments, rights-of-way, easements, appendages and appurtenances appertaining to the foregoing; (x) all property tax refunds payable to Mortgagor (the “Tax Refunds”); (xi) all accessions, replacements and substitutions for any of the foregoing and all proceeds thereof (the “Proceeds”); (xii) all insurance policies, unearned premiums therefor and proceeds from such policies covering any of the above property now or hereafter acquired by Mortgagor (the “Insurance”); and (xiii) all of Mortgagor’s right, title and interest in and to any awards, damages, remunerations, reimbursements, settlements or compensation heretofore made or hereafter to be made by any governmental authority pertaining to the Land, Improvements, Fixtures or Personality (the “Condemnation Awards”). As used in this Mortgage, the term “Mortgaged Property” shall mean all or, where the context permits or requires, any portion of the above or any interest therein.

“Obligations” means all of the agreements, covenants, conditions, warranties, representations and other obligations of Mortgagor (including, without limitation, the obligation to repay the Indebtedness) under the Credit Agreement, any other Credit Documents or any of the Hedge Agreements.

“UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code of New York or, if the creation, perfection and enforcement of any security interest herein granted is governed by the laws of a state other than New York, then, as to the matter in question, the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in that state.

1.2. Interpretation. References to “Sections” shall be to Sections of this Mortgage unless otherwise specifically provided. Section headings in this Mortgage are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Mortgage for any other purpose or be given any substantive effect. The rules of construction set forth in Section 1.3 of the Credit Agreement shall be applicable to this Mortgage mutatis mutandis. If any conflict or inconsistency exists between this Mortgage and the Credit Agreement, the Credit Agreement shall govern.

To secure the full and timely payment of the Indebtedness and the full and timely performance of the Obligations, Mortgagor MORTGAGES, GRANTS, BARGAINS, ASSIGNS, SELLS and CONVEYS, to Mortgagee the Mortgaged Property, subject, however, to the Permitted Liens, TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Mortgaged Property to Mortgagee, and Mortgagor does hereby bind itself, its successors and assigns to WARRANT AND FOREVER DEFEND the title to the Mortgaged Property unto Mortgagee for so long as any of the Obligations remain outstanding.

3.1. Title. Mortgagor represents and warrants to Mortgagee that except for the Permitted Liens, (a) Mortgagor owns the Mortgaged Property free and clear of any liens, claims or interests, and (b) this Mortgage creates valid, enforceable first priority liens and security interests against the Mortgaged Property.

3.2. First Lien Status. Mortgagor shall preserve and protect the first lien and security interest status of this Mortgage and the other Credit Documents to the extent related to the Mortgaged Property. Mortgagor will not directly or indirectly, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on the Mortgaged Property, except Permitted Liens as set forth in Section 6.2 of the Credit Agreement.

3.3. Payment and Performance. Mortgagor shall perform all of the Obligations, as provided under Section 7 of the Credit Agreement when due and shall perform all other Obligations of Mortgagor when they are required to be performed as required under the Credit Documents.

3.4. Replacement of Fixtures and Personality. Mortgagor shall not, except as permitted under the Credit Agreement, permit any of the Fixtures or Personality to be removed at any time from the Land or Improvements, unless the removed item is removed temporarily for maintenance and repair or, if removed permanently, is obsolete and is

3.5. Covenants Running with the Land. All Obligations contained in this Mortgage are intended by Mortgagor and Mortgagee to be, and shall be construed as, covenants running with the Mortgaged Property. As used herein, “Mortgagor” shall refer to the party named in the first paragraph of this Mortgage and to any subsequent owner of all or any portion of the Mortgaged Property. All Persons who may have or acquire an interest in the Mortgaged Property shall be deemed to have notice of, and be bound by, the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents; however, no such party shall be entitled to any rights thereunder without the prior written consent of Mortgagee. In addition, all of the covenants of Mortgagor in any Credit Document party thereto are incorporated herein by reference and, together with covenants in this Section, shall be covenants running with the land.

3.6. Condemnation Awards and Insurance Proceeds. Mortgagor assigns all awards and compensation to which it is entitled for any condemnation or other taking, or any purchase in lieu thereof, to Mortgagee and authorizes Mortgagee to collect and receive such awards and compensation and to give proper receipts and acquittances therefor, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Mortgagor assigns to Mortgagee all proceeds of any insurance policies insuring against loss or damage to the Mortgaged Property, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement. Mortgagor authorizes Mortgagee to collect and receive such proceeds and authorizes and directs the issuer of each of such insurance policies to make payment for all such losses directly to Mortgagee, instead of to Mortgagor and Mortgagee jointly, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement.

3.7. Change in Tax Law. Upon the enactment of or change in (including, without limitation, a change in interpretation of) any applicable law subjecting Mortgagee or any of the Lenders to any tax or changing the basis of taxation of mortgages, deeds of trust, or other liens or debts secured thereby, or the manner of collection of such taxes, in each such case, so as to affect this Mortgage, the Indebtedness or Mortgagee, and the result is to increase the taxes imposed upon or the cost to Mortgagee of maintaining the Indebtedness, or to reduce the amount of any payments receivable hereunder, then, and in any such event, Mortgagor shall, on demand, pay to Mortgagee and the Lenders additional amounts to compensate for such increased costs or reduced amounts, provided that if any such payment or reimbursement shall be unlawful, or taxable to Mortgagee, or would constitute usury or render the Indebtedness wholly or partially usurious under applicable law, then Mortgagor shall pay or reimburse Mortgagee or the Lenders for payment of the lawful and non-usurious portion thereof.

3.8. Mortgage Tax. Mortgagor shall (i) pay when due any tax imposed upon it or upon Mortgagee or any Lender pursuant to the tax law of the state in which the Mortgaged Property is located in connection with the execution, delivery and recordation of this Mortgage and any of the other Credit Documents, and (ii) prepare, execute and file any form required to be prepared, executed and filed in connection therewith.

3.8.1. Reduction of Secured Amount. In the event that the amount secured by the Mortgage is less than the Indebtedness, then the amount secured shall be reduced only by the last and final sums repaid with respect to the Indebtedness and shall not be reduced by any intervening repayments of the Indebtedness unless arising from the Mortgaged Property. So long as the balance of the Indebtedness exceeds the amount secured, any payments of the Indebtedness shall not be deemed to be applied against, or to reduce, the portion of the Indebtedness secured by this Mortgage. Such payments shall instead be deemed to reduce only such portions of the Indebtedness as are secured by other collateral located outside of the state in which the Mortgaged Property is located or as are unsecured.

4.1. Remedies. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Mortgagee may, at Mortgagee’s election, exercise any or all of the following rights, remedies and recourses: (a) declare the Indebtedness to be immediately due and payable, without further notice, presentment, protest, notice of intent to accelerate, notice of acceleration, demand or action of any nature whatsoever (each of which hereby is expressly waived by Mortgagor), whereupon the same shall become immediately due and payable; (b) enter the Mortgaged Property and take exclusive possession thereof and of all books, records and accounts relating thereto or located thereon. If Mortgagor remains in possession of the Mortgaged Property after an Event of Default and without Mortgagee’s prior written consent, Mortgagee may invoke any legal remedies to dispossess Mortgagor; (c) hold, lease, develop, manage, operate or

otherwise use the Mortgaged Property upon such terms and conditions as Mortgagee may deem reasonable under the circumstances (making such repairs, alterations, additions and improvements and taking other actions, from time to time, as Mortgagee deems necessary or desirable), and apply all Rents and other amounts collected by Mortgagee in connection therewith in accordance with the provisions hereof; (d) institute proceedings for the complete foreclosure of this Mortgage, either by judicial action or by power of sale, in which case the Mortgaged Property may be sold for cash or credit in one or more parcels. With respect to any notices required or permitted under the UCC, Mortgagor agrees that ten (10) days’ prior written notice shall be deemed commercially reasonable. At any such sale by virtue of any judicial proceedings, power of sale, or any other legal right, remedy or recourse, the title to and right of possession of any such property shall pass to the purchaser thereof, and to the fullest extent permitted by law, Mortgagor shall be completely and irrevocably divested of all of its right, title, interest, claim, equity, equity of redemption, and demand whatsoever, either at law or in equity, in and to the property sold and such sale shall be a perpetual bar both at law and in equity against Mortgagor, and against all other Persons claiming or to claim the property sold or any part thereof, by, through or under Mortgagor. Mortgagee or any of the Lenders may be a purchaser at such sale and if Mortgagee is the highest bidder, Mortgagee shall credit the portion of the purchase price that would be distributed to Mortgagee against the Indebtedness in lieu of paying cash. In the event this Mortgage is foreclosed by judicial action, appraisement of the Mortgaged Property is waived; (e) make application to a court of competent jurisdiction for, and obtain from such court as a matter of strict right and without notice to Mortgagor or regard to the adequacy of the Mortgaged Property for the repayment of the Indebtedness, the appointment of a receiver of the Mortgaged Property, and Mortgagor irrevocably consents to such appointment. Any such receiver shall have all the usual powers and duties of receivers in similar cases, including the full power to rent, maintain and otherwise operate the Mortgaged Property upon such terms as may be approved by the court, and shall apply such Rents in accordance with the provisions hereof; and/or (f) exercise all other rights, remedies and recourses granted under the Credit Documents or otherwise available at law or in equity.

4.2. Separate Sales. The Mortgaged Property may be sold in one or more parcels and in such manner and order as Mortgagee in its sole discretion may elect; the right of sale arising out of any Event of Default shall not be exhausted by any one or more sales.

4.3. Remedies Cumulative, Concurrent and Nonexclusive. Mortgagee shall have all rights, remedies and recourses granted in the Credit Documents and available at law or equity (including the UCC), which rights (a) shall be cumulated and concurrent, (b) may be pursued separately, successively or concurrently against Mortgagor or others obligated under the Credit Documents, or against the Mortgaged Property, or against any one or more of them, at the sole discretion of Mortgagee or the Lenders, (c) may be exercised as often as occasion therefor shall arise, and the exercise or failure to exercise any of them shall not be construed as a waiver or release thereof or of any other right, remedy or recourse, and (d) are intended to be, and shall be, nonexclusive. No action by Mortgagee or the Lenders in the enforcement of any rights, remedies or recourses under the Credit Documents or otherwise at law or equity shall be deemed to cure any Event of Default.

4.4. Release of and Resort to Collateral. Mortgagee may release, regardless of consideration and without the necessity for any notice to or consent by the holder of any subordinate lien on the Mortgaged Property, any part of the Mortgaged Property without, as to the remainder, in any way impairing, affecting, subordinating or releasing the lien or security interest created in or evidenced by the Credit Documents or their status as a first and prior lien and security interest in and to the Mortgaged Property. For payment of the Indebtedness, Mortgagee may resort to any other security in such order and manner as Mortgagee may elect.

4.5. Waiver of Redemption, Notice and Marshaling of Assets. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Mortgagor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives and releases (a) all benefit that might accrue to Mortgagor by virtue of any present or future statute of limitations or law or judicial decision exempting the Mortgaged Property from attachment, levy or sale on execution or providing for any stay of execution, exemption from civil process, redemption or extension of time for payment; and (b) any right to a marshaling of assets or a sale in inverse order of alienation.

4.6. Discontinuance of Proceedings. If Mortgagee or the Lenders shall have proceeded to invoke any right, remedy or recourse permitted under the Credit Documents and shall thereafter elect to discontinue or abandon it for any reason, Mortgagee or the Lenders shall have the unqualified right to do so and, in such an event, Mortgagor and Mortgagee or the Lenders shall be restored to their former positions with respect to the Indebtedness, the Obligations, the Credit Documents, the Mortgaged Property and otherwise, and the rights, remedies, recourses and powers of Mortgagee or the Lenders shall continue as if the right, remedy or recourse had never been invoked, but no such

4.7. Application of Proceeds. Subject to the terms of Section 2.14, 2.15 and 2.16 of the Credit Agreement, the proceeds of any sale of, and the Rents and other amounts generated by the holding, leasing, management, operation or other use of the Mortgaged Property to the extent payable to Mortgagee pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement or herein, shall be applied by Mortgagee (or the receiver, if one is appointed) in the following order unless otherwise required by applicable law: first, to the payment of the costs and expenses of taking possession of the Mortgaged Property and of holding, using, leasing, repairing, improving and selling the same, including, without limitation, (a) receiver’s fees and expenses, including the repayment of the amounts evidenced by any receiver’s certificates, (b) court costs, (c) reasonable attorneys’ and accountants’ fees and expenses, (d) costs of advertisement; second, to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment of all other Obligations for the ratable benefit of the Lenders and the Lender Counterparties; and third, to the extent of any excess of such proceeds, to the payment to or upon the order of Mortgagor or to whomsoever may be lawfully entitled to receive the same or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

4.8. Occupancy After Foreclosure. Any sale of the Mortgaged Property or any part thereof will divest all right, title and interest of Mortgagor in and to the property sold. Subject to applicable law, any purchaser at a foreclosure sale will receive immediate possession of the property purchased. If Mortgagor retains possession of such property or any part thereof subsequent to such sale, Mortgagor will be considered a tenant at sufferance of the purchaser, and will, if Mortgagor remains in possession after demand to remove, be subject to eviction and removal, forcible or otherwise, with or without process of law.

4.9. Additional Advances and Disbursements; Costs of Enforcement. If any Event of Default exists, Mortgagee and each of the Lenders shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cure such Event of Default in the name and on behalf of Mortgagor in accordance with the Credit Agreement. All sums advanced and expenses incurred at any time by Mortgagee or any Lender under this Section, or otherwise under this Mortgage or any of the other Credit Documents or applicable law, shall bear interest from the date that such sum is advanced or expense incurred if not repaid within five (5) days after demand therefor, to and including the date of reimbursement, computed at the rate or rates at which interest is then computed on the Indebtedness, and all such sums, together with interest thereon, shall be secured by this Mortgage. Mortgagor shall pay all expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) of or incidental to the perfection and enforcement of this Mortgage and the other Credit Documents, or the enforcement, compromise or settlement of the Indebtedness or any claim under this Mortgage and the other Credit Documents, and for the curing thereof, or for defending or asserting the rights and claims of Mortgagee or the Lenders in respect thereof, by litigation or otherwise.

4.10. No Mortgagee in Possession. Neither the enforcement of any of the remedies under this Section, the assignment of the Rents and Leases under Section 5, the’ security interests under Section 6, nor any other remedies afforded to Mortgagee or the Lenders under the Credit Documents, at law or in equity shall cause Mortgagee or any Lender to be deemed or construed to be a mortgagee in possession of the Mortgaged Property, to obligate Mortgagee or any Lender to lease the Mortgaged Property or attempt to do so, or to take any action, incur any expense, or perform or discharge any obligation, duty or liability whatsoever under any of the Leases or otherwise.

5.1. Assignment. In furtherance of and in addition to the assignment made by Mortgagor herein, Mortgagor hereby absolutely and unconditionally assigns, sells, transfers and conveys to Mortgagee all of its right, title and interest in and to all Leases, whether now existing or hereafter entered into, and all of its right, title and interest in and to all Rents. This assignment is an absolute assignment and not an assignment for additional security only. So long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, Mortgagor shall have a revocable license from Mortgagee to exercise all rights extended to the landlord under the Leases, including the right to receive and collect all Rents and to hold the Rents in trust for use in the payment and performance of the Obligations and to otherwise use the same. The foregoing license is granted subject to the conditional limitation that no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, whether or not legal proceedings have commenced, and without regard to waste, adequacy of security for the Obligations or solvency of Mortgagor, the

5.2. Perfection Upon Recordation. Mortgagor acknowledges that Mortgagee has taken all reasonable actions necessary to obtain, and that upon recordation of this Mortgage Mortgagee shall have, to the extent permitted under applicable law, a valid and fully perfected, first priority, present assignment of the Rents arising out of the Leases and all security for such Leases subject to the Permitted Liens and in the case of security deposits, rights of depositors and requirements of law. Mortgagor acknowledges and agrees that upon recordation of this Mortgage, Mortgagee’s interest in the Rents shall be deemed to

be folly perfected, “choate” and enforced as to Mortgagor and all third parties, including, without limitation, any subsequently appointed trustee in any case under Title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”), without the necessity of commencing a foreclosure action with respect to this Mortgage, making formal demand for the Rents, obtaining the appointment of a receiver or taking any other affirmative action.

5.3. Bankruptcy Provisions. Without limitation of the absolute nature of the assignment of the Rents hereunder, Mortgagor and Mortgagee agree that (a) this Mortgage shall constitute a “security agreement” for purposes of Section 552(b) of the Bankruptcy Code, (b) the security interest created by this Mortgage extends to property of Mortgagor acquired before the commencement of a case in bankruptcy and to all amounts paid as Rents, and (c) such security interest shall extend to all Rents acquired by the estate after the commencement of any case in bankruptcy.

6.1. Security Interest. This Mortgage constitutes a “security agreement” on personal property within the meaning of the UCC and other applicable law and with respect to the Personality, Fixtures, Leases, Rents, Deposit Accounts, Property Agreements, Tax Refunds, Proceeds, Insurance and Condemnation Awards. To this end, Mortgagor grants to Mortgagee a first and prior security interest in the Personality, Fixtures, Leases, Rents, Deposit Accounts, Property Agreements, Tax Refunds, Proceeds, Insurance, Condemnation Awards and all other Mortgaged Property which is personal property to secure the payment of the Indebtedness and performance of the Obligations subject to the Permitted Liens, and agrees that Mortgagee shall have all the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC with respect to such property. Any notice of sale, disposition or other intended action by Mortgagee with respect to the Personality, Fixtures, Leases, Rents, Deposit Accounts, Property Agreements, Tax Refunds, Proceeds, Insurance and Condemnation Awards sent to Mortgagor at least ten (10) days prior to any action under the UCC shall constitute reasonable notice to Mortgagor.

6.2. Financing Statements. Mortgagor shall execute and deliver to Mortgagee, in form and substance satisfactory to Mortgagee, such financing statements and such further assurances as Mortgagee may, from time to time, reasonably consider necessary to create, perfect and preserve Mortgagee’s security interest hereunder and Mortgagee may cause such statements and assurances to be recorded and filed, at such times and places as may be required or permitted by law to so create, perfect and preserve such security interest. Mortgagor’s chief executive office is at the address set forth on Appendix B to the Credit Agreement.

6.3. Fixture Filing. This Mortgage shall also constitute a “fixture filing” for the purposes of the UCC against all of the Mortgaged Property which is or is to become fixtures. Information concerning the security interest herein granted may be obtained at the addresses of Debtor (Mortgagor) and Secured Party (Mortgagee) as set forth in the first paragraph of this Mortgage.

Mortgagor hereby irrevocably appoints Mortgagee and its successors and assigns as its attorney-in-fact, which agency is coupled with an interest and with full power of substitution, (a) to execute and/or record any notices of completion, cessation of labor or any other notices that Mortgagee deems appropriate to protect Mortgagee’s interest, if Mortgagor shall fail to do so within ten (10) days after written request by Mortgagee, (b) upon the issuance of a deed pursuant to the foreclosure of this Mortgage or the delivery of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, to execute all instruments of assignment, conveyance or further assurance with respect to the Leases, Rents, Deposit Accounts, Fixtures, Personality, Property Agreements, Tax Refunds, Proceeds, Insurance and Condemnation Awards in favor

of the grantee of any such deed and as may be necessary or desirable for such purpose, (c) to prepare, execute and file or record financing statements, continuation statements, applications for registration and like papers necessary to create, perfect or preserve Mortgagee’s security interests and rights in or to any of the Mortgaged Property, and (d) while any Event of Default exists, to perform any obligation of Mortgagor hereunder; provided, (i) Mortgagee shall not under any circumstances be obligated to perform any obligation of Mortgagor; (ii) any sums advanced by Mortgagee in such performance shall be added to and included in the Indebtedness and shall bear interest at the rate or rates at which interest is then computed on the Indebtedness provided that from the date incurred said advance is not repaid within five (5) days demand therefor; (iii) Mortgagee as such attorney-in-fact shall only be accountable for such funds as are actually received by Mortgagee; and (iv) Mortgagee shall not be liable to Mortgagor or any other person or entity for any failure to take any action which it is empowered to take under this Section.

Mortgagee has been appointed to act as Mortgagee hereunder by Lenders and, by their acceptance of the benefits hereof, Lender Counterparties. Mortgagee shall be obligated, and shall have the right hereunder, to make demands, to give notices, to exercise or refrain from exercising any rights, and to take or refrain from taking any action (including the release or substitution of Mortgaged Property), solely in accordance with this Mortgage and the Credit Agreement; provided, Mortgagee shall exercise, or refrain from exercising, any remedies provided for herein in accordance with the instructions of (a) Requisite Lenders, or (b) after payment in full of all Obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, the holders of a majority of the aggregate notional amount (or, with respect to any Hedge Agreement that has been terminated in accordance with its terms, the amount then due and payable (exclusive of expenses and similar payments but including any early termination payments then due) under such Hedge Agreement) under all Hedge Agreements (Requisite Lenders or, if applicable, such holders being referred to herein as “Requisite Obligees”). In furtherance of the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Lender Counterparty, by its acceptance of the benefits hereof, agrees that it shall have no right individually to realize upon any of the Mortgaged Property, it being understood and agreed by such Lender Counterparty that all rights and remedies hereunder may be exercised solely by Mortgagee for the benefit of Lenders and Lender Counterparties in accordance with the terms of this Section. Mortgagee shall at all times be the same Person that is Collateral Agent under the Credit Agreement. Written notice of resignation by Collateral Agent pursuant to terms of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute notice of resignation as Mortgagee under this Mortgage; removal of Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute removal as Mortgagee under this Mortgage; and appointment of a successor Collateral Agent pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement shall also constitute appointment of a successor Mortgagee under this Mortgage. Upon the acceptance of any appointment as Collateral Agent under the terms of the Credit Agreement by a successor Collateral Agent, that successor Collateral Agent shall thereupon succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring or removed Mortgagee under this Mortgage, and the retiring or removed Mortgagee under this Mortgage shall promptly (i) transfer to such successor Mortgagee all sums, securities and other items of Mortgaged Property held hereunder, together with all records and other documents necessary or appropriate in connection with the performance of the duties of the successor Mortgagee under this Mortgage, and (ii) execute and deliver to such successor Mortgagee such amendments to financing statements, and take such other actions, as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with the assignment to such successor Mortgagee of the. security interests created hereunder, whereupon such retiring or removed Mortgagee shall be discharged from its duties and obligations under this Mortgage thereafter accruing. After any retiring or removed Collateral Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder as Mortgagee, the provisions of this Mortgage shall continue to enure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it under this Mortgage while it was Mortgagee hereunder.

Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Mortgage shall be given in accordance with Section 10.1 of the Credit Agreement. No failure or delay on the part of Mortgagee or any Lender in the exercise of any power, right or privilege hereunder or under any other Credit Document shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such power, right or privilege preclude other or further exercise thereof or of any other power, right or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Mortgage and the other Credit Documents are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights or remedies otherwise available. In case any provision in or obligation under this Mortgage shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. All covenants hereunder shall be given independent effect so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any of such covenants, the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would otherwise be within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default if such action is taken or condition exists. This Mortgage shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Mortgagee and Mortgagor and their respective successors and assigns. Except as permitted in the Credit Agreement, Mortgagor shall not, without the prior written consent of Mortgagee, assign any rights, duties or obligations hereunder. Upon payment in full of the Indebtedness and performance in full of the Obligations, or upon prepayment of a portion of the Indebtedness equal to the Net Asset Sale Proceeds for the Mortgaged Property in connection with a permitted Asset Sale, subject to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement, Mortgagee, at Mortgagor’s expense, shall release the liens and security interests created by this Mortgage or reconvey the Mortgaged Property to Mortgagor or, at the request of Mortgagor, assign this Mortgage without recourse. This Mortgage and the other Credit Documents embody the entire agreement and understanding between Mortgagee and Mortgagor and supersede all prior agreements and understandings between such parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof. Accordingly, the Credit Documents may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous or subsequent oral agreements of the parties. There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties.

THE PROVISIONS OF THIS MORTGAGE REGARDING THE CREATION, PERFECTION AND ENFORCEMENT OF THE LIENS AND SECURITY INTERESTS HEREIN GRANTED SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE IN WHICH THE MORTGAGED PROPERTY IS LOCATED. ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS MORTGAGE AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF MORTGAGOR AND MORTGAGEE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mortgagor has on the date set forth in acknowledgment hereto, effective as of the date first above written, caused this instrument to be duly executed and delivered by authority duly given.

This LANDLORD WAIVER AND CONSENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of , , 2008 and entered into by (“Landlord”), to and for the benefit of GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as administrative and collateral agent for Lenders and Lender Counterparties (in such capacity “Collateral Agent”).

WHEREAS, BRIGHT HORIZONS CHILDREN’S CENTERS, INC., a Delaware Corporation (“Tenant”), has possession of and occupies all or a portion of the property described on Exhibit A annexed hereto (the “Premises”),

WHEREAS, Tenant’s interest in the Premises arises under that certain Lease dated between Landlord and Tenant (as the same may be further amended, the “Lease”), pursuant to which Landlord has rights, upon the terms and conditions set forth therein, to take possession of, and otherwise assert control over, the Premises;

WHEREAS, reference is made to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among BRIGHT HORIZONS ACQUISITION CORP., BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC., BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF BORROWER, including Tenant, as Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P., as Syndication Agent, and Collateral Agent;

WHEREAS, repayment of the extensions of credit made by Lenders under the Credit Agreement will be secured, in part, by certain of Tenant’s property, including, without limitation, all machinery, equipment, furniture and inventory and all other personal property described as “Collateral” in the Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of May 28, 2008 by and among BRIGHT HORIZONS ACQUISITION CORP., BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC., BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF BORROWER, including Tenant, and Collateral Agent, whether now or hereafter located on the Premises (“Collateral”); and

WHEREAS, Collateral Agent has requested that Landlord execute this Agreement as a condition to the extension of credit to Tenant under the Credit Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord hereby represents and warrants to, and covenants and agrees with, Collateral Agent as follows:

1. Landlord hereby (a) waives and releases unto Collateral Agent and its successors and assigns any and all rights granted by or under any present or future laws to levy or distraint for rent or any other charges which may be due to Landlord against the Collateral, and any and all other claims, liens and demands of every kind which it now has or may hereafter have against the Collateral, and (b) agrees that any rights it may have in or to the Collateral, no matter how arising (to the extent not effectively waived pursuant to clause (a) of this paragraph 1), shall be second and subordinate to the rights of Collateral Agent in respect thereof. Landlord acknowledges that the Collateral is and will remain personal property and not fixtures even though it may be affixed to or placed on the Premises.

2. Landlord certifies that (a) Landlord is the landlord under the Lease, (b) the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been amended, modified, or supplemented except as set forth on Exhibit B annexed hereto, (c) to the knowledge of Landlord, there is no defense, offset, claim or counterclaim by or in favor of Landlord against Tenant under the Lease or against the obligations of Landlord under the Lease, (d) no notice of default has been given under or in connection with the Lease which has not been cured, and Landlord has no knowledge of the occurrence of any other default under or in connection with the Lease, and (e) except as disclosed to Collateral Agent, no portion of the Premises is encumbered in any way by any deed of trust or mortgage lien or ground or superior lease.

3. Landlord consents to the installation or placement of the Collateral on the Premises, and Landlord grants to Collateral Agent a license to enter upon and into the Premises to do any or all of the following with respect to the Collateral: assemble, have appraised, display, remove, maintain, prepare for sale or lease, repair, transfer, or sell (at public or private sale). In entering upon or into the Premises, Collateral Agent hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord caused solely by Collateral Agent’s entering upon or into the Premises and taking any of the foregoing actions with respect to the Collateral. Such costs shall include any damage to the Premises made by Collateral Agent in severing and/or removing the Collateral therefrom.

4. Landlord agrees that it will not prevent Collateral Agent or its designee from entering upon the Premises at all reasonable times to inspect or remove the Collateral. In the event that Landlord has the right to, and desires to, obtain possession of the Premises (either through expiration of the Lease or termination thereof due to the default of Tenant thereunder), Landlord will deliver notice (the “Landlord’s Notice”) to Collateral Agent to that effect. Within the 45 day period after Collateral Agent receives the Landlord’s Notice, Collateral Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to cause the Collateral to be removed from the Premises. During such 45 day period, Landlord will not remove the Collateral from the Premises nor interfere with Collateral Agent’s actions in removing the Collateral from

the Premises or Collateral Agent’s actions in otherwise enforcing its security interest in the Collateral. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this paragraph, Collateral Agent shall at no time have any obligation to remove the Collateral from the Premises.

5. Landlord shall send to Collateral Agent a copy of any notice of default under the Lease sent by Landlord to Tenant. In addition, Landlord shall send to Collateral Agent a copy of any notice received by Landlord of a breach or default under any other lease, mortgage, deed of trust, security agreement or other instrument to which Landlord is a party which may affect Landlord’s rights in, or possession of, the Premises.

7. The provisions of this Agreement shall continue in effect until Landlord shall have received Collateral Agent’s written certification that all amounts advanced under the Credit Agreement have been paid in full.

8. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

9. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective successors and assigns. Landlord shall notify its successor owner of the Premises of the existence of this Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first set forth above.

By its acceptance hereof, as of the day and year first set forth above, Collateral Agent agrees to be bound by the provisions hereof.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, each of the undersigned, to the extent a borrower from time to time from any other entity listed on the signature page hereto (each, in such capacity, a “Payor”), hereby promises to pay on demand to the order of such other entity listed below (each, in such capacity, a “Payee”), at such place as Payor may designate, in Dollars, British pounds sterling, Euros or Canadian dollars, together with interest thereon, as hereinafter set forth.

This note (“Note”) shall bear interest per annum as shall be agreed upon from time to time by such Payor and such Payee; provided, however, that in no event shall the rate of interest payable in respect of the indebtedness evidenced hereby exceed the maximum rate of interest from time to time allowed to be charged by applicable law. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and shall be paid through the actual number of days on which principal is outstanding.

This Note is an Intercompany Note referred to in the Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of May 28, 2008 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Bright Horizons Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub”), Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), Bright Horizons Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), certain subsidiaries of the Borrower party thereto from time to time, each lender from time to time party thereto, Goldman Sachs Credit Partners L.P., as Syndication Agent, and General Electric Capital Corporation, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent. Reference is made to the Indenture dated as of May 28, 2008 (as amended or supplemented from time to time, the “Indenture”) among Merger Sub, the Borrower, Holdings, the guarantors from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “Guarantors” and together with the Borrower, the “Note Parties”) and Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, as Trustee. Each Payee hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Administrative Agent may exercise all rights provided in the Credit Agreement and the Pledge and Security Agreement and the Trustee may exercise all rights provided in the Indenture and the Securities Guarantees, in each case, with respect to this Note. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement or Indenture, as applicable.

“Senior Indebtedness” means Senior Secured Indebtedness and Senior Unsecured Indebtedness, as applicable.

“Senior Secured Indebtedness” means all principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Credit Parties, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed or allowable in any such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, indemnification and reimbursement obligations and all other amounts payable under the Credit Parties’ guarantee of the “Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement and the Credit Parties’ guarantee of obligations in respect of each of the Notes (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

“Senior Unsecured Indebtedness” means all principal, premium (if any), interest (including interest accruing on or after the filing of a petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to the Note Parties, whether or not a claim for post-filing interest is allowed or allowable in any such proceedings), fees, charges, expenses, indemnification and reimbursement obligations and all other amounts payable under the Note Parties’ guarantee of obligations in respect of each of the Subordinated Notes (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

“Subordinated Payor” means the Credit Subordinated Payors and the Note Subordinated Payors, as applicable.

Anything in this Note to the contrary notwithstanding, the indebtedness evidenced by this Note (i) owed to any Payee by any Payor which is a Credit Party under any Senior Secured Indebtedness (a “Credit Subordinated Payor”) shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior Secured Indebtedness and (ii) owed to any Payee which is not an obligor under any Senior Unsecured Indebtedness by any Payor which is an obligor under any Senior Unsecured Indebtedness (a “Note Subordinated Payor”) shall be subordinate and junior in right of payment to all Senior Unsecured Indebtedness, in each case, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth:

(i) In the event of any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, and any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceedings in connection therewith, relative to any Subordinated Payor or to its creditors, as such, or to its property, and in the event of any proceedings for voluntary liquidation, dissolution or other winding up of such Subordinated Payor, whether or not involving insolvency or bankruptcy, then (x) the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Senior Indebtedness before any Payee is entitled to receive (whether directly or indirectly), or make any demands for, any payment on account of this Note and (y) until the holders of Senior Indebtedness are paid in full in cash in respect of all amounts constituting Senior indebtedness, any payment or distribution to which such Payee would otherwise be entitled (other than (x) Qualified Equity Interests (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement) or (y) debt securities of such Subordinated Payor that are subordinated, to at least the same extent as this Note, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness then outstanding (such securities being hereinafter referred to as “Restructured Debt Securities”)) shall be made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness;

(ii) at the election of the Administrative Agent or Trustee, as applicable, any Event of Default (as defined in the Senior Indebtedness) occurs and is continuing with respect to any Senior Indebtedness (after any applicable grace period), then no payment or distribution of any kind or character shall be made by or on behalf of the Subordinated Payor or any other Person on its behalf with respect to this Note; provided, however, that a Subordinated Payor may make payments or distributions without regard to the foregoing if such Payor receives written notice approving such payment from the Administrative Agent or Trustee, as applicable; and

(iii) if any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property (other than Restructured Debt Securities), in respect of this Note shall (despite these subordination provisions) be received by any Payee in violation of clause (i) or (ii) before all Senior Indebtedness shall have been paid in full in cash, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid over or delivered to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness (or their representatives), ratably according to the respective aggregate amounts remaining unpaid thereon, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness of the relevant Subordinated Payor in full in cash.

To the fullest extent permitted by law, no present or future holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be prejudiced in its right to enforce the subordination of this Note by any act or failure to act on the part of any Subordinated Payor or by any act or failure to act on the part of such holder or any trustee or agent for such holder. Each Payee and each Payor hereby agree that the subordination of this Note is for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Lenders, the Trustee, the holders of the Notes and the holders of the Subordinated Notes, and Administrative Agent, the Collateral Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Lenders, the Trustee, the holders of the Notes and the holders of the Subordinated Notes are obligees under this Note to the same extent as if their names were written herein as such and the Collateral Agent may, on behalf of itself, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Lender, the Lenders, the Trustee, on behalf of itself, the holders of the Notes and the holders of the Subordinated Notes, may proceed to enforce the subordination provisions herein.

Nothing contained in the subordination provisions set forth above is intended to or will impair, as between each Payor and each Payee, the obligations of such Payor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay to such Payee the principal of and interest on this Note as and when due and payable in accordance with its terms, or is intended to or will affect the relative rights of such Payee and other creditors of such Payor other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness.

Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to be delivered on the earlier of (i) the date received, or (ii) the date of delivery, refusal, or non-delivery indicated on the return receipt, if deposited in a United States Postal Service depository, postage prepaid, sent registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the party to receive the same at the address of such party set forth at the beginning of this Note, or at such other address as may be designated in a notice delivered or mailed as herein provided, or (iii) the date of delivery, refusal, or non-delivery indicated on a confirmation of delivery or of attempt to deliver by an overnight courier, if addressed as set forth herein, or (iv) the date of delivery by facsimile, as evidenced by a confirmed facsimile copy, to a facsimile receiver designated in a notice delivered or mailed as herein provided.

Each Payee is hereby authorized to record all loans and advances made by it to any Payor (all of which shall be evidenced by this Note), and all repayments or prepayments thereof, in its books and records, such books and records constituting prima facie evidence of the accuracy of the information contained therein.

Each Payor hereby waives presentment, demand, notice, protest and all other suretyship defenses generally- All payments under this Note shall be made without offset, counterclaim or deduction of any kind.

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the substantive law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, with regard to principles of conflicts of laws, and shall take effect as an instrument under seal.

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of [ , 20 ] (this “Agreement”), by and among [NEW LENDERS] (each a “Lender” and collectively the “Lenders”), BRIGHT HORIZONS FAMILY SOLUTIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), BRIGHT HORIZONS CAPITAL CORP., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), and CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES OF THE BORROWER, as Guarantors (“Guarantors”), GOLDMAN SACHS CREDIT PARTNERS L.P. (“GSCP”), as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent.

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 28, 2008 (as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “Credit Agreement”; the terms defined therein and not otherwise defined herein being used herein as therein defined), by and among Borrower, Holdings, the Guarantors, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, GSCP, as Syndication Agent, and GENERAL ELECTRIC CAPITAL CORPORATION, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2.24 of the Credit Agreement and subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Borrower may increase the existing Revolving Loan Commitments and/or provide New Term Loan Commitments by entering into one or more Joinder Agreements with the New Term Loan Lenders and/or New Revolving Loan Lenders, as applicable.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Each Lender party hereto hereby agrees to commit to provide its respective Commitment as set forth on Schedule A annexed hereto, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth below:

Each Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Joinder Agreement (this “Agreement”); (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers under the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents as are delegated to Administrative Agent and Syndication Agent, as the case may be, by the terms thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Credit Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Each Lender hereby agrees to make its Commitment on the following terms and conditions²⁸:

[Insert other additional prepayment provisions with respect to New Term Loans]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement as of [ , ].

This MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of May 28, 2008, by and among (i) Bright Horizons Solutions Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), (ii) Bright Horizons Capital Corp. (f/k/a Swingset Holdings Corp), a Delaware corporation, (“Parent”) (iii) Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (f/k/a Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation) (“BHFS”), and (iv) Bain Capital Partners, LLC (“Bain” or the “Manager”).

WHEREAS, the Company owns all of the outstanding stock of Parent, and Parent has entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 14, 2008 (the “Merger Agreement”), among (i) Parent, (ii) Bright Horizons Acquisition Corp. (f/k/a Swingset Acquisition Corp.), a Delaware corporation and wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”) and (iii) Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BHFS, Inc.”), pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into BHFS, Inc. (the “Merger”) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement;

WHEREAS, on May 16, 2008, Swingset Holdings Corp. amended its Certificate of Incorporation to change its name to Bright Horizons Capital Corp.;

WHEREAS, on May 16, 2008, Swingset Acquisition Corp. amended its Certificate of Incorporation to change its name to Bright Horizons Acquisition Corp.;

WHEREAS, on the “Closing Date” (as such term is defined in the Merger Agreement), BHFS, Inc. is converting from a Delaware corporation to a Delaware limited liability company named Bright Horizons Family Solutions LLC;

WHEREAS, in connection with the Merger and related transactions, the Manager provided advice, analysis and assistance, including without limitation with respect to due diligence investigations and the structuring and negotiation of senior and junior debt facilities, management employment arrangements and other matters (the “Financial Advisory Services”); and

WHEREAS, the Company desires to retain the Manager to provide management, consulting and financial and other advisory services (“Services”) to the Company, and the Manager is willing to provide such services on the terms set forth below.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Services. The Manager hereby agrees that it will provide the following Services to the Company:

(a) advice in connection with the negotiation and consummation of agreements, contracts, documents and instruments necessary to provide the Company with financing on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Company;

(b) financial, managerial and operational advice in connection with day-to-day operations, including, without limitation, advice with respect to the development and implementation of strategies for improving the operating, marketing and financial performance of the Company;

(c) advice in connection with financing, acquisition, disposition, merger, business combination and change of control transactions involving the Company (however structured); and

(d) such other services (which may include financial and strategic planning and analysis, consulting services, human resources and executive recruitment services and other services) as the Manager and the Company may from time to time agree to in writing.

The Manager will devote, in its discretion, such time and efforts to the performance of services contemplated hereby as the Manager deems reasonably necessary or appropriate; provided, however, that no minimum number of hours is required to be devoted by the Manager on a weekly, monthly, annual or other basis. The Company acknowledges that the Manager’s services are not exclusive to the Company and that the Manager will render similar services to other persons and entities. The Manager and the Company understand that the Company may, at times, engage one or more investment bankers or financial advisers to provide services in addition to, but not in lieu of, services provided by the Manager under this Agreement. In providing services to the Company, the Manager will act as an independent contractor and it is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement is not intended to create, and does not create, any partnership, agency, joint venture or similar relationship and that no party has the right or ability to contract for or on behalf of any other party or to effect any transaction for the account of any other party.

(a) The Company will pay to the Manager (or such affiliates as the Manager may designate), in consideration of the Manager providing the Financial Advisory Services, an aggregate transaction fee (the “Transaction Fee”) in the amount of $12,500,000.00, such fee being payable on the effective date of the Merger (the “Closing Date”).

(b) During the Term (as such term is defined in Section 3 hereof), the Company will pay to the Manager (or such affiliates as the Manager may designate), an aggregate annual periodic fee (the “Periodic Fee”) of $2,500,000.00 in exchange for the ongoing Services provided by the Manager under this Agreement, such fee being payable by the Company quarterly in advance on or before the start of each calendar quarter; provided, however, that the Company will pay the Periodic Fee for the period from the date hereof through June 30, 2008 on the Closing Date. The Periodic Fee will be prorated for any partial period of less than three months. The Manager may elect in its sole discretion to defer the receipt of all or a portion of the Periodic Fee.

(c) During the Term, the Manager will advise the Company in connection with financing, acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions involving the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (however structured), and the Company will pay to the Manager (or such affiliates as the Manager may designate) an aggregate fee (each a “Subsequent Fee”) in connection with each such transaction equal to one percent (1%) of the gross transaction value of such transaction. In the case of an Initial Public Offering or a Change of Control (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement, dated on or about the date hereof, among the Company and its stockholders (the “Stockholders Agreement”)), the Company shall pay, in addition to the fees payable above, a lump sum amount equal to the net present value (using a discount rate equal to the then prevailing yield on U.S. Treasury Securities of like maturity) of the Periodic Fees that would have been payable to the Manager with respect to the period from the date of such Initial Public Offering or Change of Control until the end of the Term then in effect. Each such fee to be due and payable at the closing of such transaction and in the case of financing transactions, whether or not any such financing is actually committed or drawn upon.

Each payment made pursuant to this Section 2 will be paid by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds to the accounts specified on Schedule 1 hereto, or to such other account(s) as the Manager may specify to the Company in writing prior to such payment.

3. Term. This Agreement will continue in full force and effect until December 31, 2018; provided that this Agreement shall be automatically extended on such date and each December 31 thereafter for an additional year unless the Company or the Manager provides written notice of its desire not to automatically extend the term of this Agreement to the other parties hereto at least 90 days prior to such December 31; and provided further, however, that (a) the Manager may cause this Agreement to terminate at any time and (b) this Agreement will terminate automatically upon an Initial Public Offering or a Change of Control (each as defined in the Stockholder Agreement) unless the Company and the Manager determine otherwise (the period on and after the date hereof through the termination hereof being referred to herein as the “Term”); and provided further, that each of (x) Sections 4, 5 and 8 hereof (whether in respect of or relating to services rendered during or after the Term) will all survive any termination of this Agreement to the maximum extent permitted under applicable law and (y) any and all accrued and unpaid obligations of the Company owed under Section 2 hereof will be paid promptly upon any termination of this Agreement. At the end of the Term, all obligations of the Manager under this Agreement will terminate and any subsequent services rendered by the Manager to the Company will be separately compensated.

(a) Expenses. The Company will pay on demand all Reimbursable Expenses. As used herein, “Reimbursable Expenses” means all (i) expenses incurred or accrued prior to the Closing Date by the Manager or its affiliates in connection with this Agreement, the Merger or any related transactions, consisting of their respective out-of-pocket expenses for travel and other incidentals in connection with such transactions (including, without limitation, all air travel (by first class on a commercial airline or by charter, as determined by the Manager) and other travel

related expenses) and the out-of-pocket expenses and the fees and charges of (A) Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel, (B) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, accounting firm (C) Marsh, insurance specialists, and (D) any other consultants or advisors, appraisal or valuation firms, information or exchange agents, or other entities retained by the Manager in connection with such transactions, (ii) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred from and after the Closing Date relating to their Affiliated Funds’ investment in, the operations of, or the services provided by the Manager to, the Company or any of its affiliates from time to time (including, without limitation, all air travel (by first class on a commercial airline or by charter, as determined by the Managing Directors of the Manager) and other reasonable travel related expenses), (iii) reasonable out-of-pocket legal expenses incurred by the Manager or its affiliates from and after Closing Date in connection with the enforcement of rights or taking of actions under this Agreement, under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, or under any subscription agreements, stockholders agreements, registration rights agreements, voting agreements or similar agreements entered into with the Company in connection with investments in the Company and/or its subsidiaries (subject to any applicable limitations on expense reimbursement rights expressly set forth in such agreements) and (iv) expenses incurred from and after the Closing Date by the Manager and its affiliates, which the Manager, in its sole discretion, deems properly allocable to the Company under this Agreement.

(b) Indemnity and Liability. The Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to exonerate and hold the Manager, each Affiliated Fund, and each of their respective former, current or future, direct or indirect directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and affiliates, each former, current or future, direct or indirect holder of any equity interests or securities of the Manager or any Affiliated Fund (whether such holder is a limited or general partner, member, stockholder or otherwise), each former, current or future assignee of the Manager or any Affiliated Fund and each former, current or future director, officer, employee, agent, advisor, general or limited partner, manager, member, stockholder, affiliate, controlling person, representative and assignee of any of the foregoing (each such person or entity, a “Related Person”) (collectively, the “Indemnitees”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, damages and costs and expenses in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them before or after the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “Indemnified Liabilities”), as a result of, arising out of, or in any way relating to (i) this Agreement, the Merger, any transaction to which the Company or any of its affiliates is a party, or any other circumstances with respect to the Company or any of its affiliates or (ii) operations of, or services provided by the Manager to, the Company, or any of its affiliates from time to time (including but not limited to any indemnification obligations assumed or incurred by any Indemnitee to or on behalf of the Company, or any of its accountants or other representatives, agents or affiliates) except for any such Indemnified Liabilities arising from such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. If and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, the Company hereby agrees to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities that is permissible under applicable law. For purposes of this Section 4(b), “gross negligence or willful misconduct” will be deemed to have occurred only if so found in a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any of the foregoing limitations is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously advanced indemnity payments made by the Company, then such payments shall be promptly repaid by such Indemnitee to the

Company The rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such person may have under any other agreement or instrument referenced above or any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation. Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provisions hereof, the rights of the Indemnitees (other than the Manager) hereunder may only be exercised on their behalf by the Manager. In this Agreement, “Person” means any individual or corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint stock or other company, business trust, trust, organization, or other entity of any kind. In this Agreement, the term “Affiliated Funds” means, with respect to any specified investment fund, any other investment fund that directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such specified fund or that has the same general partner or primary investment advisor as such specified fund (or a general partner or primary investment advisor that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the general partner or primary investment advisor of such specified fund).

(a) Disclaimer; Standard of Care. The Manager does not make any representations or warranties, express or implied, in respect of the services to be provided by the Manager hereunder. In no event will the Manager or any of the Indemnitees be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any act, alleged act, omission or alleged omission that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Manager as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(b) Freedom to Pursue Opportunities. In recognition that the Manager and its respective Indemnitees currently have, and will in the future have or will consider acquiring, investments in numerous companies with respect to which the Manager or its Indemnitees may serve as an advisor, a director or in some other capacity, and in recognition that the Manager and its respective Indemnitees have myriad duties to various investors and partners, and in anticipation that the Company, on the one hand and the Manager (or one or more affiliates, associated investment funds or portfolio companies, or clients of the Manager), on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the Company hereunder and in recognition of the difficulties that may confront any advisor who desires and endeavors fully to satisfy such advisor’s duties in determining the full scope of such duties in any particular situation, the provisions of this Section 5(b) are set forth to regulate, define and guide the conduct of certain affairs of the Company as they may involve the Manager. Except as the Manager may otherwise agree in writing after the date hereof:

(i) The Manager and its Indemnitees will have the right: (A) to directly or indirectly engage in any business (including, without limitation, any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, the Company and its subsidiaries) or invest, own or deal in securities of any other Person so engaged in any business, (B) to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Company and its subsidiaries, (C) to take any other action that the Manager believes in good faith is necessary to or appropriate to fulfill its obligations as described in the first sentence of this Section 5(b), and (D) not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities to the Company or any of their subsidiaries, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for itself, and to direct any such opportunity to another person.

(ii) The Manager and its respective Indemnitees will have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the Company or any of its affiliates or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 5(b)(i) hereof, and the Company, on its own behalf and on behalf of its affiliates, hereby renounce and waive any right to require the Manager or any of its Indemnitees to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 5(b).

(iii) The Manager and its Indemnitees will not be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 5(b) or of any such person’s participation therein.

(c) Limitation of Liability. In no event will the Manager or any of its Indemnitees be liable to the Company or any of its affiliates for any indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost profits or savings, whether or not such damages are foreseeable, or for any third party claims (whether based in contract, tort or otherwise), relating to the services to be provided by the Manager hereunder. Additionally, in no event shall the aggregate liability of the Manager and all of its Indemnitees with respect to this Agreement or any services provided hereunder exceed the fees received by the Manager pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement.

6. Assignment, etc. Except as provided below, no party hereto has the right to assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of each of the other parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) the Manager may assign all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder to any affiliate of the Manager that provides services similar to those called for by this Agreement, in which event the Manager will be released of all of its rights and obligations hereunder and (b) the provisions hereof for the benefit of Indemnitees other than the Manager itself shall also inure to the benefit of such other Indemnitees and their successors and assigns.

7. Amendments and Waivers. No amendment or waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement will be effective, unless in writing and executed by the Manager and the Company (or their respective successors); provided, that the Manager may individually agree to waive or reduce any fee to which it is entitled pursuant to this Agreement, and, unless otherwise directed by the Manager, such waived portion shall revert to the Company. No waiver on any one occasion will extend to or effect or be construed as a waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion. No course of dealing of any person nor any delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy will constitute an amendment of this Agreement or a waiver of any right or remedy of any party hereto.

(a) Choice of Law. This Agreement and any controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as to matters within the scope thereof, and as to all other matters shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction. Each of the parties agrees that all actions, suits or proceedings arising out of, based upon or relating to this Agreement or the subject matter hereof will be brought and maintained exclusively in the federal and state courts of the State of New York, City of New York, County of New York. Each of the parties hereto by execution hereof (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the State of New York, City of New York, County of New York for the purpose of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the subject matter hereof and (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, suit or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that it is immune from extraterritorial injunctive relief or other injunctive relief, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or maintained in one of the above-named courts, that any such action, suit or proceeding brought or maintained in one of the above-named courts should be dismissed on grounds of forum non conveniens, should be transferred to any court other than one of the above-named courts, should be stayed by virtue of the pendency of any other action, suit or proceeding in any court other than one of the above-named courts, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by any of the above-named courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this Agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard will be deemed to be included in clause (i) above. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such suit, action or proceeding in any manner permitted by the laws of the State of New York, agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at the address specified in or pursuant to Section 10 hereof is reasonably calculated to give actual notice and waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, suit or proceeding any claim that service of process made in accordance with Section 10 hereof does not constitute good and sufficient service of process. The provisions of this Section 8 will not restrict the ability of any party to enforce in any court any judgment obtained in a court included in clause (i) above.

(c) Waiver of Jury Trial. To THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW THAT CANNOT BE WAIVED, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, AND COVENANTS THAT IT WILL NOT ASSERT (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT, OR OTHERWISE), ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY FORUM IN RESPECT OF ANY ISSUE, CLAIM, DEMAND, CAUSE OF ACTION, ACTION, SUIT OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF, BASED UPON OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INFORMED BY EACH OTHER PARTY THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 8(c) CONSTITUTE A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT UPON WHICH SUCH PARTY IS RELYING AND WILL RELY IN ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY. ANY OF THE PARTIES HERETO MAY FILE AN

ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

9. Entire Agreement, Etc. This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior communication or agreement with respect thereto. The Company and each of its subsidiaries party hereto shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of the Company or any such subsidiary hereunder.

10. Notice. All notices, demands, and communications required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and will be effective if served upon such other party and such other party’s copied persons as specified below to the address set forth for it below (or to such other address as such party will have specified by notice to each other party) if (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent and received by facsimile or (iii) sent by certified or registered mail or by Federal Express, DHL, UPS or any other comparably reputable overnight courier service, postage prepaid, to the appropriate address as follows:

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications will be deemed effective, (a) on the date received, if personally delivered or sent by facsimile during normal business hours, (b) on the business day after being received if sent by facsimile other than during normal business hours, (c) one business day after being sent by Federal Express, DHL or UPS or other comparably reputable delivery service and (d) five business days after being sent by registered or certified mail. Each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.

11. Severability. If in any judicial or arbitral proceedings a court or arbitrator refuses to enforce any provision of this Agreement, then such unenforceable provision will be deemed eliminated from this Agreement for the purpose of such proceedings to the extent necessary to permit the remaining provisions to be enforced, and the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to seek to enter into substitute provisions incorporating, as nearly as possible, the purpose, intent and effect of such unenforceable provision. To the full extent, however, that the provisions of any applicable law may be waived, they are hereby waived to the end that this Agreement be deemed to be a valid and binding agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms, and in the event that any provision hereof is found to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision will be construed by limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent consistent with and possible under applicable law.

(a) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed will be deemed to be an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same agreement.

(b) Interpretation. The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and will not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation hereof. As used herein the word “including” shall be deemed to mean “including without limitation”. This Agreement reflects the mutual intent of the parties and no rule of construction against the drafting party shall apply.

(c) No Third Party Beneficiaries. The terms and provisions of this Agreement are intended solely for the benefit of each party hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and it is not the intention of the parties to confer, and, except for Indemnitees as defined in Section 4 hereof (but subject to the rights of the Manager to exercise the rights of the same), no provision hereof shall confer third party beneficiary rights upon any other person or entity.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank. Signatures immediately follow.]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as an instrument under seal as of the date first above written by its officer or representative thereunto duly authorized.


Delaware	8351	80-0188269
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary standard industrial classification code number)	(I.R.S. employer identification number)


Large accelerated Filer ¨		Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer x		Smaller reporting company ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)



Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered	Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price(1)	Amount of Registration Fee
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share	$	$


	Per share	Total
Initial public offering price	$	$
Underwriting discounts and commissions	$	$
Proceeds, before expenses, to us	$	$


Goldman, Sachs & Co.	J.P. Morgan	Barclays

BofA Merrill Lynch		Credit Suisse


Prospectus Summary			1
Risk Factors			14
Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements			25
The Reclassification			27
Use of Proceeds			29
Dividend Policy			30
Capitalization			31
Dilution			32
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data			34
Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed Financial Information			36
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations			40
Business			61
Management			79
Related Party Transactions			96
Description of Indebtedness			98
Security Ownership of Beneficial Owners and Management			104
Description of Capital Stock			108
Shares Eligible for Future Sale			112
Material U.S. Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock			114
Underwriting			118
Conflict of Interest			124
Legal Matters			124
Experts			124
Where You Can Find More Information			125
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements			F-1


Class L base amount as of May 28, 2008(1)	$	405.00
Accumulated dividends at 10% per annum, compounded quarterly, as of , 2012

Class L conversion amount as of , 2012	$


Class L conversion amount per share
Assumed initial public offering price per share(a)
Offering expenses per share

Assumed initial public offering price per share, net of expenses

Conversion factor for Class L conversion amount
Class L base share

Class L conversion factor


	$	$	$	$	$
Class L conversion factor(1)(2)
Shares outstanding
Options outstanding(1)(2)


	As of June 30, 2012
	Actual			As Adjusted
	(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents(1)	$	62,764		$


Long-term debt, including current portion	$			$
Revolving credit facility(2)		—
Term loan facility(3)		430,898

Total secured debt		430,898
11.5% senior subordinated notes		300,000
13.0% senior notes		185,553

Total long-term debt(4)		916,451


Class L common stock, $0.001 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized and 1,327,115 shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis		811,548

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)
Common stock; $0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares authorized and 11,946,135 shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis		12
Additional paid-in capital		144,063
Treasury stock, at cost		(622	)
Accumulated deficit(5)		(359,231	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(15,935	)

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)		(231,713	)

Total capitalization	$	1,496,286


Assumed initial public offering price per share(a)		$
Pro forma net tangible book value (deficiency) per share at June 30, 2012
Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering
Pro forma net tangible book value (deficiency) per share after this offering		$
Dilution per share to new investors		$


	Shares Purchased				Total Consideration					Average Price Per Share
	Number	Percent			Amount		Percent			Average Price Per Share
Existing stockholders(1)	$			%	$				%	$
New investors						(2)

Total	$		100	%	$			100	%	$


Class L shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2012
Less: Class L treasury shares as of June 30, 2012

Net Class L shares outstanding as of June 30, 2012
Class L conversion factor(a)

Converted net Class L shares as of June 30, 2012
Common shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2012
Less: Common treasury shares as of June 30, 2012

Total common shares purchased by existing stockholders


	Year Ended December 31,									Six Months Ended June 30,
	2009			2010			2011			2011			2012
	(In thousands, except operating data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenue	$	852,323		$	878,159		$	973,701		$	480,939		$	529,585
Cost of services		672,793			698,264			766,500			376,321			407,012

Gross profit		179,530			179,895			207,201			104,618			122,573
Selling, general and administrative expenses		82,798			83,601			92,938			45,196			67,226
Amortization		29,960			27,631			27,427			13,661			13,182

Income from operations		66,772			68,663			86,836			45,761			42,165
Gains from foreign currency transactions		—			—			835			—			—
Interest income		132			28			824			22			62
Interest expense		(83,228	)		(88,999	)		(82,908	)		(43,603	)		(40,432	)

Net interest expense and other		(83,096	)		(88,971	)		(81,249	)		(43,581	)		(40,370	)

(Loss) income before income taxes		(16,324	)		(20,308	)		5,587			2,180			1,795
Income tax benefit (expense)		6,789			10,314			(825	)		(924	)		(119	)

Net (loss) income		(9,535	)		(9,994	)		4,762			1,256			1,676
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest		—			—			3			—			134

Net (loss) income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	$	(9,535	)	$	(9,994	)	$	4,759		$	1,256		$	1,542

Accretion of Class L preference		58,559			64,712			71,568			34,603			38,102
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options		1,171			1,251			1,274			623			3,992

Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(69,265	)	$	(75,957	)	$	(68,083	)	$	(33,970	)	$	(40,552	)

Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:
Class L	$	58,559		$	64,712		$	71,568		$	34,603		$	38,102
Class A	$	(69,265	)	$	(75,957	)	$	(68,083	)	$	(33,970	)	$	(40,552	)
Earnings (loss) per share:
Class L—basic and diluted	$	44.52		$	49.21		$	54.33		$	26.27		$	28.75
Common—basic and diluted	$	(5.85	)	$	(6.42	)	$	(5.74	)	$	(2.87	)	$	(3.40	)
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Class L—basic and diluted		1,315,267			1,315,153			1,317,273			1,317,053			1,325,297
Common—basic and diluted		11,837,402			11,836,374			11,855,632			11,853,477			11,929,773
Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations Data (1):
Pro forma net income
Pro forma earnings per share(2):
Basic
Diluted
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (at period end):
Total cash and cash equivalents	$	14,360		$	15,438		$	30,448		$	27,669		$	62,764
Total assets		1,732,724			1,721,692			1,771,164			1,729,375			1,901,331
Total liabilities, excluding debt		364,352			362,034			389,986			374,560			414,840
Total debt, including current maturities		794,881			795,458			799,257			786,394			891,360
Total redeemable noncontrolling interest		—			—			15,527			—			15,296
Class L common stock		633,452			699,533			772,422			734,759			811,548
Total stockholders’ deficit		(59,961	)		(135,333	)		(206,028	)		(166,338	)		(231,713	)


	Bright Horizons			Huntyard in US GAAP (in £) Period Ended May 22, 2012			Huntyard in US GAAP (in US $) Period Ended May 22, 2012			Pro forma Adjustments			Pro forma Combined
Revenue	$	529,585			£10,978		$	17,440		$	—		$	547,025
Cost of services		407,012			7,685			12,206			—			419,218

Gross Profit		122,573			3,293			5,234			—			127,807
Selling, general and administrative expenses		67,226			833			1,324			(434	)D		68,116
Amortization		13,182			70			110			411	A		13,703

Income from operations		42,165			2,390			3,800			23			45,988
Interest income		62			—			—			—			62
Interest expense		(40,432	)		(640	)		(1,011	)		(917	)B		(42,360	)

Income (loss) before income taxes		1,795			1,750			2,789			(894	)		3,690
Income tax benefit (expense)		(119	)		(544	)		(865	)		508	C		(476	)

Net Income (loss)		1,676			1,206			1,924			(386	)		3,214
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest		134			—			—			—			134

Net Income (loss) available to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	$	1,542			£1,206		$	1,924		$	(386	)	$	3,080

Accretion of Class L preference		38,102												38,102
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options		3,992												3,992

Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(40,552	)										$	(39,014	)

Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:
Class L	$	38,102											$	38,102
Class A	$	(40,552	)										$	(39,014	)
Earnings (loss) per share:
Class L—basic and diluted		28.75												28.75
Class A—basic and diluted		(3.40	)											(3.27	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Class L—basic and diluted		1,325,297												1,325,297
Class A—basic and diluted		11,929,773												11,929,773


	Bright Horizons			Huntyard in US GAAP (in £)			Huntyard in US GAAP (in US$)			Pro forma Adjustments			Pro forma Combined
Revenue	$	973,701			£26,515		$	42,424		$	—		$	1,016,125
Cost of services		766,500			15,811			25,298			6,703	E		798,501

Gross Profit		207,201			10,704			17,126			(6,703	)		217,624
Selling, general and administrative expenses		92,938			6,091			9,745			(6,703	)E		95,980
Amortization		27,427			131			208			1,920	A		29,555

Income (loss) from operations		86,836			4,482			7,173			(1,920	)		92,089
Gains from foreign currency transactions		835			—			—			—			835
Interest income		824			121			193			—			1,017
Interest expense		(82,908	)		(1,630	)		(2,608	)		(2,386	)B		(87,902	)

Income (loss) before income taxes		5,587			2,973			4,758			(4,306	)		6,039
Income tax (expense) benefit		(825	)		(1,298	)		(2,077	)		1,812	C		(1,090	)

Net income (loss)		4,762			1,675			2,681			(2,494	)		4,949
Net income attributable to non-controlling interest		3			—			—			—			3

Net income (loss) available to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.	$	4,759			£1,675		$	2,681		$	(2,494	)	$	4,946

Accretion of Class L preference		71,568												71,568
Accretion of Class L preference for vested options		1,274												1,274

Net loss available to common shareholders	$	(68,083	)										$	(67,896	)

Allocation of net (loss) income to common stockholders—basic and diluted:
Class L	$	71,568											$	71,568
Class A	$	(68,083	)										$	(67,896	)
Earnings (loss) per share:
Class L—basic and diluted		54.33												54.33
Class A—basic and diluted		(5.74	)											(5.73	)
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
Class L—basic and diluted		1,317,273												1,317,273
Class A—basic and diluted		11,855,632												11,855,632


	Percentage of Centers
Classification	North America			Europe
*Single employer locations:*
Consumer		5	%		2.5	%
Financial Services		15			2.5
Government and Education		15			20
Healthcare and Pharmaceuticals		15			5
Industrial/Manufacturing		5			—
Professional Services and Other		10			—
Technology		5			—

		70			30
*Lease/consortium locations*		30			70

		100	%		100	%


					Discounted Cash Flow						PWERM
Valuation Date	Fair Value per Common Share		Market Approach EBITDA Multiples(1)		Perpetuity Growth Rate			Discount Rate(2)			EBITDA Multiple(3)		Weighted Average Years to Exit		Common Stock Discount Rate			Class L Common Stock Discount Rate
May 28, 2008	$	10.00		10.5x		not used			not used			6.5x-14.5x		3.7		44.00	%		16.00	%
December 31, 2011	$	6.09		9.5x		3.00	%		12.80	%		8.6x-9.5x		3.0		56.70	%		16.30	%


	Years Ended December 31,															Six Months Ended June 30,
	2009					2010					2011					2011					2012
Revenue	$	852,323		100.0	%	$	878,159		100.0	%	$	973,701		100.0	%	$	480,939		100.0	%	$	529,585		100.0	%
Cost of services(1)		672,793		79.0	%		698,264		79.5	%		766,500		78.7	%		376,321		78.2	%		407,012		76.9	%

Gross profit		179,530		21.0	%		179,895		20.5	%		207,201		21.3	%		104,618		21.8	%		122,573		23.1	%
Selling, general and administrative expenses(2)		82,798		9.7	%		83,601		9.5	%		92,938		9.5	%		45,196		9.4	%		67,226		12.7	%
Amortization		29,960		3.5	%		27,631		3.2	%		27,427		2.9	%		13,661		2.8	%		13,182		2.5	%

Income from operations		66,772		7.8	%		68,663		7.8	%		86,836		8.9	%		45,761		9.6	%		42,165		7.9	%
Net interest expense and other		83,096		9.7	%		88,971		10.1	%		81,249		8.3	%		43,581		9.1	%		40,370		7.6	%

Income (loss) before tax		(16,324	)	(1.9	)%		(20,308	)	(2.3	)%		5,587		0.6	%		2,180		0.5	%		1,795		0.3	%
Income tax (expense) benefit		6,789		0.8	%		10,314		1.2	%		(825	)	(0.1	)%		(924	)	(0.2	)%		(119	)	0.0	%

Net income (loss)		(9,535	)	(1.1	)%		(9,994	)	(1.1	)%		4,762		0.5	%		1,256		0.3	%		1,676		0.3	%


	Years Ended December 31,									Six Months Ended June 30,
	2009			2010			2011			2011			2012
	(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	63,872		$	70,119		$	133,570		$	79,012		$	90,443

Net cash used in investing activities	$	(61,373	)	$	(45,904	)	$	(94,992	)	$	(44,571	)	$	(135,856	)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	$	1,420		$	(23,497	)	$	(23,281	)	$	(22,432	)	$	77,754

Cash and cash equivalents (end of period)	$	14,360		$	15,438		$	30,448		$	27,669		$	62,764


	Balance at December 31,						Balance at June 30,
	2010			2011			2012
	(In thousands)
Term loans(1)	$	355,875		$	350,946		$	430,898
Revolving line of credit(2)		18,504			—			—
Senior subordinated notes(3)		300,000			300,000			300,000
Senior notes(4)		153,153			174,055			185,553


Total		827,532			825,001			916,451
Original issue discount		(13,599	)		(10,656	)		(9,509	)

Total	$	813,933		$	814,345		$	906,942


	2012			2013		2014		2015		2016		Thereafter		Total
Long-term debt(2)	$	4,814	(1)	$	65,262	$	3,650	$	341,275	$	0	$	410,000	$	825,001
Interest on long-term debt(2)(3)		73,728			69,162		63,935		54,786		48,800		75,916		386,327
Operating leases		56,682			54,395		50,721		46,742		41,819		168,451		418,810

Total(3)	$	135,224		$	188,819	$	118,306	$	442,803	$	90,619	$	654,367	$	1,630,138


	Full Service Center-Based Care Services			Back-up Dependent Care Services			Other Educational Advisory Services			Total
	(In thousands, except percentages)
Year ended December 31, 2011
Revenue	$	844,595		$	114,502		$	14,604		$	973,701
As a percentage of total revenue		87	%		12	%		1	%		100	%
Income from operations	$	58,950		$	28,669		$	(783	)	$	86,836
As a percentage of total income from operations		68	%		33	%		-1	%		100	%

Year ended December 31, 2010
Revenue	$	769,235		$	99,086		$	9,838		$	878,159
As a percentage of total revenue		88	%		11	%		1	%		100	%
Income from operations	$	46,770		$	21,141		$	752		$	68,663
As a percentage of total income from operations		68	%		31	%		1	%		100	%


Location	Number of Centers		Location	Number of Centers
Alabama		3	New Hampshire		3
Alaska		1	New Jersey		56
Arizona		6	New Mexico		1
California		67	New York		46
Colorado		18	North Carolina		20
Connecticut		20	Ohio		10
Delaware		8	Oregon		1
District of Columbia		19	Pennsylvania		18
Florida		30	Puerto Rico		1
Georgia		19	Rhode Island		1
Illinois		40	South Carolina		1
Indiana		7	South Dakota		1
Iowa		7	Tennessee		5
Kentucky		5	Texas		25
Louisiana		2	Utah		1
Maine		2	Virginia		14
Maryland		12	Washington		23
Massachusetts		55	Wisconsin		9
Michigan		9	Wyoming		1
Minnesota		9	Canada		2
Missouri		7	Ireland		9
Montana		1	United Kingdom		147
Nebraska		4	Netherlands		22
Nevada		4	India		1


Name	Age		Position
David Lissy		46	Director, Chief Executive Officer (Class Director)
Mary Ann Tocio		64	Director, President, and Chief Operating Officer (Class Director)
Elizabeth Boland		53	Chief Financial Officer
Stephen Dreier		69	Chief Administrative Officer, Secretary
Danroy Henry, Sr.		45	Chief Human Resources Officer
Linda Mason		58	Director, Chairman (Class Director)
Lawrence Alleva		62	Director (Class Director)
Josh Bekenstein		54	Director (Class Director)
Roger Brown		56	Director (Class Director)
Jordan Hitch		46	Director (Class Director)
David Humphrey		35	Director (Class Director)
Marguerite Kondracke		66	Director (Class Director)
Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot		68	Director (Class Director)


Name and Principal Position	Year		Salary ($)(1)		Bonus ($)(2)		Option Awards ($)(3)		Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(4)		All Other Compensation ($)(5)		Total ($)
David Lissy Chief Executive Officer		2011		335,420		761,886		-		221,377		11,213		1,329,896

Mary Ann Tocio President and Chief Operating Officer		2011		335,420		761,886		-		221,377		14,429		1,333,112

Elizabeth Boland Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer		2011		248,890		297,667		64,004		82,134		4,535		697,230


Name	Year		401(k) Match ($)		Car Allowance ($)		Supplemental Disability Insurance ($)		Total
David H. Lissy		2011		1,700		7,200		2,313		11,213
Mary Ann Tocio		2011		3,075		7,200		4,154		14,429
Elizabeth J. Boland		2011		3,075		-		1,460		4,535


Option Awards (1)
Name (a)	Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable (b)			Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable (c)			Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)(d)			Option Exercise Price (5)($) (e)		Option Expiration Date(6) (f)
David Lissy		804	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		2/14/2012
		1,864	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		3/6/2013
		1,760	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		2/28/2012
		1,188	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		2/15/2013
		543	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		2/19/2014
		70,860	(3)		47,240	(3)		-		$	10.00		9/2/2018
		-			-			118,100	(4)	$	10.00		9/2/2018

Mary Ann Tocio		4,023	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		2/14/2012
		3,107	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		3/6/2013
		1,354	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		2/28/2012
		848	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		2/15/2013
		226	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		2/19/2014
		66,570	(3)		44,380	(3)		-		$	10.00		9/2/2018
		-			-			110,950	(4)	$	10.00		9/2/2018

Elizabeth Boland		1,430	(2)		-			-		$	112.50		3/6/2013
		29,580	(3)		19,720	(3)		-		$	10.00		9/2/2018
		-			-			49,300	(4)	$	10.00		9/2/2018
		-			7,500	(3)		-		$	10.00		4/1/2021
								7,500	(4)	$	10.00		4/1/2021


Name	Fees paid in cash ($)			Option awards ($)		Non-equity incentive plan compensation ($)			All other compensation			Total ($)
Roger Brown		12,500			(2)		-			-			12,500
Marguerite Kondracke		12,000			(2)		-			-			12,000
Sara Lawrence-Lightfoot		15,000			(2)		-			-			15,000
Linda Mason		167,905	(1)		(2)		40,901	(3)		3,075	(4)		211,881


Year	Percentage
May 28, 2012		106.500	%
May 28, 2013		104.333	%
May 28, 2014		102.167	%
May 28, 2015 and thereafter		100.000	%


Date Available for Resale	Shares Eligible For Sale	Comment
On the date of this offering ( ,
2012)		Shares eligible for sale under Rule 144 and Rule 701
180 days ( , 2013), as such period
may be extended as described below		Lock-up released, shares eligible for sale under Rule 144 (subject, in some instances, to volume limitations) and Rule 701


Underwriters		Number of Shares
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Barclays Capital Inc.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Total


	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, and unaudited balance sheet as of June 30, 2012		F-3

Consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, and unaudited statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012		F-4

Consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011, and unaudited statements of comprehensive (loss) income for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012		F-5

Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and unaudited statements of changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) for the six months ended June 30, 2012		F-6

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and consolidated unaudited statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012		F-8

Notes to audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011 and the unaudited consolidated financial statements as of June 30, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and June 30, 2012		F-9

Huntyard Limited
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-44

Consolidated profit and loss accounts for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010		F-45

Consolidated statements of total recognized gains and losses for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010		F-46

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011		F-47

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010		F-50

Notes to consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2011		F-51


	December 31,						June 30, 2012
	2010			2011			June 30, 2012
							(Unaudited)
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	15,438		$	30,448		$	62,764
Accounts receivable—net		59,122			60,656			48,314
Income taxes receivable		18,118			17			-
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		20,104			20,485			22,787
Prepaid income taxes		8,862			2,070			160
Current deferred income taxes		9,498			10,529			10,859

Total current assets		131,142			124,205			144,884

Fixed assets—net		219,837			237,157			313,060
Goodwill		887,895			947,371			990,894
Other intangibles—net		475,115			453,117			444,270
Deferred income taxes		204			1,814			717
Other assets		7,499			7,500			7,506

Total assets	$	1,721,692		$	1,771,164		$	1,901,331

LIABILITIES, NONCONTROLLING INTEREST AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current liabilities:
Current portion of long-term debt	$	3,654		$	4,814		$	850
Line of credit payable		18,500			-			-
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		73,688			89,033			113,737
Deferred revenue		82,306			90,845			90,338
Other current liabilities		7,715			8,980			20,326

Total current liabilities		185,863			193,672			225,251

Long-term debt		773,304			794,443			890,510
Accrued rent and related obligations		15,194			18,580			20,098
Other long-term liabilities		18,473			22,526			22,913
Deferred revenue		4,251			3,878			4,106
Deferred income taxes		160,407			156,144			143,322

Total liabilities		1,157,492			1,189,243			1,306,200

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

Redeemable noncontrolling interest		-			15,527			15,296

Common stock, Class L, $0.001 par value, at accreted distribution value:
Authorized: 5,000,000 shares
Issued: 1,318,442, 1,318,970, and 1,337,580 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively
Outstanding: 1,317,053, 1,317,581, and 1,327,115 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively		699,533			772,422			811,548

Stockholders’ deficit:
Common stock, Class A, $0.001 par value:
Authorized: 50,000,000 shares
Issued: 11,865,978, 11,870,730, and 12,040,320 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively
Outstanding: 11,853,477, 11,858,229, and 11,946,135 shares at December 31, 2010 and 2011 and June 30, 2012, respectively		12			12			12
Additional paid-in capital		125,734			126,926			144,063
Treasury stock, at cost: 12,501 Class A shares at December 31, 2010 and 2011, and 94,185 Class A shares at June 30, 2012		(125	)		(125	)		(622	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(10,357	)		(14,161	)		(15,935	)
Accumulated deficit		(250,597	)		(318,680	)		(359,231	)

Total stockholders’ deficit		(135,333	)		(206,028	)		(231,713	)

Total liabilities, noncontrolling interest, common stock and stockholders’ deficit	$	1,721,692		$	1,771,164		$	1,901,331


	Common Stock Class A				Additional Paid In Capital		Treasury Stock, at Cost			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
	Shares		Amount		Additional Paid In Capital		Treasury Stock, at Cost			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Accumulated Deficit			Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
Balance at January 1, 2009		11,842,236	$	12	$	120,996	$	(18	)	$	(12,743	)	$	(105,375	)	$	2,872

Stock-based compensation						2,325											2,325
Exercise of stock options		3,078		-		8											8
Purchase of treasury stock								(85	)								(85	)
Translation adjustments											4,185						4,185
Accretion of Class L preference														(59,731	)		(59,731	)
Net loss														(9,535	)		(9,535	)

Balance at December 31, 2009		11,845,314		12		123,329		(103	)		(8,558	)		(174,641	)		(59,961	)

Stock-based compensation						2,354											2,354
Exercise of stock options		20,664		-		51											51
Purchase of treasury stock								(22	)								(22	)
Translation adjustments											(1,799	)					(1,799	)
Accretion of Class L preference														(65,962	)		(65,962	)
Net loss														(9,994	)		(9,994	)

Balance at December 31, 2010		11,865,978		12		125,734		(125	)		(10,357	)		(250,597	)		(135,333	)

Stock-based compensation						1,158											1,158
Exercise of stock options		4,752		-		12											12
Tax benefit from stock option exercises						22											22
Translation adjustments											(3,804	)					(3,804	)
Accretion of Class L preference														(72,842	)		(72,842	)
Net income attributable to Bright Horizons Family Solutions Inc.														4,759			4,759

Balance at December 31, 2011		11,870,730		12		126,926		(125	)		(14,161	)		(318,680	)		(206,028	)